HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-1861 - Newport Center Library constructionCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
CALIFORNIA
J t
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
Newport Beach
William Blurock & Partners
I Architects Planners
1
2300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
Telephone (714) 673 -0300
California
i
000=
1
A.
SE�FILE NO. 2030 FOR INSURANCE, RESOLUTION, ETC.
Approved by the City Council
this 27th day February,. 1978
Doris George, City C•erkJ
CITY CLERK
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
CONTRACT NO. 1861
SUBMITTED BY:
Contractor
188 East 17th Street
Address
Costa Mesa California 92627
C ty T ip
(714) 642 -4210
Phone
S
ota r ce Bid
CITY CLERK
Page 1
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
SEALED BIDS will be received at the office 0$ 4ty Clerk, City Hall., Newport Beach,
California, until 10;00 a.m &.1K on the 3 day of Aril , 19F 78,
at which time they wi a opened and read, Tor performing. wor as follows:
CONSTRUCTION.OF
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
NEWPORT BEACH,.CALIFORNIA
CONTRACT NO. 1861
Bids must be submitted on the proposal form attached with the contract documents
furnished by the Public Works.Department. The additional copy of the proposal form
is to be retained by the bidder for his records.
Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified check or Bidder's Bond, made payable
to the City of Newport Beach, for an amount equal to at least 10 percent of the
amount bi.d.
The title of the project and the words "SEALED BID" shall be clearly.marked on the
outside of the envelope containing the bid.'
• The contract documents that must be completed, executed, and returned in the sealed
bid are:
��
A. Proposal
8. Designation of Subcontractors
C. Bidder's Bond
0. Non- collusion Affidavit
E. Statement of Financial Responsibility
F. Technical Ability and Experience References
These documents shall be affixed with the signature and titles of the persons signing
on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures of the President or
Vice President and S2ccret�ary or Assistant Secretary are required a�rpora�te Seal
shall affixed to all ocuments refiring signatures. In the case of a arP rtnership
the signature of at least one general partner is required.
No bids will be accepted from a contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with
the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions' Code. The
contractor shall state his license number and classification in the proposal.
One set of plans and contract documents, including special provisions, may be obtained
at the Public Works Department, City Hall, Newport Beach, California, at.no cost to,
licensed contractors. It is requested that the plans and contract documents be returned
within 2 weeks after the bid opening.
(cont.)
m,_ x
0
Page la
The City has adopted the Standard 5 ecificati for Public Works Construction
(1976 Edition) as prepared by t e Sout ern rnia Chapters of the American
Public Works Association and the Associated' eral.Contractors of America. Copies
may be obtained from Building News, Inc., 3455 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles,
California 90034, (213) 870 -9871.
The City has adopted Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings. Copies of
these are available at the Public Works Department at a cost of $5.00 per set.
A standard "Certificate of Insurance for Contract Work" for City form has been
adopted by the City. This form is the only certificate of.insurance acceptable
to the City. The successful low bidder will be required to complete this form
upon award of the contract. (A sample form is attached for reference.)
For any required bonds, the company issuing Bid Bonds, Labor and Material Bonds,
and Faithful Performance Bonds must be an insurance company or surety company
licensed by the State of California. The companies must also have a current
General Policy Holders Rating of.A or better; and a Financial Category of at
least Class X as per the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide (Property -
Liability).
In accordance with the provisions of Article 2, Chapter 1, Part 7 of the California
Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the City Council of the City of Newport Beach
• has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in
which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman
or mechanic needed to execute the contract and has set forth these items in Resolu-
tion No. 8950 adopted December 13, 1976. A copy of said resolution is available
in the office of the City Clerk. A11 parties to the contract shall be governed by
all provisions of the California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates
(Sections 1770 -1781 inclusive). The contractor shall be responsible for com-
pliance with Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code for all apprenticeable
occupations.
The contractor shall post a copy of..the prevailing wage rates at the job site.
Copies may be obtained from the Public Works Department.
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality
in such bids.
-' - , . _.�:. _,;,,_< -�.-:: � .. _ "€ r -:..> _; ' - . -.RRy Sid• -�
Page 2
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work,
as indicated in this Proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case
of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error
in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids
will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals.
The estimated quantities of work indicated in this Proposal are approximate only,
being given solely as a basis for comparison of bids.
The undersigned has checked carefully all of the above figures and understands that
the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the under-
signed in making up this bid.
The undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract
with necessary bonds within ten (10) days, not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal
Holidays, after having received notice that the contract is ready for signature, the
proceeds of check.or bond accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City
of Newport Beach.
Licensed in accordance.-with the Statutes of the State of California providing for
the registration of Contractors, License No. 126426 ClassificationB Suoolemental "A'
Accompanying this proposal is mount
Cas iRI ie C ec Cas ier s Check or on
in an amount not less than 10 percent of the total bid price.
• The undersigned is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which
require every employer to be insured against liability for workmen's compensation or to
undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to
comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.
(714) 642 -4210
Phone Number
April 3, 1978
Date
CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
Bid er s Name
(SEAL)
Ja R
ze
u ori ignature V,p,
u orize ignature Treasurer
Type of Organization Organized under the laws
(Ixedmsad)6uaL Corporation, y1�c RY ia�iPfl3>tR)
of the State of California
List below names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager if a corporation,
and names of all co- partners if a co- partnership:
James D. Ray. President
Page 3
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The undersigned certifies that he has u 'ahe sub -bids of the following
listed contractors in making up his blind that the subcontractors listed
will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the
City Engineer, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
specifications. No change may be made in these subcontractors except upon
the prior approval of the Engineer.
Item of Work
Subcontractor
1. Earthwork Weisz Associates Inc.
2. Asphalt Paving Columbia Paving Inc.
3. Irrigation Midori Landscape Inc.
4. Landscape "
Address
5. Reinforcing Steel : Rgdbn �Q^ ?na -� =•
6. Masonry M. Arganbright & Sons
7. Structural Steel Duncan Steel Cor
B. Millwork Kaufman & Walter
9. Insulation Bldg. Thermasound
10. Roofing Sears Roofing Service Inc.
11. Sheet Metal CMF Inc.
12. Glass & Glazing Model Glass Co.
V%orized Signature V.P.
Cor or t
Type of Organization
(Individual, Co- partnership or Corp.)
188 East 17th Street
dress
License No: 126426
ITEM OF WORK SUBCONTRACTOR
13.
Lath & Plaster
C. F. Bolster Co.
14.
Drywall
Thermasound
15.
Resilient Flooring
Ponald M. Hoover Co.
16.
Painting
E. A. Jordan Painting Contractor
17.
Acoustical Integrated
Ceiling
Owen- Corning Fiberolass Cork
18. Plumbing
Pacific Plumbing Co. of Santa Ana
19.
Automatic Fire
Sorinkler
Orvin Engineering Coro.
20. Heat, Vent & Air Condi-
21. Electric4l HYM Ia rprises
22. Tile Continental Marble and Tile
s
"FOR ORIGINAL SEE CITY CLERK'S FILE COPY"
1 Page 4
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPPNY PROPOSAL
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we, J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY as Principal,
and THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY , as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, California, in the sum of Tin _
percent of the amount Dollars ($ 10% of hid ), lawful money of the United
States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the proposal of the above bounden principal for the construction of
Newport Center Branch Library. Nownnrt Raarh Calif
in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and if the
above bounden principal shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construc-
tion and shall execute and deliver the two (2) bonds described in the "Notice Inviting
Bids" within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal Holidays) from
the date of the mailing of a notice to the above bounden principal by and from said City
of Newport Beach that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall
become null and void; otherwise it be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount
specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this ?9th day of
March 1978 _.
Corporate Seal (If Corporation)
(Attach' acknowledgement of
Attorney -in -Fact)
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
Marco P. Anich, Attorney -in -fact
S /Mollia G_ Hill _I9otar/ P -,hjjc
THE AMFRTr.AN TNCIIRANCE CQWVaW1'
Commission expires FPh_17 1979 Surety
By S/Marro P Anich
Title Attorney -in -fact
•
Page 5
NON -COLLUS ION:: - AFFIDAVIT
The bidders, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time of
filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths say, that neither they nor any of
them, have in any way, directly or indirectly, entered.into any arrangement or agree-
ment with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has paid or is to pay to such
bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has given or is to give to such other
bidder or public officer anything of value whatever, or such affiant or affiants or
either of them has not directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agree -
ment with any other bidder or bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free
competition in the letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no
bid has been accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository,
the Bylaws, Rules or Regulations of which prohibit or prevent the contractor from
considering any bid from any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed
through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman from
bidding to any contractor who does not use the facilities of or accept bids from or
through such bid depository; that no inducement or any form or character other than
that which appears upon the face of the bid will be suggested, offered, paid, or
delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the acceptance of the said bid or
awarding of the contract, nor has this bidder any agreement or understanding of any
kind whatsoever, with any person whomsoever to pay, deliver to, or share with any
other person in any way or manner, any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by
this bid.
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this 31st day of Marrh
19 79
My commission expires:
12141oA1
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
188 E. 17th Street
Wjamac W_ Ray
Vice President
Notary Public
"FOR ORIGINAL SEE CITY CLERK'S FILE COPY" Page 6
40 STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Tile undersigned submits herewith a statement of his financial responsibility
or agrees to submit a statement within 24 hours after the bid opening if he
is the apparent low bidder.
11 J
i
"On file with City Clerk"
S /,lames N. Ray. Vice President
Signed
I*
Alf a RMi ..
Page 7
�i
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
REFERENCES
The undersigned submits herewith
a statement
of the work of similar character to
that proposed
herein which he has performed
and successfully completed.
Year
Completed
For Whom Performed (Detail)
Person to Contact
Telephone
No.
Several
Bank of America
Continental Service Co.
(213)
683 -3507
Several
United California
Bank
Corporate facilities
(213
) 614 -4886
Several
Security Pacific
Natl.Bank
Construction Dept.
(213)
613 -6211
1974
Citizens Bank of
Costa Mesa
Paige Simpson
(714)
979 -4200
1976
Capistrano Unified
School Dist.
(714)
493 -8800
1976
Saddlehack Unified
School Dist-
(714)
586 -1234
1972
Santa Ana IinifiPd
Srhnol nict_
(714)
558 -5576
•
1_974
Nowt nrt Mwza Ilnifipd
Srhnnl nict
(714)
556 -3264
1g7R
rhapman rn1lo90
(714)
613 -9921
1952
Ralhna Branrh library
fnr 6.itX
of Newport Beach
(714)
640 -2171
I*
Alf a RMi ..
Bond #7115413
Page 8
LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND
•
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
motion adopted April 10, 1978
has awarded to .L RAY rnNSTRIICTTQN COMPANY
hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
NEWPORT CENT. ERBPRANCH 1 1BRARY- CONTRACT NO 180
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if
said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials,
provisions, provender, or other.supplies or teams used in, upon, for, or about the per-
formance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any
kind, the Surety on this.bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth:
• NOW, THEREFORE, We, J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY _
as Principal, and THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
as Surety, are held firmly.bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of
Three hundred eighteen thousand five hundred Dollars ($ 318,500.00 ),
said sum being one -half of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach
under the terms of the contract, for which payment well and truly to be made we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or
his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, or other
supplies or teams, used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted
to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due
under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, that the
Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified
In the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond; a reasonable attorney's
fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the Provisions of Section 4204 of the
Government Code of the State of California.
• This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and
corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code
so as to give .a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon
Page 9
(Labor and Material Bond - Continued)
this bond, as required by the Provisions of Section 4205 of the Government Code of
the State of California.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in
any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract
or to the work or to the specifications,
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 19th day of April , 19_1�L_.
•
Approved to form:
City At r y �.
r
James W. Ray, Vice President
A ut horizea Sig ture and itle
Michael D. Ray, Seer
THE AME RICAN INSURANCE COMPANY (Seal)
Name of Surety
1950 E. 17th St., Santa Ana, Ca. 92701
Address of Surety
Sr�cysa ui-6-dW/171tle of Authorized Agent
Marco P. Anich, Attorney -in -fact
Address of Agent
901 Dove St., Newport Beach, Ca. 92660
833 -1656
Telephone No. of Agent
\
\\
\
;
[(
}§
.
;o
§,
\
Cd \
\\0
G
~
/��
r4%:,
�f
•
7J
�..
04
m;
0
7':
§
�-
00
o
�
2�
*®
®;
S{ [
\ °
J
\
}
)
,
,
\
a
;
!0
6ƒ
j0
w
2
§
.!
Bond # 7115413
,
0
Page 10
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,.That
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
motion adopted April 10, 1978,
has awarded to J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - CONTRACT NO. 1861
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance of said
contract; .
NOW, THEREFORE, We, J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
• as Principal, and THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
As Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of
SIX HUNDRED THIRTY SEVEN THOUSAND and no /100 Dollars ($637,000.00 ),
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to
the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns ;. for which payment
well and truly to.be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that.if the above bounden Principal,
his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all
things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, con-
ditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein
provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner
therein .specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and
shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents,
as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and virtue.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of.the contract or to the
• work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall
in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
e '
• (Performance Bond Continued)
•
Page 11
of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the
contract or to the work or to the specifications.
In the.event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 19th day of April , 19 78
\r. No, I E
J RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY (Seal)
Name of Contractor (Principal)
'AutVorized S,10turd and Title
James W. Ray, Vipe. President
Authorized Signature and Title
Michael D. Ray, Secpejaxy
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY (Seal)
Name of Surety
1950 E. 'S'u'rety"
Santa Ana, Ca. 92701
Address of Surety
Si'g�ature an of Authorized Agent
Marco P. Anich, Attorney -in -fact
901 Dove St., Newport Beach, Ca. 92660
Address of Agent
833 -1656
Telephone No. of Agent
N N
0
a
• O p
N
(]
N
0
�
y
�
o w
m
q
�
Fl.
�
a
�
x
�
M
O
N
� a
a
490
OnF?O�O..�
S
O
CO
T
Q
p
p
n
y
m
❑' K
o
C ..
K
'n,
A
T
Fn,,•
�
❑
A
w
m
°
C
�
" K.1
n
o
3.
n
❑
rod
J
N
°
S
A
N N
0
m a
• O p
o w
Fl.
� a
a
R
❑. V
S
O
CO
T
Q
p
p
n
y
❑' K
b
K
'n,
A
T
Fn,,•
�
❑
A
w
m
°
C
�
w
n
o
n
❑
rod
G
a
N
°
S
o a
C)
� a
'Ci
A .-
o
e i
�
�
❑
n p
p �
o
b �
O
N
❑
O
O
% N
C
7
Nn V
O
K
G
O O
a a
❑
a
a
❑
m T
u O
N
❑ N
� �
N
G
{l.
m
0.
�
Page 12
• CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this _day of
by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, California, hereinafter designated as the City,
party of the first part, and J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
hereinafter designated as the Contractor, party of the second part.
WITNESSETH: That the parties hereto do mutually agree as follows:
1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned
to be made and performed by the City, the Contractor agrees with the City to furnish all
materials and labor for the construction of
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - CONTRACT 1861
and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner all the work pertaining
thereto shown on the Plans and Specifications therefor; to furnish at his own proper
cost and expense all tools, equipment, labor, and materials necessary therefor, (except
such materials, if any, as in the said Specifications are stipulated to be furnished by
the City), and to do everything required by this Agreement and the said Plans and
• Specifications.
2. For furnishing all said materials and labor, tools and equipment, and doing
all the work contemplated and embraced in this Agreement, also for all loss and damage
arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements,
or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the prosecu-
tion of the work until its acceptance by the City, and for all risks of every description
connected with the work; also, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the
suspension or discontinuance of work, except such as in said Specifications are expressly
stipulated to be borne by the City; and for well and faithfully completing the work
and the whole thereof, in the manner shown and described in the said Plans and
Specifications, the City will pay.and the Contractor shall receive in full compensation
therefor the lump sum price, or if the bid is on the unit price basis, the total price
for the several items furnished pursuant to the Specifications, named in the bidding
sheet of the Proposal, as the case may be. .
3. The City hereby promises and agrees with the said Contractor to employ, and
does hereby employ the said Contractor to provide the materials and to do the Work
according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to for the price
aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon
the conditions set forth in the Specifications; and the said parties for themselves,
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, do hereby agree to
the full performance of the covenants herein contained.
4. The Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Contractor's Proposal, and
the Plans and Specifications, and all amendments thereof, when approved by the parties
• hereto, or when required by the City in accordance with the provisions of the Plans
and Specifications, are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Agreement.
0
AD
5. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of
has ascertained the general prevailing rates of per
type of workman needed to execute the contract and a
information is included in the Notice Inviting Bids
reference herein.
Page 13
California, the City Council
diem wages for each craft or
schedule containing such
and is incorporated by
6. The Contractor shall assume the defense of and indemnify and save
harmless the City, the Director of Public Works, and their officers and employees,
from all claims, loss, damage, injury, and liability of every kind, nature and
description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract
or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, excluding the sole
negligence of the City; and from any and all claims, loss damage, injury and
liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly
from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility
for negligence, excluding the sole negligence of the City.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this contract to be
executed the day and year first above written.
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA
By
mayor
ATTEST:
0
ADDENDUM N0. i
To Project Manual and Drawings
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - Contract No. 1861
City of Newport Beach,Ca.
March 16; 1978
William Blurock & Partners, Architects
The following revisions shall supplement tiie original drawings and
specifications and become a part of the Contract Documents.
Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signature in the space
provided on the last page of this addendum and include a copy with their Did
Proposal submittal.
BIDDING PROCEDURFS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1. Proposal Form
Delete existing proposal form and insert new attached proposal form.
2. �2ecial Provisions
• Page 10, Article C, second paragraph, add the following:
Supersede as Dec isi on' No. CA7B -5004, published January 27, 1978 in
43 FR 3R44; and Modification No. 1, published February 24, 1978 in
43 FR 7876.
SPFCIFICATIGNS
3. Section 02200 - Earthwork and Site Grading
Page 02200 -1, par. 1.7, delete sub- paragraphaa.1,2,3 in their entirety.
4. Section 02220 - Structure Excavation and Backfill.
Page 02220 -1, Par. 1.7, delete sub- paragraphs a.1,2,3 in their entirety.
5. Section 0422.0 - Concrete Unit Masonry
Page 04220 - 1
Delete
par. l.la.
Delete par. 1.4 in its entirety.
I
6. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware
Page 08710 - 4 and 08710 - 5
i;dwe NI and >''S
Change "Monitor strike" to "Magr•.etic Strike MS731 x MS730.
Addendum No. 1
page 1 of 3
Addendum No. I
page 2 of 3
6.
Section 08710 - Finish Hardware (Continued)
•
Hdwe 92
Change "Door 12" to "Door 6 ".
Hdwe H2, N6 and #7
Change " Monitor strike" to "Magnetic strike MS731 ".
Hdwe 01 and k2
Add 6 switches 901 (1 /exterior I /interior)
Page 08710 - 8
Hdwe #18
Delete "Lockset ", add "Panic 55NL 108"
Hdwe #20.
Change door horn to "1900 w24 x 8928 twin projector 24V D.C."
Delete "Key Switch 907 ".
Desk console to read" 6 zone, CA -PDA 2110 system consisting of:
1 -CA221
1 -RA25A rack. assembly
1 -PM312
3 -MM505
•
1 -CH 460 control switch module.
Note: Place console on check -out counter.
Security System
First par: Add Door #6. Change "Monitor" to "Magnetic ".
Second par: Change Door 12 to Door 6.
Third par: Delete.
7.
Section 09900 - Painting
Page 09900 - 5, par. 3.4 a., add new sub -par. 5 as follows:
5. Concrete
1st Coat: 818 [poprime
2nd Coat: k1300 Stuc -o -life 100% acrylic.
8.
Section 10000 - Miscellaneous Specialties
Page 10000 -1, par. 2.2 add:
"Provide 8" high metal letters.
Page 10000 - Z, par. 2.4 Delete "and seals ".
9.
Section 1550 - Automatic Fire Sprinkler System
•
Page 1550 -3
Delete par. 1.13 in its entirety.
Addendum No. I
page 2 of 3
10. Section 16100 - Electrical
• Page 16100 - 31, par. M., delete the last sentence.
DRAWINGS
11. Sheet C -1
This drawing issued for reference only, not for construction.
12. Sheet AS -1 - Site Plan
Delete all references to "2 -112 inch A.C. Paving ". Provide asphalt paving
- as follows:
Parking areas: 2" surface course over 4" base course.
Drive areas: 3" surface course over G" base course.
13. Sheet A -1, Floor Plan
Provide plastic occupancy signs for the following rooms, reading as
follows:
Room No. 101: Maximum Occupancy 160.
Room No. 125: Maximum Occupancy 123.
u
•
Room 101, Main Control Desk
Delete references to Sheet #12,01
Refer to Addendum Drawing AD -1.
14. Sheets 12.01 and 12.02
Delete in their entirety and insert new sheet AD -1.
ATTACHMENTS
PROPOSAL. FORM
Drawing AD -1 Main Control desk
Drawing AD -2 Revision of Parking Lot Entrance
Drawing SRI -1 Revisions to Details 9, 9A and 10, Sheet S -2.
William Olurock & Partners
Receipt of Addendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged
S James W. Ray. V. P. April 3, 1978
Signature of Bidder Date
Addendum No. 1
page 3 of 3
0
r1
LJ
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CONSTRUCTION OF
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIRRAP,Y
CONTRACT NO, 1861
PROPOSAL
To the Honorable City Couricil
City of Newport Fie-act)
3300 West: ilewport. Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
Gentlemen:
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the locations
of the proposed rrpr'r., that .tie has examined the Plans and
Specifications, the Special Provisions; the Standard Special
Provisions, the Standard Specifications, and the Standard Drawings;
has read the Notice Inviting Bids; and hereby agrees to furnish all
labor, materials, equipment, transportation; and services to c''o all
the work required to complete Contract iio. 1.661 in strict confcr�,ance
with the plans identified as Dratvinq }!o. B- 5057 -S (cons is ti n.0 of 47
sheets), the specifications, the Special Provisions, the Standard
Specifications, and the Standard Dra%,ings; and that he w i I I take in
full payment: for the •cork the following prices for each item of work,
complete in place, to wit:
T "f N Q UT!1TT T Y- _�- -~' --- -ITEM 1 --C i i- -- -- __- ....___ 7u T E
NO, AtM UNIT UNIT PRICE biRITTEN iW WORDS Pit
Lump Sum Construct Library Building
and all other work not spec-
ified as part of Bid Item No.
2:
Five Hundred Ninety -Eight
Thousand Co 1 l a rs
and
No
PROPOSAL - 1
3 -16 -75
L]
i
ITEM QUANTITY I E1 [?I`.SfRTPTiOT TOTAL
NO.� AND UNIT UNIT PRICr._iIRITTf_F? IN WORDS PRICE _
2 Lump Sum Construction the asphalt
paved parking Tots and, drives,
concrete paving, concrete curbs,
concrete gutters, specially .
formed concrete, and exterior
tile pavers.
Thirty -nine Thousand Dollars
and
No Cents S 39,000:00
TOTAL RID PRICE W21TTEN i1r ,d'JRDS:
Six Hundred Thirty-seven _Thousand ;.,11ars
�Dand
No CENTS TOTAL RID S__637 000_
AgW 3, t978______
DA,1 E
CONTRACTOR'S LICEI!SE Nk). 126426
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
7f3idoer Gci ^:,
S James W. Ra
(Au thori zed ,` ana -Lure
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS _ 188'East,l7th Street Costa_Mes.a,, California 92627
TELEPHONE K.O. 642 -4210
PROPOSAL - 2
3 -16 -78
L
n
u �\
I�II
�I
L
tIi
Q }j�
Ili
fr�GK
�1Ys1L E
`i
COI
coNC; cU¢.3
.y ..
N�
1\ tee:= F = }E..; � _- •r..4s - j
MM z
\
date sheet f� of d�
3-Ilo °7�
wllliam blur•ock 6 partners architects pTannere
U 2300 newpom boulevard/ newport beech /celitornie 92660 /telephone 714 - 673 -0306
• i
0
2 MARTIN & TRANSARGEFI O STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
F,
tx CS Archit� Sheet Pt5 / of
Q z Project _ Job no. roG7 ?8
NE WPO.CT CEI-171 G / B,Vl9Z y Data 79
A,,9n/ Cb Cle e441-05, Engineer LH _
Scr�s �r �u>�
Ar�ii - ,Pib
SC -¢
�vr Srm,bsc�n
HSH 4 crud
Ir7S �t // on
cu -lcrior
710ace,
o7c S ,lruc>E�re
c?B fber z'k: -A-!J:
Nolc'A Stud f0
3a6 nc�r
4V 24 x55
Arch -fR�b
= 35)A2 -5 3) 00 7 (Sbf,G)
DE7 R / L /O
Z
S�6s�rfc.le- S�mfbs�n yST6 �%� /6 /case ofd' /-!S'T.�
_ r, (/,35, 411f,2 5) /. 33 = /0 -.60%' > F,,7
lr)S>`ca // or7 c�x%'�or {c�ce o� Sfrr�c�'zrl Sar»C. a5 ahove-,
motif =�T Nom:
2304 H�pon bo le...d,.Nwvpwt Mien. "Ife ie 9268] (714) 675.0716
C -1861
See Contract File for Plans
f
ADDENDUM NO. 2
To ProJect'Manual and Drawings
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - Contract No
City of Newport Beach, California
March 29, 1978
William Blurock & Partners, Architects
1861
The following revisions shall supplement the original drawings and specifications
and became a part of the Contract Documents.
CLARIFICATION - BID ITEM NO. 2
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page 1 of 2
1.
Construction of asphalt paved parking lots includes striping.
2.
Construction of concrete paving includes concrete bike rack with
galvanized steel bike lock hoops.
3.
Construction of concrete paving DOES NOT include concrete retaining
walls at loading ramp._
SPECIFICATIONS
4.
Section 06190 - Truss Joists
Insert new attached Section 06190.
S.
Section 15800 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
Paragraph 52: Delete all reference to "ceiling mounted ".
i
Paragraph 52B: Change to read "floor mounted unit with horizontal
air inlet and vertical discharge.
Paragraph 52I: Delete in its entirety, and substitute the following:
Mount unit on Model AC fiberglass isolators as manufactured
by Consolidate Kenetics.
Add new paragraph 52Q as follows:
Insulate return and supply connection piping inside building from
the head pump loop to the boiler only. Insulations shall conform
to the requirements of Plumbing par. 2.13 and par. 3.11.
DRAWINGS
6.
Sheet 8.02 (Door Schedule)
At Door $10 - Frame: Material and finish. Change from "aluminum anodized "'
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door @13 - Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door #14 Head Detail: Change from A /8.50 to B/8.53.
At Door @14 Jamb Details: Change from H /8.50 and G /8.50 to B/8.53 and
•
B/8.53
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page 1 of 2
Sheet 8.02 (Continued)
A At Door #15 Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
. to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door #17 Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G."
7. Sheet 8.53 Detail B:
Note 6 -3/4" Dr. 916 add "and Dr. #14"
8. Sheet #E -1
Mercury vapor post top luminaire, fixture type "h" shall have a
white finish on luminaire and post in lieu of bronze finish as
indicated in fixture schedule.
9. Sheet E -2
Furnish, install and connect one (1) additional fixture type "A"
in Meeting Room #125 to be located by Architect on job site.
Furnish, install and connect one (1) additional fixture type "C"
in Technical Services Room #105, to be located by Architect on job
site.
Delete intrusion alarm system as indicated on plans.
Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. (Circuit #B -32) from Panel "B" to desk console
at check -out desk. Provide 4 #12 -2/4 "C from console at check -out
desk to magnetic switches at Doors #2 and #6. Provide 6 #12 -1 "C.
• from console at check -out desk to magnetic switches at Door #1.
Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. from console at check -out desk to magnetic
switches at Doors #5, #7 and #8. Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. from console
at check -out desk to horn located on roof. Coordinal all alarm
system outlet locations, conduit routing, etc. with Architect prior
to electrical rough -in.
ATTACHMENTS
Section 06190 - Truss Joists
Drawing AD- 3- Reflective Plenium Detail
•
/A'Ti i1
Liam Blurock 8 Partners `
Recei.pe of Addendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged
S /James W. Ra_y, V. P. April 3, 1978
I gnatu� re -f NNader Date
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - ADDENDUM NO. 2
City of Newport Beach Page 2 of 2
R
SECTION 06190 _ TRUSS JOISTS N
• 1. GENERAL
1.1 Description: Furnish and install all TRUS JOIST TJI'S shown on the
drawings, as specified herein, and as necessary to complete the work.
1.2 Quality Assurance:
a. Design: Size and detail TJI joists to fit the dimensions and loads
ndicated. All designs shall be in accordance with allowable values and
section properties_ assigned and approved by the Uniform Buildina Code.
Verification of design by complete calculations is to be available upon
request.
1.3 Submittals:
a. Shop and Setting Drawinas: Submit for truss joists in accordance with
General Conditions. Truss joists shop drawings shall be signed by a
professional engineer registered in the State of California.
1.4 Storage:
a. Store in vertical position and protect from the weather.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Flanges: Top and bottom flanges shall be MICRO -LAM lumber manufactured
to TRUS JOIST standards. Moisture content shall be between 7 and 16 per
cent.
• b. Web: 3/8 inch plywood.Structural I DFPA grade marked.
c. Glue: The rout and butt joint glue shall be waterproof glue room
temperature setting phenol resorcinol meeting Military Standard A 46051,
Type IB.
2.2 Fabrication:
a. Manufacture TJI joists in a plant approved for fabrication by the
Uniform Building Code.
b. Install plywood web face veneers with grain running in the vertical
.direction of the joist and butt jointed to form a continuous web member.
The web shall be pressure formed and fit into a groove in the center of
the wide face of the flange members so as to form a pressured glue joint
at that junction.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Erection and Installation:
a. Erect and install in accordance with approved shop drawings and
manufacturer's recommendations. Provide bridging at 12' -0" on center,
maximum.
b. Do not allow temporary construction loads which cause member stresses
beyond design limits.
c. Provide erection bracing in addition to specified bridging to keep the
TJI's straight and plumb as required to assure adequate lateral support
for individual trusses and the entire system until sheathing material has
. been applied. .
N END OF .SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 06190 - 1
21:GUKVI
Wl ?or
y�GUtZ� 3' II
SSGKEW�Ap ._ -�
PRCN[Pr, ADWD WIR15
e40 o,o. As "6ZUIKW
'Go s-rAkl5Iwzlr.;$ FW�Wun
.LAY I N ,��II Pol. r-Aa
G-iYP_ 817. LRrri't.�G'rN� 'PL�t -lUt1�
t:UtllLkVt CJ✓IU�q I.arus
AG ilL-4�
lir-11r. 13t 1w
• l..I�Wt'of21' f3�4G+1 i GAU�2t:Jl>n,. _.
date 3 - Zl -715 sheet of
000— william blurock 6 partners architects planners
9300 newport boulevard /newport beach /californle 92660 /telephone 714-673 -0300
PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA
CONTRACT $0. 1861
FEBRUARY 21, 197G
WILLIAM SLUROCK 8 PARTNERS A.I.A.
ARchitects b Planners
2300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California
Area Code 714/673 -0300
MARTIN S TRANBARGEk
Structural Engineers
2304 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, Califrrnia i
Area Code 714/675 -0715
RACK d SUNDERLAND 4 v
Mechanical Engineers
7462 North Figueroa Street
Los Anggles, California
Area Code 213/254 -6775
FREDERICK BROWN ASSOCIATES
Electrical Engineers
3848 Campus Drive - Suite 212
Newport Beach, California ,
Area Code 714/546 -9995
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 7 of C - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTE: THE SECTION NUMBEE BASICALLY THOSE IDENTIFIED BY THE FIVE DIGIT
NUMBERING SYSTEM IN 'MASTER LIST OF SPECIFICATION SECTION TITLES ",
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE MP -2A (SEPTEMBER, 1972).
'
DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS OF THE CSI FORMAT APPLICABLE UNDER THESE
SPECIFICATIONS ARE INCLUDED AND THOSE NOT APPEARING ARE NOT
APPLICABLE. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE TABLE OF CONTENTS AND
THE SPECIFICATION, THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN.
BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
COVER SHEET WITH CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT 'WORK
PROPOSAL FORM
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
i
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
i •
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
Section 02200 EARTHWORK AND SITE GRADING
Section 02220 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
Section 02500 SITE DRAINAGE
Section 02612 ASPHALT PAVING
Section 02614 CONCRETE PAVING
Section 02630 SPECIALLY FORMED CONCRETE PAVING
Section 02710 FENCES AND GATES
Section 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section OZ830 LANDSCAPE PLANTING
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
Section 03200 REINFORCING.STEEL
'
Section 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
.
DIVISION 5 = METALS
'
Section 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL
Section 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 7 of C - 1
•
•
DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY
Section 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
Section 06200 FINISH cARgENT4p1y LASTI AND MILLWORK
Section 06241 LAMINATED C CASEWORK
Section 06245 COUNTERTOPS AND SPLASHES
DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE CONTROL
Section 07200 BUILDING INSULATION
Section 07510 BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING
Section 07600_ SHEET METAL WORK
Section 07900 CAULKING AND SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS. WINDOWS. AND GLASS
Section 08110 HOLLOW METAL WORK
Section 08120 ALUMINUM FRAMES -
Section 08200 WOOD DOORS
Section 08330 COILING METAL COUNTER DOOR
Section 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS
Section 08710 FINISH HARDWARE
Section 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09100 LATH AND PLASTER
Section 09260 GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION
Section 09310 CERAMIC TILE
Section 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING
Section 09680 CARPETING
Section 09900 PAINTING
Section 09950 WALL COVERING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10000 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES.
Section 10160 TOILET PARTITIONS
Section 10602 FOLDING METAL GATES
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Section 13500 INTEGRATED CEILING
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15400 PLUMBING
Section 15500 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
Section 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Section 16100 ELECTRICAL WORK
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT WORK
CONTRACT NO.
This is to certify that the Company named below has
issued to the Named Insured the policy of comprehensive liability
insurance identified herein, hereinafter referred to as "Policy ",
and endorsed said Policy as follows to assure compliance by the
Named Insured with the insurance requirements of the Contract
executed by the Named Insured and the City of Newport Beach,
(hereinafter, "City ").
L. The combined single Limit for Comprehensive Liability
(bodily injury or death, or property.damage) is not less than
$500,000 each occurrence, $500,300 aggregate protective and
contractual, $1,000,000 aggregate products.
2. Neither the Policy nor this Endorsement shall be
cancelled or materially changed until thirty (30) days after
receipt by City of written notice of such cancellation or change
by registered mail, addressed as follows: City of Newport Beach
c/o City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California
92663.
3. The City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees
are hereby declared to be additional named insureds in the policy
described insofar as they may be held liable for injuries, death
or' damage to property arising out of or in connection with the
contract executed by the named insured and the City. It is further
agreed that this policy shall-be primary and non - contributing with
any other insurance available to the City of Newport Beach, and
includes a severability of interest clause. .
4. Contractual liability coverage applicable to the
. contract referred to above, including the obligation to defend
City is included.
5. Exclusions relating to property damage arising out
of explosion, collapse, or underground damage (commonly referred
to as "xcu" hazards) are deleted, where applicable.
6. The Policy provides coverage for, but is not limited
to: Owned, Non -Owned and Hired Automobile; Products Liability-
, Completed Operations; Premises- Operations; Contractors Protective
Liability; marine or Aviation (when applicable); and Property
Damage.
This Endorsem t s effective when signed by an
Authorized Re ;sentative of
___ YYY (Name o nsurance ompany __
and when issu Cis all be valid and form part of Policy
No. in
Insuredr
expiring D /t/o
NAIL OF A 0 R
ADDRESS - A /BRO
- Autthorriz presentative
IMPORTANT: This is. the only evidence of insurance acceptable to
the City. The person executing this Certificate is cautioned to
make certain that he has authority to execute this Certificate
on behalf of the Insurance Company
•
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CONSTRUCTION OF
I
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
s
_0
CONTRACT NO. 1861
PROPOSAL
To the Honorable City Council
City of Newport Beach
3300 West Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
Gentlemen:
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the locations
of the proposed work, that he has examined the Plans and
Speci.fications, the Special Provisions, the Standard Special
Provisions, the Standard Specifications, and. the Standard Drawings;
has read the. Notice Inviting Bids; and hereby agrees to furnish all
labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services to do all
the work required to complete Contract No. 1861 in strict conformance
with the plans identified as Drawing No. .B 5057 -S (consisting of XXX
sheets), the specifications, the Special Provisions, the Standard
Specifications, and the Standard Drawings; and that he will take in
full payment for the work the following prices for. each item of work,
complete in place, to wit:
TTEM7-7UA1 M 7=0N TOTAL
NO. AND UNIT UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE
Lump Sum
Construct Library Building
and all site work, complete:
TOTAL 8I0 PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS:
Dollars
and
CENTS
DATE
TOTAL BID S
(Bidder's Name
CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE NO.
Authorized ignature
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO.
PROPOSAL - 1
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
I. SCOPE OF WORK
•
E
II.
CONTRACT NO. 1861
The work to be done under this contract consists of furnishing all
labor, equipment, transportation, material and services necessary
to complete the site work, construction of the Library Building as
shown on the plans, complete in place, including all necessary
appurtenant work.
The contract requires completion of all work om accordance with..
these Special Provisions, the City's Standard Special Provisions,
the City's Standard Drawings and Specifications and the Drawings
(Identified as Drawing No. B- 5057 -S) and Specifications preparea
by. William Blurock & Partners, Architects. the City's Standard
Specifications are the Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction, 1976 Edition with supplements to date. Copies may
be purchased from Building News Incorporated, 3055 Overland
Avenue, _Los Angeles, California 90034, telephone (213) 870 -9871.
Copies of the City's Standard Drawings and Standard Special
Provisions may be purchased from the Public Works Department at a
cost of S5; telephone (714) 640 -2281.
COMPLETION OF WORK
After execution of the contract by the City, the City shall within
ten days issue a "Notice to Proceed" to the contractor. The
contractor shall begin work within ten calendar days after the
date of the "Notice to Proceed ".
The Contractor shall complete all work on the contract within 3UO
consecutive calendar days after the date of the. "Notice to
Proceed ".
The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule in accordance
with Section 6 -1 of the Standard Specifications and the
requirements for approval by the City. The Contractor shall have
an approved schedule prior to the.start of any work.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY SP - 1
III. SAFETY ORDERS
The contractor shall have, at the worksite, copies or suitable
extracts of Construction Safety Orders and General Industrial
Safety.
IV. G.UARANTEES
Besides guarantees required elsewhere, the contractor shall and
hereby does guarantee all work for a period of one (1) year after
the date of acceptance of the work by the City and shall repair
and replace any and all such work, together with any other work
which may be displaced in so doing, that may prove defective in
workmanship and /or materials within the one (1) year period from
date of acceptance, without any expense whatsoever to the City,
ordinary wear and tear and usual abuse or neglect expected. The
the event of failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions
within a week after being notified in writing, the City is hereby
authorized to proceed to have the defects repaired and made,good
at the expense of the contractor, who hereby agrees to pay the
cost a-nd charges therefor immediately on demand.
V. PERMITS AND FEES
All permit fees normally charged by the City shall be waived,
except that every contractor and subcontractor employed on, the
project shall have in effect a valid current City business
license.
0 VI. CONSTRUCTION.SURVEY STAKING
Field surveys for control of all grading and construction shall be
the responsibility of the contractor. All such surveys,
including construction staking, shall be under the supervision of
a California licensed surveyor or civil engineer. Staking shall'
be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and alignment
at intervals normally accepted by the. agencies and trades
involved.
VII. SITE ACCESS AND WORK AREA
Special attention is directed to Section 7 -8 and 7 -9 of the
Standard Specifications regarding site maintenance and protection
of existing improvements.
VIII. INSPECTION
The City will maintain continuous inspection of all work.
IX. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
The Contractor shall check and verify all field measurements and
shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay in his. own
work or in that of any other Contractor, at least five (5) copies,
i
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY SP.— 2
U
checked and approved by him, of all shop drawings and schedules
required for the work of the various trades, and the Architect
shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, Three (3) copies
will be retained by the Architect and the balance returned to the
General Contractor with any required comments or corrections.
The Architect's review of such drawings or schedules shall not
relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviation from
drawings or specifications; unless he has in writing called the
Architect's attention specifically to such deviations at the time
of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for
errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules.
All submittals of shop drawings, catalog cuts, data sheets
equipment and material lists shall be complete and shall be
transmitted using form provided by Architect. The shop drawings
transmittal form shall be signed by the Contractor, verifying that
shop drawings conform to Contract Drawings and Specifications.
The Contractor shall furnish for approval, all samples as
directed. The work shall be in accordance with approved samples.
X. RECORD DRAWINGS
Where specified in the separate sections of the Specifications,
the Contractor shall provide and keep up to date a complete as-
built set of blueline prints, which shall be corrected daily to
show ev�er� �hang_e from the original drawings and specifications
and t i —Fi's— set shall be the record set. As -built entries shall be
completed in a neat, clear, professional manner.
Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall obtain Inspector's
signature on the record 'set verifying information. The contractor
shall then obtain autopositives (reverse reading) tracings of each
sheet of the record set containing "as- built" information and
.deliver them unfolded, a.long with record set, to the Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY SP - 3.
XI. COMPLIANCE WITH THE DAVIS -BACON ACTS AND RELATED A
All work to be done under this contract must comply with
Part 5, Sub -title A, Title 29, of the Code of Federal
Regulations.
A. Apprentice and Trainee Employment Requirements
1. The Contractor agrees:
i., That.he will make a diligent effort to hire
for the performance of the .contract a number
of apprentices or trainees, or both, in each
occupation, which bears to the average number
of .
the journeyment in that occupation to be em-
ployed in the performance of the contract the
applicable ratio as determined by the Secretary
of Labor.
ii. That he will assure that 25 percent of such
apprentices or trainees in each occupation are
. in their first year of training, where feasible.
Feasibility here involves a consideration of
(a) the availability of training opportunities
for the first year apprentices, (b) the hazard-
ous nature of the work for beginning workers, (c)
excessive unemployment of apprentices in their
second and.subsequent years of training.
iii. That during the performance of the contract he
will, to the greatest extent possible, employ
the number of apprentices or trainees necessary
to meet currently the requirements of sub-
divisions (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph.
2. The contractor agrees to maintain records of employment
by trade of the number of apprentices and trainees.,
apprentices and trainees by first year of training,
and of journeymen,'and the wages paid and hours of
work of such apprentices, trainees and journeymen.
The contractor agrees to make these records available
for inspection upon request of the Department of
Labor and the City of Newport Beach.
3. The Contractor who claims compliance based on the
criterion stated in Section 5a.4(b) agrees to maintain
records of employment, as described in Section 5a.3
. (a). (2), on non - Federal and nonfederally assisted
construction work done during the performance of
SP -4
i
3. this contract in the same labor market area. The
contractor agrees to make these records available
for inspection upon request of the Department of
Labor and the City of Newport Beach.
4. The contractor agrees to supply one copy of the
written notices. required in accordance with section
5a.4(c) at the request of the City of Newport
Beach. The contractor also agrees to.supply at 3-
month intervals during performance of the contract
and after completion of contract performance a
statement describing steps taken toward making a
diligent effort and containing a breakdown by
craft, of hours worked and wages paid for first
year apprentices and trainees, other apprentices
and trainees, and journeymen. One copy of the
statement will be sent to the City of Newport Beach
and one to the Secretary of Labor.
5. The contractor agrees to insert in any subcontract
under this contract the requirements contained in
this paragraph (29 CFR 5a3(a) (1), (2), (3), (4),
and (5),. Sections Sa4, 5a.5, 5a6, and 5a.7
shall also be attached to each such contract for
the information of the Contractor The term
"Contractor" as used in such clauses in any sub-
contract shall mean the subcontractor.
B. Minimum Wages
1. Minimum wages.
i. All mechanics and laborers employed or working
upon the'site of the work, or under the United
States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing
Act of 1949 in the construction or development
of the project, will be paid unconditionally
and no less often than once a week, and with-
out subsequent deduction or rebate on any
account (except such payroll deductions as are
permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary
of Lavor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part
3), the full amounts due at.time of payment com-
puted at wage rates not less than those contained
in the wage determination decision of the Sec-
retary of.Labor which is attached hereto and
made a part hereof, regardless of any contract-
ual relationship which may be alleged to.exist
between the contractor and such laborers and
SP -5
. 1. i.. mechanics; and the wage determination deci-
sion shall be posted by the contractor at the
site of the work in a prominent place where
it can be easily seen by the workers. For
the purpose of this clause, contributions
made or costs reasonably anticipated under
section 1 (b) (2) of the Davis -Bacon Act
on behalf of laborers or mechanics are con -
sidered wages paid to such laborers or me -.-
cha_nics, subject to the provisions. of_ 29
CFR 5.5(a) (1) (iv)'.
Also for the purpose of this clause, regular
contributions made or costs incurred for more
than a weekly period under plans, funds, or
programs, but covering the particular weekly
period; are deemed to be constructively made
or incurred during such weekly period.
ii. The contracting officer shall require that
any class of laborers or mechanics which is
not listed in the wage determination and which
is to be employed under the contract, shall
be classified or reclassified conformably to
the wage determination, and a report of the
• action taken shall be sent by the Federal
agency to the Secretary of Labor. In the
event the interested parties cannot agree on
the proper classification or reclassification
of a particular class of laborers and mechanics
to be'used, the.question accompanied by the
recommendation of the contracting officer
shall be referred to the Secretary for final
determination.
iii. The contracting officer shall require, when-
ever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the
contract for a class of laborers or mechanics
includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed
as an hourly wage rate and the contractor is
obligated to pay a cash equivalent of such a
fringe benefit, and hourly cash equivalent
thereof to be established. In the event the
interested parties cannot agree upon a cash
equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question,
accompanied by the recommendation of the con-
tracting officer, shall be referred to the
Secretary of Labor for determination.
iv. If the.contractor does not make payments to a
trustee another third person, he may consider
SP -6
1. iv. as part of the wages of any laborer or me- .
chanic the amount of.any costs reasonable
anticipated in providing benefits under a
plan or program of a type expressly listed
in the wage determination decision of the
Secretary of Labor which is a part of this
contract: Provided, however, the Secretary
of Labor has found, upon the written request
of the contractor, that the applicable stan-
dards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met.
The Secretary of Labor may require the con-
tractor to set aside in a separate account
assets for the meeting of obligations under
the plan or program.
2. Withholding
The City Newport Beach may withhold or cause to
be withheld from the contractor so much of the
accrued payments or advances as may be considered
necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed
by the contractor or any subcontractor on the
work the full amount of wages required.by the
contract. In the event of failure to pay any
laborer or mechanic employed or working on the
site of the work, or under the United States
Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act
of 1949 in the construction or development of
the project, all or part of the wages required
by the contract, the (Agency) may, after written
notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant,
or owner, take such action as may be necessary
to .cause the suspension of any .further payment,
advance, or guarantee of funds until such viola -
tions have ceased.
3. Payrolls and Basic Records
i. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto
will be-maintained during the course of. the
work and preserved for a period of three years
thereafter for all laborers and mechanics
working at the site of the work, or under
the United States.Housing Act of 1931, or .
under the outing Act of 1949, in the con-
struction or development of the project.
Such records will contain the name and address
of each such employee, his correct classi-
fication, rates of pay (including rates of
contributions or costs anticipated of the
types described in section 1(b)(2) of the
Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of
. hours worked, deductions made and actual wages
paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has
SP -7
• 3_ i. found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the
wages of any laborer or mechanic include
the amount of any costs reasonably anti-
cipated in providing benefits under a plan
or program described in section l(b)(2)(B)
of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall
maintain records which show that the commit-
ment to provide such benefits is enforceable,
that the plan or program has been communicated
in writing to the laborers or mechanics
affected, and records which show the costs
anticipated or the actual cost incurred in
providing such benefits.
ii. The contractor will submit weekly a copy of
all payrolls to the City of of Newport Beach
if the agency is a party to the contract,
but if the agency is not such a.party - the
contractor will submit the payrolls to the
applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may
be, for transmission to the City of Newport
Beach. The copy shall be accompanied by a
statement signed by the employer or his agent
indicating that the payrolls are correct and
complete, that the wage rates contained
therein are not less than those determined by.
• the Secretary of Labor and that the classifi-
cations set forth for each laborer or mechanic
conform with the work he performed. A sub-
mission of a "Weekly Statement of Compliance"
which is required under this contract and the
Copeland regulations of the Secretary of Labor
(29 CFR,.Part 3) and the filing with the
initial payroll or any subsequent payroll of
a copy of any findings by the Secretary of
Labor under 29 CFR. 5.5(a)(1)(iv) shall satisfy
this requirement. The prime contractor will
make the records required under the labor
standards clauses of the contract available
for inspection by authorized representatives
of "the City of Newport Beach and the 'Depart-
ment of Labor, and will permit such represent-
atives to interview employees during working
hours on the job.
4. Apprentices
Apprentices will be permitted to work as such only
when they are registered, individually, under a
bona fide apprenticeship program registered with
a State apprenticeship agency which is recognized
by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training,
4. Apprentices (continued)
United State Department of Labor; or, if no
such recognized agency exists in a State,
under a program registered with the Bureau
of Apprenticeship and training,. United States
Department of Labor. The allowable ratio of
apprentices to journeymen in any craft classif-
ication shall not be greater than the ratio
permitted to the contractor as to his entire
work force under the registered program. Any
employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice ....
wage rate, who is not registered as above,
shall be paid the wage rate determined by the
Secretary of Labor for the classification of work
he actually performed. The contractor or sub-
contractor will be required to furnish to the
contracting officer written evidence.of the
registration of his program and apprentices as
well as of the appropriate ratios and wage rates.,
for the area of construction prior to -using any
apprentices on the contract work.
Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3)
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland
Regulations (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of
• labor which are herein incorporated by reference.
6. Subcontracts
The contractor will insert in any subcontracts the
clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (5)
and (7) and such other clauses as the City of
Newport Beach may by appropriate instructions
require, and also a clause requiring the subcon-
tractors to include these clauses in any lower tier
subcontracts which they may enter into, together
with a clause requiring this insertion in any
further.subcontracts that may in turn be made.
Contract Termination; Debarment
A breach of clauses (1) through (6) may be_ grounds
for termination of the contract, and for debar-
ment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6.
C. General Area Waae Determinations
General Area Wage Determination Decision No. AP -438
of the Secretary of Labor applies to this contract.
Decision AP -438 was published October 13, 1972, in
Volume 37, Pages 21692 of the Federal Register,
(Cited as 37 FR.21692).
SP -9
i C.
Modifications and Supersedeas Decisions to area wage
determinations are made from time to time and are
published in the FEDERAL REGISTER. Modifications
and Supersedeas Decisions are effective from their
date of publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER.
Modifications which apply to this contract specifi-
cally are found in Supersedeas Decision No.CA77 -5041
of the Secretary of Labor, published on May 6, 1977,
in 42 FR 23295, and modification No. 1, published on
June 3, 1977, in 42 FR 28732.
An updated Index to Area Wage Determination and
Modifications as published in the FEDERAL REGISTER
pursuant to the Davis -Bacon and related.Acts is
published on the first Friday of each month in the
FEDERAL REGISTER.
A copy of the revised area Wage Determinations
applicable to this contract is on file in the office
of the City Clerk.
• END OF SECTION
SP -1'0
! SECTIO:i U14UU - VUALITY CONTROL SE:AVICES
1. tic- .:E7 "L
1.1 ;eneral: Testing, inspection, or other related services shall be performed
oy a consultant, testing laboratory or inspection service; selected oy
Owner.
1.2 Paygent: Costs of 4uality Control services will oe paid for oy Owner.
1.3 Deficiencies: , Tests or inspections due to the following will be reinoursea
To the OwnerOwner by deductive cnange order.
a. Retesting because of failure of initial samples.
b. Additional costs due to overtime work or extra shift worx because of
improper scheduling of work or of delivery of materials ay Contractor.
c. Failure to properly notify laboratory.
d. Changes is sources, lots or suppliers of materials after original tests.
_. C;ianges in methods or materials of construction requested -ay Contractor
that require testing, inspection, or otner related services in excess of
that requireu uy original design.
f. Concrete mix designs in excess of first successful design for each .
concrete type. -
l.d Special Special tests requested by Arcnitect or Ownerei11 ae paid
ror dy wneri except that if such tests fail, the costs shall oe deducted
from the Contract Price oy Change Order.
END OF SECTION
t:E1:PORT CEnTc
3RAh Cli LIBRARY
u14Uu - 1
g. Overtime or extra shift work requiring overtime work by Owner's
Inspector. .
1.4
Submittals: Furnish in writing, simultaneously to the Owner, Architect anu
.
truS— cturaT Engineer (1 copy each).
a. Testin and Inspection Services: Suonit test reports, mill analysis,
concrete m x designs, per app icable sections of the Specifications. .
1.5
ilork p Owner's .Ins, ector: Slump tests, and continuous .nasonry work
inspection wt pe done oy Owner's Inspector. Isortar and grout prism and
concrete cylinder samples will.oe rude and cared for oy Owner's Inspector.
1.6
Soils Engineer: Continuous soils supervision will be. provided by Soils
engineer se ectea by and paid for oy Owner.
1.1
Testing Laboratory Services:
a. Samples: Contractor shall furnish, without additional cost to Owner, and
Under the direction. of the Testing Laooratory samples of the ,materials
prepared for tests as specified or required for proper conduct of the
work. Taking of concrete and masonry cores :iill be uy Testing
Lauoratory.
u. Tests: Testing Laooratory will pick up, care for and make required
Tests .
l.d Special Special tests requested by Arcnitect or Ownerei11 ae paid
ror dy wneri except that if such tests fail, the costs shall oe deducted
from the Contract Price oy Change Order.
END OF SECTION
t:E1:PORT CEnTc
3RAh Cli LIBRARY
u14Uu - 1
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
1. GENERAL
1.1 Tem orar Otilit Services: All temporary electrical power and water and
uti ty stri ut on, is a part of this contract with no costs to be paid by
the Owner. Install any temporary transmission lines required.-
1.2 Ten rag Office and Telephone: Provide office space for use of Architect
an wner 5 inspac or during construction time. Minimum office space shall
be 8 feet by 10 feet, weathertight, well lighted, ventilated, and floored,
heated in cold weather. Office shall be painted and maintained in
acceptable condition. Provide office with. minimum of one counter, 3 feet by
8 feet, with adequate shelving. Provide and pay for a flat rate business
telephone in such office. Office space shall be lockable by providing
,._.door(s) with padlock.
1.3 Tem orar Toilet Facilities: Provide, install and maintain for duration of
wor temporary outsi 40 zoi let facilities for use of workmen. Toilet
facilities shall be constructed, .maintained and supplied as required for.
number of men on job and according to local regulations.
1.4 Storage Enclosures: Provide necessary sheds and enclosures for storing
materla s and equipment.
1.5 Sa�fett, Requirements: Furnish all temporary scaffolding, construction
THINS runways, and the like, as required. Comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations governing construction and use of same.
1.6 Garricades: Furnish or construct any barricades, lights or other guards
• a ouTi t�t.e work area that may be required by local ordinance or public safety
and necessity.
1.7 Removal and Clean -! : Remove all temporary facilities from site as soon as
progress ofwworrmits. Leave building and site in a clean condition
approved by Architect.
END OF SECTION
• NEWPORT CENTER
dIMICII LIBRARY
01500 - 1
I
SECTION 02200 - EART:3WORK AND SITE GRADINt3
1. GENERAL
1.1 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
a. Structural Excavation and 3ackfill: Section 0ZZ2U.
D. Rock Base: Section 02220.
1.2 Foundation En ineerin Services:Coinpadtion testing and compaction
supervis on.w De required. Payment and reports shall De in conformance
with Section "Duality Control Services ". Compaction shall be determined by
ASTA 01557, modified to use 3 layers in lieu of S.
1.3 Foundation Investi ation Report: Prepared by Le Roy Candall and Associates,
oo ao. b b, dated September 22, 1376. Availaole at
Architect's office for inspection oy bidders.
1.4 Noise and Dust Abatement: Exercise all reasonable and necessary means to
abate dust, dirt rising and undue noise. Perform necessary sprinkling and
wetting of construction site to allay dust.
1.5 Control of Debris: Do not bury or dispose of debris on the site. Promptly
remove such materials,
Existing Utility Lines: Notify Architect if existing utility lines are
encountered �n the work. Protect lines from damage.
1.7 Existing Conditions:
a. Separate Conditions:
. 1. Site clearance.
2. Rough grading of site.
3. A portion of the subgrade preparation and compaction within building
areas and to five feet beyond building areas; and under asphaltic
concrete paving and concrete slaps. The extent of earthwork and
grading is shown on the drawings. .
o. Verification: Prior to commencing work at site, verify agreement of
existing conditions with indicated conditions. Notify Architect in
writing of discrepancies found. Start of work without notification
constitutes acceptance of conditions without cause for. extra costs.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Fill Material: Material used for fill shall be clean, well pulverized,.
non - expansive soil free from large rocks, vegetation, trash or other
debris, and subject to approval of Foundation Engineer. 'Existing on =site
earth material is suitable as fill.
3. EXECUTIOti
3.1 Site Clearing:
a. Clear the project site of weeds and other vegetation.
NE`NPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 022UO - 1
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
u22uu - 2
.3.2 Subgrdde preparation:
a. Excavation: After stripping existing vegetation, excavate existing fill
and isturbed natural soils within the building area and areas to be
paved. Next excavate the natural soils within the building area and at
- least five feet oeyond in plan to a depth of at least one foot oelow the
existing grade. - Carefully inspect the exposed soiils to verify removal
of any unsuitable deposits; deepen the excavation to remove any
•
unsuitable materials including soils 'badly disturbed by rodent oorrowing.
b. SCarif in : Scarify portions of site covered uy buildings, concrete
s aos an paving and asphalt paving to depth of at least 6" below existing
grade or below new grades established by cut.
c. Compaction of Natural Suograde:
1. Compact the upper six inches of exposed natural soils in the building.
area (in both cut and fill areas) to at least 95% of the maximum
density obtainable by the AST'I Designation 01aa7 -70 method of
_ compaction modified to use three layers.
- Z. Compact the upper six inches of exposed natural soils unuer concrete
and asphalt paving areas to at least 90;.
a. Filling: - After compacting the natural suograde, place all required fill
7h he building area in loose lifts not ':.lore than eight inches in
thickness, bring to about optimum moisture content, and compact to at
least 954. All required fill in non building areas shall oe similarly
placed and compacted to at least 9U%.
_. Hoisture Content: The moisture content of the soils at the time of
compaction sha7T vary no more than 2% auove or oelow optimum :moisture
content.
!
3.3 Grading: Make sucn cuts or fills as may be required to bring ground surface
to spot elevations or finish contours required or shown, with a •aaximum
tolerance .of .ID foot. where grades are not indicated, grade uniformly
level or. slope between points for -which elevations are given. In absence of
more specific grading information, ground shall slope away from buildings
-
for a minimum distance of 20 feet, at a minimum slope of Z. per cent.
Trenches and other drainage flow lines shall slope uniformly to avoid
standing water.
3.4 Pads for Future Ex ansian: Perform specified subgrade preparation for future
expans on, o e evat ohs iddicated on drawings.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
u22uu - 2
I
s
•
SECTION 02220 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND JACKFILL
1. GENERAI
1.1 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: —
a. Earthwork and Grading: Section 02200.
1. 2 Foundation En ineerin Services: Compaction testing and compaction
supervision will ue requ re . Payment and reports shall. be in conformance
with General Conditions. Compaction shall be determined by AST14 D1557,
modified to use 3 layers in lieu of S. .
1.3 Foundation Invest i ation Report: Available at Architect's office for
inspection by i ers.
1.4 noise and 'Just Abatement: Exercise all reasonable and necessary means to
aua a undue ust, it rising and noise. Perform necessary sprinkling and
wetting of construction site to allay dust.
1.5 Exis�tin U�tiliitt! Lines: iotify Architect if existing utility lines are
encountered In tie work. Protect lines from damage.
1.5 Ins ection and A royals: Obtain inspections and written approval by City,
or t e r represents ve, of complete foundation excavations before placing
subsequent work. Give at least 24 hour notice of rediness for inspection.
1.7 Existing Conditions:
a. Se orate Contract: By separate contract, following has been performed
at e:
1. Site clearance.
2. A portion of the subgrade. preparation and compaction to 95% of maximum
density within building areas and to five feet beyond building areas;
and under asphaltic concrete paving, concrete slabs.
3. Rough grading of site.
b. Verification: Prior to 'commencing work at site, verify agreement of
existing conditions with indicated conditions. Notify Architect in
writing of discrepancies found. Start of work without notification
constitutes acceptance of conditions, without cause for extra costs.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Crushed Rock Base:
Sieve Size
3/4"
#4
#100
Crushed rock conforming to following gradation:
Percentage Passing
90 -100
J -10
0 -3
NEWPORT CENTER
URANCN LIBRARY J2220 - 1
d
•
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Excavation: Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material
encountered when establishing required grade elevations.
a. Stabi "t of Excavations: Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a
sa a con i on until completion of backfilling. Provide minimum
requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes
and authorities leaving jurisdiction.
- b. Oewaterin : Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from
7730 nto excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding
area.
1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to
- prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and
soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations..
-
Provide and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and 'discharge lines, and.
other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from
excavations.
Z. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or
run -off areas. Provide and maintain temporary drainage ditches and
other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not
use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
c. ilatar�ial Storr ee: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where
directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape
- stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate and retain soil materials away
from edge of excavations.
d. Excess Soil Haterial: Legally dispose o_f excess soil material _and waste_
•
. _
materials off the project site. -
i
3.2 Excavation For Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown
within a tolerance o p us or minus 0.10', and extending a sufficient
distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of
concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction required,
and for inspection. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care
not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just
before concrete is placed. Trin bottoms to required lines and grades to
leave solid base to receive concrete.
3.3 Uackfill: Uackfill around the building shall be moistened and compacted to
approximately 90% of maximum density. Over compaction of sails adjacent to
foundation walls shall be avoided. Backfili shall not be compacted by
puddling methods.
3.4 Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under .pavements to comply with
cross -sec ions, elevations and grades as shown.
3.5 Rock Base: . Place a 4° thick crushed rack base under the concrete floor
7357_75`11 and compact rock -base to a firm surface.
E140 OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02220 - 2
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
0
02500 - 1
i
I
SECTION 02SOU - SITE DRAINAGE
i
1. GENERAL
1.1
�Scope: Provide all labor, materials, and transportation necessary for
.
compTetion of work as shown and specified.
2. PRODUCTS,
2.1
Materials: "
a. U Acrylonitrile- Butadiene- Sytrene) Pipe and Fittings: AR11CU STEEL
COMPANY.
(a) Truss Type (B ", 10, 12" 8 15 "): Resins into a truss shape
forming an inner and outer wall supported by webs.,
(b) Solid Wall Type: 4" and 6" nominal diameter.
b. Catch Basins and Drains a Structures: As detailed, of minimum '2000
—p—s—.7. concrete, in actor ante wi h Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
c. Gratings and Frames: ALHAMBRA FOUHURY 'CO., galvanized gratings and
Trrames. uratings shalt be removable, fastened to frames with four (4)
5/8" galvanized socket set screws.
d. Rock Fill: Coarse aggregate, minimum.size 3/4 ", maximum size 1 -1/2 ".
e. Pea Gravel: 3/8" maximum size aggregate.
I
f. Under Sidewalk Drain: Johns - Manville cement asbestos rectangular drain pipe
with vne L round to rectangular pipe adapter.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
General: Install pipe in strict accordance with manufacturer's
ni structions and as specified. ABS pipe and fittings, if used, shall be
chemically welded at joints and connections. Provide minimum earth coverage
of 18" for all piping, unless otherwise indicated; except where pipe in open'
areas is subjected to temporary construction vehicle traffic, provide
minimum 36" earth coverage.
3.2
Trenching: If natural soil or compacted fill can be accurately cut and
main ained temporary construction excavations to a depth of four feet may be
made vertically without shoring. Trench width shall not exceed 12 inches
'
plus outside diameter of pipe.
3.3
Piinq: Promptly install all piping after excavation for same has been
od ne so as to keep excavations open as short a time as possible. Where
inverts are indicated on drawings, lay pipe accurately to that grade. Flush
lines clean with water after installation is complete.
3.4
Backfillin : Do not backfill until installation of piping has been
approve . Only clean well pulverized, non- expansive soil free of stones in
excess of 2 inches, maximum dimension, shall be used in backfilling.
Backfill in layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. Compact each layer by
mechanical or hand tampers to at least 90: of maximum density.
'
3.5
Structures: Excavate as required. Set units flush with grade or paving.
dac o compaction as specified in Section "Earthwork ".
i
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
0
02500 - 1
SECTION 02612 - ASPHALT PAYING
1. GEUERAL
1.1 Scope : Furnish and install asphaltic concrete pavement as indicated on
ngs and herein specified, complete.
1.2 Standards• .
a. City of Newport Beach Standard Specifications.
b. State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard
Specifications, January 1975.
1.3 liei htmaster Certificates: Furnish licensed weighmastar certificates with
eac oa o asp a is concrete delivered to project. Deliver Certificates
to Uwner's representative, who will collect certificates and ensure that
material represented by each certificate is actually incorporated -in the
work. Yield of asphaltic concrete material shall be twenty four (24) pounds
per square foot of paving area based on two inch thickness after rolling. A
five per cent tolerance will be allowed between total calculated weight and
actual weight incorporated in the work.
Z. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Redwood Headers Stakes Benders and Splices: "Construction Heart" grade
re woo se ga vanize na s or tastening.
• b, weed Killer: "Borescu" applied at 5 to 10 lbs. per 100 sq. ft.,
°PTy 0 =r lorate" applied at 2 to 4 lbs. per 100 sq. ft., or "Noxweed
No. 10" applied at 2 gallons per 100 sq. ft.
c. Prime Coat: Conform to City Standard Specifications, Section 302 -5.2.
d, Base Course: Aggregate base shall conform to the requirements for
process? miscellaneous base in conformance with Section 2UU -2.4 of the
City's Standard Specifications and be placed in conformance with Section
301 -2 of the City's Standard Specifications.
e. Surface Course: The asphalt concrete to be furnished and placed shall
e Type Il-C3 - AR4000 in conformance with Section 400.4 of the City's
Standard Specifications. .Placement shall be in conformance with Section
302 -5 of the City's Standard Specifications.
f. F_o9— Seal: .All new asphalt concrete pavement shall be sealcoated with
og` seat'. The fog seal shall conform with the applicable portions of
Section 37 of the California Standard Specifications.
g. Pavement Paint: Traffic type paint, white, or yellow is selected, as
manufactured by J.E. BAUER CO.. Los Angeles. California.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Sub - Grade: Grade to true cross - section, allowing for compression, trim and
etoroug y scarify to required depth. Prepare in accordance with City's
Standard Specification, Section 3U2 -5.2.
3EWPORT CENTER
BRAdCH LIBRARY 02612 - 1
' 3.2 A_ggr_�_e_�atet�e 3ase: Iloisture content of aggregate base shall oe sufficient to
0o taeuired compaction. Base may be spread and compacted in one
layer. Compaction equipment shall be of the type and used in a manner which
will yield a relative density of not less than 90 per cent. When completed,
surface shall not vary more than 1/2" above or below the required grades.
3.3 Weed Killer: After grading and rolling of sub -base, and prior to placing
o aspna is concrete, treat aTl sub -base to receive asphaltic concrete with
weed killer, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Take extreme
precaution to confine weed poison to area to be covered by asphaltic
concrete, and provide all necessary protection to prevent injury or damage
to life or property.
.3.4
Headers: Install along all edges of asphaltic concrete paving except where
concre a paving, walks and curbs occur. Venders of lesser thickness may be
'
used to form returns. Stakes shall be placed not to exceed 6' on centers,
unless otherwise noted. Drive stakes flush with the top of the header and
nailed to header boards.
3.5
Pavia Installation: Placement shall be in accordance with City's Standard
;sec ca ion, ection 302 -5.
3.6
Pavement Paintin : Install pavement striping and marking for asphaltic
concrete part ng areas Make lines 3' wide unless otherwise noted. Use
painting equipment and templates specifically designed for this purpose.
Protect all adjoining work from damage or defacement.
3.7
Clean-up; Clean up the job site prior to acceptance of the work. All
r31 t, spoil, and debris of any nature shall be removed and the entire site
shall present a clean, workmanlike appearance. Any damage to paint work
from prime coating or seal coating operations shall be corrected at no cost
•
to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
02612 - 2
d. Contraction Joint Material:
1. Metal: "Keyed -Kold" with I removable cap as manufactured by
BURKE CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC. Phone (213) 123 -1286.
2. Plastic: "Quickjoint" T- shaped 1/16" plastic strip, 1 inch minimum
depth as ,distributed by J.A. CRAWFORD CO. Phone (213) 698 -0901.
e. Bond Breaker: Resin type sealer. "Formfilm" by A.C. Horn Co., "Form -
aver by Sonneborn, or equal.
f. Curing Materials:
1. Curing Paper: ASTM C171, non - staining, reinforced.
2. Liquid Curing Compound: ilon- staining, complying with ASTN C309 at
manufacturer's recommended rate of application. Deliver curing
compound in unopened labeled containers.
(a) For Grey Concrete (non - pigmented): Wax -free, fugitive resin
type. Thompson's "Waters al" or equal.
(b) Pigmented Curing Compound: AASHO Designation: M 148, Type 11,
white pigmented except that the loss of water in the water
NEWPORT CEIITER -
dRAACH LIBRARY 02614 - 1
i
i
,3
SECTION 02614 - CONCRETE PAVING
1.
GENERAL
1.1
Scope:
a. Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required to complete the work
shown on the drawings and specified, complete.
1.2
Ins action: Notify Architect -24 hours before schedule start of placing
contra e. Excavations, formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items shall
'
have been inspected and approved before any concrete is placed.
1.3
Standards: Concrete work shall conform to the requirements of "Standard
pecT�ications for Public Works Construction ", 1973 Edition (SSPW) and
herein specified.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Materials:
a. Concrete Materials:
1. Combined Aggregate: 3/4" maximum coarse aggregate size conforming to
Grading 0 or E of SSPW, Section 201 - 1.3.1.
2. Cement: Portland Cement, Type II conforming to ASTM C -150.
3. Water: Clear, clean and free from oil, vegetable matter and other
deleterious substances.
b. Reinforcing Steel: Welded wire fabric, reinforcing bars, and doweling
con arm ng to t e requirements specified under Section - "Reinforcing
Steel".
c. Farm I•laterials: Wood or steel, conforming to requirements specified
under ec ion - "Concrete Forming ".
d. Contraction Joint Material:
1. Metal: "Keyed -Kold" with I removable cap as manufactured by
BURKE CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC. Phone (213) 123 -1286.
2. Plastic: "Quickjoint" T- shaped 1/16" plastic strip, 1 inch minimum
depth as ,distributed by J.A. CRAWFORD CO. Phone (213) 698 -0901.
e. Bond Breaker: Resin type sealer. "Formfilm" by A.C. Horn Co., "Form -
aver by Sonneborn, or equal.
f. Curing Materials:
1. Curing Paper: ASTM C171, non - staining, reinforced.
2. Liquid Curing Compound: ilon- staining, complying with ASTN C309 at
manufacturer's recommended rate of application. Deliver curing
compound in unopened labeled containers.
(a) For Grey Concrete (non - pigmented): Wax -free, fugitive resin
type. Thompson's "Waters al" or equal.
(b) Pigmented Curing Compound: AASHO Designation: M 148, Type 11,
white pigmented except that the loss of water in the water
NEWPORT CEIITER -
dRAACH LIBRARY 02614 - 1
i
i
,3
retention test shall not exceed'O.040 -gram per square centimeter
of surface.
g. Rock Salt: 1/4" maximum diameter.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
a. General: Coordinate work with related trades. 0o.not locate related
worE- concrete except as detailed. Place conduits in concrete slabs
with . a minimum over of 2." above and below conduit. Locate accurately
and secure in place ail inserts, bolts, ties, dowels, miscellaneous
plates, etc., before pouring. Clean and free from any coating which
would reduce their bond.
b. Base Course: Subgrade shall be smooth, true to line and grade, and
teste3 or required compaction prior to start of placing concrete.
Dampen subgrade 24 hours before placing. Reroll as required. wet forms
to tighten cracks.
c. Reinforcin Steel: Placing, including cleaning, supporting, and tying
o we a wire mesh and reinforcing bars shall comply with requirements
specified under Section "Reinforcing Steel ".
d. Formwork: Stake rigidly at 4 feet o.c, and secure against displacement.
nsta stretched wires or, other devices to indicate displacement.
Formwork shall not deviate more than 1 /a" from.required positions and
levels. Curb forms shall be smooth on the side placed next to the
concrete, and shall have a true smooth upper edge. The depth of forms
for back of curbs shall be equal to the full depth of the curb. The
depth of face forms shall be equai to the full face height of the curb.
Carefully set forms to alignment and grade- and to the required
dimensions. Hold forms rigidly in place by stakes, clamps, spreaders and
. braces shall be used where required to insure rigidity. lenders or thin
plank forms may be used on curves, grade changes, or for curb returns.
Back forms for curb returns may be made of 1/2 inch thick benders cleated
together for full depth of the curb. Do not remove the form on the front
of curbs in less than one hour nor more than 6 hours after the concrete
has been placed. 00 not remove side forms for sidewalks, gutter
depressions, island paving and driveways, less than 12 hours after the
finishing has been completed.
3.2 Hix Jesi n and Pro ortionin : Standard weight concrete minimum 2000,
measure at days, Proportioning shall be by weight of loose, dry
material, 94 pounds of cement shall be considered i cubic foot. Fine
aggregate volume shall be at least 35�" of the sum of the separate fine and
coarse aggregate volumes. Weighing equipment shall be accurate to within 1
pound and be adjustable for varying aggregate moisture content. A beam
auxiliary shall register any part of the last 100 pounds of each aggregate.
The aggregate hopper shall have a volume adjustment.
3.3 Placing Concrete:
a. General: Place concrete within 6U minutes after mixing. Consolidate by
vi>1 ��ati g and tamping.
b. Slump: 3" maximum for flatwork, 4 ". maximum for other work.
3.4 Control Joints of slabs on grade.
a. Contraction Joints: Locate at maximum 15 feet o.c. for flatwork and 3U
ee o.c. or cur s. Tool edges except at structure. Provide continuous
filler type contraction joint between slabs and structures.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCU LIBRARY 02614 - 2
• 1. Joints between slabs and structures: install joint filler strip and
sealant against wall of structure. Sealant as specified in section
"Caulking and Sealants ".
i
2. Plastic Control Joint: Immediately following preliminary trowelling,
part concrete to a�depth of 2 inches with #750 Lightweight Cutter Bar.
Install plastic joint material so that the pull -top stiffener is flush
with the concrete and pull top stiffener is immediately peeled off.
After pull -top is removed, float concrete to fill all voids adjacent
to strip.. During final trowelling, finish edge to a radius not to
exceed 1/8" using a #335 or #350 slit jointer tool.
3. Metal. Control Joint: Install "Key -Kold" metal joint forma Set top
of stakes 3/8" below slab surface elevation. Install with minimum of
5 stakes per 10 foot length. When concrete is not poured continuously
over both sides of the joint, the knock -out anchors shall be bent at
45 degree angle into the pour. Finish the concrete to the top of the
joint and burn in with hand trowel.
3.5 Finishing:
a. Sidewalks. Steps and Ramos:
1. Smooth Finish: Steel trowel and burnish to a smooth, dense, hard
finish.
2. Broomed Finish: Broom steps and ramps perpendicular to direction of
traffic.
3. Rock Salt Finish: Apply rack salt evenly immediately prior to final
troweling. Embed crystals completely during finish troweling.
b. Curbs:. Prior to the removal of curb forms, the surface shall be
finished true to grade by means of a straight edge float, not less than
10 feet, in length, operated longitudinally over the surface of the
concrete. Smooth trowel face of curb immediately after removal of front
curb form to a depth of not less than 2 inches below the flow line.
Steel trowel fade and tops of curb and provide rounded front and back
edges. 'After the face of the curb has been troweled smooth, it shall be
given a final fine brush finish with brush strokes parallel to the line
of the curb. Top and face of curbs shall be true and straight, of
uniform width, free from humps, sags or other irregularities.
c. Other Flatwork: Finish to grade and cross section with a float, trowel
Smoot an nish with a broom, unless 'otgerwise specified. Float shall
be not. less than 10 feet in length and not less than 6 inches in width.
3.6 Curing:
a. Moist Curin - for Natural Concrete: Cover with reinforced waterproof
cur ng paper.. ga all ,joints an weight down edges. Maintain moist for
14 days.
b. L1 utd Curin Com ound - for FlaturaI Concrate: Locations as approved by
rc Lett. nApp y a un orm coating with n hours of final troweling.
3.7 Cleaning and Patching:
a. Salt Finished Concrete: Thoroughly hose out all remaining salt crystals
at comp a ion o ,curing period. Keep salt out of planting areas.
i
r
b. Construction Joints: Clean by sandblasting.
c. Patching: Patch cracks, rock pockets, and honeycombs as specified under
S e-7 7 °
on Ca'st -In -Place Concrete ".
END OF SECTION
1i
•
SECTION 02630 - SPECIALLY FORMED CONCRETE PAVING
1. GENERAL
1.1 Desc�ri Lion: The extent of specially formed concre.te is shown on the
draw and is indicated as concrete type 4' and includes all work required to
install concrete type 4.
a. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Grading and Compaction: Section 02200.
2. Soil and Planting: Section 02830.
1.2 Design: BOMANITE CORPORATION. "GraSScrete ".
1.3 Contractor: Bonanite "Grasscrete" work shall be performed by Contractor
reguary engaged in such work and who is a licensee of the SOMANITE CORP.
1.4 Submittals:
a. Submit two copies Of manufacturer's specifications and installation
instructions.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Cement ASTM C150.Type Ii.
b. Anaregate: Conform .to ASTM C33, maximum size 3/8 ".
c. Water: Fresh, clean.and potable.
d. Reinforcing Steel,* ASTM A61S, Grade 40, No. 3'size.
e. Admixture: Air- entraining agent complying with ASTM C -260 and /or normal -
set or retard -set water - reducing complying with ASTM C494.
2.2 Miz Desi n: Establish a mix design for the work. Concrete shall have a
min mum compressive strength of 3,000 p.s.i.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Install in strict accordance with Bomanite Corporation .written
specifications.
3.2 Placing: Place 4" thick slab over minimum 3/4" thick sand underbed. Screed
to Tevel uniform surface.
ENO OF.SECTION
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02630 - '1
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
02710 - 1
SECTION 02710 - FENCES AND GATES
1.
GENERAL
1.1
uality Assurance: Comply with the standards of the Chain Link Fence
Manu acturer s Institute. Provide metal fences and gates as complete unit
produced by a single manufacturer including necessary erection accessories,
fittings and fastenings.
1.2
Submittals: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer-'.s data,
specs i�'cations, and installation instruction for metal fencing and gates.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Materials:
a. Fabric: Chain link woven wire ASTM A392, Class.1, galvanized after
weaving, top and bottom selvages knuckled. Use 11 gauge 2" mesh.
i
b. Posts and Rails: Hat- dipped zinc coated (inside and outside) standard
weight steel pipe, ASTM A120.
1. End Pull Posts: 2.875" o.d., 5.70 Its. per ft.
2. Top and Brace Rails: 1.660" o.d., 1.806 lb. per ft.
3. Gate Posts (Nominal width of gate, single or one leaf
of double):
6 Feet and Less: 2.875" o.d.,.5.79 lbs. per ft.
i
13 Feet and Less: 4.00" o.d., 9.10 lbs. per ft.
c. Bottom Tension Wire: 7 gauge -,alvanized coiled spring tension wire.
-
d. Fabric Connections:
_
1. Tension Bars: 3/16" x 3/4" galvanized mild steel flats.
2. Steel Bands: 1/8" x 1" galvanized mild steel except use 1/8" x 3/4"
for gates.
3. Bolts: 3/16" diameter min., cadmium plated.
4. Fabric Ties: Galvanized No. 9 or No. 11 ga. wire at line posts,
galvanized No. 14 wire for top and brace rails.
e. Fittings and Caps: Galvanized pressed steel or malleable iron.
f. Gates:
1. Frames: Galvanized pipe, 1.90" o.d., 2.72 lb. per ft. for frames; I-
5/8" o.d., 2.27 lb. per ft. for brace rails.
g. Concrete: Portland Cement concrete with a minimum compressive strength
oi'=p.s.i, using at least 4 sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1" maximum
size aggregate, maximum 3" slump, and 2% to 4% entrained air.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1 Fence Erection:
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
02710 - 1
a. Posts: Seace posts as indicated, set in concrete footings of 12"
. diameter; 36 depth of concrete, 30" post embedment. Install top
ornaments on all posts. Set posts so that top of eye or ornament is
level with top of fabric, with twist and selvage above rail.
b. Fabric: Install fabric on exterior side of posts unless otherwise
indicated. Set bottom of fabric to clear ground or paving by 1/24.
Fence heights given to top of fabric. Secure fabric to posts with ties
spaced at 16" maximum. With 9 gauge wire, hook tie at both ends; with 11
gauge wire, wrap tie around fabric at both ends, not less than two turns.
Hooked ties with links not permitted. Secure fabric to top rail with 14
gauge ties not more than 18" o.c., wrapped not less than two turns.
Secure tie ends with not less than two full twists; turn ends so as not
to be a hazard.
c. Rails:
1. Top Rail: Provide top rail for all fencing.
2. Brace Rails: Provide horizontal brace rails adjacent to terminal,
angle, gate and corner posts, for fencing 6 feet high or higher.
Secure brace rails to posts with rail end fittings and rail end bands.
3. Center Rail: Provide center rail at mid- height. Secure to posts.with
rail end fittings and rail end bands.
d. Tension Wire and Tension Bars: Provide bottom tension wire throughout.
score tens on w re to ab n c with 14 gauge wire at' 18 ", o.t., double
wrapped. Secure fabric at end, corner, angle and gate posts with tension
bars extending full height of fence, attached to posts with bands spaced
at 14" maximum.
e. Gates: Fabricate. frames with joints mitered, continuously welded and
ground flush. Install offset brace rails at center height. Galvanize
oate units after fabrication. Install hinges to allowing gates to swing
back parallel to line of fence, with stops to prevent gate swing in wrong
direction. Include center cane bolt with pocket, for pairs of swinging
gates. Install plunger rod assembly. Install manual latches with
padlock eyes for all gates.
3.2 Touch -u of Field Welds: Use hot process touch -up material, METALLOY
., a va loy" or AMERICAN SOLDER d FLUX CO., No. .3017
galvanizing bar for touch -up of all field welds, in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER .
• BRANCH LIBRARY
02710 - 2
i
SELTIOH 02750 - IRRIGATIOW SYSTEM
•
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope
of Work:
a.
The work consists of furnishing and installation of the Sprinkler
Irrigation System described herein and shown in drawings, complete.
1.2 Responsibility:
a.
The Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for all work to be
performed under this Contract.
b.
The Contractor shall carefully note all finish grade before commencing
work. Any finished grade changed during the course of his work shall be
restored to the original contours.
1.3 Codes and Permits:
a.
'dhen not, otherwise specified, workmanship and material shall conform to
all local codes leaving jurisdiction.
b.
Apply for all necessary permits and pay for same.
1.4 Submittals:
a.
The Contractor shall submit with the material list, catalogue data, and
full descriptive literature whenever required.
j
b.
Record 'drawings:
•
1. As -built record drawings: Showing locations and depths of all buried
and concealed pipe and equipment shall be kept up -to -date. nester
copy shall be kept in the custody of the resident inspector.
1. The Contractor shall dimension from two permanent points of reference
(building; corners, sidewalk or road intersections, etc.), the
location of the following items:
('a) Connections to existing water lines.
(b) Gate valves.
., (c) The routing of the pressure supply lines.
(d) Sprinkler control valves.'
(e) Quick coupling valves.
(f) The routing of electrical wiring of both the 1ZUV wire for the
automatic controller and 2414 «ire for all the remote control
valves.
J. Automatic Controller drawing: Provide and mount a chart in cover of
sprinkler controller. This shall be a plot plan of areas by
controller and show buildings, service drive, walks, walls, sprinkler
heads, and valves. dumber all valves to match operation schedule and
drawings. Hake a photostatie.reduction print of this plan to a size
that will fit into controller cover and mount in plastic, hermetically
sealed, and securely fasten to cover. All work shall be satisfactory j
. NEWPORT CEiiTER .
BRA,iCli LIBRARY 02750 - I
to Architect. The chart shall be colored with a different color for
each controller station.
4. Cataloata: Two (2) hard cover binders with 3 rings containing
manufacturer's catalog sheets of each and every material and equipment
installed under this contract, including guarantee statement.
11aintenance information and diagrammatic equipnent drawings .shall be
included when available.
1.5 Cleanup: The Contractor shall keep the premises clean and free of excess
equipment, materials and rubbish incidental to his work.
1.6 Guarantee: Provide a written guarantee form as stipulated in the General
Cun'Titi ons.
2. PRUUUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Steel e J P i p Fittings: A.S.A., Schedule 40 'galvanized mild steel
cru a pa
an eaded galvanized malleable iron screwed fittings,
except couplings which shall be A.P.I. steel couplings. Thread on pipe
and fittings shall be taper type, complying with A.S.A. Specification
ua.I.
b. Copper Pine and Fittings:
1. Pipe: dater tube Type "K" and shall comply with A.S.A. specification
n25 -1 -1967.
i
2. Fittings: Wrought copper or cast bronze solder joint and snall
comply with A.S.A. Specification U 16.22.
c. Transite Pipe and Fittings.
1. Pipe:. "Johns- tlanville" asbestos cement pipe, ASTii C- 296 -G5T, grooved
sleeves, 150 p.s.i, service.
2. Cast iron fitting with modified bells for use with grooved sleeve.
AUWA C110 52 -ASA, and as per manufacturer's specifications.
d. Plastic Pi a and Fittin s: Extruded from 100: virgin polyvinyl
ch oride ype Grade I or II, type 1120 or 1220.
1. All plastic pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the
following information. Manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, PVC
1120 or 1220, SUR (Standard 'Dimension Ratio, or the pressure rating in
P.S.I.) U.S.F. (Ilational Sanitation Foundation).
i
2. The manufacturer shall also mark the date of extrusion on the pipe.
This dating to be done in conjunction with records to be held by lire !
manufacturer for two
years, covering quality control test, raw
material batch number, and other information deemed necessary by the
manufacturer.
J. Plastic fittings: PVC Ring -tite fittings as manufactured by JOHNS -
IiAiM LLE shall be used when installing PVC Ring -Tate piping. PVC Type
I -II Schedule 40 fittings as manufactured by LASCO IiiuUSTRIES or
SLUAHE HAilUFACTURIAG CO., shall be used when installing solvent - weld.
piping.
4. Solvent: Per pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
e. Gate Valves:
NEWPORT CERTER .
dIIAJCH LIBRARY 02750 - 2
i
1. Backflow Prevention: dackflow preventers or vacuum breakers shall be as
n Fate on the rawings and as approved by the Local Governing body.
Final location to be approved by the Landscape Architect.
m. Thrust .Blocks: .'Provide poured concrete thrust blocks at each horizontal
&no vertical change of direction on all ring -tite pressure lines.
Install with manufacturer's .installation guide.
n. Accessories: Supply and deliver to the Owner the following equipment
and information;
NkWPORT CENTER
6RA11CH LIBRARY 02750 - 3
I . Screwed Ends: 125 lbs., bronze body, solid wedge, non- rising stem.
iIIBCU 0T -113 or approved equal.
2. Ring -tite Ends: 200 lbs., iron body bronze maunted, double disc,
parallel seats, KEHIIEDY 0673X or approved equal.
3. Flanged Ends: 200 lbs., iron body bronze mounted, double disc,
parallel seats, KEH:IEDY 0571X or approved equal.
f.
Automatic Controller:
1. Automatic controllers shall be of size and.type shown on the plans.
2. Final location of automatic controller shall be approved by Landscape
Architect.
3. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the 120 volt electrical power to
the automatic controller location to be furnished by others. The
final electrical hook -up shall be the responsibility of the irrigation
contractor.
g.
Remote Control Valves: Unless otherwise noted on the plans the electric
control valves shall be the same manufacturer as the automatic
controller. All electric control valves shall be equipped with a flow
control.
h.
Vuick Coupling Valves: Shall have a brass two -piece body designed for
workingng pressure�f50 psi operable with quick coupler. Key, site and
type shall be as shown on plans.
i.'Sprinkler
Heads: Shall be of type, size, and location as noted and
indicated on the drawings.
1. Lawn (leads: Pop -up type with screw adjustment.
2. Shrubbery Heads: Screw adjustment type.
J.
Control wiring: Connections between the automatic controllers and
remote co valves shall be made with direct burial wire AWG -UF ,type,
copper with 1/16" thick insulation. Pilot wire shall be one color and
common wire shall be another. All splices shall be made with Scotch -Lok
03577 Connector Sealing Packs.
k.
Valve Boxes: As manufactured by AMETEK and drooks Products or 'ap'proved
MAT-.
1. Water: Use AMETEK 5- 95 -15, adjustable and with green locking lid.
2.1 Irrigation Control Valves: Use AMETEK 10 -17U -001 with green locking
lid.
3. In turf Play Areas: Use Brooks 03SP buried 6" below finisn grade and
. marked with Rain Uird 63100 valve marker.
1. Backflow Prevention: dackflow preventers or vacuum breakers shall be as
n Fate on the rawings and as approved by the Local Governing body.
Final location to be approved by the Landscape Architect.
m. Thrust .Blocks: .'Provide poured concrete thrust blocks at each horizontal
&no vertical change of direction on all ring -tite pressure lines.
Install with manufacturer's .installation guide.
n. Accessories: Supply and deliver to the Owner the following equipment
and information;
NkWPORT CENTER
6RA11CH LIBRARY 02750 - 3
1. Three (3) coupler valve keys with hose swivel ell.
. 2. Two (2) sets of various special wrenches or tools that may be required
for adjustment of sprinkler !leads or equipment.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation:
a. Site Conditions:
1. All scaled dimensions are approximate. verify all.dinensions on the
i
site prior to proceeding with the work.
2. Grades:. Carefully check all grades before starting work on the
sprin ler system. Restore any finish grade changed during course of
NEWPURT CENTER
CRAl7Cii LIBRARY 02750 - 4
work to original contours.
3. Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating and working near
'
existing utilities shown on drawings. Contractor shall be responsible
for damage to any utilities shown on the drawings.
4. Should utilities not shown on the drawings be found during excavation,
the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority and shall
discontinue with work in the area except necessary emergency work
necessary to repair or prevent damage until instructions are received.
5. Failure to notify the proper authority of discovery of such utilities
or damage thereto will result in the Contractor being liable for any
and all damage caused to the utilities as a result of his negligence.
b.
Layout: All layouts shall be approved by Architect prior to
insta lation,
c.
Trenches: Uig trenches straight. Pipe shall have the continuous
support for the ditch bottom and shall be laid to an even grade.
.
Trenching excavation shall follow the layout indicated on the drawings.
1. Pressure supply lines 3" and larger shall have a mininun cover of 24
inches.
Z. Pressure supply line 2 -1/2" and smaller shall have a minimum cover of
18 inches
3. All non- pressure lines shall have a minimum cover of 15 inches for
rotor heads and 12" for all other non - pressure lines.
4. All control wiring shall have a minimum cover of 13 inches'.
S. No parallel line shall be installed directly over another line.
J.
Water Su 1 • Connections to the existing outlets shall be made at the
approxima a locations shown on the drawing. Minor changes caused by
actual site conditions'shail be made by the Contractor without additional
cost to the Owner, !louse valves in marked concrete valve boxes where
indicated.
e,
Automatic Control S stem: Itount where indicated. Install units
comp a e, nc u ing emote Control valve wiring and other required
equipment. Ue responsible for connection to 120 volt power source.
f.
Electrical: The Contractor shall be responsible for making electrical
connec ions to the automatic controller.
NEWPURT CENTER
CRAl7Cii LIBRARY 02750 - 4
1. Three (3) coupler valve keys with hose swivel ell.
d. Uater Supply: Connections to the existing outlets shall be made at the
approxinate locations shown on the drawing. Minor changes caused by
actual site conditions shall be made by the Contractor without additional
cost to the Owner. house valves in marked concrete valve boxes where
indicated.
e. Automatic Control S e: Mount where indicated. Install units
comp a e, inc u -ng stmemote Control valve wiring and other required
equipment. Ue responsible for connection to 12U volt power source.
f. Electrical: The Contractor shall be responsible for making electrical
connec ions to the automatic controller.
WEWPURT CENTER
ORA7Cil LIBRARY 02750 - 4
Z. Two (2). sets of various special wrenches or tools that may be required
.
for adjustment of sprinkler heads or equipment.
3. EXECUTION ,
3.1 Installation:
a. Site Conditions:
1. All scaled dimensions are approximate. verify all dimensions on the
site prior to proceeding with the work.
2. Grades: Carefully check all grades before starting work on the
sp- r nn ler system. Restore any finish grade changed during course of
work to original contours.
3. Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating and working near
existing utilities shown on drawings. Contractor shall be responsible
for damage to any utilities shown on the drawings.
4. Should utilities not shown on the drawings be found during excavation.
'
the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority and shall
.
discontinue w ith work in the area except necessary emergency work
necessary to repair or prevent damage until instructions are received.
5. Failure to notify the proper authority of discovery of such utilities
or damage thereto will result in the Contractor being liable for any
and'all damage caused to the utilities as a result of his negligence.
b. �La out:- All layouts shall be approved by Architect prior to
installation.
c. Trenches: Uig trenches straight. Pipe shall have the continuous
support for the ditch bottom and sball be laid to an even grade.
Trenching excavation shall follow the layout indicated on the drawings.
. 1. Pressure supply lines 3" and larger shall have a minioun cover of 24
inches.
. Z. Pressure supply line 2 -1/2" and smaller shall have a miniinum cover of
13 inches. '
3. All non - pressure lines shall have a minimum cover of 15 inures for
rotor heads and 12" for.all other non - pressure lines.
4. All control wiring shall have a minimum cover of 13 inches.
5. No parallel line shall be installed directly over another line.
d. Uater Supply: Connections to the existing outlets shall be made at the
approxinate locations shown on the drawing. Minor changes caused by
actual site conditions shall be made by the Contractor without additional
cost to the Owner. house valves in marked concrete valve boxes where
indicated.
e. Automatic Control S e: Mount where indicated. Install units
comp a e, inc u -ng stmemote Control valve wiring and other required
equipment. Ue responsible for connection to 12U volt power source.
f. Electrical: The Contractor shall be responsible for making electrical
connec ions to the automatic controller.
WEWPURT CENTER
ORA7Cil LIBRARY 02750 - 4
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02750 - 5
g. Wor kmansNi and Procedure: Perform work in accordance with best
stem ar practices. Ine routing of the pressure supply lines as
indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic. Install lines in such mariner
•
as to conform with the various details without offsetting the various
assemblies from the pressure supply line.
1. Assemblies: No multiple assemblies snall be installed on sprinkler
irrigation system lines. Each assembly shall be provided with its own
outlet.
2. Clearance: All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 6 inches from
each other and from lines of other trades.
3. Control Wiring: Install in accordance with valve manufacturer's wire
chart and specifications.
(a) Wiring shall be installed in the same trench as the pressure
supply lines.whenever possible.
(b) All splices shall be made with Scotch -lok #3577 connector sealing
packs. An expansion curl should be provided within three (3)'feet
of each wire length on runs more than 100 feet in length.
Expansion curls sliall be fomred by wrapping at least five (5)
turns of wire around a.one (1) or more inch diameter pipe., then
withdrawing the pipe.
(c) Where more than one. (1) wire in a trench. tape at fifteen (15)
foot intervals.
4, Aeads: All lawn heads at the time of initial. installation shall be
o� u� (4). inches above finish grade (Seeded areas)..
h. Pressure Test: Test all pressure lines under hydrostatic pressure of
i2T u1nids per square inch. ilon- pressure lines shall be tested under Lire
po
existing static pressure and both to be proven watertight.
1. Pressure shall be sustained in the lines for not less than four hours.
If leaks develop, the joints shall be replaced and the test repeated
until the entire system is proven watertight.
2. Tests. shall be observed and approved by Owner's Inspector prior to
backfill.
3. Upon completion of each phase of the work, the Contractor shall check
and adjust each sprinkler head to meet the site requirements.
"
i. Inspection of Work:
1. U not backfill until installation of irrigation sprinkler system has
been approved.
j. Uackfillina:
1. Compact backfill for trenching to a dry density equal to adjjcent
undisturbed soil in planting areas and to 90% in paved areas. Conform
to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other
irregularities.
2. Place initial backfill on all lines of a fine granular material, no
foreign matter larger than one -half (1/2) inch in size will be
permitted.
3. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of the
. Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02750 - 5
4. If settlement occurs and adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads,
lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the contractor
shall make all required .adjustments without cost to the Uwner.
I
k. Lowerin of Heads: Lower all sprinklers installed in lawn areas to
nisn gra e. ompletely check and adjust the entire system and make any
necessary repairs that are necessary to complete this work.
1. Temporary Repairs: The Owner reserves the right to make temporary
repairs necessary to keep the sprinkler system equipped in operating
condition. The exercise of this right by the Owner.shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibilities under the term of the guarantee.
m. Final Inspection:
1. The contractor shall show evidence to the - Landscape Architect that the
Owner has received all accessories, charts, record drawings, etc., as
required before final inspection can occur. -
2. The final inspection of the work shall be made by
Architect in the presence of the contractor at the time
completed. Aotification shall be made in writing uy
seven (7) days in advance of such inspection.
EAU OF SECTION
is
NEAPURT CENTER
. d0iiCH LIBRARY 02750 - 6
.the Landscape
the work is
the contractor
SECTION 02830 - LANOSCAPE:PLANTING
1.0 GENERAL
The requirements -of the General Conditions, Special Conditions
and General Requirements apply to the work of this section.
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
Furnish materials and labor required to execute this work. as
indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to com-
plete the Contract, including, but not limited to, these major items.
A.
Soil preparation and fine grading within . 2 of 1 foot
B.
Fertilization
C.
All planting, including, but not limited to, trees, shrubs,
groundcover and lawn
D.
Staking, guying and espaliering
E.
Maintenance
F.
Inspection -and Certifications
G.
Guarantees ,
H. _
Clean up
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
•
A.
Irrigation
B.
Grading
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Verification of dimensions and quantities: All scaled dimen-
sions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work,
the Contractor shall carefully :check and verify all dimensions
and quantities and shall immmediately inform the Landscape
Architect of any discrepancy between the drawings and /or
specifications and actual conditions. No work shall be done
in any area where there is any such discrepancy until approval
for same has been given by the Landscape Architect or his
representative.
B.
Approvals required: All sprinkler work shall be inspected
and approved before start of any wort: of this section.
Prior to excavation for planting or placing of stakes, locate
all electric cables, conduits and all utility lines so that pro-
per precautions may be taken not to damage such improve-
ments. In the event of a conflict between such lines and
plant locations, promptly notify the Landscape Architect
NEWPORT CENTER
'BRANCH LIBRARY
02830 - I
who shall arrange for relocation for one or the other. Failure
to follow this procedure places upon the Contractor the res-
ponsibility for, at his own expense, making any and all re-
pairs for damages resulting from work hereunder.
C. Quantities and types of plant materials: Plant materials
shall be furnished in the quantities and /or spacing as
shown or noted for each location, and shall be of the species,
kinds, sizes, etc., as symboled and /or described on the_
plans.
D. Inspection required: All inspections herein specified shall
be made by the Landscape Architect or his representative.
The Contractor shall request inspection at least two days
in advance of the time inspection if required. The Landscape
Architect shall submit one copy each of the inspection report
to the Owner.
Inspection will be required for the following parts of the work:
1. During the preliminary fine finish .grading and soil
preparation.
• 2. When fine finish grading and soil preparation are
completed.
3: Plants, after delivery to site (prior to planting), When
shrubs, and trees are spotted for planting, but before
planting holes are excavated,
4. Specimen trees ar source, before delivery.
5. Planting areas prior to planting.
6. Potted plants prior to locating..
7. Lawn areas prior to seeding or sodding.
8. All landscape construction items, prior to the start
of the maintenance period.
9. At completion of the maintenance period.
E. Certification: Prior to job acceptance written certifications
i shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect for the following:
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 2
. 1. Quantity of seed, sod, hydromulch
2. Quantity of all other soil amendments called for by
plans and specifications..
3. In addition to any other certificates specified, furnish
a certificate with each delivery of bulk material,
stating the source, quantity, any type of material
and that the material conforms to the specification
requirements. For bulk delivered organic fertilizer
the certificate shall also state the volume, net weight,
percent of Nitrogen and percent of Phosphoric acid. For
each fertilizer and soil condition in containers, furnish
a similar certificate or invoice stating total quantities
by weight and volume for each material. Submit
these certificates to the Landscape Architect prior
to the start of the maintenance period.
F. Protection: The Contractor shall carefully and continuously .
protect all Zreas included in the Contract until final acceptance
of the work by the Landscape Architect or Owner.
iG. Guarantee and replacements:
1. Guarantee all shrubs and groundcover for a period of
ninety days after completion of the specified mainten-
ance period or final acceptance by the Landscape
Architect. .Guarantee all trees up to 20' box size to
live and grow in an acceptable upright position for a
period of six months after completion of the specified
maintenance period or final acceptance by the Land:
scape Architect. Guarantee trees, in 20' boxes or larger,
and all field grown specimens to live and grow in an
acceptable upright position for a period of one year
after completion of the specified maintenance period
or final acceptance by the Landscape Architect.
- 2. Within 15 days of notification by the Landscape
Architects, remove and replace all guaranteed plant
materials which for any reason fail to meet the require-
ments of the guarantee. Replacement shall be made with
plant materials as indicated or specified for the original
planting, and all such replacement materials shall be
guaranteed as specified for the original guaranteed
materials.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 3 _
. 2.0
MATERIALS
2.1 PLANTS
Plant materials indicated on the drawings and herein specified, shall
conform to the following:
A. Nomenclature: Plant names indicated or listed on the drawings
shall conform to "Standard Plant Names" established by the
American Joint Committee on Horticulture. Except for names
not covered herein the established custom of the nursery is
followed.
B. Condition: Plants shall be symmetrical, typical for variety
and species, sound, healthy, vigorous, free from plant..
disease, insect pests, or their eggs, and shall have healthy
normal root systems, well filling their containers, but not to
the point-of being root bound. Plants shall not be pruned
prior to delivery, except as authorized by the Landscape
Architect or his representative. In no case shall trees be
topped before delivery..
C. Dimensions: The height and spread of all plant material shall
be measured with branches in their normal position, and
shall be as indicated on the drawings. The caliper of all trees
shall be measured 4'-Or' above the surface of the ground.
Where caliper or other dimensions of any plant materials
are omitted from the "Plant Legend ", it shall be understood
that these plant materials shall be normal stock for type
listed.
D. Inspection: All plant materials must have been previously
inspected at the nursery by the County Horticultural Depart-
ment having jurisdiction over inspections, and shall be sub-
ject to.the inspection and approval of the Landscape Architect
before planting.
E. Sizes of plants: Shall be stated on. Plans. Container stock
(1- gallon, 5- gallon, and 15- gallon), shall have been. grown
in containers for at least one (1) year, but not over two (2)
years.
F. Substitutions for the indicated plant materials will be permitted
provided the substitute materials are approved in advance
by the Landscape Architect and the substitutions are made
at no additional cost to the Owner. Except for variations so
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 4
i
authorized, substitute plant materials shall conform to the
• requirements of these specifications. If the accepted substitute
materials are of less value than those indicated or specified,
the Contract-price will be adjusted in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract.
G. Plants not approved: Shall be removed from the site imme-
diately and replaced with suitable plants. The Landscape
Architect reserves the right to reject entire lots of plants
represented by defective samples.
H. Tag one of each variety of plant material delivered to the site
with botanical name.
2.2 FERTILIZERS AND SOIL CONDITIONERS
A. Submit samples of all soil amendments, seed and plants for
inspection and store on the site until furnishing of materials
is completed. Delivery may begin upon approval of samples
or as directed by the Landscape Architect.
B. Fertilizers and soil conditioners shall be as specified on plans.
2.3 STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALS
A. Stakes: for trees shall be 2" x 2" clear rough redwood. They
shall be not less than 8' in length and pointed at one end.
B. Guy wires and plant ties of pliable, zinc - coated iron of 10 .
gauge.
C. Stakes for holding guy wires shall be 2" x.4" solid redwood
2' long, unless otherwise specified.
D. Hose for covering wire to be either new or used garden hose
at least 1/2 inch in diameter.
E. Ali guy wires will be "flagged" with a white neoprene cover the
full length of the wire.
NEWPORT CENTER
i BRANCH. LIBRARY 02830 - 5
2.4 LAWNS'
A. Seeded area: (Hydromulched)
Hydro-Seeded Area:
Wood Cellulose Mulch 1200 lbs. per acre
Fertilizer: Sta -gro 35+ or equal 600 lbs. per acre
Ecology Controls M- Binder 60 lbs. per acre
Seeds: Lotus corniculatus 30 lbs. per acre
Seeds shall be. pellet inoculated per U. C. Davis Agricultural
Extention Bulletin 280.
B. Sodded area:
1. Materials, grade and composition of sod- The sod shall
be grade 1 as grown and marketed by Nunes Turf - grass,
Inc. or approved equal. For the composition of the sod,
see planting plan.
=. a. Approved: Approved turfgrass sod is superior
sod grown from high quality seed and is g -own
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 6 "
9
J
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
upon soil which has been fumigated with "Methyl
Bromide" or equal. It is inspected by a State
agency to insure over -all high quality and freedom
from weeds, both noxious and pests, insects and
their eggs and diseases. Sod shall be considered
free from weeds, both pest and noxious if less
than three (3) such weeds are found per 10, 000
square feet. Age of Sod shall be no less than
eight (8) months and no more than sixteen (16)
months.
2. Thickness of cut: Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform
soil thickness of 5/8 inch, plus or minus 1/4 inch.
Measurement for thickness shall exclude top growth
and thatch.
3. Size of roll or slab: Individual pieces of sod shall be
cut to the supplier's standard width and length. Maxi-
mum allowable deviation from standard width and lengths
be 2570. Broken rolls or slabs and torn or uneven ends
will not be acceptable.
4. Strength of sod sections: Standard size sections of sod
shall be strong enough to support their own weight and
retain their size and shape when suspended vertically
from a firm grasp on the upper 1070 of the section.
5. Moisture content: Sod shall not be harvested or trans-
planted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet)
may adversely affect its survival.
6. Time limitations: Sod shall be harvested, delivered and
Installed within a period of 24 hours, unless a suitable
preservation method is approved prior to delivery. Sod
not installed within this period shall be inspected and
approved by the inspection Landscape Architect or his
representative prior to its installation.
7.. Substitutions: Substitutions will not be permitted unless
documentary evidence is submitted that any sod is not
obtainable as specified. All proposed substitutions must
be approved and conform to the requirements of these
specifications. '
02830 - 7
{
3.1 FINISH GRADING
A. When preliminary grading, .including weeding and fertilizing,
has been completed and the soil has dried sufficiently to be
readily worked, grade all lawn and planting areas to the ele-
vations indicated on the drawings. Grades not otherwise in-
dicated shall be. uniform levels or slopes between points where
elevations are given. Minor adjustment of finish grades
shall be made at the direction of the Landscape Architect,
if required. Finish grade shall be a smooth, even, and uni-
form plane without abrupt change of surface. Slope soil
areas adjacent to buildings away from the buildings to
allow a natural run -off of water, and direct surface drain-
age as indicated on the drawings by remodeling surfaces
to facilitate the natural run -off of water.. Grade low spots
and pockets to drain properly. Finish grade of all planting
and lawn areas shall be one inch below grade of adjacent
pavement of any kind. Finish grade shall be graded to within
1 /10 of 1 foot or 1" below paving where paving exists.
3.2 SOIL PREPARATION
A. Moisture content: Do not work soil when the moisture con-
tent is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor
when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods
will not break readily. Apply water if necessary, to provide
ideal moisture content for tilling and for planting herein specified.
B. Weeding: Before and during preliminary and finish grading,
all weeds and grasses shall be dug out by the roots and dis-
posed of off the site (except those weeds and grasses not of
the perennial type, less than 2 -1/2" high and not bearing
seeds, which may be turned under.) Oats more than 2 -1/2'
high, if not bearing seeds, may be turned under. Perennial
weeds and grasses to be removed include, but are not limited
to the following:
Nut Grass Alfalfa St. Augustine Grass
Puncture Vine Dallas Grass Mustard Plant
Johnson Grass Wire Weed Morning Glory
C.. Prior to placing conditioners and fertilizers, scarify all
planting areas except slopes exceeding 2:1 to a depth of
eight inches ($1 below grade with ripper teeth spaced no
greater than twelve inches (121 on center.. All rock and
debris more than I" in diameter, to a depth of 8" shall be
removed from the site. In addition, open play fields shall
be crossripped or otherwise tilled to a depth of 12'.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 8
D. Trenches: If sprinkler system is installed after grading and
. fertilizing is completed, refill and fertilize the upper portion
of the backfill to the depth specified for the area.
3.3 METHOD OF PLANTING AND WORK PROCEDURE
A. Do not plant until all operations in conjunction with sprinkler
system installation have been completed, final grades have
been established, the planting areas have been properly
graded and prepared as herein specified, and the work ap-
proved by the Landscape Architect.
B. The relative position of all trees and plants is subject to
approval by the Landscape Architect and they shall, if
necessary, be relocated as directed.
C. Do not allow plants to dry out before or while being planted.
Keep exposed roots moist by means of wet sawdust, peat
moss, or burlap at all times during planting operations. Do
not expose roots to the air except while being placed in the
ground. Wilted plants, whether in place or not, will not be
accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
• D. Remove all plants from their containers and set so that,
when settled, they bear the same relation to the required grade
as they bore to the natural grade before being transplanted.
Plant each plant in the center of the pit and backfill with pre -
pared soil. Do not use soil in muddy condition for backfilling.
Do not fill around trunks or stems. Cut off all broken or
frayed roots.
E. Uniformly blend the prepared soil in an area adjacent to the
planting work and accurately proportion using a suitable
measuring container. Clean up and dispose of unused ex-
cavated soil off the site. Protect the mix from water until
it has been placed in backfill around plants.
F. The Landscape Architect shall supervise the placing and
planting of all plant materials.
G. In the event that underground construction work•or obstruc -.
tions are encountered in the planting operation, alternate lo-
cations for plant material will he selected by the Landscape
Architect. Operation will.be done at no extra cost to the
Owner.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 9
3.4. PLANTING OF-TREES-
A. Position plants in plant locations indicated on drawings and
secure approval before excavating pits, making necessary
adjustments as indicated. .
B. Dig all.pits for trees square with bottoms level, the length
of sides equal to two times the diameter of the tree and the
pit bottom 6" below the. ball. Loosen compacted soil at sides
and bottoms by scarifying or ocher approved methods. Back-
fill pits with "prepared soil" to the bottom of the tree ball.
Set the tree to the required grade. Fill the pit with "prepared
soil" and settle thoroughly by water application.
3.5 PLANTING OF VINES AND SHRUBS
A. Plant vines and shrubs in pits at least 12" greater in diameter
than their balls of earth and at least 6" below the bottom of
the ball. Loosen compacted soil at bottom of pit and fill
with" prepared soil" to the bottom of the ball. When the plant
has been properly. set, fill the pit to the required grade with
"prepared soil" and thoroughly settle by tamping and watering.
Remove all vines from stakes and securely fasten to the wall,
fence, or other surface next to which they are planted.
i
3.6 PLANTING OF GROUNDCOVER
A. Pits for flat sized plants shall be at least 6" x 6" x 6`'.
Moisten groundcover areas prior to planting. Do not.plant
flatted plant material in dry soil.
B. Set plants in center of pits so that crown of plant will be level .
with finished grade after settling of soil, then backfill and water.
C. Flatted plants shall be well rooted with runners at least 4" but
not more than 6" in length.
i
3.7 PLANTING OF LAWN
A. Sodded Lawn:
1. Pre- planting Treatment to Control Sod Web Worm:
Apply 47 granular Diazonon or equal at the rate of 3 -1 /2
pounds per 1: 000. square feet on areas that are to be
sodded. 'This material may be applied by a spreader
during the application of soil amendments. Sprinkle.
lightly after application to settle the insecticide. Heavier
NEWPORT CENTER • . sprinkling may be resumed after 24 hours.
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 10
0
0
2. Lay sod so that the individual pieces butt up to each
other. Maximum allowance space between rolls will
be 1/8 of an inch.
3. If sod is layed on slopes requiring fastening, use wooden
pegs (2 minimum per roll) and plywood to prevent foot
damage.
4. If patching is required use a sharp knife to cut sections
to insure proper fit with adjoining pieces.
5. Roll sod lightly after placement to insure evenness and
good soil contact.
B. Hydromulched:
1. The mixture of stolons or seed and additives are to
be applied by a Hydro - Mulching machine. The nozzle
height shall be. between 6' and 10' above the ground level.
Discharged pressure at the nozzle shall be 100 p. s. i.
2. Spraying shall be done in a sweeping motion allowing
the slurry to fall evenly and eventually building up
a fairly consistant matting.
3. Soil moisture: Area to be planted shall be irrigated to
obtain 12 inches of penetration. This should be done 4
to 7 days prior to planting.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
3.8 WATERING BASINS
I
A. Construct a firmly compacted mound of soil around each tree
and plant to form a watering basin at the edge of and following
the shape of the planting pit area. Mounds for trees and for
vines from five gallon or larger containers, shall be at least
4" high. Mounds for all other trees, vines, or plants not
otherwise specified shall be at least T' high. Excavated earth,
if capable of retaining water, may be used. Refill any settle -
ment within the basins after watering with" prepared soil"
. and additional nitrogen stabilized sawdust worked into the sur-
face to restore the mulched condition.
B. At the end of the maintenance period level all watering basins
in lawn areas to finish grade and sod, seed or stolonize the
area with the specified mix.
3.9 WATERING
A. Watering to commence immediately after completion of job
and to continue at a rate necessary to keep much moist.
without drying out or puddling. Normally irrigating once
AN HOUR for a short duration and continuing this proce-
dure each and every daylight hour, seven days a week will
be sufficient. This continual moist condition to prevail each
and every day until all stolons or seeds are well rooted.
After the rooting stage is complete, irrigation should still
continue on the basis of at least once or twice a day . until turf is
well established.
B. Immediately after planting, apply water to each tree, .shrubs
and vines by means of a hose. .Apply water in a moderate
stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots
is.completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the
top. of the ground.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 12
C. Water plants which cannot be watered efficiently with the
existing water system by means of a hose.
D. Apply water in sufficient quantities, and as'often as seasonal
conditions required, to keep the ground wet at all times, well
below the root system of grass and planting. Do not cause
erosion damage in watering slopes.
3.10 TREE STAKING
A. Stake all trees, not to be guyed, unless otherwise detailed on
plans 'at time of planting by placing stake(s) in the prepared
hole and driving stake 1T' into solid ground. Plant the tree
as close to the stakes) as possible without crowding the roots.
Fasten the tree to the upper end of stake in at least one place
using"cinch ties ".
3.11 MAINTENANCE
A. Plant maintenance work shall consist of applying water (ex-
cept initial watering of plants), weeding, caring for plants,
edging and mowing of lawns and performing the following
final plant establishment work.
• 1. The entire project to be maintained for a period of
90 calendar days, commencing from the time all items
of work have been completed to the satisfaction of the
Landscape Architect and Owner, and evidence of such
satisfaction has been received in writing. .
2. During the final 90 calendar day period, all plants and
planted areas shall be kept well watered and weed free
at all times.
3. In order to expedite the plant establishment work, the
Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of men
_and adequate equipment to perform the work herein
specified from the time any planting is. done, 'until the
end of the final 90 calendar day maintenance period.
4. The Contractor will be relieved from maintenance work
when the final 90 calendar day plant establishment work
has been completed to. the satisfaction of the Landscape
Architect.
• S. Damage to planting areas shall be replaced immediately.
NEWPORT CENTER
8 RANCH LIBRARY 02830 13
a. Depressions caused by vehicles, bicycles, or
S foot traffic, to be filled and leveled. Replant
damaged areas.
b. Exterminate gophers and moles, and repair damage
as above.
i
C. During the 90 day maintenance period, the Con-
tractor will apply 5 pounds ammonium sulphate
per 1000 square feet to all planted areas on a
30 day interval.
d. All paved areas will be washed and maintained in
a neat and clean condition at all times, as directed
by the Landscape Architect.
6. Disease and pest control: For control of slugs and snails,
apply pelletized tricalcium arsinate 5% by weight and
methaldehyde 5% by weight as per manufacturer's recom-
mendations two weeks after installation.
7. For control of cutworms and other soil insects, apply
107 chlordane as per manufacturer's recommendations
two weeks after installation.
8. Pruning: Pinch prune all shrubs and trees to encourage
new growth and to eliminate rank sucker growth. Remove
all old flowers, and dead foliage and limbs.. Do no
major pruning without the approval of the Landscape
Architect.
9. Lawns:
a. Grass to be mowed with a reel type mower, equipper
with rollers before it exceeds Z' in height. Grass
to be cut to not less than 1 -1 12" and during the
period of maintenance it will not be allowed to
exceed Z' in height, except that Hybrid bermuda
grass will be-mowed at a height of not less than
3/8" in height. Collect grass clippings during
mowing operations and remove from the site. After
each cutting,. the edge of the grass shall be
trimmed to a neat and uniform line. Lawn edges
to be maintained in a neat condition until acceptance
of work by the Landscape Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 02830 - 14
�i
. NEWPORT'.CENTE.R
%BRANCH LIBRARY
b. Workmen are not allowed to .walk on lawn areas
unnecessarily before, during or after planting.
Damaged or compacted lawn areas shall be re-
cultivated and replanted at the Contractor's ex-
pense.
C. During period of May 1 through October 31, treat
all lawn areas with Dursban per manufacturer's
recommendations. Spray evenly over entire
lawn area in one operation before end of main -
tenance.period.
d. Diseases and pest control: Two weeks after
installation of lawn, apply a granular fungicide
as per manufacturer's recommendations.
e. Water lawn until acceptance of work. The Con-
tractor shall maintain the lawn areas for at least
90 days. If the above and following conditions
are not complied with, the Contractor will main -
tain the lawn at his own expense, until acceptable
by the Landscape Architect.
END Of SECTION
SECTION U31UU - CONCRETE FORMWORK
1. GENERAL
1.1
I n' Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and
ar
s an s. re erences to the codes or standards specified iierein are to
the latest approved issue or revision.
a. American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for
Concrete Formwork ".
b. Uniform Building Code.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Form Materials:
a. Forms foe ex osed concrete: PS 1 -74 exterior "Plyform" B -B, free of
raise or separa too veneers.
b. Forms for unex osed concrete: "Standard" grade Douglas Fir conforming
to ar. ra ng KUIes No. 16. S1S1E and S4S as required, or
Plyform as for exposed surfaces.
c. Polystyrene: Rigid foam, DOW "Styrofoam ", JOHNS - MANVILLE 'Zerolite ",
L "Cellofoam ", or approved equal.
2.2 Form Accessories:
a. Form Ties: Prefabricated rod, flat band, or wire snap ties with In
bread. aacck or threaded internal disconnecting type with external holding
devices of adequate bearing area. Ties shall permit tightening and
spreading of forms and leave no metal closer than 1- to surface.
b. Corner Formers: Clear pine or fir. Neoprene or PVC fillets may be used
as app— rove-
2.3 Form Coatings:
a. Plywood Seal: Resin type sealer. "Formfilm" by A.C. HORN CO., "Form -
aveS - -- r - by=NNEBORN AND SONS, or equal.
b. Retarder: SIKA "Rugasal F," CERESIT "Ruffupp," or equal.
.3. EXECUTION
3.1 Formwork:
a. General Workmanship, tolerances, safety precautions, falsework,
a us ment, removal, and reshoring shall comply with recommendations of
ACI Standard 347. Formwork shall be completely watertight, free from
bulges, and designed so pressure of fresh concrete wilt tighten Joints.
Construct forms to be removable without prying against concrete.
b. Foo�: If natural soil or compacted fill can be accurately cut and
ma nta ned and concrete coverage is increased 1" An thickness at each
earth contact surface, foundations may be poured against earth without
forming. Exposed concrete shall be smooth formed except where otherwise
noted.
c. Equipment Bases: Coordinate size and location of equipment with
mec an ca , plumbing and electrical. Form concrete bases for all
UEWPORT CENTER
BRA14CH L18RARY 031OU - 1
1. Piping: Piping, other than electric conduit, shall not be embedded in
structural concrete unless approved by Architect. Conduit in
structural slabs shalt be placed between top and bottom reinforcing.
Maximum O.U. of conduit in supported slab and in walls shall be 1/4 of
slab or.wall thickness. Minimum clear distance between conduits shall.
be 3 diameters. Location shall not impair the strength of the structure.
2. Sleeves in Walls: Standard weight or heavier galvanized steel pipe
sleeves may pass through slabs or walls in protected locations. See
Structural Drawings for special reinforcing around sleeves and for
method of locating sleeves. Sleeves shall be sized to pass largest
coupling on the pipe line.
3. Rough Hardware and Miscellaneous Metal: Set inserts, sleeves, bolts,
anchor, angles, stair nosings, steel door frames and other items to be
embedded in concrete. Set embedded bolts and sleeves for fans,
meters, pumps, and other equipment to template and drawings prepared
by trades supplying.equipment. Verify _location of anchor bolts with
respect to motor supports.
4. Wood Inserts and Hailers: Shall be approved preservative- treated
lumber. Set all required nailing blacks, grounds, and other inserts
as required. Wood plugs shall not be used.
NEWPORT CERTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 03100 - 2
mechanical and electrical equipment indicated on the drawings, including
architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings,
in accordance with approved shop details furnished by the various trades.
Corners shall be bullnosed and bases shall be coved.
d. Finishes:
1. Smooth Finish: Plywood forms coated wi'th'sealer. For all exposed
formed concrete.
2. As -Cast Surfaces:
(a) Structural Slabs, Tight fitting plywood with taped joints.
(b) Chamfer Strips: Provide 1/2" radius strip at internal form angles
unless detailed otherwise, to produce beveled external corners at
beams, columns, spandrels, etc.
3. Surfaces to Receive Plaster or Tile: Rough- surfaces boards with rough
surface to concrete, or smooth forms treated with retarder.
(a) Chamfer Strips: As specified above for "As Cast Surfaces ".
(b) Ties and Spreaders: Arrange in a pattern acceptable to the
Architect. Snap -ties may be 'used except at joints between pours
.where threaded internal disconnecting type shall be used.
(c) Blackouts: Frame wall openings with 2" lumber. Form joints and
pockets with polystyrene rigid foam.
(d) Reglets and Rebates: Accurately locate, size, and form all
reglets and rebates required ,to receive work of other trades,
including flashing, frames, and equipment.
e. Embedded Items: Refer to Section 03300, ART. "Embedded Items° for
.
embedment requirements of items within slabs on grade. Coordinate with
other trades in accordance with sub- paragrap a. Attach inserts,
conduit, outlet boxes and other items, securely to forms or structure so
as to avoid displacement during concrete work. All embedded items shall
be .galvanized.
1. Piping: Piping, other than electric conduit, shall not be embedded in
structural concrete unless approved by Architect. Conduit in
structural slabs shalt be placed between top and bottom reinforcing.
Maximum O.U. of conduit in supported slab and in walls shall be 1/4 of
slab or.wall thickness. Minimum clear distance between conduits shall.
be 3 diameters. Location shall not impair the strength of the structure.
2. Sleeves in Walls: Standard weight or heavier galvanized steel pipe
sleeves may pass through slabs or walls in protected locations. See
Structural Drawings for special reinforcing around sleeves and for
method of locating sleeves. Sleeves shall be sized to pass largest
coupling on the pipe line.
3. Rough Hardware and Miscellaneous Metal: Set inserts, sleeves, bolts,
anchor, angles, stair nosings, steel door frames and other items to be
embedded in concrete. Set embedded bolts and sleeves for fans,
meters, pumps, and other equipment to template and drawings prepared
by trades supplying.equipment. Verify _location of anchor bolts with
respect to motor supports.
4. Wood Inserts and Hailers: Shall be approved preservative- treated
lumber. Set all required nailing blacks, grounds, and other inserts
as required. Wood plugs shall not be used.
NEWPORT CERTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 03100 - 2
�J
0
0
5. Other Trades: Allow other trades to set work which is to be embedded
in concrete such as hangers, boxes, conduit, sleeves, etc. Coordinate
with Electrical and Mecnanical trades to locate required openings for
ducts, pipes, etc. and inserts. Required openings shall be reinforced
as directed by Architect.
3.2 Removal of Forms:.
a. Time: Forms shall be removed after concrete.has developed sufficient
strength to sustain its own weight and superimposed loads,
3.3 Re -use of Forms:
Clean and repair the surfaces of forms that are to be re -used in the work,
except split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material
will not be Acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to all
concrete contact form surfaces as specified for new formwork.
When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints.
Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets.
Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as
acceotable to the Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
ENO OF SECTION
03100 - 3
SECTION U320U - REINFORCING STEEL
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Furnish reinforcing steel for masonry work. Furnish and install
reins Torcing steel for concrete work.
1.2 S11121 O�rawi�ngs_: Submit shop drawings only for reinforcing steel work wnich
- eviad— `tesiram structural drawings and specifications_. When submitted,
comply witn requirements of Special Provisions.
1.3 Quality Control Services:
a. Testing Laboratory, test costs_ and test reports in conformance with
General Conditions.
1. Identified Stock: One tensile and one bend test for eaui 10 tons or
fraction thereof for each size of stock identified as to heat number,
provided mill analysis accompanies report.
NEWPORT CENTER
i BRANCH LIBRARY U3200 - 1
2. Unidentified Stock: One tensile and one bend test for each 2 -112
tons of unidentified stock.
„ 1.4
Codes and Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and
standards: re erences to the codes or standards specified herein, are
to the latest approved issue or revision.
a. American Welding Society, AWS 012.1 "Recommended Practices for Welding
Reinforcing Steel, Metal inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete
Construction."
b. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318 . "Building Code Reuirements for
Reinforced Concrete." .
C. Uniform Building Code.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Materials•
a. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615 Grade 40 deformed billet -steel reinforcing
bars, except-7T" round bars not-deformed.
b. Accessories: Galvanized when any part of accessary is placed within 3/4
nen of exposed concrete surface.
3.
I
E:(ECUTION
3.1
Preparation: Before placing steel, thoroughly clean reinforcing of loose
mfll Scala, rust, oil or other coating that might destroy or reduce bond.
0o not bend or straighten in a manner injurious to material. Jo not use
bars with kinks or bends not shown on plans.
3.2
Positionin : Clearance between parallel bars .and between bars and forms
sia oe not less than 1 -1/2 times the nominal diameter for round bars, but
.
in no case snail the clear distance be less than 1 -112" nor less than 4/3
the maximum size aggregate: Secure steel against displacement by using
annealed steel wire of not less than 16 gauge. Use metal spreaders and
spacers to secure proper bar spacing. At slabs, footings and beams in
contact with earth, use concrete blocks to hold reinforcement in concrete at
all points where bars cross.
NEWPORT CENTER
i BRANCH LIBRARY U3200 - 1
i
�i
I
I
9
a. Splices:
1. Reinforcing Bars: .lap as detailed, except wherever possible provide
minimum 1 -1/2" clearance between sets of splices. Stagger splices in
horizontal bars so that adjacent splices will be V-04 apart.
b. Dowels: Place dowels in concrete for start of masonry.work.
END OF SECTION
i
SECTION 03300 - CAST -lii -PLACE CONCRETE
1. GENERAL
1.1 Codes and Standards: References 'to all codes, standards, regulations,
etc., are to the latest approved issue or revision;
1.2 Testin Laborator Services: Testing, payment and reports in conformance
wit enera an itions. Provide following services:
a. Testin Perform following tests in strict accordance with provisions
C. Sec. 2604(d).
1. Provide mill test reports certifying that the cement conforms to
specifications.
2. Provide certleicatlpn that concrete aggregate conforms to UBC Standards.
3. Test concrete . cylinders or cores in accordance with U.U.C. Sec.
2604(d). Fabricate, cure and test specimens in accordance with
A.S.T.M. Designation C 19Z.
(a) Make J cylinder for every 150 yards or fraction thereof for the
first pour of each type and strength of concrete. Test one at 7
days and one at 23 days; hold the third cylinder.
(b) On all subsequent pours, make 2 cylinder for every 150 yards or
fraction thereof. One shall be tested at 7 days. If compressive
strength is above 85. of the 28 day requirements, the second
cylinder need not be tested; otherwise the normal 2J day test will
be required.
4. Perform additional tests and designs as required due to defective
concrete.
S. Where small daily placements (less than 75 cu.yd) -make it necessary to
have additional samples tested, the Contractor shall pay the cost of
all such sample testing thereof.
b. Inspection:
1. For all concrete provide signed copies of batch plant's certificate
stating the quantity of each material, amount of water,- admixtures,
ddparture time and date shall accompany each load of materials or
concrete.
C. Mix Design- Design all concrete mixes as listed under article "Concrete
types °.
1. Proportions: For each material including admixtures and water.
State water- cement ratio and maximum allowable water content using not
less than the minimum cement contents required in paragraphs
"proportioning ".
2. Materials; Manufacturer's name, designation and source of each
material.
3. Aggregate: Conform to UBC Standard 26 -2 and 26 -3.
idEWPORT CENTER
diMi C11 LIBRARY J3300 - 1
i
1.3 Submittals:
a. Records: tiaintain an accurate record of the items listed oelow. Keep
records available for inspection at the site. Upon completion, deliver
two copies of each record to Architect, in approved form.
1. Concrete Placement: Date and time of placement in each portion of
f schedule. .
i
2. Test Cylinders: Correlate with placement record.
3. Form Removal: Dates of removal for forms, shoring and reshoring.
1.4 Protection: Work of other trades shall be protected from damage and if
amage In performance of work of this section, shall be replaced or patched
in nanner fully acceptable to the Architect at no added cost to the Owner.
Z. PRUOUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Uo not change brand of cement or source of aggregate during course of
work without prior written approval of Architect. Protect all concrete
i
materials from contamination of any kind.
b, Portland Cement:
1. Typical Concrete: ASTM 0150, Type II. Use low alkali type with-0.6%
alkali content per ASTM C114 when aggregates fail to pass soundness
test. All cement used in job -mixed concrete shall be packed in strong
paper or jute bags. with orand and manufacturer's name stamped thereon.
Store cement under cover and off ground. Remove immediately from site
any stored cement that becomes wet, shows any, signs of caking or
deterioration of any kind.
c. Conventional A9ereaate: Conform to AST14 CJ3
1. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural sand of hard, strong particles,
containing not more titan 11 of deleterious material. Fineness modulus
2.35 to 3.15.
2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean washed gravel or sound crushed rock,
containing not more than 5% flat, thin, elongated or laminated
material, not more than 1: deleterious substances. Grade 1" aggregate
from Wo. 100 sieve to 1" and 1 -1/2" aggregate from .lo. 1JO sieve to 1-
1/2".
Maximum Size: Flo larger than 4/4 of the clear space between
reinforcing. bars, and between reinforcing bars and forms.
1 -1/2" Maximum Aggregate: In mass concrete where
reinforcement claar0 ce
will permit.
1" Maximum Aggregate: in slabs on grade
and all other concrete.
d. Water: Clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, salts
or organic materials.
e. Waterproofing Admixture:
(NEWPORT CENTER
3RAdC11 LIBRARY
SIKA CHEt1ICAL CORPORATIOti "Red Label.Suconem ".
03300 - 2
0
f. Admixtures: Tiie following admixtures may be used with written approval
o7- tr�ural Engineer. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for
use.
1. Hater Reducing: Shall provide a minimum of 5X water reduction, 10:
increase of 28 day compressive strength, drying shrinkage at 11 days
shall be less than concrete without admixture. Conform to ASTH C494.
2. Acceleration or Retarding: Shall conform to ASTH C494.
3. Air Entraining: Shall conform to ASTH C260.
g . Curinq_Materials:
1. Liquid Curing Compound: ASTH 0309, Type 1 non - staining, approved
standard product resin type.
(a) Gray Cement: Free of wax or oil, compatible with subsequently
applied finishes or coverings, delivered in unopened labeled
containers.
2. Concrete Curing Paper: AST11 C171, non - staining reinforced type.
h. Formed Joint: BURKE CONCRETE ACCESSORIES "Keyed Kold" joint with
stakes. —
1. Trowelable [ion- Shrink Grout:
1. Metallic: Iron aggregate and preproportioned dry mix. Provide
"Embeco Grout" by PIASTER GUILDERS CO., Lithochrome Metallic Grout,
L.M. SCOFIELD, "Axpandcrete Rli' by ANTI -WYDRO WATERPROOFING CO., or
equal.
2. Non - Metallic: U.S. GROUT CORP. "Five Star" or approved equal.
S. Patching Mortar: Latex modified Portland Cement mortar. Provide CUSTUH
�TS "Fix -a- Crete"
2.2 Concrete Types:
a. Refer to structural drawings for specific uses and locations.
b. Specified strengths measured at 28 days.
1. Standard Weight Concrete: 2000 psi.
2.3 Proportioning:
a. Proportioning shall be by weight of loose, dry material, 94 pounds of
cement shall be considered 1 cubic foot. Fine aggregate volume shall be
at least 35% of the sum of the separate fine and coarse aggregate
volumes. Weighing equipment shall be accurate to within I pound and be
adjustable for varying aggregate moisture content. A beam auxiliary
shall register any part of the last IOU pounds of each aggregate.. The
aggregate hopper shall have a. volume adjustment.
b. Accurately control the proportions, water content, and air content.
c. Water roofin Admixture: Add to all concrete used for slabs on..
gra a an we s against grade. Add to accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
• 4EWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
03300 - 3
b. Forms: 'Immediately before start of pour, remove foreign matter
accumulated in forms and close ports and openings left in formwork.
Clean and recondition forms uniformly prior to each reuse. Recoat as
required to prevent grain of plywood forms from marking concrete.
c. Reinforcement:. Clean. embedded metal of oils, rust, ni11 scale, and
other encrus ations or coatings which ioight reduce bond of concrete.
Clean bars extending through construction joints chile concrete
encrustation is soft.
• NEWPORT CENTER
JRANCII LIBRARY 03300 - 4
-d.
Admixture (Other than waterproo_finq)_: If admixture is used conform to
type spec to uanttty per sack of cement_ and method of using
.admixture
shall be in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer and
laboratory furnishing mix design.
e.
Non- shrink Grout: Preproportioned, or job mixed. For job -mix: one
part, weight, metallic aggregate mix, one part Portland cement, one
part fine aggregate, and enough water for flowable consistency.
.f.
Cement Grout: One part by volume Portland cement and 2 -1/2 parts fine
aggregate. ilix dry. Add just enough water to make mixture. flow under
its own weight.
g.
Dry Pack: One part by volume Portland cement and 2 -1/2 parts fine
aggregate, nixed dry. Add just enough water to dampen mix to a cohesive
packing or tamping consistency.
.
h.
Patchino tfortrtar: Mix liquid. Combine dry mix with liquid and add Dater
-
to propoions recommended by manufacturer.
2.4 nixing Concrete:
a.
Retem ereJ Concrete: Concrete not placed within iO minutes after water
is introduce Into mix or which has stood for 30 minutes after leaving
mixer shall not be used.
.
b.
Transit -Hixft Concrete: Concrete shall be supplied by an established
commarcta red y -mix plant conforming to ASTM C94.
1. Truck Mixers: Minimum 2 cu.yd, capacity, equipped with accurate
revolution counter. Operate at rated speed. O.iscontinue use of
mixers producing unsatisfactory concrete or showing more than 10%
difference in sand - cement or water - cement ratios in samples taken from
front, center and back of mixer.
2. Mixing Time: Total at least 15 minutes, with at least 5 minutes
Immediately after addition of water, and at least 1U minutes just
before discharging.
J. nixing Water: Withhold 2 -1/2 gallons per cubic yard from
predetermined water "content. All or part thereof may be added at
site, as directed.
J. ERECUTI011
3.1 Preparation
for Placing:
a.
Insoection: Jotify Architect 48 hours before scheduled start of placing
concrete. Excavations, forms, reinforcement and embedded items shall
have opportunity for. inspection and approval before any concrete is
placed.
b. Forms: 'Immediately before start of pour, remove foreign matter
accumulated in forms and close ports and openings left in formwork.
Clean and recondition forms uniformly prior to each reuse. Recoat as
required to prevent grain of plywood forms from marking concrete.
c. Reinforcement:. Clean. embedded metal of oils, rust, ni11 scale, and
other encrus ations or coatings which ioight reduce bond of concrete.
Clean bars extending through construction joints chile concrete
encrustation is soft.
• NEWPORT CENTER
JRANCII LIBRARY 03300 - 4
d. Embedded Items: Refer to Section J3100, ART. "Embedded Items" for
em a m -6�ent reyuirenents of items occurring in formed concrete.
Reinforcement, conduit, outlet boxes, anchors, sleeves, cults, and other
items shall be properly secured in place before inspection and start of
pour. Up not locate pipes in concrete except as detailed. Conduits
under concrete slabs on grade shall be placed below the reinforcing
steel; the slab' shall be thickened so that there is a concrete cover 3
inches thick (min.) all around conduit.
e.
'letting: � 'Jet bottom of footing excavations immediately prior to
pouring. Remove saturated soil or mud from excavation. Jampen subgrade
at slabs placed directly an earth 24 hours in advance of placing. Rerol1
as required. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten cracks, reduce
suction, and maintain workability of concrete mix.
f.
Equipment: Thoroughly clean tools and equipment used in transporting,
p ac ng, and consolidating concrete immediately before and after each
pour.
3.2 Placing and Compacting:
a.
Pouring Schedule: Concrete shall be deposited in accordance with
approved schedule and construction joint layout. Comply with ACI
Standard 614 for mixing and placing concrete.
o.
Conveying:
1. Approved Hethod: ducket, cart, wheelbarrow, and buggies. Pumping or
belts shall be used only for mix especially designed for that purpose.
Z. Vertical Elements: Elephant trunk spout- tremies. Space at lU foot
centers. Maximum free fall shall ue G feet.
c.
Placing: Concrete shall be placed in a continuous operation in each
section. Keep surface of concrete level throughout, without flow from
one position to another. deposit at such a rate that mix is plastic and
flows readily into space between bars.
d.
Compression Test Specimens: Refer to Testing, 1.2 a.
' e.
Compacting:
1. General: Spade, rod, vibrate, and consolidate concrete in forms.
Vibrators shall not be left in any one spot longer than 3U seconds and
shall be kept constantly in motion. One vibrator sha'11 be assigned to
.
'
each location where concrete is being placed and a standby vibrator
shall be kept ready at all times. Eliminate' rock pockets, air
bubbles, and honeycomb. Avoid separation of ingredients.
2. Work Concrete thoroughly around reinforcement and embedded fixtures
and into corners and angles of forms by spading, ro.dding, and tamping.
3. Consolidation: Vibrate to consolidate each layer with that
.previously placed, completely embedding reinforcing and fixtures, and
bringing fine material to surfaces of slabs so as-to produce proper
finish.
f. Slab on Grade: Use control and /or construction joints. iiaximum edge
dimension of—any pour shall be as indicated on structural drawings. Set
screeds. Hod in both directions, tamp and float to indicated levels and
slopes. Maintain reinforcing at proper levels. Slabs depressed to
receive finish of other Sections shall be screeded and tamped.
I- Ilot Ilea tlier Placin : Take approved measures to reduce evaporation and
temperature o .concrete during hot, dry weather. Contractor small be
prepared to use fog spray when required by Architect -
NEWPORT CEATER
aRANCil LIBRARY 03300 - 0
j
. h, Cold Weather Placin tllien depositing concrete during freezing or near -
reezing weal ier the mix shall have a temperature of at least SU degrees
Fahrenheit, but not more than 90 when cement is added. The concrete
shall be maintained at a temperature of at least SU degrees for not less.
than 72 hours after placing or until it has thoroughly hardened. When
necessary, concrete materials shall be heated before mixing. Special
precautions shall be taken for the protection of transit -mixed concrete.
3.3 Construction Joints:
a. Location: Shall be approved by Structural Engineer.
3.4 Control Joints (slabs on grade): Joints shall be true to line and profile.
Tu%"ing type sia oe one while concrete is plastic.
a. Location: As shown on drawings, but.in any case not more than 30 ft.
o.c, uoth ways. Locate on column center lines and at re -entry corners
wherever possible.
b. _Jointing Tool: Shall be 1/3" wide at surface, tapered, 1/5 minimum .
depth of slab, with top edges rounded to 1 /6" radius.
c. Metal Formed Joint: "Key -Kold" type metal joint form. Set top of
stakes d Me ow slab surface elevation, spaced at 'L' -0" o.c. vihen
concrete is not poured continuously over both sides of joint, the
knockout anchors shall be bent at 45 degree angle into the pour. Finish
the concrete to the top of the joint and,burn In with hand trowel.
3.5 Curn Formed Concrete: Keep concrete, other than slabs, thoroughly
mo111E or I
Ta_Ys after pouring. Thoroughly wet forms and all exposed
concrete surfaces at least three times each,day for this period. At periods
of high temperature, low humidity or wind, wet concrete as often as required
to keep concrete continuously moist.
. .J.6 Grouting and Jry Pack:
a. Grout: 0o all required grouting except that specified under work of
oiler trades. Where called for on drawings furnish metallic dry pack
grout. Utherwise, except in connection with masonry work and as
specified below, provide cement grout. Thoroughly puddle and rod to
provide good bond. Grout fill hollow metal frames occurring in concrete
wall construction.
b. �D_r�__P_acckk: Install metallic dry pack "properly beneath all bearings of
p ate columns, and like structural members. Cover metallic dry pack
grout wit!] a one -inch layer of nonstaining cement dry pacx. Install
cement -sand dry pack at other locations. See Details.
3,7 E ui ment lases: Form concrete bases for all mechanical and electrical
equipment in icated on the drawings, including architectural, structural,
mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings, in accordance with approved
shop details furnished by the various trades. Corners shall be bullnosed
and bases shall be coved.
3.3 Pits Trenches Curbs Etc.: Form and pour pits for valves, trenches,
torus, an misce Tan concrete items. Steel trowel surfaces iarJ, dense
and. smooth with corners, intersections, and terminations rounded. 'Where
structural details for minor structures listed above do not specify
otherwise, walls, floors and covers shall: be 6" thick, reinforced with 43
bars, 6" o.c. both ways at center of members.
3. 9 Services by Owner's Inspector:
a. Slum Tests: Measure concrete consistency by the "Standard Method of
est or ump of Portland Cement Concrete ", A. S. ay or partial day's run.
i T.M. Deisgnation C143.
Make this test at point of discharge twice each dar
A complete and accurate record of these tests shall ar kept by the
nspector.
I• Maximum slump: 3" to 4 ",
.NEWPORT CUTER
dRAAC11 LIURARY
03300 - 6
0
b. C under les: Make concrete test cylinder samples in accordance with
1fl a U.u.C. Sec. 2608(d)
3.10 Defective Concrete:
a. Ilix Proportions: If ultimate compressive strength of test cylinders
fal I below min mum 'assumed in design, proportions of concrete nixes for
remaining portion of structure shall be adjusted as.required to produce
concrete of design strength. .,
b. Test Cores: Should required test cylinders fail to show design
compressive strength, test cores shall be taken at locations designated
by Architect. Cores shall be tested complying with UUC 26- 10,73. If
results show compressive strength to be less than design stress, concrete
shall be deemed defective and shall be replaced in a manner acceptable to
the Architect, and the Building Department. Cost of cores, tests, and
patching shall be paid by Contractor. Coring holes shall �)e drypacked.
c. Concrete Work not formed as indicated, not true
not p um , evel, or true to intended grades, with
debris, and not fully conforming to the
specifications shall be deemed defective and shall
job site as directed by the Architect and shall be
complying with specification requirements.
to intended alignment,
embedded sawdust or
provisions of these
be removed from the
replaced with concrete
3.11 Finishing, Curing and Protection - Flatwork:
a. Screedin : 'Work out all irregularities and bring surfaces to true
in�ade or elevation. Remove excess water and debris worked to the
surface during compaction and screeding.
• b. Floatin While the concrete is still plastic, float flatwork with wood
oa s or power finishing machine.
c. Slabs to Receive Topping:
1. Setting beds bonded to concrete:. Upon completion of pour and before
concrete has hardened, slabs to receive toppings that are to be bonded
to slab, shall be wire broomed. All remaining laitance sliall be
removed by snadbiasting.
d. Initial Trowelling: Uelay until surface water sheen has disappeared. Uu
no app y ry cement, sand, or water to surface. Steel trowel by hand or
machine.
e. Final Trowelin
1. Interior Slabs and Other Surfaces: Hand trowel and burnish to a hard
smooth surface until concrete is so hard that no mortar adheres to
trowel and a pinging sound is heard as trowel is drawn over the
surface.
2. Sills and Other Weather Surfaces: Smooth trowel and burnish. Finish
external angles neat and chamfered.
f. Tolerances:. Variations in finish surfaces shall not exceed 1/3 inch in
anyy rection along a 10 -foot straightedge. Floors shall not vary more
than 1/2 inch from correct finish elevation. High spots on slags which
are to receive resilient flooring shall be ground down and low spots
filled as approved.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
U3300 - 7
i W
C�
y. Curing: Apply as soon as feasible after finishing operations without
marring surfaces, and in any case. on same day. Cure all slabs with
.effective protective covering for a period of at least 10 days.
1. Slabs to receive toppings: Cure by covering with concrete curing
paper. Lay paper with as few joints as possible and lap all joints at
least 3• and seal. Paper shall be laid as soon after finishing as
Possible. Lightly sprinkle slabs until curing paper is.in place.
4. Other Slabs: Cure by completely and uniformly sealing with a liquid
curing compound applied in accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions.
h. Protection: Protect finish surfaces from mechanical injury', abrasion,
sun, wind, stains, rain, and water. Protect other finishes from
hardener solutions.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
ENO OF SECTION
03300 - 8
SECTION 04220.- CONCRETE UNIT MAS014RY
•
1. GENERAL
1.1 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
a. Liquid waterproofing.
1.2 Testin Laborator Services: Testing, payment and reports in conformance
w enera qn t ons, erform following tests:
a. Concrete Masanry Untts: Sampled and tested in accordance with ASTH
pec cations 'Td, L�i40 and in addition, shall have a maximum linear
shrinkage of .06 percent from the saturated to the oven dry condition.
b. Cement: Sample and test cement or provide mill test reports.
c. Mortar: Take minimum of one set of cylinders on each of first three
a.f masonry work and thereafter at least one set on each 5,000 square
feet of wall area placed.
d. Groot: Make same number of tests as specified for mortar.
•• e. Cores: Not required, except that if any mortar or.grout specimens in
s Fructural elements fail to meet specified strengths, cores shall be
taken as directed by Architect.
1.3 Submittals':
a. Mortar Color Selection: Submit, 2 copies of manufacturer's standard
color selection for mortar color. Architect's review will be for color
only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive
.
responsibility of the Contractor.
b. Samples; Submit.two sets of masonry unit samples for approval, showing
-u77
range of variation in texture and color of the material. Masonry
used in the work shall be within the approved limits.
1.4 Sample Masonry Work: first masonry construction laid into place shall be
stopped when a section 6 feet long by 48 inches high,incl.uding a radius corner
has been constructed. Obtain approval of such masonry before proceeding
with the work. Approved section shall serve as a standard for all
subsequent masonry work..
i
a. Workmanship: Should masonry section not be approved. by Architect,
remove an rebuild it to approval.
" 2. PRObUCTS !
2.1 Materials: Split face hollow concrete masonry units, ASTM C90 -70, Grade
H1, lightweight dark color aggregate, .6 =score split face texture two faces
ace on exposed nd one face as indicated. Split f ends. Width as indicated
x 6" 24 ".
x
a. Color: Tan range.
NEWPORT CENTER
dRANCH LIBRARY 04920'- 1
W]
b. Cement: For mortar and grout: Type I or Type II Portland Cement
con�oming to ASTM Specification C -150. Type II Portland Cement may be
used only if it equals strength of Type I. A1.1 cement used (mortar and
grout) shall be low alkali type (.63 maximum).
C. Sand: Sand for mortar shall conform to ASTH C144, except that not less
t% an 3 per cent of sand shall pass 0100 sieve. Sand for grout shall
conform to ASTI1 C404.
d. Pea Gravel: Conforming to ASTM C -33. Size Range No. 3 to 3/3 ".
e. Lime Putty: Made from hydrated lime conforming to ASTiI C -207.
f. 'dater: Taken from a potable source.
9 . Grout Admixture: —SUPER CONCRETE EMULSIONS "Suconem GA" Type 2, for high
i grT�f in and Red Label Suconem for low lift grouting.
h . Mortar Color Pi ment: FRANK D. DAVIS COPIPAHY or L.I1. SCOFIELD
Lit oc rome figment".
2.2 Mortar and Grout Mixes:
a, Mortar Pro options: One part Portland Cement, 1/4 to 1/2 part lime
puffy or ny�a ed lime and mortar sand of not less than 2 -1/4 and not
more than 3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime used. Type
"5." (U.B.C.) comply with Table 24 -A of U.B.C. Measurements based on dry
loose volume.
b. Grout Pro artiongrs: One part cement, three parts concrete sand. One to
.two pars pea avel may be added for wide grout spaces. Grout shall be
.sufficiently fiuid to insure filling core, but not so thin as to permit
segregation during pouring. Measurements based on dry loose volume. Add
grout admixture to all grout, in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
c. MiXing: Accurately measure materials for mortar and grout in .suitably
ca rated devices. Shovel measurements or fractional sack batches not
acceptable. Place sand, cement and water, in that order, in mixer and
mix for at least two minutes. For mortar, add lime and continue mixing
for at least 10 more minutes or as much longer as required to secure a
uniform mass. Retemper mortar only by adding water into a basin made
with mortar. Work mortar carefully in: Remove from work any mortar or
'grout which is unused within one hour after initial mixing. Slump tests
will be made on mortar, using a truncated cone 4" to 2", 6" high. Slump
shall range from 2 -1/2 to 3 ".
NEWPORT CENTER
dRANCH LIBRARY 04220 - 2
3. EXECUTION
3.1 General: Lay masonry in straight courses in running bond. Faces of masonry
unrts shall be all in one plane. Flake horizontal and vertical mortar joints
3 /8 ".thick.,Rake-111 vertical joints. 3/6 "_. CArry_courses up at same level at
wall intersections and.corners.or slope back. No toothed _jaints permitted. CEO
units with, masonry saw. Clean concrete surfaces receiving first course of
masonry by removing entire surface of concrete, exposing clean aggregate.
Tops of walls not covered shall be filled with grout and trowelled smooth.
Lay masonry surface,dry.
3.2 Grouting: Grout all cells. Vertical cells shall have vertical alignment,'
to maintain continuous unobstructed vertical cell area of 3" x 3 ". Grout
shall be sufficiently fluid to ensure complete filling of all sections of
units, but not so thin as to allow segregation of aggregate. In no case
shall grout contain more than 7 -1/2 gallons of water per sack of cement..
Grout pours in excess of 24" height shall be provided with cleanouti.
Unless high -lift method is used the maximum lift of grout pour shall be 2
feet. When grouting is stopped for a period of one hour or longer,
horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the grout one
Inch below top of uppermost unit. 'Where the grout pour exceeds 2 feet in
height, the high lift grout method shall be used.per Section 2415 b of-
U.B.C.
3.3' Rei'niforcin�: Bars shall be straight unless hooks or bends are shown. Lap
as s_ Hold firmly in place by means of frames or other suitable
devices. Place steel to ensure minimum grout cover of 1/4 ". Take care to'
prevent movement or jarring of reinforcing while placing masonry.
3.4 Inserts: Place inserts in masonry as necessary for work of other trades.
Trout in place with not less than 1" of grout surrounding inserts.
3.5 Provisions for other trades: Provide chases, openings,. reglets, nailing
insets, an set.bo ts, dowels, plates and anchors, hangers, nailing strips
• and the like, in all masonry walls,as required.
3.6 Curing: Do not saturate with water for curing or any other purpose.
3.7 0 eaninq: Exercise.extreme care to prevent mortar from coming in contact —exposed exposed concrete masonry surfaces. Remove excess mortar immediately
from surfaces to prevent .stain. Completed masonry work shall be free of
stains -or marks from mortar or grout or other foreign materials.
3.8 Cleanin at Com letion: Tuck point holes 1 /8" or more. Grind off lumps,
c can e r s an Burp I us. Leave the masonry clean and free of mortar drops.
ENO OF SECTION
t1EWPORT CENTER '
BRANCH LIBRARY 04220 - 3
• SECTION OS10U - STRUCTURAL METAL
1. GENERAL
1.1 ScoPpe: All metal shown on "S" Drawings is the responsibility of Structural
WEFT Contractor.
1.2 Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
1.3 Testin Laborator Services: Laboratory selection, payment and reports in,
con urmance w t General onditions. Provide following services.
0
0
a. Testing:
1. Identified Stock: If steel is identified by heat or melt numbers and
accompanied by mill analysis and test reports, stock material may be
used, subject to approval of Architect, Structural Engineer.
2. Unidentified Stock: Make one tension.and one bend test for each five
tons of steel or fraction thereof of each size.- Additional tests may
be required when deemed necessary by Architect.
b. Weldin Ins action: Special inspection shall not be required if
ia�r cator s icensed in accordance with Section 3U5 of the UBC,
otherwise special inspection shall be provided.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Standards and Symbols: U.B.L. Sec. 2701.
b. Structural Steel: ASTM A36.
c. Bolts: UBC 27 -1 -70, and 27 -2 -70 ASTM A -30, Grade A.
d. Pi a Columns: ASTM A53 Grade B Type E or S unless otherwise noted on
rd" ave n
e. Square and Rectangular Tubes: ASTI4 A500, or ASTti ASO1.
f. Primer: Red lead primer, Fed. Spec. TT- P -86C, Type Z.
g. Arc Welding Electrodesi 'UBC 27 -6 -70.
h. Galvanizing: UBC 27 -1 -67, ASTii A -123.
2.2 Fabrication:
a. General: Fabricate structural steel in accordance with latest edition
oi- "fpecifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings" of American Institute of Steel Construction.
b. Work of Other.Trades: Perform all cutting, punching, drilling and
app ng requ re or connecting work of other trade to structural steel.
Obtain necessary data and indicate on shop and erection drawings.'
c. field tieasurement: Before commencing work or proceeding with shop and
ere2 on raw ngs. verify field conditions. de responsible for accuracy
and execution of structural steel work to meet work in place.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY USiUO - 1
0
d. Tolerance: Conform to tolerances for materials, fabrication and
erection as given in "Code of Standard Practice', American Institute of
Steel Construction, latest edition.
e. Cleanin and Strai htenin : Clean all materials of scale and rust
be ore a r ca on and straighten by methods that will not injure metal.
After working members, restraighten as required before assembly.
f. Galva�nizingg: Provide hot dip galvanize coating for all exterior ferrous
meTa -T. Galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication (shearing,
punching, bending, forming, assembling, and welding) in the largest units
practicable. In Los Angeles facilities are available for hot -dip
galvanizing of units up to 3' -0' x 56' -0' and 7' -U' x 33' -0'. All
projections, barbs, and icicles shall be removed after galvanizing.
Repair abraded galvanized surfaces as specified in "Execution".
g. Welding•
1. General: Conform structural welding to American Welding Society
'Standard Code for Are and Gas Welding in Building Construction'
latest edition. Use welding operators properly trained in arc welding
and capable of uniform, reliable. butt and fillet welds.
2. Preparation: . Clean surfaces to be welded of paint, grease, loose
scale and foreign matter. Clean each pass of welding before
depositing additional metal.
3. Procedures: Maintain component parts straight and in good contact.
Provide welding machines with suitable devices to regulate speed and
control current output. Ensure adequate amperage to overcome line
drop and give adequate welding heat.. Cut out and replace defactive
welds or unsatisfactory work or parts.
h. Priming:
I.- General Prime all steel not to be encased in concrete , fire-
oroofl.ng o�'not galvanized, or not enclosed by interior finish.
2. Preparation: Clean surfaces of mill scale, grease, dirt and foreign
matter by sandblasting or wire brushing with a power tool.
3. Contact Surfaces: Clean immediately prior to assembly and leave
unpainted. Heavily coat machine finished surfaces with tallow or
other similar removable viscous coating to prevent corrosion.
4. Priming: Apply one coat primer, minimum 1 -1/2 mil thick (dry).
Prime steel parts not in contact but inaccessible for priming after
erection with two coats of primer, minimum total of 3 mils (dry).
Primer shall be thorougnly worked into joints, angles and open spaces.
S. Touch -up of Shop Coat: Clean and coat abraded, burned, and otherwise
damaged spots and exposed bolts with one coat of primer.
6. Rusting: .Shop Coat showing evidence of rusting over 25% of any
surface after erection shall be removed and replaced.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Erection:
a. General: Erect structural steel in accordance with drawings -and
specifications and latest edition of "Specifications for Design,
Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of American
Institute of Steel Construction. Completely plumb work before final
NEWPORT CENTER
. BRANCH LIBRARY 05100 - 2
Pi
connections are made. Use only skilled workers, in best commercial
practice. Obtain written approval from Architect prior to any deviation
from drawings. Provide temporary bracing. as required, including
provisions for construction loads. After erection, steel work shall be
free from twists, bends, buckles or open joints.
b. Anchor Bolts: Provide anchor bolts, with setting diagram to be embedded
In co�for securing of structural steel. Be jointly responsible for
proper locating and installing of bolts, and make good any deficiencies
and errors. Set anchor bolts in existing concrete in drilled holes,
solidly dry - packed in place with approved grout.
c. Bearing Plates: Set bearing plates for structural steel as shown. Set
In exact position and alignment.
d. Bolted Connections: Make all connections between members by means of
welding or mac ne bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Bolted connections
shall conform to standards of American Institute of Steel Construction
unless detailed otherwise.
3.2 Field Neldin Reinforein Bars and Connections: Conform. to AWS 012.1
ecommen a raet ces or a n9 e n arcing Steel, Metal inserts and
connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction ".
3.3 Galvanized Surfaces: After erection and field welding, wire brush scarred
2a van ze sur aces and give field touch -up of AMERICAN.SOLDER AND FLUX CO..
or IV. ar 13017 Galvanizing Bar, E.H. MINTIE CO. "Galvicon ", or METALLOY
PRODUCTS CO. "Galvalloy" applied according to . manufacuturer's
specifications.
3.4 Touch -U After erection, clean field, welds, field bolts and abraded
por ons and give an additional brush spot coat of paint. Ensure complete
coverage and unbroken paint film throughout structural steel work.
ENO OF SECTION
AEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY USluu - 3
•
SECTION 05500 - M SCELLAREOUS RETALS
1. GEIIERAL
1.1 0escri ti on of tlork: The extent of miscellaneous metal work is shown on
ravings an inc u es items fabricated from iron and steel shapes, plates,
bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural
steel or other metal systems in other sections of these specifications.
a. All "Sheet Metal" Thicker Than lU -Gau e: Provide as part of work of
this section all sheet meta thicker than 10 gauge unless otherwise
specified.
1.2 quality Assurance:
a. Field easurements: Take. field measurements prior to preparation of
shop rawings. and fabrication, where possible. Oo not delay joU
progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field
measurements before fabrication night delay work.
U. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which
Must be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of
miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings, templates,
instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices.
'Coordinate delivery witn other work to avoid delay. See concrete and
masonry sections. of these specifications for installation of inserts and
anchorage devices.
c. Sitop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize. ield splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations.. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
1.3 Submittals:
a. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of
manufacturer 7-specifications, anchor details and installation
instructions for products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous
metal work, including-paint products. Indicate by transmittal that copy
of instructions has been distributed to Installer.
b. ShopDrawin_gss: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of
m sci eT a o metal assemblies. Include plans and elevations at not less
than 1' to 1' -0" scale, and include details of sections and connections
at not less than 3" to 1' -0" scale. Show anchorage and accessory items.
Provide templates for anchor and' bolt installation by others.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 materials and Components:
a. General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be
expose to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface
blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names
and roughness.
b. Iron and Steel:
1. Structural Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTO Adu.
2. Structural Steel Tubing: Ilot-formed, welded or seamless, ASTI1 A501.
• NEWPORT CENTER
8RAIJCIi LIBRARY 05500 - 1
I
I
3. Cold -Drawn Steel Tubing: ASTII.A512, sink drawn, butt welded, cold-
finished and stress - relieved.
4. Hat - Rolled Carbon Steel Jars (and Uar -Size Shapes): ASTM A575, grade
as selected by fabricator.
5. Cold- Finished Steel Jars: ASTI1 AIO3,' grade as selected by
-
fabricator.
6. Hot- Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets and Strips: ASTI4 A564 and ASTM A569;
pickled and oiled.
7. Cold- Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: AST14 A366.
d. Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with 1.25 oz.
"Commercial" galvanizing, ASTM A525.
9. Steel Pipe: AS TM A53; Type S; Grade U: black finish unless
galvanizing. is required; standard weight (Schedule 40), unless
otherwise shown or specified.
c.
Concrete Inserts: - Threaded or wedge type, galvanized ferrous castings,
either — r malleable iron AST11 A47 or cast steel ASTI9 A27. Provide bolts,
washers.and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized, ASTII A153.
d,
Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF -S -325.
e.
T 22211 B2 lts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF -J -538, type, class and style as
Feguire3.
f.
Fasteners: Provide zinc- coated fasteners for exterior use or where
ui t hnto exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and
class required.
i
1. Bolts and Huts: Regular hexagon head g g type, AS TM A3U7, Grade A.
i
2. Lag Bolts: Square FS FF
head type, -6-561.
i
3. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FOF -S -92.
4. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF -S -111.
5. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF -W -92.
6. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF -U -34.
g.
Hon- Shrink Grout: MEGA CHEMICALS "Florock" (714) 642 -3545 or SAUEREISEN
_
eve Grout" or U.S. GROUT CORP. "Five Star ".
h.
Paint: -
1. Primer selected must be compatible with finish coats of paint.
Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements
specified in Division 9.
2. Metal Primer Paint: Red lead mixed pigment, alkyd varnish, linseed
oil paint, FS TT -P -86, Type II; or red lead iron oxide raw linseed
oil, alkyd paint, SSPC Paint 2 -64,; or basic lead silico chromate base
.iron oxide, linseed oil, alkyd paint, FS TT -P -615, Type II.
J. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for
regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military
Specifications IdIL -P -21035 (Ships).
WLUPORT CEATER
ORARC11 LIBRARY U55U0 - 2
i .
j
2.2 Fabrication:
a.
General: Use materials of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of
durability in
.
required size and thickness to produce strength and
finished product. - Work to dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings,
using proven details.of fabrication and support. Use type of materials
shown or specified for various components of work.
b.
Use hot- rolled steel bars for work fabricated from bar stock, unless
shown or specified to be fabricated from - cold - finished or cold- rolled
stock.
" c.
Supply as part of this Section, miscellaneous small parts of material
thinner than 10 gauge, or items specifically called out in this section,'
when such supply is a normal and accepted part of the work.
d.
Ex osed Work: Form true to line and level with accurate angles and
Sur ?a cos and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of
approximately 1/32" unless otherwise shown. Form bent -metal corners to
smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise
impairing work. .
e.
Corners and Seams: Continous welds. Comply with AWS. recommendations.
Grind exposed we ds smooth and flush, to match and blend with adjoining
surfaces.
f.
Exrosed Connections: Form hairline joints, flush and smooth, using
concealu ai�f stener�s wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type
shown or, if not shown, Phillips flat -head countersunk screws or bolts.
g.
Anchorage: Type shown. Coordinate with supporting structure.
_.ricate
a and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide
adequate support for intended use.
h.
Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as required tc
receive finish hardware and similar items.
I.
Galvanizing* Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or specified
to be ga vanized, as follows:
1. ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes,
plates, bars and strip 1/8" thick and heavier.-
.
2. AST11 A386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. Do galvanizing
after fabrication with work assembled in as large sections as can be
handled.
-
3. AST11 A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
4. Hot dip galvanize all exterior ferrous metal work after fabrication.
j.
Shop Painting: Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except members or
Portions of members to be embedded in concrete, or masonry, surfaces and
edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise
specified.
1. Remove scale, rust. and other deleterious materials before.applying
shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance
with SSPC SP -2 "Hand Tool Cleaning ", SSPC SP -3 "Power Too] Cleaning ".
.
2. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC
SP -1 'Solvent Cleaning".
NEWPORT CENTER
URANCII LIBRARY 05500 - 3
3. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions', and at a rate to provide
uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for.eacli coat. Use painting
methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges
and exposed surfaces.
4. Apply. one shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply L coats of
paint to surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change
color of second coat to distinguish it from the first.
2.3 Miscellaneous Metal Items: Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes,
M dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts
which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel
washers. Hot dip galvanize all exterior metal work after fabrication unless
otherwise indicated. All projections, barbs, and icicles shall be removed
after galvanizing.
a. Car enter'! Iron Nork: Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated
boTts�, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and
iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for
anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Rough
hardware is specified in Division u sections.
b. Miscellaneous Framin and Su orts: Provide miscellaneous'steel framing
an supports which are not a part of structural steel framework, as
required to complete work.
1. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles shown or,
if not shown, of required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to
be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from
structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of welded'
construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill
. and tap units to receive hardware and similar items.
2. Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into
1 poured concrete or building into masonry wherever required; Furnish
• inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. Except
as otherwise shown, space anchors 24" b.c. and provide minimum anchor
units of 1 -1/4" x 11 " x B" steel straps.
c. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Provide shapes and sizes as required for
profiles shown. xcept as otherwise noted, fabricate units from
structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, with continuously
welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Provide cutouts, 'fittings and
anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation of
other work.. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim where indicated.
d- Metal Railing: Fabricate as detailed from cold -drawn steel tubing. Galvanize
after fabrication. Anchor posts in standard weight galvanized steel pipe
sleeves. After railing posts have been inserted in sleeves, fill space
between post and sleeve with non - shrink grout. Where indicated to be remov-
able. provide galvanized tube sleeve with inside dimension not more than 118"
greater than outside dimension of post.
e. Bike Lock Hoop: Galvanized steel'. Fabricate to shape and dimensions shown
AENPDRT CENTER
dRANC11 LIBRARY
055JO - 4
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Ins ection: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which
m sCe aneous metal items are to be installed. .notify the Contractor in'
writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the
work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
3.2
Pre oration: Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions.,
aons for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts,
anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to
be embedded in concrete or masonry. construction. Coordinate delivery of
such items to project site.
3.3
Installation:
a. Fastenin to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and
asteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to in-
place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and
masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and
other connectors as required. Exposed fasteners to secure in -place
construction shall be galvanized.
b. Cuttin and Fittin Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
insta anon o�scelianeous metal items. Fit exposed connections
accurately together to form tight hairline joints. held connections
which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch -up
shop paint coat. Jo not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior
units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are
intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
c. Placement: Set work accurately in loction, alignment and elevation,
p uT m—G, 7evel, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and
levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which
are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.
• d. Field Weldin : Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal-arc we] ding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used
in correcting welding work.
e. Touch -up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds;
obT e ct� onneetions, and braded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed
areas with tame material as used for shop painting.. .Apply by brush or
spray to provide a minimum. dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
END OF SECTION
. NEWPORT CEUTER
URAUCII LIBRARY 05500 : 5
0
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required to complete
t�ork shown on the drawings and specified herein, including but not
limited to the following:
a. Wood Framing.
b. Blocking. Backing, and Wood Ground required for securing other work.
c. Rough Hardware and Connectors.
d. Installation of Special Connectors, Seats, etc., furnished by other
trades.
e. Installation of Hollow Metal Frames.
1.2 General Requirements:
a. Standards: Comply with U.B.C., Chapter 25.
b. Coordination: . Cooperate with other trades, especially Concrete,
Masonry , and Miscellaneous Metal, to prevent duplication of rough
hardware furnished. Layout partitions accurately in true alignment.
Verify that embedments and inserts are located and set properly.
c. Storage: All lumber and plywood shall be stored off the ground and
comp etely covered, in a dry and well ventilated location.
d. Powder Driven Fasteners shall not be used unless approved by Structural
Engineer.
e. Deco and Termite Protection: Foundation plates and sills on concrete
ar masonry s a in contact with earth and sills which rest on concrete or
masonry foundations. Treated wood shall comply with American flood
Preserver's Association Specification P5 -65 -and .C1 -65. Treat with
chromated zinc chloride or "Wolman Salts ". Apply 0.35 lb. of
preservative per cubic foot of wood. Coat lumber surfaces cut after
treatment by dipping or brushing with preservative identical to original
type used.
1.3 Grade P�: All lumber and plywood shall bear the grade stamps listed
e ow:
a. Lumber: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Grade Stamp.
b. Plywood: DFPA grade mark.
c. Preservative- Treated Lumber: Grade identification on each piece..
1.4 Protection:
a. Enid Sealing: Fresh cut ends of Douglas Fir lumber 6 x 6 or larger shall
e sb eared with aluminum primer immediately after cutting.
b. Preservative- Treated Lumber: Freshly cut surfaces of treated lumber
s a. a coo a with preservative of,same type as used for treatment.
NEWPORT CENTER
• - BRANCH LIBRARY 06100 - 1
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 West Coast Lumber: "Standard Grading and Dressing Rules Ito. 16" of West
"ast Lumber InFpection Bureau. Stress grades as noted on structural
drawings. All lumber S4S unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 Plywood: UBC 25 -9 -73.
a. Structural Sheathin Structural 1 C -D with exterior glue, as noted
on rawings.
b. Interior: Interior C -0 (plugged) sanded or Underlayment sanded.
2.3 Weather Barrier, Building paper conforming to Federal Specifications UU -B-
-a7�Sd $TyT=, Grade D or asphalt- saturated rag felt, AST14 0226, 15 lb.
type.
2.4 Water -Borne Preservative: Copperized chromated zinc chloride TT -W- 00562,
or Wolman CCA Sa_T_ts_,_7T_-W-SOO and TT -W -535.
Z.5 Penetratin Wood Sealer: Alkyd resin, low solids content, clear sealer
;HM IS or staine •inish. Rez Sealer and Primer.
2.6 Rough Hardware: Furnish bolts and attachments. to other . trades for
ns a a on n masonry and concrete work.
a. Screws. Spikes, Toggle Bolts, Etc: Standard Commercial grade steel.
b. Nails: Common wire.
c. Bolts and lag Screws and Washers: American Standard, AS.TM A -307
o s .
d. Joist Hangers, Straps, Ties, Bridging Etc.: Steel, galvanized.
e. Framin Connectors: "National Design Specifications for Stress -Grade
um er an s astenings" by the 1IFPA. Teco, Hewton, Simpson. "Strong
Tie ", or equal, complete with required nails - Bd half length for Teco,
for Teco, 10 ga. 1 -1 /4" with 7/32" diameter head for Newton.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 General:
a. General Workmansht Conduct work under direction of capable
exper enced preman. Accurately locate members to line and dimension.
Ensure full toRLact of timbers framed together. Ensure let -in members
in full contact on two surfaces.
b. Salvaged Lumber: Sound, lumber used for concrete formwork, complying
with spec ca ion requirements, and approved by the Architect may be
used in totally concealed locations as follows:
1. lion- stress Graded Lumber and Plywood: For non - stressed framing
members, as in non -load bearing partitions, and for sheathing.
2. Stress -Grade Marked Lumber: For members carrying stress.
C. Cut�tin� Do all cutting and framing required to accommodate structural
members, : piping conduit, ducts, and . installation of mechanical,
electrical, and other equipment and apparatus.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 06100 - 2
NEWPORT CENTER
40 BRAHCH LIBRARY 06100 - 3
1. Architect's approval shall be obtained for all cutting of structural
members.
2. Cut machine laminated lumber accurately as required for installation
of rough hardware, seats, bolts, dowels and connectors.
3. Cut plates shall be reinforced with metal straps.
4. Holes up to 2" in diameter may be bored at center of joists over 3" in
depth.
d. Framing:
1. 3racing and Shoring: Provide all supports, guys, braces, etc.,
required to stabilize structure during construction.
2. Lumber shall be accurately saw -cut and fitted into position and
securely nailed, spiked; lag screwed, or bolted as required.
e. Fasteners: Bore holes for fasteners and size as noted:
1. Hails and Spikes:, Smaller than diameter of fastener. Bare holes
when required to prevent splitting.
2. Lag Screws: Same diameter and length as shank. Bit size shall be no
.
larger than base of threaded portion of screw.
3. Bolts: Holes 1/32" - 1/16" larger than bolt.
4. Framing Connectors: Smaller than diameter of fastener. Bore holes
when required to prevent splitting.
f. Nailing:
1. General: Refer to details and tables on drawings for specific
nailing requirements. In absence of specific instructions, use 16d
nails for framing 2 inch thick material, 8d for 1 inch thick material.
Drill nail holes slightly smaller than nails used where splitting
occurs. Replace split or otherwise damaged structural members.
g. Bolts: Install with steel plate, malleable iron or cut washer under
1•ieeaa -and nuts. Refer to drawings for types and sizes of washers bearing
on wood. Drive into place. Ensure . full engagement of nut, but
projection of bolt beyond nut not to exceed one bolt diameter. Tighten
nuts at installation and again immediately prior to enclosure.
h. La_T Screws: Lubricate with soap or similar material. Turn into place
w t ou riving. Ensure penetration into lagged member of 60 percent" of
screw length. Lead holes For shank same diameter and depth as shank.
Lead holes for threaded portion shall match root diameter and be of equal
. length to threaded portion. See National Design Specs. Section 700 -H -1.
Provide washers of same sizes as specified for bolts.
i. Framin Connectors: Drive nails into all holes of each connector.
nsta a bo is in each framing connector unless detailed otherwise.
3.2 Sills and Plates: Install Pressure Preservative- treated lumber for plates
and sills in conformance with 1973 UBC Std. 25 -12. Bolt to foundations and
slabs. ' Sills shall be leveled with shims, washers placed, and nuts
tightened to level bearing before drypack cement grout is packed into space
between sill and concrete, as specified under Section "Cast- In- Place-
Concrete ".
NEWPORT CENTER
40 BRAHCH LIBRARY 06100 - 3
3.3 Stud Walls Partitions and Furring:
a. Wood Studs: All studs full length, double at openings and triple at
corners. Frame walls with single plate at bottom and double plate at
top. Lap double plates at corners and intersections and minimum 4' -0" at
splices. Shim sill plates to grade with nuts tightened and drypack space
under sill filled completely with stiff crout.
b. Plates and Sills: Provide single sill and double top plate. Stagger
joints' feet in top plates. .
c. B ri dq 1 nq Provide herringbone bridging 2 x width of stud at midpoint of
stu wa is and partitions.
d. Back��in Cut -in blocks wherever. necessary for bracing or backing for
ap�ied finish or fixtures. Cut -in 2" solid blocking between studs at
all horizontal joints in non - structural plywood wall sheathing. Provide
wood backing as required to receive plumbing and /or electrical fixtures
and equipment, cabinets, future (N.I.C.) and indicated wall- attached
equipment, door stop plates and other fixed equipment.
e. Firesto s in Furred Spaces Provide fire stops in accordance with
. sec. and as indicated.
f. Wood Nailers and Saddle s: Fiber cant strips is work of Section "Built -
up Roofing'. rove a and install preservative- treated wood nailers,
cants and stops where indicated. mailers and stops shall be same
thickness as insulation. Provide cricket walls (saddles) where
indicated.
g. Corners and Intersections: Frame with 3 studs or as detailed.
h. __0__pp��en__i__nn�s: Frame with double studs each side and double headers placed
one resting on cripple studs. Truss or block over headers.
1. Wood Gr2,nds Nailers 8lockin and Slee ers: Provide wherever shown
an were required or scree ng or .attachment of other work. Form to
shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be
attached. Set true to line and level, plumb, with intersections true to
required angle. Coordinate location with other work involved.
Attach to substratum securely with anchor bolts and other attachment
devices as shown and as required to support applied loading. Countersink
bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. Build into
masonry; anchor to formwork before concrete placement. .
Provide grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key - bevelled lumber not
less than 1 -1/2" wide and of the thickness required to bring face of
ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary
grounds when no longer required.
3.4 Roof and Ceiling Framing:
a. Joists: Lay with crowning edge up with 'full end bearing.
b. Openings: Frame for hatches, vents, and other openings as required.
c. Solid Blockin : Install between roof joists and ceiling joists over
partitions and at end supports as indicated.
d. " 51 ood Roof Sheathin :
T5 cafe on ravings.
structural drawings.
NEWPORT CENTER '
BRANCH LIBRARY
Install plywood over joists or decking as
Thickness and nailing shall be as indicated on
06100 - 4
1
J
3.5 Hollow Metal Work: Install hallow metal units, and accessories in
accordance wi th the final shop drawings and_ manufacturer's data, and as
herein specified. Provide isolation for subsequently applied plaster and
mortar. Entire installation shall be weathertight.
a. Placing_ Except for frames located at in -place concrete or
masonry, place frames prior to the construction of enclosing walls and
ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and
braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction
is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces
smooth and undamaged.
1. Metal Stud Partitions: Install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at
hinge and strike levels. In open steel stud partitions, place studs
in wall anchor notches and wire tie'. In closed steel stud partitions,
attach studs to wall anchors with tapping screws.
2. Grouting: Grout all hallow metal frames.
3..Fire -Rated Frames: Install in accordance with AFPA Standard Ho. 80.
3.6 Furrin : Installwhere indicated and as required to conceal piping,
s ructural metal work, and other unfinished work where metal furring is not
indicated. Furring shall be 2 x studs or as required.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
06100 - 5
SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY-AND MILLWORK
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scoo.e: Provide all miscellaneous exposed wood members commonly known as
iF nosh Carpentry or Millwork unless such items are indicated to comply with
another section(s) of these specifications.
1.2 Standards: Conform to "Manual of Millwork ", Woodwork Institute of
mania for Material Requirements - Exterior and Interior Trim; and
Miscellaneous Interior Millwork.
1.3 Sinop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
1.4 Product Handlin : The woodwork manufacturer and the General Contractor
sia a Jgin y responsible to make certain that woodwork is not delivered
until the building and storage areas are 'sufficiently dry. Store woodwork
materials and completed woodwork only in a dry, ventilated place, protected
from the weather. Protect sanded and finished surfaces from soiling and
damage during handling and installation.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Moisture Content:
a. Interior Woodwork: Moisture content shall be a minimum of 6'. and shall
not exceed to 2" nominal thickness and shall not exceed 19» for
pieces thicker than 2" up to 4" nominal thickness.
b. Exterior Woodwork: 9% to 12:.
2.2 Materials:
. a. ne,#olas Fir Trim (flood Type 1): W.I.C. "Custom" grades Douglas Fir trim,
vertT-57 grain transparent finish. Kerf back and ease corners.
b. Cedar Siding (Wood Type 2): 1" x 6" tongue and groove, WIG "Premium"
no knots. clear cedar, exposed face smooth, butt joint.
M499_ Rack: 1" x 6" x 36" Douglas Fir with four (4) handle hangers.
anl� gers shall be Model #HH39 by SLIP SEAL CO., Long Death, California, or
equal. Provide one mop rack at each Janitor Room equipped with a sink.
.3. EXECUTION.
-.3.1 General Workmanship: Use concealed fastening wherever practicable.
Exposed wood sur aces shall be sanded and free from tool marks or similar
blemishes. Hand sand in the building after erection, until all defects are
entirely removed. Any material showing machinery, sandpaper or other
defacing marks will be rejected. Neatly and accurately scribe in place
wherever required,.maintaining full widths of en.d members. Miter all
exterior angles. Cope interior angles of molded parts. Provide a neat,
tight joint where work specified in this Section adjoins other work.
3.2 Installation of Standing and Running Trim:
a. Install with minimum number of j.oints possible. using full length pieces
(from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible.
Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter
at corners, and comply with Duality Standards for joinery.
b.-Railing: Ulind nail where possible. Use fine finishing nails where
exposed. Set exposed nail heads for filling; except for. exterior work
which is to receive a natural finish (if any).
NEWPORT CENTER
URANCH LIBRARY 06200 - 1
3.3 Installation of Doors: Fit doors accurately in their respe =rive frames.
Prepare doors f7r hardware as required and install doors with hardware
properly adjusted. For hollow metal doors comply with S.D.I. 100. Place
fire rated doors with clearances as specified in HFPA Standard Flo. 80. Use,
concealed fastening for transom :panels.
3,4 Installation of Finish Hardware: Install finish hardware for doors.
Properly Index and e all key s as directed. Apply hardware in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions, fit accordingly and apply securely and
adjust carefully. .Use care not to injure work when applying hardware. Set
thresholds in mastic.
3,5 Back rime: Dackprime woodwork on all surfaces which will be concealed with
one coat of an oil -base wood primer. Schedule delivery to allow time
for application and drying of backprime coat before installation of
woodwork.
3.6 Exterior Carpentry Work: Use hot dip galvanized nails.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
•3RAi1Cli LIBRARY 06200 - 2.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Material Re uirements: Casework shall be W.I.C. Deluxe Grade unless
otTerwise in ica tea or hereinafter specified. Provide "utility" grade
shelving with front edge banded for Janitor rooms and where indicated.
a. Materials:
1. Laminated Plastic: WE11A approved high pressure laminate, Formica and
Textolite for tops: and Formica, Laminart, Micarta, Textolite, Nevamar
.and Wilsonart for other surfaces. Textures shall be equivalent to
FORMICA "W64 Suede" for tops', and LAIIINART "Textured" for other
surfaces. Colors and patterns as selected, including solid colors and
wood grains. Three (3) solid colors and one ( 1 ) wood -grain pattern
for exposed cabinet.surfaces may be used.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
06241 - 1
SECTION 06241 - LAMINATED PLASTIC CASEWORK
1. GENERAL
1.1 Oescri tion: The extent of laminated plastic casework is shown on the
rawings and includes all cabinets, cases, counters, integral gates and
enclosures and finish hardware for casework.
a. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Countertops and Splashes: Section 06245.
1.2 Identification of Casework_:
a. All casework identified by a "diamond" box symbol with associated
descriptive notations and shown on drawings, refers to Nodular Cabinet
Designs as established by the Woodwork Institute of California Manual of
•
Millwork, 1969. Refer to drawing (6.01) "Symbol and Notations for
Cabinets" and detailed drawings for special casework details and designs.
b. All casework identified by a "Hexegon" symbol are modular units
manufactured by Bellview Furniture Manufacturing Company.
1.3 Standards: Conform to "Manual of Millwork ", 'Woodwork Ins:'.tute of
73`7 rornia for Modular Casework - Section 25 and 25A and Supplement there-
to as required-. Casework, shall bear W.I.C. Certified Compliance Grade Stamp.
1.4 Submittals:
a. Shop drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
b. Certificates: Before delivery to the job site, the millwork supplier
s as T issue a W.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate indicating the
millwork products he will furnish for this job and certifying that they
.
will fully meet all the requirements of the Grade or Grades specified.
c. SS amp Less: Samples will be reviewed by the Architect for appearance and
Trn-T —only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive
responsibility of the Contractor.
1. Plastic .Laminate: Submit 2 - S." x 8" samples each of all plastic
laminate surfacing and /or prefinished panels required in the work.
2. Edge Banding: Submit 2 - 6" long samples of flexible edge banding
for selection of color, design and finish.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Material Re uirements: Casework shall be W.I.C. Deluxe Grade unless
otTerwise in ica tea or hereinafter specified. Provide "utility" grade
shelving with front edge banded for Janitor rooms and where indicated.
a. Materials:
1. Laminated Plastic: WE11A approved high pressure laminate, Formica and
Textolite for tops: and Formica, Laminart, Micarta, Textolite, Nevamar
.and Wilsonart for other surfaces. Textures shall be equivalent to
FORMICA "W64 Suede" for tops', and LAIIINART "Textured" for other
surfaces. Colors and patterns as selected, including solid colors and
wood grains. Three (3) solid colors and one ( 1 ) wood -grain pattern
for exposed cabinet.surfaces may be used.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
06241 - 1
h. Hardware: hardware shall be furnished as listed in Supplement to 25A
except as'herein modified. All doors and drawers shall be provided with
pulls unless otherwise indicated.
Hinges - 3 on' doors over 42" in height,
2 on doors under 42" in height.
All hinges shall have non - removable pins.
Catches - 2 on doors over 36" in height,
1 on doors under 36 ", in height. Elbow catches on
companion doors where locks are specified:
Flush Pulls - ERA L5a52.
Door Locks: Hational 68 -3713.
Drawer Locks: National 68 -371.
Keying - As directed by Owner, Masterkey all locks.
Key Cabinet - Lund Key Control
Drawer guides for file drawers: Grant #329 or K &_V#1400 full extension.
Chain Stops - Safe 403432 for doors with limited swing.
2.2 Construction:
a. General: Construct casework of overlay style, in strict accordance with
ei�i se specifications, the drawings and details. Obtain approval of
Architect in writing, for any proposed deviations. Recess all clip -type
shelf standards within open and glass door type casework. Provide dust
panels between all lockable drawers. Provide 1/2" x 6" vent slots at 2'-
0" o.c. in bottom, over toe spaces in all sink and wardrobe units.
Exposed ends of 'fixed base cabinets shall have resilient base applied to
exposed sides.
b. Edge Bandings:
1. Self -edge: .1/32" laminated plastic; color, finish and pattern to
match adjacent laminated plastic.
c. Shelvin 3/4" thickness, except shelving over 36" in length shall be l"
t it and over 48 in length shall be 1 -1/4" thick. All library
shelving shall be minimum 1" thick. Cubicle divisions shall be fixed.
All shelving shall be adjustable by means of shelf standards, brackets or
clips-unless otherwise indicated.
d. Hi h Cabinet Stiffener ((Over 18" deep and 36" wide): 1 -1/3" square
ar woo op s ilienertnts a to ma ct a23_ acen surface and secured to
top with 1 -3/4" #9 FHWS 12" on center.
e. Filler Panels: For spaces of 3" or more, use flush type filler panels,
with s'ur aces and edging to match cabinets.
2.3 Library Desk:
a. Modular Units: Laminated plastic casework units as manufactured by
e'er viiiew . Distributor.: Burt C. Gentle Co., 714/675 -2030.
.. b. Front Panels: 3/4" particle board core with laminated plastic all
exposed surfaces with .020" thick backing sheet. - All .corner joints
mitered. Self -edges all exposed edges.
c. Gates: Same construction as panels with 1 -3/4" continuous hinge, bronze
tf'nish.
AEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH L13RARY 06241 - 2'
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation: Securely anchor cabinetwork to wall and base with lag screws.
appugh cabinet frame or cleats, at maximum spacing of 32" on
center. At drywall construction, anchor through wall surface to wood
blocking placed in wall as work of other sections. Anchorage through gypsum
board panels only, is not acceptable. Furnish fillers, closures, trim and
the like as required for a complete installation. Scribe in place wherever
required. Completed cabinetwork shall be free of nicks, scratches or other
defects.
HEHPORT,CENTER
• BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
I
06241 - 3
SECTION 06245 - COUNTERTOPS AHO SPLASHES
1. GENERAL
1.1 Standards: Conform to "Manual of Millwork ", Woodwork Institute of
a i arnia for Laminated Plastic Countertops and Splashes, Section 16; Tops
shall bear W.I.C. Certified Compliance Grade Stamp.
1.2 Submittals:
a. Shop Drawings: Submit fn accordance with Special Provisions.
b. Certificates: Before delivery to the job site, the millwork supplier
s a issue a 51.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate indicating the
millwork products he will furnish for his job and certifying that they
will fully meet all the requirements,of the Grade or Grades specified.
c. Sales: Samples will be reviewed by the Architect for appearance and
__
only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive
responsibility of the Contractor. Submit 2 - 5" x 8" samples each of all
plastic laminate surfacing required in the work.
1. Edge Banding: Submit 2 - 6" long samples of flexible edge banding
for selection of color, design and finish.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Materials:
a. Laminated Plastic: HEMA approved high pressure laminate. Provide
Formica and Textolite for tops. Textures shall be equivalent to FOP14ICA
"364 Suede'. Colors and patterns as selected. Three (3) solid colors
may be selected for tops.
b. Polyfoam Tape: ARLON PRODUCTS INC. 06A" arlon vinyl foam tape.
2.2
Construction: All tops are laminated plastic unless otherwise indicated.
a. Laminated Plastic T2 s and S lashes: Construct tops in conformance with
Woodwork ns tuta o a.i ornia standards, Section 16, "Custom" Grade.
1..Typical Edge: Provide 1 -1/2" "Premium" Grade self edge at leading
edge,,unless detailed or noted otherwise. finished ends, unless
detailed or noted otherwise.
_...
2.- Backsplashes; Coved, type -- a- s detailed..
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Installation: Coordinate work with Sections "Finish Carpentry and
� w'liil O_R and "Laminated Plastic Casework ". Fasten joints in tops with
draw -bolt type fasteners let into underside of top. Verify opening
requirements and make cutouts for sinks, fittings and equipment.
Countertops ends shall be flush with exposed ends of base cabinets unless
otherwise indicated. Completely fill joints between splash and walls with
polyfoam tape. Complete work shall be free of nicks, scratches or other
defects.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
URANCH LIBRARY U6245 -.1
0
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH'LIBRARY 07200 - I'
SECTION 07200 - BUILDING INSULATIONI
I
•
1. GENERAL
1.1
Standards: Material shall conform to Fed. Spec. HH -1 -5210, types II and
Z.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Insulation: Ili neral wool or fiber .glass formed into a uniform mat of
e iimension and controlled density as manufactured by OMENS- CORNING,
U.S. GYPSUM, PRE14IUII BRAND INSULATION GROUP or equal.
2.2
Sound: Kraft -faced roll or batt, 3 -1/2" thick.
2.3
Thermal: Roll or b "att insulation material foil -faced vapor barrier side,
wwi material only" value of "R" as specified.
a. Walls: 3 -1/2" nominal thickness. "R" value of 11.
b. Roof Rafter Spaces: 6" nominal thickness, "R" value of 19.
c. Sag Wires: IB gauge steel wires or "Lightning Rods ".
3,
EXECUTION
3.1
Sound Control: Securely fasten sound insulation to studs with pronged or
sp n e anc ors and washers, clips, zinc coated wire or other approved
device. Install in partitions as shown and securely fasten to studs. Make
insulation continuous at corners and overlaps. Fit tightly against
adjoining insulation and frames. Extend insulation from floor to ceiling or
above as indicated. Avoid gaps or bulges; repair breaks or tears in paper
facing.
3.2
Thermal Insulation: Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's
'
nstruct ons, vapor barrier toward occupied area. Cut insulation to fit all
angles, corners, irregular spaces, plates and silts. Butt tightly together,
at joints. Staple through nailing flanges to rafters studs at ceiling
joists provide minimum of 3/4" air space facing vapor barrier. Where roof
rafter spacing is over 16" o.c., install sag wires at 16" o.c. across roof
rafters. If "Lightning Rods" are used, install as per manufacturer's
instructions. Fasten to masonry construction with spindle and cap type
fasteners.
0
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH'LIBRARY 07200 - I'
SECTION 07510 - BUILT -UP 87'.TUMINOUS ROOFING
1. GENERAL
1.1 D_esc�ri Lion: Provide 20 year bondable type mineral surface cap sheet
THKng system meeting requirements of Uniform Building Code Section 32.03
for fire retardant roof coverings. The following systems are acceptable.
The system of one manufacturer shall be used throughout the entire project.
The material quantities, listed herein are minimums per 100 square feet.
a. Over Wood Deck:
1. Owens- Corning Fiberglas:
No.
420 WHO:
Combination Sheet - 1
layer
15
lbs.
Fiberglas Perma ply No.
11 - 2
layers
22
lbs.
Asphalt - Hot mopping
between
plies
64
lbs.
Asphalt - Hot mopping
for'cap
sheet (steep)
25
lbs.
Fiberglas Perma Cap -
1 layer
78
lbs.
2. Johns- Manville: No.
400.
Centurian Base Felt -
1 layer
25
lbs.
Asbestos Finishing Felt
- 2 layers
30
lbs.
' Asphalt - Hot mopping
between
plies
46
los.
Asphalt - Not mopping
for cap
sheet
23
lbs.
Glaskap Mineral Surface Fiberglass Cap Sheet -1 layer 72 los.
b. Manufacturer's Products:. Obtain primary roofing materials from only one
manufacturer, to t e greatest extent possible. Provide secondary
materials (and materials not available from the primary roofing materials
manufacturer) which are recommended by the manufacturer of the primary
materials.
1.3 Submittals:
a. ShopDrawinas: Submit 5 copies of letter describing roofing systems
proposed for � use. Include two copies of manufacturer's specifications
and methods of application.
b, Manufacturer's Certificate: Before delivery to job site, the
manu ac urer s a 11 prove a certificates indicating all materials fully
meet or exceed requirements of the grade or grades specified.
c. Guarantee: Before work will be accepted, Contractor shall deliver into
7— nd—s-707—Owner a written guarantee for two years stating following:
1. That roofing including all metal and built -up flashings,
counterflashings expansion joints, waterproofing membrane will be
maintained watertight. '
Z. That any defective materials and /or workmanship which may become
evident within two year guarantee period will be replaced with proper
new materials.
3. That roofing will lay smooth and even.
4; That any repair or replacements which may be necessary on account of
any of above mentioned.l; 2, or 3 causes, will be made immediately
without cost to Owner.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 07510 - 1
S. Any repairs or replacement of storm damaged furnishings and equipment ..
due to defective roof materials and /or workmanship, will be made
immediately without cost to Owner.
6. Guarantee shall be dated from date of acceptance of work by Owner.
7. The guarantee shall be countersigned by the General Contractor, as .
joint guarantor.
1.4 Quality Control: Quality Control selection, payment and reports in
con grmance with General Conditions.
1.5 Product Handlin Deliver materials in original packages bearing
manu acturer s abels.
1.6 Protection: Work of other trades shall be protected from damage and if
amage n performance of work of this section, shall be replaced or patched
in manner fully acceptable to the Architect at no added cost to the Owner.
1.7 Other Subcontractor's Work: Roofing Contractor shall read the appropriate
sect A o t e mechaft1cal and electrical specifications and drawings that
pertain to roofing penetrations and allied work occurring on roof decks.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. �A5pha��l t: ASTM 0312, Type II and as required by roofing manufacturers
spec f7- Lions.
b. pt Sheets: OWENS- CORNING "Perms Ply No. 11" conforming to Fed. Spec.
SS-R -62UB or JOHNS- MANVILLE asbestos finishing felts conforming to Fed.
Spec. HH -R -590, Type.II, Class A.
c. Coated Asbestos Base Felt: Conform to ASTM 0-3378.
d. C�a�She�et: OWENS- CORNING "Fiberglas Perma Cap" or JOHNS- MANVILLE
a °GT sEap'� conforming to Fed. Spec. SS -R -6300, Class III.
g. Base Flashino: OWENS- CORNING HM1 or JOHNS- MANVILLE "Asbestile" flashing
system .lo. -1 -P. Equivalent flashing system by other approved roofing .
manufacturers will be acceptable, as approved. Use at all parapets, roof
penetrations, platforms, curbs, canted or raised gravel stops or wherever
roof deck intersects a vertical surface.
f. Cant Strips: Impregnated fiber strips.
g. Pitch Pans: Unless otherwise detailed, provide 4 inch high standing leg
oo tT ed sheet metal (two thicknesses) and a 4 inch wide out- turned
flange.
h. Wall- coverino: No. 15 Asbestos 'felt and Ho. 45 Asbestos Base felt.
i. Sheathino Paper (If Required): 5 lb. rosin -sized building paper.
3. EXECUTION.
3.1 Preto n: Roof deck shall be clean, dry., smooth and properly graded to
dra ns. —wood cants nailers, fillers and stops shall.be in place prior to
roofing work.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY' 07510 - 2
3.2 Roof Application:
a. Inspection: Perform inspection of base surfaces to receive work of this
Section. Do not apply materials until any necessary corrections are
made.
b. General: Apply roofing, flashings and the like in strict accordance with
manuf—acturer's instructions. Provide fiber cants in angle of all
intersections of roof deck and vertical walls or surfaces. Installation
shall be performed by applicator approved by materials manufacturer.
Apply asphalt at 375 degree - 425 degree F. temperature. Do not heat
above 425 degrees F. nor apply under 375 degrees on the mop. Prime metal
flashings, outlet flanges and the like, before applying roofing
materials. Al felts shall be. "surfaced" or glazed_at end of days work.
c. wall C�overin�s: All wails 2' "6" and higher shall receive wall covering
consisting of " -the following:
1. Wood Wails: Starting 2" onto. base flashing, install 1 layer of 15 lb.
asbestos felt and 1 layer of 45 lb. asbestos felt. Extend wall
coverino to top of wall. Install using H.M.P. asphalt at the rate of
20 lb. per square. Nail wall coverings 1" down and 4" o.c. from top
of wall, 12" o.c. in field and 4" o.c. on vertical seams, with
appropriate fasteners through tin discs. Install a five course
plastic and fabric flashing from outside edge of wall top and over
nail heads and tin discs. Extend 5 course coating onto top of watt.
2"
d. Pitch Pans: Penetrations through the roofing that are not otherwise
proovvidtlior or detailed to receive metal flashing shall receive pitch
pans installed in a manner specified by roofing manufacturer.
e. Cricket Walls: On "cricket walls ", roof, using full plies as specified,
how` in Tieveeu of "surfacing ", an asbestos or glass cap sheet shall be
used. lap 4" onto base flashing in "angle ".
. f. __Su��
__ ervisio��n: Supervise installation of metal roof flashing,
counLerflaashing and related work. Include such work in scope of required
guarantee.
3.3 Field Control:
a. Test Cuts: One test cut, 12" x 12 ", will be taken for each 50 squares of
ro`oT area,. or part thereof. Test cuts will be taken prior to final
surfacing. Test cuts will be weighed and visually inspected on job -site
and then removed for delivery to testing laboratory. Additional test
cuts may be taken if inspection service has reason to believe that
specifications have not been followed in completing roofing application.
ENO OF SECTION
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 07510 - 3
SECTION 07600 - SHEET METAL
1. GENERAL
1.1 Standards: Conform work to requirements as specified in Architectural
ie
21 ef-Real Manual as compiled by (SMACNA) Sheet Metal, Air Conditioning,
Heating Contractor's Association, unless otherwise indicated or specified.
1.2 Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. General: Accurately form all sheet metal to the dimensions and shapes
requ red. Finish with true, straight sharp lines and angles. Cope at
intersections to a precise fit and securely solder, braze or weld
according to the best practices for the material. Solder joints slowly,
with full flowing solder and make neat, as thin as consistent for the
joints so formed. Reinforce as required. Hem all exposed edges of metal
work 1/2 ".
b. Galvanized Iron: Commercial quality carbon steel sheets with minimum of
% c3i6 copper content complying with ASTM A526; hot -dip galvanized to
comply with ASTI4 A 525, 1.25'Commercial class, mill phosphotised if shown
to receive paint finish. Provide .24 gauge minimum unless "otherwise
indicated.
c. Asphalt Paint: Approved alkali- resistant bituminous paint.
d, Mastic: Federal Specification SS -C -153, fibrated asphalt plastic
cemen .
2.2 Standard Products: Counterflashing, reglets, gravel stops, copings and
edgings n s c patterns, conforming substantially to details and design as
shown, are acceptable. Manufacturers: FRY REGLET CORP., LANE -AIRE CORP.,
or others approved as equal.
2.3 Sheet Metal Items: All sheet metal work is not necessarily individually
described. ascriptions included are major items or those requiring detail.
Provide other work, as indicated or necessary.
a. Metal Louvers: Construct metal louvers of 20 gauge minimum galvanized
iron of size and design indicated on plates 103 and 108, SMACNA
Architectural Manual. Provide inside vertical brace for blades over 3
feet long. Provide metal louvers of the following design (SMACNA):
1. Jamb and Head: Fig. AS
2. Sill: Fig. B -1
3. Blades: Fig. 0 -1
4. Louver Screen - Fig. B: Provide 5/8" galvanized mesh 17 ga. heavy
hardware grade with rewireable galvanized metal frame on inside face
of louvers in exterior building walls. Secure framed hardware cloth
screening to louver frame in removable metal clips.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 07600 - 1
0
LJ
+I
I
3. EXECUTION
3.1 General: Where non - ferrous metal adjoins ferrous metals, flood adjoining
suu —mss with asphalt pi #at to prevent corrosion.
3.2 Roofing Work:
a. General: Install sheet metal work under direct supervision, and to
comp eTe satisfaction of - roofing applicator. Install work watertight and
weathertight throughout. Provide for expansion and contraction, free
from undue stress in any part of completed work using-lap-type expansion
joints.
3.3 Louvers: Attach to structure through jamb section. Caulk and seal into
opening in accordance with Section. °Caulking ".
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
ENO OF SECTION'
07600 - 2
`J
0
SECTION 07900 - CAULKING AND SEALANTS
1. GENERAL
1.1 �Scope; Furnish and ins `.w I caulking as indicated and specified, complete.
rincipal item of work i1caulking of openings and joints indicated,
specified and required to 'make entire building weather and water tight.
This Section contains general specifications for caulking throughout the
.project.
1.2 Data Submittal: Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each caulking sealant
an asated miscellaneous material required.
Z. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Polysulfide Sealant: One part or two -part polysulfid'a base sealing
c poun meeting rederal Specifications TT -S -00230 or TT- S -227a; Class U
compound (non- sagging) for vertical and overhead applications. Shore A
Hardness 20 -35. Sealant shall conform to performance standards of
Thiokol Chemical Corp., and all containers of sealant delivered to
project shall bear Thiokol "tested and approved" seal. Standard colors
as selected by Architect.
I- But i Caulkin Compound: Standard colors as selected by Architect. The
0 ow ng compounos are approved.
DAP INC., "Butyl - flex
314 CO., "Weatherban 202"
SONNEBORN, "Butakauk"
N.R. GRACE, "Hornseal"
c. Self- Levelin Pal urethane Sealant: Gray color, non- staining, Shore "A"
ar ness
PRODUCTS RESEARCH & CHEMICAL CORP., °Rubber Calk 230"
SONNEBORN BUILDING PRODUCTS INC., "Sonolastic Paving
Joint Sealant ".
U. R. GRACE, "Daraseal -U"
d. Joint Backin : Material as recommended by compound manufacturer, which
will not cause bleeding or staining of surface adjacent to joint, or
destroy bond between compound and other materials. For paving joint
application, use round synthetic rubber rod, minimum Shore A hardness. of
45.
e. Primer: Type as recommended by. manufacturer of sealant material.
f. Inorganic Filler: SANDELL MFG. CO. "Poly - tits ", polybutylene
impregnated polyurethane foam strip material. Distributor: GEORGE WOODS
& ASSOC., 12321 Moline Drive, Whittier, California, (213) 941 -7426.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Cau%ws lking Schedule: Caulking scheduled an drawings refers to compounds as
�"oi'
a. Indication "Caulk" or "Mastic ": Apply butyl caulking compound.
b. Indication "Sealant ":
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 07900 - 1
1. Vertical or overhead application: Ron- sagging polysulfide compound..
2. Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane.
c. Indication 'Inorganic Filler ": Apply polyurethane foam strip material:
3.2 Installation:
a. General: Apply compounds strictly in accordance with manufacturer's
in�tions and supervision. Caulk joints before adjacent surfaces are
waterproofed or painted. Apply caulking compounds to a clean, dry
surface free from grease, oil, wax or other foreign matter tending to
destroy or impair adhesion: Clean and prime in accordance with compound .
manufacturer's instructions. Carefully protect adjoining surfaces from
staining. Immediately remove any material .on surfaces not to receive
caulking and restore the finish as required. Horizontal load deflection
limitations due to wind or seismic for. vertical elements shall comply
with requirements of Title T21 -2314.
b- A lication- But 1 CauTkin Pack joints deeper than 3/4" with joint
ae ng. o wit n OT surface. Completely fill joints and spaces
with gun- applied compound, forming a neat smooth bead. Use hand tools
where use of gun is impractical.. Press compound firmly into joints to
assure complete wetting of bonding surfaces, and to-obtain uniform
adhesion.
c. A lication- Pol sulfide Sealant: Fill joints partially with compatible.
Joint- ac ng un i Jo n ept is minimum of 1/4", maximum of 3/4 ".
Pack backing tightly into joint so that backing will not move during
sealant application. Joint width shall not exceed twice the joint depth.
Maintain ratio of width to depth of 2 to.l where possible. Apply
polyethylene strip to top of backing as bond breaker. Prime ail joints.
Apply sealant under sufficient pressure to completely fill. voids. Finish
exposed joints smooth, flush with surface or recessed as shown.
d. A lication. Pot urethane Pavia Joint Sealant: Fill joints partially
wit aint ac ing anti o nt ep s minimum of '3/8 ", maximum 112 ".
Note: Joint width shall not exceed joint depth. Where possible maintain
ratio of joint width to joint depth of 2 to 1. Apply polyethylene strip .
to top of backing as bond breaker. Prime surfaces and fill joints with
sealant. Pour from spouted can and fill from bottom of joint. Protect
adjacent surfaces from marking or staining with masking tape or other
means. Keep traffic off joints for 48 hours.
e. A itcatlan -tnor gait Filler: Pre- compress inorganic fitter material to
ass t an w th of joint, and insert into joint. Visible edge shall be
smooth and straight. The size of uncompressed inorganic filler material
In both width and depth shall be twice the width of joint to be sealed.
END OF SECTION
0
SECTION 08110 - +HOLLOW METAL WORK
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Provide stock hollow metal frames and doors manufactured by a single
firm specializing in the production of this type of work. Provide sliding
steel doors and windows as indicated and as specified herein..
1.2 Standards: Stock hollow metal doors and frames complying with the Steel
oor nstitute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames" (SOI 100), and as herein specified.
1.3 Manufacturers: Manufacturers offering products to comply with the
requ— irements for stock hollow metal doors and frames include the following:
Dusing b Hunt, Inc.
Republic Steel Corp.
Steelcraft Mfg. Co.
1.4 Submittals:
a. Manuf�a tu�rer's�Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of
ma nu acturi .r s� specifications for fabrication and shop painting, and
installation instructions. Indicate by transmittal form that one copy of
instructions has been distributed to the Installer.
b. Sho�Orawin�s: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions. Shop
oraw nags shall show fabrication and erection of hollow metal work and
location in building. Include details of frame; elevations of door
design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location
and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and
details of joints and connections. Show anchorages and accessory items.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Stri : Commercial quality carbon steel,
p ck ed'and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568.
b. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel Type E, matte
i ni sh, comp y,ng w th ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568.
c. Inserts. Bolts and Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's s.tandard units.
d. Fabri at on General: Fabricate hollow metal units to be rigid, neat in
appearance an ree from defects, accurately formed to the required sizes
and profiles. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in the
manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work, that cannot be permanently
factory - assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at the
project site. Dress all welded joints on exposed surfaces flush and
smooth, to be invisible when prime painted. Use of metallic fitter to
conceal manufacturing defects is not acceptable.
e. Finish Hardware Pre aration: Prepare hollow metal units at the
ma nu acturer s p ant toreceive mortised and concealed finish hardware,
including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping. Comply with
applicable requirements of ANS A115 'Specifications for Door and Frame
Preparation Prepare for other mortised and concealed finish hardware
to the templates of the manufacturer of each finish hardware item
required in the work. Reinforce all doors for closers, whether or not
.closers are indicated. Reinforce hollow metal units at the
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH.LIBRARY 08110 - 1
i
0
me nu facture r's plant to receive surface - applied hardware. Drill and tap
for surface - applied finish hardware at the project site during
installation.
f. Sho Paintin : Clean, treat and paint all surfaces fabricated stock
ho ow meta units, whether concealed or exposed in the f ni.shed work.
Remove mill scale, rust, oil, grease. dirt and other foreign materials
before the application of the shop coat of paint. Apply shop coat of
baked -on prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniform finished
surface ready to receive field - applied paint.
2.2 Stock Metal Doors: Provide 18 gauge stock hollow metal doors of the types .
and styes indicited on the drawings or schedules and complying with S.D.I.
100 for minimum materials and construction requirements.
a. Exterior Door louvers: Provide weatherproof stationary louvers where
shown on the drawings, constructed of z- shaped blades formed of 16 gauge
hot -dip galvanized steel sheets. Space blades not more than 1 -1/2" O.C.
Provide removable screens on the interior face of doors, consisting of
1/4 inch galvanized wire mesh in a rigid, formed metal frame with
remova.ble clip.
2.3 Stock Hollow Metal Frames: Provide 16 gauge stock hollow metal frames for
MR transoms, side fights, borrowed lights, and other openings, as shown
on the drawings. . Conceal all fastenings unless otherwise shown.
Countersink exposed screws using Phillips fiat -head screws. Jabricate
frames of fully - welded construction for exterior applications and knocked -
down, for field assembly at interior applications.
a. Rubber Door Silencers: Drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike
am s o sting a -sw ng frames and 4 silencers on heads of double -swing
frames. Install plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction.
Plaster Guards: Provide 22 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes,
welded — to the frame, at the back of all finish hardware cutouts where
mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation.
c. Anchors: Equip frames with one welded -in floor anchor in each jamb.
urF— n sh three (3) steel snap -in jamb znchors for field insetion at a
maximum of 244 o.c. Anchors shall be of the proper type for particular
construction involved (i.e. wood frame, masonry, concrete or steel stud).
ENO OF SECTION
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08110 - 2
SECTION 08120 - ALUMINUM FRAMES
i
1. GENERAL
1.1 Submittals:
a. ShopDDrawi�nos: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions and prior to
erectipon. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of
aluminum doors and frames, and associated components of the work. Shaw
dimensioned cross - sections of all members. Show door frame reinforcing
and details of connection of frames to adjacent structure and to each
other.
b. Samp�le�s: Submit 3 sample extrusions, with specified finish, clearly
marTc�as to type of treatment,-thickness, alloy and color.-
- c. Wind Loa din .and Calculations: Maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/175
o unsupporte span based on a horizontal force of 15 pounds per square
foot. Provide steel reinforcing within aluminum sections a's required, to
comply. Submit 5 copies of moment of inertia and deflection calculations
for verification and review.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. General: Provide aluminum door and frame materials manufactured by
NrRTMP ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS< KAWNEER or approved equal, of 6063 -TS
aluminum alloy.
b. Framing Metal: NORTHROP Series 22 or equivalent by KAWNEER.shapes as
- -- in ic3ted, ncluding glass setting bars, transom bars, trim, mullions and
door frames. Minimum wall thickness .094" for framing members.
c. Aluminum Fast_Fast _ enings Provide aluminum alloy or non- magnetic stainless
stems ei screwws,�_OO ��t s�_ and nuts. Harmonize finish on exposed fastenings
with aluminum work.
i'
d. Hardware Reinforcement: Minimum 1/4" thick aluminum of sufficient size
to accommodate hardware: factory applied.
e. Accessories:
1. Vinyl Glazing Bead: Color Black.
2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard. Required for door.
reinforcement and-where necessary to comply for required wind loading
or for over sized openings.
F. Finish: Finish for all,expoaed aluminum door and frame work shall oe AA-
X=uff, smooth specular pretreatment with 0.4 mils anodic 'coating
sealed with OURALOX seaier.or approved equal, medium bronze color.
3. EXECUTION .
3.1 Installation:
a. General: Prefabricate and deliver in as large assembled units as
praacticai. Use full length members. No splices permitted. Member or
miter sections with hairline joints. Securely anchor to building
structure with non- staining and non- corrosive shims, anchors, fasteners,
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08120 - 1
0
spacers and fillers. Use erection equipment which will not mar or stain
finished surfaces, and will not damage the component parts in any way.
Set frames level, plumb and in true alignment. Isolate aluminum surfaces
in contact with dissimilar metal or incompatibie materials with heavy
bituminous paint or non - absorptive tape or gaskets, concealed. Provide
isolation for subsequently applied plaster and mortar. Entire
installation shall be weathertight.'
b. Expansion and Contraction: Allow for expansion and contraction due to
temperature and bu ding movement, and for practical building tolerances
in connections to basic structure and in connections and In connections
to work by others. At no place should window wall grid or framing impart
any expansion or contraction forces on panels or glass.
c. Ooor Frame ReI"forcino: Provide continuous steel reinforcing stiffening
members w th n iambs and heads of all door frames. Exception: Omit at
Jambs that are secured to adjacent fixed walls. Cut vertical reinforcing
2" less than mullion height and cut horizontal reinforcing 3" less than
door head framing member. Securely fasten in a manner so that fasteners
will not be visible in finished work. Fasten aluminum sections to' steel
reinforcing 6" from each end and intermediately at 24" o.c., maximum
spacing. Door frames shall be free of vibration and distortion when
doors are used.
3.2 Hardware Pre oration and Installation: 'Cut, reinforce, .drill and tap
a umi num wor or.app scat on o nish hardware*. Provide cover boxes in
frames back of cutouts for hardware. Install finish hardware in accordance
with hardware manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3 Caulking: Caulk and seal joints between metal members and between metal and
adjacent surfaces in accordance with Section "Caulking ". Set thresholds in
mastic.
ENO OF SECTION
' NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
08120 - 2
i
SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS -
1. GENERAL
1.1 Shop Drawings and Submittals: Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Special Provisions. nc ude name of manufacturer.
1.2 Guarantee: Provide a written guarantee for wood doors, for a period of 2
years, except guarantee need not cover installation and finishing.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Identification: Deliver doors to job with name of manufacturer stamped or
marked thereon.
2'.Z T ical - T rd cor e and Manufacture: Provide five ply flush type solid
panic eboae wood doors, manufactured by U.S. PLYWOOD, GENERAL VENEER,
PAINE LUMBER CO., HARDWOOD PRODUCTS CORPORATION or WEYERHAEUSER. Bond all
rails and Stiles. Allowable tolerances shall meet requirements of NWMA I.S.
1 for size, squareness and warp or twist tolerance.
a. Core: Mat- formed wood particleboard, Type 1, Density "C ", Class 1,
C=ommercial Standard CS236 -66.
b. EdoeBanding.: All edges hardwood banded. Species shall match face
venee� bottom edge band of the transom panel shall run the full
width of the panel. .
c. Face Veneer: Conform to CS 35.
1. Painted Finish: Sound grade Birch, Maple or Gum.
- d.-Adhesives: Con-f o-rming to CS -35- Type -II, except Type I for exterior
doors.
e. Glazin and Louver Stops: Hardwood, except metal stops where
spelt ita y tndI cated.
2.3 Overlaid Doors: Provide seven ply flush type solid core doors with medium
densit�'-y resin overlay both sides, by manufacturers specified above. Provide
factory applied aluminum channels at bottom of doors, 1 -3/4" x 3/4" x.3/32",
door width, with counter -sunk screws 6" on center, concealed in bottom.
Furnish channels, cleaned and primed for painting, and screws, complete with
waterproof mastic for job installation. Install with channel legs flush
with door face. All door edges requiring trimming before fitting shall be .
resealed as recommended by manufacturer, before normal finishina. Provide
where scheduled "Resin Finish ".
2.4 Transom and side Panels: Type 1 construction with same veneer as adjoining
door. Panels adjoining natural finished doors shall be cut from same slab
as adjoining door to provide matching appearance.
2.5 Metal Louvers: Exterior units shall be of galvanized metal. Interior type
shag be steel with factory prime coat finish, unless otherwise noted.
Provide vertical reinforcing strap at midpoint of louver sections. Prepare
doors to receive louvers. -
a. Typical: CONTROLAIR type FDLS, AIR LOUVERS LTD., #700 -A or approved
equal. Mill- furnished and job - installed.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08200 - 1
SECTION 08330 - COILING METAL COUNTER DOOR
1. GENERAL
1.1 Oescri _L_i�on: Provide complete operating Counter door assembly including
ood r curtain, guides, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, operators and
installation accessories, as shown on the drawings and herein specified,
complete.
1.2 Oualit Assure: Provide counter door as a complete unit produced by one
manu�ac u , anc cluding hardware, accessories, mounting and installation
components.
1.3 Insert and Anch a es: Furnish ,inserts and anchoring devices which must be
set n concrete or bu It into masonry for the installation of the units.
Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for
instal.lation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to
avoid delay. See concrete and masonry sections of these specifications for
installation of inserts and anchorage devices.
1.4 Submittals:
a. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of
M,;; acturer s or each type and size of rolling door. Include
manufacturer's data, operating instructions and maintenance data.
b. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for special components and
insta at ohs which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on
manufacturers data sheets.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Counter Door: COOKSON Model C010 -1, push -up steel counter door.
quient by KINNEAR; OVERHEAD DOOR CORP: or PACIFIC ROLLING DOOR CO. is
acceptable.
a. Steel Slat: COOKSON No. S.
b. Bottom Bar: Tubular with double vinyl astragal.
C. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design,
either cast iron or cold - rolled steel plate with bell -mouth guide groove
for curtain.
d. Hood: 24 gauge hot -dip galvanized steel sheet finished to match curtain.
e. Finishing: Shop clean and prime all ferrous metal and galvanized
su_rffaces, exposed and unexposed, except faying and lubricated surfaces,
with door manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer drying to a flat
sheen.
f. Marteal Push -U 0 eratfon: Push -up with finger lffts mounted on bottom
es gn coon er ante mechanism so that required lift or pull for
door operation does not exceed 25 lbs. Adjust operating mechanism so
that the curtain can be easily stopped at any point in its travel and to
remain- in position until movement is reactivated. Provide galvanized
steel lifting handle and slide bolt lock on bottom bar.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Ilnsgect�ton: Installer must examine the substrates and conditions under
w- hic6`f:�coiling metal door units are to be installed and notify the
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
08330 - 1
Ll
Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
3.2 Installation:
a. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, in
accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's' instructions.
b. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, test and
adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
08330 - 2
• SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WIN06WS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Shoo Drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
2. PRODUCTS
'•
2.1 Materials:
a. Manufacture: Projected sections, as manufactured by FENTRON, KAWNEER,
LU N, 0 ON ALUMINUM ENTERPRISES, or SOULE.
b. Construction: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063 -T5. Frame and ventilator
sects— ons'not Tess than 1 -1/2" deep and 1/8" thick, balance arms at vents
not less than 1" deep by 3/16 ". Corners of all frames and ventilators
shall have full electric flash welds at jointing; or corners may have
welded- transfer angles with joints sealed with polysulfide sealant.
Welds shall be absolutely smooth or windows will be rejected. Interior
mullion covers shall be a minimum of .050" aluminum sheet or extrusion.
Provide beveled aluminum snap -on exterior glazing beads. Provide
continuous elastomeric weatherstripping securely interlocked into the
inside and outside weathering contacts.
c. Hardware :. Heavy duty GETTY or .YALE b TOWNE #110 dual arm operators,
w -lute ronze alloy, satin finish, with Universal H -27 hard gears.
d. Screens: All vents shall have aluminum frames with Chicopee Gray,
i�'6eaas 18 x 14 mesh fixed in frames with plastic splines. Corner of
frames shall be reinforced with solid aluminum angles.
e. Finish: Finish for exposed aluminum surfaces shall be AA -A22 buff,
smooch specular pretreatment with 0.4 mils anodic coating sealed with
OURALOX sealer or approved equal, medium bronze color.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation and Adjustment:
a. General: Set and anchor windows as shown on details and on approved shop.
drangs. Set plumb and square and brace to prevent distortion. Protect
windows during construction. Adjust windows.and attach hardware before
glazing. Leave in a watertight condition with all movable ventilators
and hardware operating free and easy.
b. Corosion Prevention: Where a dissimilar metal adjoins the work, flood
ad r scent a um num surfaces with asphalt paint recommended by Aluminum
Company of America. Where aluminum is to be in contact with concrete or
masonry, finish surface of metal with two coats of zinc chromate moisture
.inhibitor.
c. Caulking: Caulk and seal joints between metal members and between metal
and aTTAcent surfaces in accordance with Section "Caulking".
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
08520 = 1
SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
1. GENERAL
1.1 Description:
a. Furnish all Finish Hardware for the buildings except as otherwise
specified or specifically omi.tted herein.
b, S et—ec Omissions:. Hardware for the following is specified or indicated
—else; re.
1. Windows.
2. Cabinets of all kinds, including open wall shelving
and locks.
3. Folding Partitions, except cylinders where detailed. .
4. Sliding Aluminum doors.
S. Angle Sill Threshold.
6. Signs.
7. Toilet accessories of all kinds and grab bars.
8. Installation.
9. Rough Hardware.
c. Furnish all items of hardware required to complete the work. Items of
hardware not definitely specified shall be provided of a type and quality
suitable to the service required and comparable to other hardware.
d. Where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the
finished shape or size of the members requiring hardware, furnish
suitable types having as nearly as practicable the same operation and
quality as the type specified, subject to Architect's approval.
1.2 Abbreviations:
BBW - Builders Brass M - Merit.
GJ - Glynn Johnson Q - Quality
L Lawrence RE - Reese
LCN LCN SC. Schl age
LU - Lund VO - Von Ouprin
1.3 Quality Assurance:
a. A_ppro�ve_d Manufacturers: Approval of equals is for hardware equal or
etter� ts5;2 s fied item.
Listed Approved As Equal
Hinges Lawrence Stanley - McKinney TB.
Locks Schlage None
Panics Yon Ouprin None
Closers LCN Norton - Sargent
Stops 6 Holders Builders Brass Quality Trimco
Thresholds- Reese Zero - -Pemko
Seals d Bottoms Reese Zero - Pemko
Thrust Pivot Sets Lawrence Stanley
b. Scheduled Oe i9ati ons:' Except as otherwise indicated, the use of one
manuiacLUrer s numer c designation system in schedules does not imply
that another manufacturer's products will not be acceptable, unless they
are not equal in design, size, weight, finish, function, or other quality
. of significance. However, do not make substitutions after Architect's
acceptance of hardware supplier's completed hardware schedule.
c. Hardware supplier must be a direct factory contract supplier and who has.
in his employment an experienced hardware consultant who is available at
all reasonable times during the course of the work, for project hardware
consulatation to the Owner, Architect and Contractor.
d. Exit Doors: Openable at all times from the inside without the use of a
key or any special knowledge or effort.
Fire -Rated 0 e�nin�s: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in
compliance wt1 A: -C.A. (NBFUi Pamphlet No. 80 And NFPA Standard No. 80.
This requirement takes precedence over other requirements for such
hardware. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL
for the type and sizes of doors required, and comp.lies with the
requirements of the door and door frame labels.
1.4 Submittals:'
Schedules: Before delivery of hardware the supplier shall .submit six
copies, Tor approval of the Architect, a full and complete schedule of
hardware indicating the quantity, part number, installation location, and
finish of each item required even thouqh some may have been inadvertently
omitted from this specification. Hardware supplier shall furnish in
triplicate, keying schedule as approved by Owner. Each item shall oe
properly identified, referenced to items listed, and organized into
hardware sets in the same analogous format as listed in the
specification. Horizontal scheduling not acceptable. Include an index
of Doors and Heading for ease of finding each opening requirement.
b. Brochures: Submit two brochures containing specified manufacturer's
rawings or cuts of all hardware items at same time hardware schedule is
submitted. Submittals shall be in a neat brochure form and shall include
. and index list of all items, with manufacturer's names and catalog
numbers. If proposing a substitute, submit that brochure attached to one
showing specified item and indicate savings to be made. Include a list
of all manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address
and phone 'number.
1.5 Job Conditions:
Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or
pac a�Tge separately, with identification related to the final hardware
schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package.
Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of
the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements
indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless
of omissions or conflicts in the information in the contract documents.
Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the times and to the
locations (shop or field) for installation, as directed by the
Contractor.
b. _Templates: Furnish hardware tenplates to each fabricator of doors,
rams: —es and other work to be factory - prepared for the installation of
hardware. Upon request, checkl the shop drawings of such other work, to
confirm that adequate provisions will be made for he proper installation
of hardware.
1.6 Guarantee: Provide guarantee from. hardware supplier as follows:.
a. Closers: Five years.
b. All Other Hardware: Two years.
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08710 - 2
2. PRODUCTS
. 2.1 Finish: Generally to be US108, oil rubbed bronze. The interior finish of
areas such as toilets, locker rooms and gymnasiums, shall be US260, dull
chrominum while exterior sides of exterior doors, these areas, will remain
US10B. Areas using US26D shall have push, pulls and kickplates of US32D,
dull stainless steel unless otherwise noted. Door closers shall oe sprayed
to match, unless otherwise noted.
2.2 Materials:
a. Locksets: All locksets shall be cylindrical type. Strikes to be curved
with box construction, and have lips of sufficient length to clear trim
and protect clothing. Design to be Orbit. All locks with 5' brackets.
0
1. Keying requirements as follows: Keying of cylinder locks shall be
coordinated with the Owner. For estimate use Grandmasterkeying
charge.. Under Owner's direction, key to existing Schlage system and
to be approved by Owner's representative in writing. Furnish
construction key system with keys which can be rendered inoperative by
the turn of the change key. Stamp all keys 'Do Not Duplicate ". All
keys shall have large bows.
2. For the protection of the Owner all locks and cylinders shall be keyed
at the factory of the lock manufacturer. where permanent records are
maintained:
b. Hinqes: Outswinging exterior doors shall have non - removable (NRP) pin.
TTT hinge open widths shall be minimum, but of sufficient size to permit
door to swino 180 decrees. Furnish three hinges per leaf to 7 ft. 5 inch
height, add one each two feet extra and at pivots. Furnish hinges with
stainless steel pins and concealed bearings.
c. Floor hinges shall have maximum degree dead stop that trim of adjacent
structure permits.
d. Panic Hardware: Furnish all sets with sex bolts unless otherwise
specs ie .
e. Surface Ddor Closers: To be of the full rack and pinion type with
remgvab a non- errous case and cast iron body, complete with sex bolts.
Place closer inside building, stairs, room, etc. Closers shall have
delayed action unless otherwise noted.
f. Flush transom offset brackets shall be used where parallel .arm closers
are sled or, doors with xed panels over. Drop brackets would be
required at narrow head rails.
g. Silencers: Furnish silencers for interior hollow metal frames, 3 for
s nnT oors, 4 for pairs of doors. Omit where sound or light seal
occurs.
h. Kickolates: 16 gauge beveled 4 sides, finished 108.
i. Screws: All exposed screws shall be Phillips head.
J. Seals: All seals with 108 hardware to be dark duranodic
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Schedule of Finish Hardware:
a. The following is a door index and schedule of hardware to be furnished
for this work. The material listed shall conform throughout to the
requirements of the foregoing specification.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08710 - 3
• HOWE. t1
1
Pair Doors 1.- Exterior from Lobby 122
2
Set
Thrust.Pivot Units._TPU
1- 1 /2.(NRP butts) with BBSiS.IA.5" IDA
('L)
1
Set
Panic Devices
5527 NL - WOC SHB
108 less strike
(VD)
i
Set
Panic Devices
5527 OT -WDC SNB
108 less strike
(VD)
1
Ea.
Cylinder
Rim
106 less strike
SC)
2
Ea.
Closers
4114 Delayed
$tat
LCN)
2
Ea.
Stops
9080 x
IOB
(BBW)
2
Ea.
Floor Anchors
8017 8.
(BBW)
1
Set
Door Seals
59 AB head and jambs
313E
RE)
2
Ea.
Door Bottoms
AB 320H
313E
(RE)
1
Pc.
Astragal
85V
313E
RE)
2
Door Edges
AL302A
313E
VD
1
Pc.
Threshold
S512AO
313E
-RE)
1
Pe.
Adjustable Threshold Holder 270
(RE)
2
Ea.
Monitor Strikes
.4670 -TI
108
(VD)
HOWE. /2
Door 2
- Exterior from Public Area
Door 12
- Exterior from Meeting Room
Each to have:
••
1
Set
Thrust Pivot Units
TPU - 1 -1/2 (NRP butts)
PC
(L)
I
Set
Panic Devices
55M1 SNB
108
(VO)
1
Ea.
Closer
4114 Delayed SNB
Stat
LCM)
1
Ea.
Cylinder
Rim
108
SC)
1
Ea.
Stop
9080 X
IOB
BBW)
1
Ea.
Floor Anchor
80178
10B
BBW)
1.
Set
Door Seals
59AB head and jambs
313E
RE)
1
Ea.
Door Bottom
AB 32ON
313E
RE'
1
Pc.
Threshold
313E
RE
• 1
Pe.
Adjustable Threshold
Holder 270
RE)
1
Ea.
Monitor Strike
4253 7 -1
108
{VD)
1
Ea.
Sign'
Open to Sound Alarm Red /White letters
HOWE. !3
Pair
C.L. Oates 3 - 'Catch Basin
Complete by others, except
1
Padlock
4100 x 9" chain and M/S
(SC)
HONE. 04'
Pair
Doors 4 - Exterior from Mechanical 106 .
Hinges
884101 - 4' -1/2 x 4 -1/2 NRP
PC
(L)
2
Ea.
Flush Bolts
1358 - 12"
108
0)
1
Ea.
Strike
1225 -A
108
D)
I
Ea.
Lockset
D80 PD
108 5' B/S
SC)
2
Ea.
Holders
PAR 60
Stat
(LCN)
1
Ea.
Astragal
187AD
313E
(RE)
2
Ea.
Door Bottoms
AB 320M
313E
RE
1
Set
Seals
1778 - head and jambs
dk.brown
RE)
L Silt x others
NEWPORT CENTER 087I0 - 4'
. BRANCH LIBRARY
HDWE. AS
Pair Doors 5 - Exterior from Technical Services
2 Set
Thrust Pivots
TPU -
1 -1/2
PC
(L)
1 Set
Panic Devices
5527
x 5527 NL
IOB Tess
cylinder (VD)
1 Ea.
Cylinder
Rim
Lockset
108
(SC)
2 Ea.
Closers
4115
Delayed
Stat
LCN)
2 Ea.
Stops
9080
X
108
BBW)
2 Ea.
Floor Anchors
8017
B
1
BBW)
1 Set
Seals
59AB
head and jambs
313E
(RE)
2 Ea.
Door Bottoms
AS 32ON
313E
(RE)
Pc.
Astragal
86Y
Threshold
313E
{RE)
.1
1 Pc.
Threshold
S 512
AO
313E
RE)
1 Pt.
Adj. Threshold
holder
170
Ea.
RE)
2 Ea.
Monitor Strikes
4670
- T -1
108
(VD)
HOW E. /6
i 1
U
Each to have:
Hinges
I Lockset
1 Closer
1 Kickplate
1 Stop
1 Set Seals
1 Door Bottom
I Saddle
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
HOWE. i8
Door 9 - Technical Services from Secretary /Reception
17 - Public Area to Office /Work w /sound seal
19 - Staff to Office /Work
37 - .Meeting to Storage
B84101 4 -1/2 x
4 -1/2
Door 7 -
Exterior from Secretary /Reception
(L)
051P0
1
Set
Thrust Pivots
TPU - 1 -1 /2 W/885151A - 5"
IDA
(L)
1
Ea.
Lockset
080 PO less strike
108 5"
B/S
(SC)
1
Ea.
Latch Protection
Plate 2020
I08 ••
59AB
M)
1
Ea.
Closer
4114 Cush. delayed
Stat
17
LCN)
1
ea.
Door Bottom
AB 320 N
313E
(RE)
RE)
I
Set
Seats
S9 AS head and jambs
313E
(RE)
1
Ea.
Threshold
S 245A
313E
RE)
1
Ea.
Adjustable Threshold
Holder 270
RE)
1
Ea.
Monitor Strike
4570 - T1
108
(YO)
•
HDWE. i7
For Doors
8 - Exterior from Librarian
109 - 1 Door w /1'
-0" panel
Hinges
884101A 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 NRP
IDA at
door
(L)
Hinges
4181 A 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 NRP
10A at
panel
(L)
2.
Flush Bolts
1358 12"
108 at
panel
(0)
I
Ea.
Lockset
D 80 PO less strike
106 at
door 5"
B/S (SC)
1
Ea.
Latch Protection
Plate 2020
108 at
door
1
Ea.
Closer
4114
Stan
(LCN)
1
Ea.
Ooor. Bottom
AS 32ON
313E'
RE)
1
Set
Seals
59AB head and jambs
313E
RE)
1
Ea.
Threshold
5245A
313E
(RE)
1
Ea.
Adjustable Threshold
Holder 270
(RE)
1
Ea.
Monitor Strike
4570 - T1
on panel
V0)
i 1
U
Each to have:
Hinges
I Lockset
1 Closer
1 Kickplate
1 Stop
1 Set Seals
1 Door Bottom
I Saddle
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
HOWE. i8
Door 9 - Technical Services from Secretary /Reception
17 - Public Area to Office /Work w /sound seal
19 - Staff to Office /Work
37 - .Meeting to Storage
B84101 4 -1/2 x
4 -1/2
10A
(L)
051P0
108 5" 8/S
(SC)
4012 Delayed
Stat
(LCN)
37 8" x W L 2"
108.
(Saw)
8O61.x -'x Riser
108
(sew)
59AB
Door
17
313E
((RE)
A8320A
Door
17
313E
(RE)
V213
Door
17 -
vinyl dark brown
(RE)
08710 - 5
HDWE. f11
Door 15 - Staff from Technical Services w /Sound Seal
22 - Corridor to Cots 113 w /Sound Seal
. Each to have:
Hinges 884101 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 10A
1 Latchset 0 10 S 108 S' 8/S SC)
1 Closer 4012 Stat LCN)
1 Kickplate 37 - B' x W L 2' I08 BBW)
1 Stop 8061 - X 108 BBW)"
1 Set Seals 59 AS 313E IRE)
1 Door Bottom AB 320H 313E (RE)
1 Saddle V213 Vinyl dark brown RE)
HOWE. /12
Pair Doors 16 - Public A.ea from Technical Services s /Sound Seal
2 Set Thrust Pivots TPU - 1 -1/2 10A (L)
2 Surface Bolts GR 1632 8' 108 (GJ).
1 Deadlock 8 360 P 1OB 5' 8/S SC)
2 Closers 4114 H Stat LCN)
2 Pullplates 57 N 106 BBW)
2 Armor Plates 36''x W. L 1' 285 Dark Brown BBW)
2 Stops 8061 - X x Risers 10B BBW)
1 Set Seals 59 AS 313E RE).
2 Door Bottoms AS 320 N 313E (RE)
1 Saddle BAP 18' 3 -1/2' wide 313E (RE)
0
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
08710 - 6
HDWE. E9
Door 10 -
Secretary /Reception to Librarian
w /Sound Seal
13 -
Secretary /Reception to Conference
w /Sound Seal
14 -
Staff from Conference
w /Sound Seal
33 -
Meeting to Kitchen
Each to have:
Hinges
884101 - 4 -112 x 4 -1/2
l0A
(L)
1
Lockset
051PO
108 5' 8/S
(SC)
Stop
8061 -X x riser
108
BBW)
.1
1
Set Seals
59 AS head and jambs
313E
RE)
1
Ea. Door Bottom
AS 320N
313E
(RE)
1
Saddle
V213 Vinyl dark brown
RE
HDWE, !10
Door
11 - Conference from Librarian 109
w /Sound Seal
Hinges
884101 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2
IDA
(L)
I
Lockset
OSiPO
108 5' B/S
(SC)
1
Stop
8061 -X x Riser
108
BBW)
1
Set Seals
99AS head and jambs
313E
(RE)
1
Ea. Door Bottom
AS 320H
313E
(RE)
1
Saddle
V213 Vinyl dark brown
RE
HDWE. f11
Door 15 - Staff from Technical Services w /Sound Seal
22 - Corridor to Cots 113 w /Sound Seal
. Each to have:
Hinges 884101 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 10A
1 Latchset 0 10 S 108 S' 8/S SC)
1 Closer 4012 Stat LCN)
1 Kickplate 37 - B' x W L 2' I08 BBW)
1 Stop 8061 - X 108 BBW)"
1 Set Seals 59 AS 313E IRE)
1 Door Bottom AB 320H 313E (RE)
1 Saddle V213 Vinyl dark brown RE)
HOWE. /12
Pair Doors 16 - Public A.ea from Technical Services s /Sound Seal
2 Set Thrust Pivots TPU - 1 -1/2 10A (L)
2 Surface Bolts GR 1632 8' 108 (GJ).
1 Deadlock 8 360 P 1OB 5' 8/S SC)
2 Closers 4114 H Stat LCN)
2 Pullplates 57 N 106 BBW)
2 Armor Plates 36''x W. L 1' 285 Dark Brown BBW)
2 Stops 8061 - X x Risers 10B BBW)
1 Set Seals 59 AS 313E RE).
2 Door Bottoms AS 320 N 313E (RE)
1 Saddle BAP 18' 3 -1/2' wide 313E (RE)
0
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
08710 - 6
• HOWE. 113
door 21 - Corridor to Men 116 w /Sound Seal
23 - Cooridor to Women 114 w /sound Seal
Hinges 884101 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 10A L)
1 Set Privacy Locks 040 - S 108 x 260 5" 8/S SC)
1 Closer 4033 Alum. LCN)
1 Stop 8061 - X 260 Bow)
I Set Seals 59 AS 313E RE)
1 Door Bottom 320 N Alum RE)
1 Saddle V213 Ok. Brown IRE)
HOWE. 114
Pair Doors 20 - Staff Corridor from Mechanial 117 w /Air Seal
29 - Meeting from Mechanical 123 w /Air Seal
34 --Kitchen from Mechanical 127 w /Air Seal
Each Pair to have:
Hinges 4181 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 10A (L)
2 Surface Bolts GR 1632 - 8" 108 Gd))
1 Lockset 0 80 PO 108 5" B/S SC)
2 Holders PAH 60. Stat. LCN)
1 Set Seals AS 194 head and jambs 313E RE)
2 Door Bottoms AS 32ON 313E RE
1 Astragal 187 AS 313E RE
1 Saddle V213 Vinyl Dark Brown (RE)
HOWE. #15
• Door 25 - Lobby to Man Toilet w /Sound Seal
26 - Lobby to Women Toilet w /Sound Seal
Each to have:
Hinges
1 Latchset
1 Closer
1 Kickplate
1 Stop
1 Set Seals
1 Door Bottom
i Saddle
884101 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2
010 S
4012
37 8" x W. L 2"
8061 - X
59 AB
AS 320 N
V213 - Vinyl Dark Brown
HOWE. 116
Door 27 - Public Area from Elect. /Janitor
Hinges 884101 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2
1.Lockset D 80 PO
1 Closer 4133
1 Stop 8061 - X x Riser
1 Set Seals 59AB
1 Door Bottom AS 32ON
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
08710 - 7
ZGD
108 x 260 5" B/S (S) )
Alum
LCM
108
BBW
26D
BBW
313E
RE)
313E
RE)
,w /Sound Seal
IDA L)
108 5" B/S SC)
Stat LCN)
108 BBW)
313E RE)
313E IRE)
L_ J
•.
HOWE. /17
Folding Gate 28 - Lobby to Public Area
Complete by others - including lock - except
2 Cylinders Verify type 108 (SC)
HOWE. i18
Door 31 - Lobby from Meeting
35 - Meeting to Public Area
Each to have
Hinges B84101 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 10A ((L)
1 Lockset 0 70 PO 10B 5" B/S (SC)
1 Closer 4113 - delayed Stat ((LCN)
1 Kickplate 37 - 8" x W L 2" 30B BBW
1 Stop 8061 -X x Riser IOB RE)
Note: Or. 35 cylinder an meeting side.
HOWE. 119
Door 38 - Public Area from Mechanical 102 w /Air Seal
39 - Public Area from Mechanical 103 w /Air Seal
40 - Public Area from Mechanical 104 w /Air Seal
41 - Tech. Services from Mechanical 107 w /Air Seal
Hinges 4181 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 IDA (L)
1 Lockset D 80 PO 108 5" B/S IRE) SC)
1 Stop 8061 -X 108 8BW)
1 Set Seals A8194 313E RE)
1 Door Bottom A832ON 313E
1 Saddle V215 Vinyl Dark Brown (RE)
HOWE. s20
Miscel1anan
1 Roof Horn 1900 DC x Twin Projector 628 (VD)
1 Box f9 VD
1 Key Switch 907
25 Key Blanks (SC)
6 Masterkeys SC)
1 Key Cabinet C -30 - complete LU)
1 Thrust Pivot Aligned Kit L)
1 Desk Console DC 100 VD)
Security System
Doors 1. 2, 5, 7. 8 have monitor strikes in head section to report to roof
horn if any door is open during alarm period.
Door 2 and 12. Reports to desk console when opened during business hours.
Switch 907 to be located at Main Control Desk to set alrrm horn as building
is closed for day.
Wiring by Electrical - hook up and warranty by hardware.
END OF SECTION
SNEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08710 - 8
SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Work of this section includes items specified to be supplied and
installed by contractor, as well as specific items supplied by owner and
installed by the contractor.
1.2 Submittals:
a. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of
manufacturer's specifications and installation instruction for the
following:
1. Glazing sealant and compound, gasket and miscellaneous material
required.
1.3 Codes and Standards: Conform to U.B.C. Chapter 54. Glazing shall meet
requirements for-TT psf wind load. ,
1.4 Gradln and Labelin : Grade and label each light stating quality and grade
o g ass, an manu acturer's name and brand designation. Leave labels
intact until removal is directed by Architect.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Glass: Glass shall meet requirements of Federal Specification DO -G-
TTrc unless otherwise noted. All interior glass is clear unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Clear Plate glass Type I, Class 1, glazing quality polished
plate or float glass, 3/16" minimum thickness.
Z. Bronze Plate Glass:— PITTSBURGH "solarbronze" or LIBBERY - OWENS -FORD
"Parallgl -o- Bronze "_plate glass,.1 /4" thickness....
3. Tempered Glass: Tempered glass, conforming to UBC Section 5406, shall
be of the various types and thicknesses as specified or indicated.
Tempered glass shall be cut to shape and size before tempering, and
shall not be cut or trimmed after tempering. Lights not of proper .
shape and size shall not be used. Except for lights having one
dimension greater than 72 inches, tong marks shall be on one of the
shorter edges. Where holes are required, limiting requirements, as to
size and spacing and location in relation to edges and corners, shall
be in accordance with recommendation of the glass.manufacturer. Edges
which will be exposed in the finished work shall be polished; other
edges shall be seamed.
b. Glazing Compound:
1. Wood: Conforming to Fed. Spec. TT- 5- 227(Polysulfide) or Fed. Spec.
TT -S -230 (Acrylic). DAP "Flexiseal" Two -Part "Poly sulfide" or DAP
One -Part "Acrylic" Sealant. .
2. Metal, channel glazing, limited to 6 foot in any run direction: DAP
"Flexiglaze" #1231 Glazing Compound.
3. 'Metal, channel glazing, runs exceedin 6 feet in any direction: DAP
"Flexiseal" Two -Part Polysulf a ystem in in with Butyl
Rubber Tape in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4. Metal, face glazing: Conforming to Fed. Spec. TT -G -410, DAP #1012
Glazing Compound in combination with glazing clips.
J . NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08800 - 1
i
i
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation:
a. General: Perform glazing in strict accordance with latest edition of
'"G-Taz ng Manual" published by FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION, and as
specified. Leave glass whole and free from cracks and rattles. Entire
installation shall be weathertight.
b. Cuttin and Fittin Glass: Accurately cut and fit glass to opening
s ze. rovi e c12 for expansion. Cut and.set glass to keep wave
lines horizontal. Ensure sharp, clean cut glass edges. Set wire glass
with pattern lines aligned with frames, and aligned with pattern lines in
adjoining openings. Install heat absorbing glass in accordance with
PITTSBURGH technical service report No. 104.
ENO OF SECTION
K]
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08800 - 2
• SECTION 09100 - LATH AND PLASTER
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Work includes all labor, materials and equipment required to
complete all.lathing, and plastering in accordance with the drawings and
these specifications.
1.2 Standards: Conform work to requirements as specified In "Reference
pel^'ic fications for Lathing, Furring and Plastering in California% as
compiled by California Lathing and.Plastering Contractors Association, Inc.,
and "Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring`, published by the Metal
Lath Association; and to U.S.A. Standard Specifications for Interior Lathing
and Furring, ANSI A42.4. Conform to U.B.C. Chapter 47. Where alternate
methods of construction are covered Contractor shall secure approval of
Architect of method he wishes to use before proceeding with work.
1.3
Packagin Deliver all manufactured materials in original packages,
T on ainers or bundles, bearing name of manufacturer and brand.
1.4
Storage of Materials: Keep plaster and all cementitious materials dry until
ready for use. eep off ground, under cover and away from damp surfaces.
Protect metal goods against rusting.
1,5
Sc�af_fol�dTng: Construct and maintain scaffolding in conformance with
app— claws and ordinances, without interference with or obstruction to
works of others.
1.6
Submittals:
a. Association Specification: Prior to commencing work of this Section,
furnish one copy o each of above specified association publications, for
•
use by Owner's Inspector.
b. Colors and Textures: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's standard stucco
color brochures. pr selection of colors and textures.
c. Samples: Prepare one 3" x 5 ". sample plaques using materials and
workmanship indicating proposed range of colors and texture to be
expected in the completed work. Submit to Architect and obtain
acceptance of color and texture. No work is to be commenced before
.
samples are approved.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Lathing Materials:
a. Metal Lath: Expanded or ribbed weighing 3.4 lbs. per square yard. Lath
expanded from copper bearing steel and coated with rust inhibitive paint
after fabrication or formed from galvanized sheet steel.
b. Stucco Mesh: 17 gauge G.I. woven mesh, 1 -1/2" maximum openings: 18
gauge G.I. woven mesh, 1" maximum openings. Fabricate from galvanized
.
wire or galvanize after weaving or welding.
C, Weather roof Backing .Building paper conforming to Federal
Sp c cations 41 -B- 790 -a, Style, 2, Grade 0. Source: DAVIS WALKER
CORPORATION or approved equal.
d. Tie and Strinq Wire: 18 gauge galvanized.
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09100 - 1
i
I
.
e. � �Mesh: At Contractor's option "Paper backed", "self - furring" and
"8"
eMesh" with paper may be used for their particular use in lieu of
system using waterproof backing, string wire, and stucco mesh.
f. Screeds: 26 gauge expanded wing type, galvanized.
g. Corner Bead (for all external anoles):
1. Exterior Use: Galvanized 5 -wire type, unless otherwise detailed,
h. Control Joints:
1. Exterior Cement Plaster: No. 15, narrow profile, galvanized.
i. Casino Bead: Metal Casings of various shapes as indicated, when used as
.
plaster � grounds shall be formed of minimum 24 gauge steel, galvanized;
with short or expanded flange.
2.2 Plastering Materials:
a. Stucco Finish: Factory prepared integrally colored finish coat, Portland
'
Cement ase and Gypsum Base, as manufactured by LA HABRA< HIGHLAND<
.
CALIFORN.IA< or MERLEX< medium color range, standard colors as selected.
b. Bonding Aqent: A.C.. HORN "Daraweld -PBA% LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP.
p aster -We d" or approved equal.
3. EXECUTION
3,1 General Re uirements: Defects which appear in the work of this section due
o d, c;1 wdr:manship and /or materials furnished and installed hereunder,
shall be repaired and refinished with materials and in a manner to meet the
requirements of this section.
.
3.2 Installation of Lathing:
a. Exterior Stucco Mesh ar Kev Mesh (cement plaster): Hire, nail, screws
and stab as sha 1 be o type, minimum size and maximum spacing along
supports as shown in Table 5 -10 and /or Table 5 -11, C.L..P.C.A, Reference
Specification.
b. Metal Lath: Use for tile backing, and elsewhere as indicated,
C. Stucco Mew: Use for exterior wall surfaces, except as otherwise
nd ca e
.d. Casing Bead: Install where shown and wherever plaster abutts or adjoins
' any other material and at all exposed terminations of plaster.
e. Control Joints - Cement Plaster: Install at maximum 15 feet on center or
or eac square eet o surface area, and where indicated. Make lath
behind Joints discontinuous.
3.3 Mixinq and Application of Plaster:
a. Sta�nd.rd�s: Mix and apply all plastering materials in accordance with the
man— uiacturer's current printed instructions, C>L >P>C >A> Reference
Specifications and the Gypsum Association or Portland Cement Association
Specifications that apply. Measure with calibrated boxes or other
approved means of accurate measurement.
b, General Application: Finish all interior and exterior plastering true
ana�even within 1/4 inch tolerance in 10 feet, without waves, cracks or
imperfections.' All interior and exterior plastering shall form proper
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY '09100 - 2
j
i
0
foundations for wooden trim, paint and other finish materials. Complete
all plastering in rooms and spaces where acoustical treatment is required
before acoustical material is installed. After, plaster has set hard,
provide free circulation of air. Plaster behind all interior wood
finish, cabinets, counters, cases, shelving and other equipment, finish
same as adjoining exposed plaster. Where plaster is indicated flush with
metal frames, cut base coat free from metal section before coat sets.
. Apply "Y" groove to final coat, at junction of finish coat with metal
frames where indicated on drawings..
C* coaI for Tile: Provide cement plaster scratch coat for mortar -set
ORvert ca surfaces. Provide zinc edging for the work as shown.
d. Finishes:
1. Exterior Plaster: Portland Cement plaster, stucco color coat, machine
applied medium texture. If exterior stucco color is not absolutely
even, apply colored "Fog Coat" to achieve uniform color throughout.
e. Curio : Provide proper continuous moist curing for Portland Cement
plaster, for 48 hours minimum for scratch coat and for brown coat,
including periods that extend over into holidays or weekends.
f. Patching: Before completion of the building, point up around trim and
other work. Cut out and patch defective or damaged plaster, matching
existing work in texture and finish.
g. Protection: Protect all installed work including wood, glass, metal,
concrete slabs., and masonry during the plastering.
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09100 - 3
I
• SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION -'
J
1. GENERAL
1.1 _Scope: Work includes all labor, materials and equipment required to
co- mpTete all gypsum drywall construction in accordance with the drawings and
specifications.
1.2 Codes and Standards: Comply with UBC Chapter 47.
1.3 Packa in Deliver all manufactured materials. in original packages,
con ainers or bundles, bearing name of manufacturer and brand.
1.4 Stora a of Materials: Keep materials dry until ready for use. Keep off
groan , un er cover and away from damp surfaces. Protect metal goods
against rusting.
1.5 Fire i��stance Ratings: Comply with fire - resistance ratings as shown and
as required by governing authorities and codes. Provide materials,
accessories and application procedures which have been listed by UL or
tested according to.ASTM,E119 for the type of construction shown.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. G_�ps_u_m Wa�llboaird: ASTM C36, 4 foot widths, long edges tapered to receive
Gin
act —surer s standard joint treatment. Type X and water resistant
where indicated -. -
b. Nails: Specifically designed and approved for use in drywall
construction.
c. Metal Trim:
I. External Corners: Metal corner bead with smooth rigid nose and
perforated and knurled metal flanges.
2. Wallboard Edge Protection: Semi- finishing, square nose.
d. Taping and Finishing Accessories:
1. Joint Tapes:. Plain or perforated complying with ASTM C -475.
2. Joint Compound: Adhesive with or without fillers complying with ASTM
C -475. Provide in dry powder form or pre -mixed ready for application.
At Contractor's option, furnish either single compound or two - compound
treatment.
3. .EXECUTION
3.1 Installation:
a. General: Do not exceed 1/8' in 8' -0' variation from plumb or level in
any exposed line or surface,' except at joints between'units.do not exceed
1116" variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. .Shim as
required to comply with specified tolerances.
b. G sum Board Installation: Apply first to ceilings, then to walls
o n z0 a y. se oar of maximum practical lengths. Stagger end
joints. Cut or saw all openings. Do not score and punch. Apply metal
edge to all exposed edges and outside corners.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09260 1
i
I
I
. 1. Nailing - Wood Framing:
(a) Walls - Non -fire Rated: 8" o.c.
(b) Walls - Fire Rated: 7" o:c.
(c) Ceilings - Non-Fire Rated: 7" o.c.
(d) Ceilings - Fire Rated: 6" o.c.
c. Joint Reinforcement 'and Sealin : Reinforce and conceal all joints
between gypsum wa 110oard panels, in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Fill depressions with joint system finisher brought
flush, with surface of wall board. Leave surfaces smooth, free of visible
joints and screw holes. Rough taping only where drywall is concealed in
.. structure (attic 0r plenum spaced . Finish tape behind wall applied
items and other finishes. -
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
09260 - 2
0
SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE
1. GENERAL
1.1 Submittals;
a. Certification: Furnish manufacturer'.s master grade certificate before
installation.
b. Sa�mpDle.s: Submit '2 samples of each type, class and color of tile
reguTred, not less than 6" square on plywood or hardboard tracking and
grouted as required. Architect's review will be for color pattern and
texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive
responsibility of the Contractor.
1.2 Product Handlin : Deliver manufactured materials in original sealed
c an a ners w7t_H manufacturer's name, brand and grade seals affixed or sealed
within. Tile shall be graded in accordance with current issue of U.S. Dept.
of Commerce SPR -61. Keep materials dry until used.
1.3 Storaee of Materials at Pro.iect Site: Deliver and store packaged materials
to origins containers wi sea s unbroken and labels intact until time of
use. Store and 'handle materials in a manner to prevent damage or
contamination with water or foreign matter.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Pavina Tile (Tile Type 1): "Tarascan Tile Pavers', 4- x 4" x 1/2" or as
suppi ids iiy LA Cu Los Angeles. California, 213/664 -1171, or
approved equal. Color as selected.
b. Glazed Ceramic Tile 'Tle T e 2): Standard quality, dust pressed,
mac ne ma e, wn e 0;y , modified cushion edge. Field tile shalt be two
lugs on each edge of each tile. U.S.A. Standard Specification ANSI
A137.1 -1967, standard grade, size optional to furnish either 4 -1/4' x 4-
1/4'. Provide "Tracery" or "200 Series" by INTERPACE or "Bright and
Matte" by AMERICA14 OLEAN. Matta or semi -matte glaze finish. Selection
shall be made from standard colors from Franciscan 200 series or Tracery
Collection. Provide 'base and cap" trim shapes as required.
c. Unelazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile (Tile Type 3): U.S.A. Standard
Spec ca on 7�Xh;!1 -f3ST, sLanTd quality natural clay or
porcelain type, dust pressed, machine made all- purpose edge, size 1" x
1 ", with matching trim shapes, colors and patterns as selected from price
range C. for gang the specifications. for commercial use; as
manufactured by AMERICAN OLEAN, DALLAS CERAMIC'CO., or INTERPACE.
d. Portland Cement: ASTM C -150, Type 1.
e. Hydrated Lime.: ASTM C -206 or C -207, Type S.
f..Sand: ASTM C -144.
g. Grout: Approved standard product factory mixed an.d'packaged Portland
ement tile grout material containing waterproofing and curing
admixtures, white color for wall tile, gray color for floor tile, color
as selected for paving tile.
. NEWPORT .CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09310 - 1
L
lJ
h. Metal Dividers: Approved standard product white metal dividers with
integral ancnors. 1/8" by 1 -1/4" minimum depth, one piece at each
opening.
i.'5eaier (Paver Tile): WATCO 'Tile, Marble and Terrazzo Sealer" as
manu— iac�u�ed�by WAI CO- OERNIS CORPORATION, Santa Monica, California, or
approved equal.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation:
a. General: Workmanship and materials shall be in accordance with ANSI
taT nerds, A108.1 for Glazed Ceramic Tile and Pavers. Wall Tile; A108.2
for Ceramic Mosaic Tile; A108.3 for paving tile.
b. Inspection: Carefully inspect all surfaces to receive tile. Do not
appTymateriais until any necessary corrections are made.
c. Setting Ceramic Tile:
1. Preparation: Thoroughly soak all non - vitreous tile at least one -half
hour in clear water and drain off excess, leaving no free water on
back of tile. Any the left out of water for more than two hours
shall be resoaked.
2. Setting: Layout work according to patterns.detailed or approved.
Set 4 -1/4" x 6" tile with 6" dimension of tile vertically. For
heights shown, maintain full courses to produce nearest attainable
height without cutting tile. Lay out tile so that fields or patterns
center exactly on the areas and on architectural features so that
whenever possible no tile that. is less than half size occurs. Align
.joints vertically and horizontally. ;lo staggered joints will be
permitted. Mortar setting bed on walls shall be cut through to
scratch coat at every fourth course. Firmly imbed and beat the into
mortar with all finished surfaces brought to true and level planes.
Fill joints full with grout, wipe excess grout from the faces, and
leave all joints finished at uniform depth.
3.'Mosaic grout 'joints: Recess to the edge of tile. Thoroughly brush
out floor tile joints before grouting.
d. S�ett�ing Pavin Tile: Set tile individually with joints approximately
1/2' wi e, ree teom depressions and high spots. Average out tile
joints, so that centerlines of adjacent tiles shall align straight and
true in both directions. Lay out tile so that patterns are centered on
architectural features. Whenever possible no tile less than nalf size
shall occur.. A neat cement slurry of 1/16' thick must be applied to back
of each sheet /tile with an additional troweled layer of 1/16" of same
neat cement applied to the mortar float bed and the tiles shall be firmly
beaten into the float bed to form a complete bond. Grouting mixtures
shall be one (1) part common cement to four (4) parts Washed Concrete
Sand. Grout water additive shall- contain one (1) part Anti -Hydro to
eight (8) parts pure clean water. Colored grout shall be used as per
Architect's selection. Grout shall not be alloed to dry on face of
tiles. Wipe entire facial surface clean. Grout joints shall be flush
with adjacent tile surfaces and shall be left in a smooth condition.
Leave finished work free of chips, scratches and other defects.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 08310 - 2
i
e, rietal Dividers: Provide at transition to other floorings. lock solidly
Into setting bed.
f, C)eanin and Protection: Thoroughly clean quarry tile and pavers of all
s a ns and grout res ue. 111ed areas must cure for fourteen (14) days
before cleaning. Sulfamic acid in proportion, one (1) pound to five (5)
gallons of pure clean water shall be used to remove cement residue where
it may occur.. Floor area must be well saturated with water at least one
hour prior to acid cleaning. This work shall be done by workmen
experienced in acid cleaning of like, or similar, tiles. Floor tile
shall be covered with a vapor proof paper or sheet and kept free of
traffic for these days. . Acid or Acid Cleaners. shall not be used for the
cleaning of glazed tile.
9. Sea�lingq: Appry seater, to pavers in strict accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
h, Caulking: Caulk plumbing and electrical penetrations through wall tile.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY .
END OF SECTION
U9310 - 3
SECTION U9650 - RESILIE11T FLOORING
1.. GENERAL ,
1.1 Submittals:
a. Quality urance: Provide each type of resilient floor material
pro uce Assy a single manufacturer, included recommended primers,
adhesives and edging strips as required,
b. Samples: Submit two sets of samples of each type of resilient flooring
and accessory required.
c, Manufacturer's Data: For .information only, submit 2 copies of
ns a a on ns ructions for each type of resilient flooring and
accessory required.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. Colors and Patterns: Provide as snown or scheduled, or as selected by
the Architect rom manufacturer's standard.
b. Vin y1 Asbestos Tide: Conforming to FS SS -T -312, Type IV. Provide
.viny -as eT-6 stos tie as herein specified.
1. Manufacturer, Quality and Patterns:
(a) ARMSTRONG "Imperial Textured Excelon ".
(b) AZROCK 'Custom Cortina'.
(c) GAF "Titru -Chip" or 'Thru -Chip Pastels ".
(d) KEHTILE "Architectural Series'.
2• Size: 12'. x IV.
3. Gauge: 1/8"
c. Coved Base: Top set cove type, 1/8" thick. Inside corners job formed,
outs Te corners preformed. Manufactured by BURKE RUBBER COMPANY, or
approved equal. Colors will be selected from the 53 standard colors of
BURKE RUBBER COMPANY.
d. Straight Base: 118" thick. Inside and outside corners job formed.
a er14 i by same manufacturer as specified for cove base, in colors to
match cove base.
e. Vinyl Beveled Edging:
f. Primers and Adhesives:
tile manu acturer.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Sub -Floor Preparation:
a. Inspection: Carefu
0o �n iy
materials
Manufacturer's standard.
Waterproof, stabilizer types as recommended by
lly inspect surfaces to receive flooring and base.
until any necessary corrections are made.
. - UEWPORT CEATER _
BRANCH LIBRARY 0965U - 1'
Is
b.. Concrete: Perform moisture and bonding tests on all concrete surfaces
toto receive resilient flooring. Do not install flooring until any
hydrostatic pressure, excessive moisture or excessive alkali condition
has been corrected. Level all surfaces; grind down high spots and fill
depressions.
c. Cleanin : Thoroughly clean sub -floor surfaces. Leave dry, broom clean
a� of grease, oil, paints, hardeners, dirt and the like.
3.2 Installation:
a. General: Install flooring and base in strict accordance with
manuTcturer's instructions. Lay with tight joints, true level and even.
b. Floor Tile: Lay square with room axis, starting at center of room or
50MM g and working toward fixed walls. Tile to and around all
irregularities. Cut flooring mechanically to produce square and true
edges. Run grain of tiles parallel unless otherwise directed. Install
beveled edging at terminations of tide floors which do not abut or finish
flush with adjoining surfaces.
C. Base: Install straight base at carpet and elsewhere as detailed; use
cove type for other base applications. Return and scribe base to door
and window jambs. Install base on all floor mounted fixed casework
Install straight base on "in- place' surfaces prior to installation of
carpeting, tight to floor.
3.3 Cleaning; Immediately before acceptance of building, thoroughly clean
reF ent floors and accessories with neutral cleaner.
ENO OF SECTION
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09650 -.Z
•
0
SECTION 096dU - CARPET 13G
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope: Provide all carpet required for the Newport Center Branch Library.
n1'xtent of carpet is shown on the drawings and the schedules.
1.2 Measurements Contractor shall carefully check all physical dimensions
and other conditions in the field and shall be responsible for correct
quantity and type of carpeting materials required and for the proper fitting
of all carpet in all designated areas.
1.3 Flame Spread: Provide only carpet which has passed the following flame
spread tests.
a. Pill Test: DOC- FF -1 -70.
1.4 Submittals
a. Color Samples: Submit full range of standard carpet colors for
se ect
o. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 3 copies of
manufacturer's data on carpet and carpeting materials, showing that
materials comply with requirements of the specifications; also include
installation instructions.
c. Certification: Provide written certification that carpet has passed
requireed dame spread tests.
d. Sean Diagram: Provide 3 copies of a seam diagram for Architects
approval. val. Diagram shall oe on a floor plan scaled to match Architect's
floor plans, showing all proposed seam locations; color layout, location
of binding bars and any other pertinent installation details.
1. Revise seam diagrams as may be required.
2: No carpeting shall oe installed until written approval of seaming
diagrams has been received.
e. Maintenance and-Instructions:
1. Maintenance Manuals: Provide three copies of the carpeting materials
manufacturer's printed manuals of recommendations for the care,
cleaning and maintenance of carpeting.
2. Instructions: At the completion of the installation, instruct the
Owner's personnel in the care, cleaning and maintenance of carpeting.
1.5 Delivery and Storage:
a. Do not deliver carpet or accessories until notification is received that
buildings) or spaces are ready for installation of carpet.
d. Deliver of .•ta to rials: All 'carpet required for project shall be
de iverea oe ore start of installation. Deliver carpet on job site with
manufacturer's register number tags attached and intact.
c. Storm e_On -Site: Store all materials at the site in a manner to prevent
damage, in a i l —cases well off the ground.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
096du - 1
1.5 Remnants: Leave all usable carpet reianants with Owner. Tag each piece by
size a and prepare inventory of materials; provide secure vandalproof storage
until Owner accepts materials.
1.7 Coordination: Coordinate ordering of carpet and aelivery schedule with
construction progress as directed by General Contractor to avoid delay of
the work.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Carpet: WALTER CARPETS ".Complex", or approved equal. Equa.ls will oe
approved on the basis of equal construction and color.
a. Yarn: DUPONT "Antron III" continuous filament nylon with static control.
o. Ply: 3/2.
c. Yarn Weight: 2b ounces per square yard, minimum.
a. Gauge: 1/10.
•• e. Wires Per Inch: 56.5/6 "..
f. Wire Height: .1900.
g. Construction: Tufted, multi -level loop.
h. Primary Back: Synthetic.
i. Secondary Back: Stainless Jute.
iJ. Total Weight: 61 ounces per square 'yard minimum.
k. Tuft Bind: Minimum 13 pounds perAST14 0-1335.
1. 'Width: 12 feet.
m. Color: As selected from manufacturers standards.
2.2 Accessories:
a. Adhesive: Nan - toxic, waterproof, latex -oase, release type cement
. 77R` ated for glue -down of .carpets,. as recommended by carpet
manufacturer. .-
o. Bindin gars: Standard pinless clamp -dawn type, extruded aluminum finish
as selected, manufactured by ROBERTS, S. ROTH or approved equal.
C. Access Panel: Where cleanouts occur in floors receiving carpet provide
access Panel System" with pinless metal base molding and T -cap
vinyl insert, color as selected. Adhesive per manufacturers
recommendation.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Inspection: Carefully examine surfaces to receive carpeting. Oo not apply
mater—la-Ts until any necessary corrections are made.
NEWPORT CENTER
'BRANCH LIBRARY - 0966U - 2
i
•
3.2 Installation: Provide direct glue -down installation in strict accordance
w EE maaGturer'a- instructions.
a. General: Vacuum substrate immediately prior to installation and remove .
arT deTeterious substances which would interfere with the installation or
be harmful to the work.. Lay carpet on clean, smooth floor. Install
carpet under Demountable Partitions. Cut and fit sections of carpet of
each room of space, prior to application of adhesive. The finished
installation snall pe free from tacks, scraps, carpet ripples, scallops
and puckers.
D* Floor Preparation: Concrete slabs shall be aged a minimum of 9U days and
a moisture test shall be performed prior to starting work. Surfaces to
receive carpet shall be dry, free of grease, wax and foreign ;natter and
shall be thoroughly cleaned with a commercial vacuum cleaner. Ridges and
high spots shall be. ground smooth. Cracks 1/16" and wider shall be
filled with a latex emulsion filler compatible with adhesive.
c. Moisture Test: Seal an inverted glass tumbler or plate to the floor with
putty. Leave in place at least Z4 hours and if moisture condenses on the
Inside of the glass, too much moisture is present in the floor for a
successful installation. . .
a. Adhesive: Apply adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
wit577dw x T/3" V- notched trowel:' Apply sufficient amount of adhesive
to insure complete bond of carpet back to floor.
e. C��aar�rppeet�t: Lay carpet in full lengths wherever possible, with pattern or
g'r —M-0 running in same direction in all spaces where carpet is
continuous. Capret shall lay perfectly flat and tension free. Avoid
creasing the back. Each width shall oe rolled with a suitable roller to
insure complete contact with floor. Cut and fit evenly and tightly to
all.vertical surfaces. Apply binding bar to all exposed carpet edges.
f. Seams: Form "Compression' type seams oy method recommended by carpet
manufacturer. All seams shall be accurately trimmed and fitted and shall
be bonded with a suitable seam adhesive. Seam adhesive shall be applied
at the level of the carpet backing. At columns and other penetrations,
cut carpet with maximum possible coverage and position seams made by
these cuts first.
3.3 Miscellaneous Installations: On stairs and similar substrates, install
carpet uy a secure method recognized to be durable and safe for traffic on
stairs. Conceal edges and avoid seams at points of high wear.
3.4 Piecing: Use full widths of carpet for all applications where use of
narrower.widtn would cause an extra seam. Use of small pieces in areas
where a larger pi.ece could be used will not be permitted.
3.5 Cleaning and Protection:
a. Remove debris from installation, carefully sorting pieces to be saved
from scraps to be disposed of.
b. Vacuum carpet with a commercial machine, with rotating agitator or oeater
in the nozzle. Remove soiled spots.
C. Advise the Contractor of areas which should be protected during the
remainder of the construction period, so that carpet will oe in undamaged
and unsoiled condition at the time of acceptance. Recommend the type of
non - staining cover material that should be used for protective cover.
. END OF SECTION
NEJPORT CENTER
3RA4CR LIBRARY
096d0 -s
r i
L_J
0
SECTION 099U0 - PAINTING
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope:
a. Furnish and install painting work as specified and as shown, complete.
The work of this Section includes the cleaning and preparation of all
surfaces to be painted or finished, and the painting and finishing of all
interior and exterior surfaces unless hereinafter excluded.
b. Paint all exposed surfaces except where the material is ouviously
intended and specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. 'Where
items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint these the same as
adjacent similar materials or areas. If system, color or finish. is not
designated, the Architect will select these from colors availaole for the
materials systems as specified. See Finish Schedules, and notations on
drawings.
1.2 Paint: As used herein means all coating systems materials, including
primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and otner applied
materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats.
1.3 Work Hot To Be Painted:
a. In general, the following items will not require finishing unless
specifically designated.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-
finishing or installer - finishing is specified for such items as (but
not limited to) metal toilet enclosures, acoustic materials, nodular
laminate plastic casework, finished mechanical and electrical
equipment including light fixtures, switchgear and distribution
cabinets, elevator frames, doors and equipment.
Z. Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and
similar finished materials will not require finish painting, except as
otherwise specified. .
3. Do not paint any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and
electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages,
sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, unless otherwise
indicated. Do not paint over any code - required labels, such as
Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment
identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates.
4. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise. indicated, painting is not
required on wall or ceiling surfaces in concealed areas and
inaccessible areas such as furred areas, pipe spaces, duct snafts and
elevator shafts, as applicable to this project. Paint all piping,
equipment, and other such items as required. '
S. Finish Hardware, except prime- coated items.
6. Walking surfaces.
7. Exterior Masonry.
1.4 Lodes and Standards: Conform work and materials to latest.rules of City of
Newport Beach, 0 g County Department of Public Health, Safety Color
Coding in conformance with USHA, and all local or State Urdinances, etc.,
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 'U990U - 1
0
having jurisdiction. Conform to the most stringent requirements and
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 Paintin Work 0 Other Trades: Examine drawings and specifications,
nc u In requirements speCITIeU in other sections for painting work by
other trades. Ilotify Architect in writing of any conflict between work of
this section and that of other trades and sections, and any errors,
omissions or impractical requirements. All surfaces that are left
unfinished by the requirements of their specification shall be_ painted or
finished as specified as work of this section.
1.6 Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with the
prime paints user Review other sections of these specifications in which
prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of the total
. coatings system for the various subs t rat ums. Upon requests from other
subcontractors, furnish information on the characteristics of the specified
finish materials, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. Provide
barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required.
notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using the
coating systems as specified with substratums primed by others.
1.1 A roved E ua�l: Materials or products specified 'herein by trade name shall
oe prov�ea as specified. References to brand names shall be interpreted as
establishing a. standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting
competition. Brand names where used in specifications shall be presumed to
be followed by words "or approved equal ". Sucn approval will oe granted
only as set forth in General Conditions, and with certification that
materials submitted are equal or superior to brand named in specifications
in construction, efficiency and utility.
1.8 Data Submittal: Submit 5 copies of data to Architect for approval,
cover ng a paint materials proposed for use. for each specified paint
system, include manufacturer's name, product number and paint description.
1.9 Color Samples: After receipt of Architect's color schedule, submit three 8-
x painted samples of colors selected, and three 6" x 12" samples of
natural wood finishes, for approval. Natural wood finishes as scheduled,
shall be on same species and grades of woods installed as work of this
project. hake brush -out of stained (not lacquered) wood using system as
scheduled. Use clear blending formula if required to achieve approved
brush -out effect. Do not proceed with painting work until color samples
nave been approved.
1.10 Storage: Storage of materials used on job shall be only in a single place
designated by Architect. Such storage place shall be kept neat, clean and
all damage thereto or to its surroundings.shall be cleaned, repaired and
refinished and otherwise made good to satisfaction of Owner. Any oily rags,
waste and the like must be removed from building each night and every
precaution taken to avoid danger of fire..
1.11 Protection: Protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering,
drop c otiis or other acceptable methods during progress of the work.
1.12 Barricades and 'Wet Paint" Signs: Maintain during the course of the work.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Plaint System: Unless otherwise specified or approved, use paint products
0 one manufacturer. Oils, thinners, dryers, primers and catalysts shall be
approved for use by manufacturer of paint.. Provide paints of durable and
washable quality. Oo not use paint materials which will not withstand
normal washing as required to remove pencil marks, ink, ordinary soil, etc.,
without showing discoloration, loss of gloss, staining, or other damage.
. 3EWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBHRARY U99UU - 2
2.2 Manufacturers: Manufacturer's catalog names and numbers are used to aid in
estaLTisiing kind and quality of material. required and are not used as an
Indication of color desired.
a. Opaaue Paint and hlardwoad Transparent Finish Materials: 'Systems
sped a erein, are pro ucts o the COMPANY. General
opaque and nardwood transparent finish products manufactured by the
following will be acceptable, as approved.
GLIDUEIT SHERWIN WILLIAMS CO.
DEVOE PAINT DIVISION PRATT & LAMBERT, INC.
NATIONAL LEAD CO. KELLYMOORE
PITTSBURGH PLATE GLASS CO.
b. Stains (Softwoods): Stain systems specified herein are materials as
menu actur�e y EUMPIC STAIN. Uther acceptable manufacturers of stains
(softwood) are as follows:
BEHR
2.3
Colors and Finishes:
a. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes, are shown on the drawings
and indicated in the "schedules" on the 'drawings.
b. Prior to beginning work, the Architect will furnish sample color chips
for surfaces to be painted. Batch the colors of the chips and submit
samples, as specified herein, before proceeding with the work.
2.4
Deliver and Certification: Paints shall be ready mixed and all paints,
varn snes, ename s, acquers, stains, paste fillers and similar materials
must be delivered to job site in original containers, with seals unbroken
and labels intact. Each container shall be labeled by manufacturer; labels
shall give manufacturer's name, type of paint, color of paint, and
.
instructions for reducing. Provide manufacturer's certification of
compliance with the specifications with each shipment.
2.5
NI xIn_ : Open and mix ingredients on the job. Thinning shall be done in
accordance with directions of manufacturer.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Condition of Surfaces: Examine surfaces to be finished under this section
and see that new work of other trades has been left or installed in
satisfactory condition to receive paint, stain or specified finishes. Do
not apply materials until any necessary corrections are made.
3.2
Preparation of Surfaces:
a. General: All surfaces to be cleaned and floors in room being painted
sna a cleaned free of all loose dirt and dust before painting is
started.
b. Wood: All surfaces shall be clean and dry. Sandpaper.smootn wood to
provide an even surface and than dust off and wipe clean. .Touch up ail
knots and pitch pockets with shellac on interior wood and with outside
sealer on exterior work. After priming coat has been applied, .tnoroughly
fill all nail holes, irregularities and cracks; use plastic wood filler
for stained or natural finish and putty for painted work.
c. Uncoated Steel and Iron: Wash all surfaces with mineral spirits to
remove any dirt or grease before applying paint. Where rust or scale is
present, it shall be wire brushed and sandpapered clean. Clean field
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 099OU -.3
welds and abraded portions of field welded and erected ferrous metal
components.
d. Silo Coated fet Work: Thoroughly clean off all oil, grease, dirt and
Tor
e gn ma eal r. 7pol prime field connections, welds, soldered joints,
and burned and abraded portions. Factory finished surfaces indicated to
be repainted shall be sanded or etched to increase adherence of finish
coats.
e. Galvanized t•letal and Camper: Tinorougnly clean with steel wool and
eg , soso vim—
f. Concrete and Jtasonr Properly prepare surfaces where efflorescence
ex sts wntn approve acid base wash. Fill minor surface defects and
cracks with a mixture of acrylic paint and spackling compound.
g. Hardware Fixtures E ui meat: Switch and receptacle plates, surface-
'n' x ures, nish frames of recessed lighting fixtures,
escutcheons and plates, surface - mounted equipment, free- standing
equipment blocking access to painted surfaces, grilles and louvers at
ducts opening into finished spaces, and other items as required shall be
removed from surfaces to be painted and reinstalled after completion of
painting work.
3.3 Application: 1_ ic.ation: Apply paint to clean, dry, prepared surfaces only. Apply all
Paint material evenly, smoothly flowed on without runs. or sags. go not
apply exterior paint during rainy, damp, foggy or excessively windy weather.
Arrange for temporary neat required for interior painting, as required.
a.
Minimum Coat in Thickness: Apply each material at not less than the
manu ac urer s recommen ed spreading rate, to provide a' total dry film .
thickness of not less than 5.J mils for the entire coating system of
prime and finish coats for 3 -coat work. Provide a total dry film
thickness of not less than 3.5 mils for tine entire coating system of
prime and finish coat for 2 -coat work. Apply additional coats wnen
undercoats, stains or other conditions show through tae final coat of
paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance.
b.
Included Work: Tops, bottoms, and edges of doors shall be finished same
as a— aT -rote of door after door has been fitted by Carpenter. Where doors
open into rooms or spaces having different finishes, communicating doors
shall have edges finished as directed. :there walls are specified to be
painted, all columns, arrises, reveals, soffits, returns, and tine like
shall be included. '
c.
Primin : Where shop coats are specified under other sections of-the
.
work, omit prime coat out do all necessary spot priming. Prime alt
ungalvanized ferrous metals. Prime all doors requiring paint, as soon as
possible after delivery to job. Prime all edges created by louver and
glazing cut -outs. Surfaces to be primed small be clean, dry, sanded and
properly prepared to receive paint.
d.
Backpriming: Backprime all exterior siding and trim. Backprime all
ntei �olrTrim, frames, backs, end and tops of casework, shelving, gri'11e
cloth and trim that will be set against plaster, concrete or masonry
surfaces. Such surfaces shall be clean, dry, sanded- and properly
prepared to receive the paint.
e.
Mood Ooors: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture.
Leave no evidence of rolling sucin as laps, irregularity in texture, skid
marks, or other surface imperfections.
3.4 Paint 5 stem Schedule: Paint all exposed surfaces r+hether or not colors
are
esignate n cnedules', except where the natural finish of the
. NEWPORT CEUTER
BRANCH LIBRARY U99OU - 4
1
i
0
L
.. material is specifically noted as a surface not to be.painted. Where items
or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint these the same as adjacent
similar material or areas using the proper "system" for the surfaces to
receive coatings.
a. Exterior Surfaces:
1. Galvanized Metal (Enamel Finish):
Pretreatment: #7113 Vinyl 'Wash Primer.
1st Coat: #25 Zinc Oust Primer. .
2nd Coat: #248 Sash & Trim Primer.
3rd Coat: #250 Sash & Trim Enamel.
2. Un- galvanized Metal (Enamel Finish):
1st Coat: #15 Chrome Oxide Primer for ferrous metal
#26 Zinc Chromate Primer for aluminum.
2nd Coat: 0248 Sash & Trim Primer: Tint with
manufacturer's tinting colors
3rd Coat: #250 Sash & Trim Enamel
3. Metal (Flat IOU" Acrylic Finish):
Pretreatment (Galvanized Metal No. 7113
Vinyl Wash Primer):
13t Coat: Galvanized - #Z5 Zinc Oust Primer
Ferrous - 415 Chrome Oxide Primer
Aluminum - 026 Zinc Chromate Primer
2nd Coat: #Z48 Sash & Trim Primer
3rd Coat: #1300 Stuc -o -life, IUU: Acrylic
4. Exterior Wood - Stain Finish (Olympic):
Back Prime Coat (For beams, frames and trim):- Clear
seal- prime. (Blending Oil)
Exose�d:
l t o t: Clear blending formula.
2nd Coat: Semi- transparent stain.
b. Interior Surfaces:
1. Semi -Gloss Finish PSG
Surface
(a) Wood: Application on doors small be by
Snortnap roller.
1st Coat: 0975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
2nd Coat: #975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
'3rd Coat: #18UU Sinco Satin Enamel
WEWPORT CENTER
aRANCII LIBRARY U9900 5
0 (b) Metal:
Primer
Ferrous Metal: 015 Chrome Oxide Primer
Galvanized 3 Aluminum Metal: #24 Wnite Prime
Ferrous Metal Finish Coats
2nd Coat: #975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
3rd Coat: #13U0 Sinco Satin Enamel
Galvanized and Aluminum Metal Finish Coats
2nd Coat: #180U Sinco Satin Enamel
(c) Drywall:
1st Coat: #1770 Pigmented P.V.A. Sealer
2nd Coat: #975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
3rd Coat: #16UU Sinco Satin Enamel
2. Flat Wall Finish PF
(a) Drywall:
1st Coat: #1770 Pigmented P.V.A. Sealer
2nd Coat: #17UU Sinwall Vinyl Latex
3. Softwood - Stain Finish (OLYMPIC) SF
1st Coat: Semi - transparent stain thinned 502
with clear blending formula,
2nd Coat: Semi - transparent Stain.
. c. Special Treatments of Specific Surfaces
1. Mechanical and Electrical Work:
J
(a) General: Paint exposed exterior and interior plumbing,
neating and electrical equipment, apparatus,
conduits, pipes and fittings, supports and
mangers and all other unfinished surfaces of
mechanical and electrical work.'
(b) Equipment in Finished Rooms: Paint wall grilles and
diffusers, door louvers, panelboard fronts
and other equipment having &,factory finish,
occurring in rooms other than storage,
mechanical and custodial. Paint ceiling
diffusers, grilles and speakers occurring
in cork and cork fabric ceilings. Paint
speakers to match white tile ceilings.
(c) Equipment on Roof: Paint all mechanical and electrical
equipment, ducts, vents and the like,
occurring on roof.
Z. Flat Ulack: Paint flat black all portions of the following:
(a) Ducts visible through grilles and registers.
(b) Reveals at ceiling edge and.elsewhere as noted.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
END OF SECTION
09900 - 6
SECTIO14 09.950 - NALL COVERING
1. GENERAL
1.1 Samples: Submit. 2 - 3" x 6" samples of each type of wall covering.
r
�'! cFT£ect's review of samples will be for design, color, texture and pattern
only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive
responsibility of the Contractor.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
a. 7 ical Vin 1 Fabric: Vinyl- coated woven fabric, conforming to Federal
peci ca on - -408A type 1 and specially formulated. to prevent
surface stains caused by mildew. Minimum fabric.width 48 ". U.L. Rating
1U -5 -0. Provide vinyl fabric as follows:
1. COLUMBUS COATED FABRICS CO. Prince Guard "Gunny, Type I" 9.5 ounce per
square yard. Colors as selected.
b. Other Manufacturers: Specification is based on "Gunny; Type I" as
manu ac ure y ZUC UlI3US COATED FABRICS. The use of Catalog name is not
intended to preclude the use of any other acceptable manufacturer's
product, but is given for the purpose of establishing range of colors;
texture and finish.
C. Primer and Adhesives: - Containing mildew inhibitor. Types as
recommended ry-77nyT fabric and cork manufacturer.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation:
a. Inspection: Examine surfaces to receive covering. Do not apply
materlluntil any necessary corrections are made. .
b. Application:
1. Sand high spots and spackle low areas of plaster and gypsum board
surfaces to eliminate any imperfections that may show through fabric.
Prime surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Leave work free of blistered areas, dirt, stains, excess adhesive or
other defects.
2. Place wall covering panels cansectively in the order they are cut from
rolls, including filling of spaces above or below openings as
required. hang by reversing alternate strips except on match
patterns.
3. Apply adhesive t
-the manufacturer's
and at least 6"
,permitted. Place
external corners.
closure.
D back of wall covering
instructions. Install
away from any corner;
wail covering Conti
Overlap seams and
and place in accordance with
seams vertically and plumb
horizontal seams will not be
iuously over internal and
double -cut to assure tight
4. Remove switchplates, 'wall plates and surface fixtures and cut wall
covering evenly to the edges of the outlet box or support.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 09950 - 1
i
S. Trim selvages as required to assure uniformity and pattern match at
seams.
6. Install vinyl wall covering with an intimate substrate bond, smooth,
clean, without wrinkles., gaps or overlpas.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
ENO OF SECTION
09950 2
SECTION 10000 - HISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
1. GENERAL
1.1 Submittals:
I. Slio Orawin s or Catalog Cuts: Submit shop drawings for all
M Ie aneous specia t es items, in accordance with Special Provisions.
Manufacturer's standard catalog cuts or data sheets may ue submitted in
lieu of shop drawings where such data covers all construction features
and installation conditions'.
b. Samples: For miscellaneous specialty items specified to be reviewed for
coselection, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's standard color
selection and /or samples for review. Architect's review will be for
color, pattern and texture only. Compliance with ail other requirements
is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Toilet Room Accessories: Provide following toilet room accessories
manufactured by UV= CORP.;.or equivalent units by CHARLES PARKER CO.
a. Paper Towel Dispenser: B -262.. One per toilet room.
b. Toilet Paper Dispenser: B -252. One at each water closet.
c. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: 3 -221. One at each water closet.
d. Feminine Naokfn Vendor: B -Z82. One at each Women's Toilet Room.
e. Feminine Napkin Disposal: B -271. Three required..
f: Soap Dispenser: B -25. One at each toilet room.
g. Mirrors: Series B -292, mirror shelf combination.
h. Grab Bars: 0 -6206, series with concealed mounting.
2.2 Metal Letters: I Provide A.J. BAYER Co., "Helvetica Med. cast aluminum
etteT rs, !1M alloy, upper case, black finish. Equivalent letters by
AMERICAN BRONZE CRAFTS INC., PHILLIPS PATTERN & MFG., H.N. KNIGHT & SONS
(714) 657 -3174, or other established manufacturer of metal letters are
acceptable. Mount letters on 1/2" long spacers painted matt black. No
fastenings shall be visible on face or sides of letters. Submit shop
drawings showing full size layout and small scale elevation of letter
location on wall.
2.3 Plastic Signs: Provide plastic signs as indicated, CUSTOM STA11P CO., "ADS -
Tff ' A(1�67C�ti' DIRECTORY CO., "Imprinted Series" or VVAR "16u Geries" in
surface imprinted style acrylic plastic, matte finish, colors as selected.
Submit full size drawings of graohic name plates. Mount as detaile#. Provide
the following;
a. 1 -5/8" x 9" and 3- 11/32" x 9" - 48 PT. Helvetica medium, all caps, center
each line of letters. Foam tape applic.
b.. Exit signs 7" x 14" overall with 5" high letters provide XF -wall mount
XSC- ceiling mount (black fin).
NEWPORT CENTER
BRA14CII LIBRARY 10000 - 1
2.4 Bronze Pla ue and Seats: As detailed and as manufactured by A.J. BAYER AM� ii N Url4t UKAt TS, INC., JAMES if. MATTHEWS COMPAIlY or PHILLIPS
PATTERN. Mount to building surfaces with blind studs.
2.5 Er2 ectiort Screen: 8' -0" z 8' -0" electrically operated, with two electric
contro�ealed mounting condition. Fabric to be flame and mildew
resistant with glass- beaded surface. Specification based on "Junior
Electrol" by DA -LITE.
2.4 Floor Safe: Furnish and install AMSEC, Typo ACS or NAJn? SAFE Cn., ITS25
ooii sale. Verify lacatidn. Ensure minimum concrete coverage of 4" at walls
and bottoms, .
2.7 Book Return: Kingsley Library Equipment Company, Pomona, California,
4-a 0; Model K2001 complete with cart.
a. Cabinet Access Door: Continuous hinged, back opening.
b. Provide anchoring accessories for permanent mounting on concrete.
c. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum with manufacturer's standard silk screen
applied book return lettering.
ENO OF SECTION
�0
NEl1PORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 10000 - 2
•
SECTION IU16U.- TOILET PARTITIONS
• 1. GEIIERAL
1.1 Submittals:
a. Shoo Orawinos: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
b. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies each of
manufacturer s standard color selection and installation instructions.
Architect's review will be for selection of color only. Compliance with
all other requirmeents is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials and Construction:
a. Ti�e �and Manufacture: Floor mounted, overhead braced, type, as
man�acture y ne following:
MILLS METAL COMPARTMENT COMPANY, "Sentinel"
SAN.YMETAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, "Academy"
KNICKERBOCKER, "Itetropolitan"
GLOBAL "Embassy"
b. Doors and Partitions: 1" Chick flush panel type, fabricated using
minimum ZU gauge ga vanized- bonderized steel facing sheets over sound -
deadening cores with edges sealed and bound witn applied locking strips.
Uoor facing shall be welded together at intervals around perimeter of
panels. Corners shall be welded and ground smooth. Reinforce partition .
panels with concealed 14 gauge reinforcement for attachment of grab bars,
where indicated.
c. Pilasters: 1 -1/4" thick, minimum 3" wide where doors are omitted, flush
• paneTfype, minimum 20 gauge galvanized - bonderized steel facing sheets,
fabricated same as for partitions specified above. Conceal pilaster
mounting assembly with stainless steel plinth.
d. Headrail: Continuous type, galvanized- bonderized tubular steel section
or ano ized aluminum tube section.
0
a. Hardware: Gravity type hinges, adjustable to allow door to return to
tits pr determined position, concealed slide latch, door stop and latch
keeper, combination nook and bumper, fittings and brackets. Material and
finish: Manufacturer's standard chrome- plated non - ferrous metal,
aluminum or stainless steel. Provide one -way type tneft -proof screws and
fasteners for all hardware.
f. Urinal Baffles: 1" thick, same material, construction and Tinish as
partitions. Hang with brackets as shown.
g. Finish: Prime coat and acrylic enamel, baked -on, standard colors as
selected. Satin anodized finish for aluminum headrails.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation: Erect compartments rigid, straight, plumb and level, in
s r -7—accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications and
instructions. .Anchor partitions with manufacturer's standard brackets.
Anchor through walls to wood blocking or metal backing plates furnished and
installed under other sections. Conceal all evidence of drilling, cutting
and fitting of wall, floor and ceiling finish. Naintain uniform clearance
at vertical edge of doors from top to bottom, not exceeding 1/4 ".
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
EIIU OF SECTION
10160 - 1
i
i
i
•
SECTION 10602 - FOLDING METAL GATES
1. GENERAL.
1.1 Submittals :'
a, Shoo Drawings: Submit in accordance with Special Provisions.
b. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of
manu acturer s standard color selection. Color selection will be
reviewed by Architect for. color 'selection only. Compliance with all
other requirements is the exclusive responsibil.fty of the Contractor.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Manufacture: Specification is based upon designated folding metal gates
manufactured by ACORN WIRE AND IRON WORKS Equivalent gates manufactured by
CRITERION GATES AND MFG. CO., INC. LOS ANGELES SALES b SERVICE CORP., are
acceptable.
2.2 T a and Construction: ACORN WIRE AND IRON WORKS style 57655, single
bost'ric: type o ding gate, constructed of 3/4" x 318' x 14 gauge cold
rolled steel channel verticals, face to face at 6" on center maximum; 3/16'
x 548" cold rolled steel lattice bars; 1 -7/8" x 1 -5/16' cold rolled box
section end bars; with self lubricating nylon bearings; 14 gauge steel fold -
up bottom track with ball bearing rollers gusset brace and rubber floor
rests. 30 gauge steel top track.
2.3 Cabinet: 12 aauge formed sheet steel with 3/160 thick cold rolled fascia
stress and door.
2.4 Hardware: Provide gate and cabinet with cast bronze cylinder housing, to
receive lack cylinder specified under Section "Finish Hardware ". Include
self - locking tie back arms.
2,5 Finish: Factory enamel finish, standard color as seiectea.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Adjust gates for satisfactory operation.
ENO OF SECTION
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 10602 - 1
SECTION 13500 - INTEGRATED CEILINGS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Des�cripe'io�n: Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to
camp eT to the work shown on the drawings and specified herein, including but
not limited to the following:
a. All acoustical tile and cork panels.
b. All steel and.aluminum suspension systems including perimeter moldings.
.. Seismic bracing as required.
c. Luminous ceiling including reflective plenums, light fixtures, suspension
and luminous diffusers. .
d. Wood soffits including framing and required support. Finish of wood by
others.
e. All light fixtures including lamps and hook up to J -Boxes where shown.
1.2 Standards: Materials, design and workmanship shall comply with the
requTrement's for direct hung ceilings of ASTM 0635 -69, ASTM C636 -69 with the
provisions herein specified. This contract shall conform to appropriate
sections of electrical and mechanical specifications and drawings.
_ a. DDes�ign�Ap,_r2vva__l: In computing lateral loading from non- bearing
part t`�ion$ a actor of 5 lbs. per square foot of partition surface shall
be used. In computing the vertical component in a splayed wire ceiling
bracing system, a seismic factor of .2g minimum (150 S.F. +, tributary
area) shall be used. Shop drawings and calculations shall be prepared
and signed by a structural engineer registered in the State of California
and submitted to Architect for approval.
b. ualifications: Contractor must have all proper licenses and be
experience in this type of work.
1.4 Submittals:
a. Shop Drawings: Submit complete. shop drawings and details to Architect
or ref view c I u d e the following:
1. Complete ceiling system layouts showing locations of main runners,
cross runners, light fixtures, soffits, Coffers, luminous ceilings.
2. Complete details of the above showing connections, construction and
seismic restraint.
3. Complete electrical layouts showing locations of light fixtures,
Note all circuiting and - switch legs as indicated on electrical drawings.
b. Samples: Submit samples of all acoustical units and suspension
components. Submit.brochures on all light fixtures, luminous ceiling
material and power system components, acoustical units and.suspension
systems. Submit other samples as requested by the.Architect.
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 13500 - 1
. 1.5 Deliver of Materials:' Deliver materials to job site in original unopened
con a ners wit - TabeTs intact stating manufacturers name, style, lot number
and other pertinent data.
1.6 Substitutions: The standards contained in this section are minimums. Any
subsi ti uions must, without exception, be manufactured of the same basic
materials, meet or exceed all specification requirements of structural,
functional, dimensional and appearance without deviation, and approved by
the Architect. Materials that are submitted and rejected shall not be
resubmitted in any fashion. Any substitution must be accompanied with
samples of each item. If the Integrated Ceiling Contractor wants to
substitute any light fixture with the type specified, he shall obtain a
sample fixture complete with lamps and plug -in cord from the manufacturer
specified and also from the manufacturer of the proposed substitution and
personally demonstrate same to the Architect. Do not delegate this
demonstration to vendors.. Fixtures of the same type -shall be of same
manufacturer. Decision of the Engineer regarding acceptability shall be
final.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 AC -1 - 24 "x24" Module Aluminum Suspension:
a. Acoustic Tile: 3/4" x 24" x 24" reveal edge mineral fiber non -
d
t rec-i -onaa "insured manufactured to fit flush with the bottom horizontal
surface of the suspension system. NRC .60 -.70 with STC .35 -.39, Class I
flame spread. Tile shall be Sanserra Design manufactured by ARMSTRONG,
or approved equal. -
b. Su_s ern s _ion S stem: 24" x 24" modular trend aluminum suspension
menu actu -f - red by TREND CEILING SYSTEM CO., Los Angeles or approved equal.
1. Main Runner: Shall be 144 0.1ong, 1 -1/2" in height with a 1/4" x 1/8"
top bulb and a 9/16" (outside dimension) recessed channel. Extrusion
shall be of 6063 -T5 aluminum. Finish shall be clear satin anodized.
2. Double Module Cross Runner: Shall be 48" long and of the identical
cross section as the main runner with special end detailed to engage
and lock into the main runner to assure perfect exposed channel
intersection alignment.
3. Single Module Cross Runner: Shall be 24" long and of the identical
cross section as the main and double module cross runner.
4. Main Runner Splice Clips: Shall be a postive locating and expansion
clip which allows for thermal expansion and contraction at each' main
runner junction.
S. Cross Runner Connection: Shall be locked to adjacent runners by means
of a positive snap tab which is an integral projection of the cross
runner. Thus providing connection without the use of clips. Butt
joints intersection will not be expected.
6. Perimeter Angle: Shall be "conwed" AMA 1460 - 3/4" x 1" legs and 3/8'
x 3/8' recess - finish white baked enamel.
7. Hanger Wires: Al2 gauge, galvanized steel.
2.2 AC -2 - 2'x4' Module Steel Suspension:
a. Acoustical Units: 5/8" x 24" x- 48" non - directional fissured mineral
fiber ceiling board. NRC .50 -.60, STC .35 -.39, Class A flame spread.
Natural fissured design manufactured by Conwed or approved equal.
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 13500 - 2
I. Sus�ensio�n: - Steel suspension system, double web construction with
rect— angular bulb and 15/16' face. Painted to -gloss white. Conwed 800
series, or approved equal.
2.3 AC -3 - Suspended Cork -Span Ceiling System:
a. Cork Panels: Panel construction shall .consist of 5/8" gypsum board
screwed to 1/2" x 1 -1/2" channel strong backs. Screw depressions shall
be filled and joints finish taped prior to application of the cork
fabric. Cork fabric to be adhesively applied to the panels with the
manufacturer's suggested adhesive for their application. Use Corticiera
Cork Fabric, shade as selected by Architect.
b. �Sus �e�nsion: Conwed series 800 heavy duty 'suspension system or equal.
erP —ime� angle configuration as detailed,.color as selected.
c. __Vinyl Clad Beams: Constructed of a minimum 22 gauge sheet steel, 2' x
7'. Vinyl hall be applied with a proper thermoplastic adhesive and
shall be of wood grain as selected by the Architect. Beams shall be
attached to the suspension securely with special clips and held firmly in
place.
2.4 AC -4 Lumi nou s_C_el l�inq: Furnish and install reflective plenum suspension,
di uhf sees, andes complete with lamps. Fixtures. hooked up to feed
junction boxes installed by Electrical Contractor.
i
a. Reflective Plenum: Shall be constructed as shown on drawings, consisting
of suspended metal 2' x 4' exposed grid painted white and 5/B inch thick
foil faced gypsum board.
b. Suspension System: Same as AC -2, painted black.
c.,Oiffusers: Micro -Prism #625 sound absorbing, high - impact,- stress
re i- i'eved; double sheet light panels as manufactured by CE_PCO., INC. or
• ,approved equal.
1. Panels shall be approximately 24" x 24' in size and -shall be washed
and treated with an anti- static coating. The panel shall consist of
two plastic sheetings placed edge to edge and permanently fastened to
each other around the complete perimeter of the panel on the vertical
flange. Two hold -down clips shall be provided for each panel.
2. Face panel shall be a formed prism pattern high transmission vinyl
compound (formulation 1001) sheet. .014 in thickness with prism on
one side only. The back panel shall be fabricated from the same sheet
except shall be clear transmission. The ultra - violet absorbing resins
shall be a homogeneous part of the plastic (see guarantee required).
Both the face and back panel shall have wheat distortion temperature
rating of not less than 150 degree F. The plastic sheet shall not
"stress- whiten" if bent or creased.
3. The panels by disphragmatic dampening shall absorb sound energy and
approximate an NRC of 0.35. The panel shall be listed by U.l., shall
be classified as self- extinguishing with a flame spread rating of 20-
25.
4. Face sheet design shall be Cepco #JO -2230. Backsheet shall be formed
to recess above the tee flange.
2.5 AC -5 12" x 12" Adhesive applied:
a. Acoustic Tile: 3/4" x 12" x 12" square edge mineral .fiber K4C4 for
mount ^ing oirect hung concealed suspension. NRC .60 -.70 with STC .35-
.39. Natural fissured by Conwed, or approved equal.
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 13500 - 3
2. Door frame of extruded aluminum, regressed deisgn, capable of hinging
from either side with spring loaded trigger latches and safety hook -
on hinges. Painted matte black with center.mullion. Splay frames painted
white to trim edge of acoustical tile.
3. Diffuser same Fixture Type A.
d. AC -3: Type F - Lightolier 47069 -PW, 150 watt low brightness downlight
ww1 T reversible die -cast trim. Multi- groove baffle with uniform sharp
edged.grooves spaced 1/8" apart, finished in optical black.
e. AC-4: Type E - Cepco '44096- 2- 12 -4RS.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 13500 - 4
b. Adhesive: Use acceptable adhesive as approved by the Tile Manufacturer
.�
a app ied per manufacturer's recommendations.
2.6 Inte rated Li htin Fixtures': Furnish and install all fixtures complete
wit amps, an ma a wire connection to feed junction boxes provided by the
Electrical Contractor. All electrical work required in this section shall
conform to Section 16100 of the Electrical Specifications and be installed
as shown on the Electrical Drawings and located as shown on the
Architectural.Ceiling Plans. Integrated recessed fluorescent fixtures shall
be manufactured by the ACME LIGHTING AND MANUFACTURING COMPANY, or approved
equal. Fixtures must be designed to interface with Modular Suspension
systems..
a. AC-1: Type A - Acme 4AS- 712- 24 -40RS- POLD -TR
. Type 0 - Acme 4AS- 713- 24 -40RS- POLO -TR
1. Fixture body shall be a one piece die formed 20 gauge steel chasis
with welded end plates. Ballasts side mounted with snap on reflector
covers desiqned to provide even reflectance. Four special die formed
clips welded to chasis ends to allow mounting to the Trend suspension
.system. All steel parts phosphate treated with a durable baked white
enamel finish providing an 87% reflectance factor.
2. Oiffuser frame of extruded aluminum construction with mitered corners,
and a vertical regress to allow frame 'to flush out with bottom.
Flange of suspension runner. Frame shall be lift and shift operation,
and shall be painted matte black.
3. Diffusers shall be a dropped 100% virgin acrylic plastic with a multi-
layer light polarizing base, producing a radially symmetrical
_
distribution of vertical plane polarized light accomplishing 45%
polarization measured at Brewsters angle. They shall be manufactured
by the Polrized Corporation of America. Nominal size 24" x 24 ".
b. AC-2: Type C - Acme 4763- 24- 40RS- 12A -MI.
1. Fixture body constructed of 20 gauge cold rolled steel precisely
contoured for maximum strength and rigidity. Integrally designed
regress with flipper ends shall provide support for lift and shift
lens.
2. Lens shall be pattern 12 prismatic acrylic.
'
c. AC -2: Type D - Acme 41743- 24- 40RS- POLD- CM -M1.
1. Fixture body constructed of die formed 20 gauge steel with unitized
construction. All steel parts phosphate treated with a durable baked
_
white enamel finish providing an 87% reflectance factor. it ballasts
side mounted with snap on reflector covers designed to provide even
reflectance.
2. Door frame of extruded aluminum, regressed deisgn, capable of hinging
from either side with spring loaded trigger latches and safety hook -
on hinges. Painted matte black with center.mullion. Splay frames painted
white to trim edge of acoustical tile.
3. Diffuser same Fixture Type A.
d. AC -3: Type F - Lightolier 47069 -PW, 150 watt low brightness downlight
ww1 T reversible die -cast trim. Multi- groove baffle with uniform sharp
edged.grooves spaced 1/8" apart, finished in optical black.
e. AC-4: Type E - Cepco '44096- 2- 12 -4RS.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 13500 - 4
1. Cepco 4000 series rapid start area coverage fixtures, or equal.
Ballasts shall be mounted exposed on the outside of the structural
fixtures wireway, providing a lower ambient operating temperature.
Fixture body of heavy gauge channel with structural hanger clamps
spaced 4' o.c. along its length.. Wide arms rotate and snap into
position. Lamp row spacing to be 12" o..c
2. Fixtures shall conform to applicable codes and shall be labeled by UL
as "Fixtures luminaires for area coverage (120 12.12)".
f. All electrical components shall be U.L. approved and replaceable
without removing unit from the ceiling. Ballasts shall be Mark III (full
light output) manufactured by ADVANCE. All fixtures will be
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. listed and carry union labels.
g. Lamps: F40 12 /RS /CW - 40 watt rapid start. Manufactured as specified in
ET— ectrical Specifications.
3.1 Ins eion: Inspect locations to receive integrated ceiling work. Do not
insta ct materials until any necessary corrections are made.
3.2 General Re uirements: Install to accordance with manufacturer's
ins tract ons in true alignment with adjacent surfaces and wails. Hang
suspension system in a flat plane, level to within 1 /8" in 10 feet to
accommodate light fixtures and air diffusers without noticeable deflection
or distortion. Construct tight fitting hairline joints in exposed framing
members. Each wire shall be anchored to the structure above with a device
capable of supportng a minimum of 75 pounds. Ceilings shall not support
material or building components other than grills or light fixtures. Duct -
work,plumbing and like work shall have its own support system and shall not use
the ceiling system or suspension wires. All fasteners shall be concealed.
a: Vertical Suu or__�: Design hanger for dead load plus 10 lbs. per
square mot llii ve�looaad. Refer to drawings details and as herein
+ specified. Suspension wires shall not hang more than 1 in 6 out of plumb
unless counter sloping wires are provided. Wires shall not attach to or
bend around interfering material such as ductwork. Provide trapeze or
equivalent devices where obstruction interfere with direct suspension.
Trapeze suspension $hail have a minimum construction of back -to -back 1-
1/2 inch cold formed channels for spans up to b feet.
b. Hori ontal Su ort S stem: Terminal ends of each main and each cross
runners a be wired supported; wall trim angles shall not provide
primary support for runners. Lateral support of ceiling shall not be
provided by the angle trim. Runner shall not be riveted to wall trim on
opposite walls, i.e.: Runner shall remain free at one end.
c. Trim: Provide moldings continuously around all openings and
o ssttructions.
3.3 Installation - 24 "x48" Sus ended tote rated C.etlin system: Suspend main
runners at on center wit gauge hanger wires at 4' -0' on center.
Install cross tees and sub -tees to complete the system as shown. Install
sub -tees for board, fixtures, air diffusers; and the like and as indicated
on drawings.
3.4 Installation - 24 "x24" Sus ended Inte rated Ceiling S stem: Suspension grid
to a orme o ma n ranners at 'o.c, supported rpm the structure above
with 12 gauge annealed steel wires spaced at 48" o.c. along the main
runners. Double module cross runners with integral snap -tab ends to be
installed at right angles and locked into main runners to form a rigid 24" x
48" grid from wall to wail in both directions. Single module cross runners
to be installed to complete the 24" x 24" flush channel suspension system.
Finished TREND suspension system to be level within 1/8" in 10' and all
• NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 135001- 5
i
suspension member deflection to be a maximum of 1/360, of the span after the
• installation of light fixtures.
3.5 Installation - Inteorated Li ht Fixtures: Install light fixtures in
P91449";; on eve , true, n coot nuous a gnment and wire back. and connect to
junction boxes furnished and installed as work of Electrical.Section.
Provide 12 gauge hanger safety wire at each end of fixture housing and
support from structure above. Safety wires.may be slightly loose to allow
fixtures to seat in grid system. It is the Contractor's responsibility to
verify actual ceiling construction type as defined on the architectural
drawings and furnish all lighting fixtures with the Correct mountino devices
and proper operating voltage whether or not such variations are indicated by
fixture catalog number. The Contractor shall verify depth of all recessed
Iightino fixtures with architectural drawings prior to ordering fixtures.
Any discrepancies that would cause recessed lighting fixtures not to fit
into ceiling shall be reported to the Architect prior to ordering of the
fixtures.
3.6 Installation - A tied Acoustic Tile: Space the symmetrically about center
Ines o room or space, begin; ng with the or file joint line as required
to avoid narrow tiles at finish edges. Joints shall be tight, joint lines
straight and aligned with walls. Each 12' x 12' tile shall have not less
than four 2' diameter spots of adhesive to provide 1/8' air space behind
tiles. Prepare surfaces to receive adhesive - applied tile. Conduct tests as
required on surfaces to ensure proper bonding. Apply edoe trim to all rite
borders.
3.1 Re air of Defective Work: Replace with new material or repair to like -new
cond tion any acoustic or cork .tiles which are discolored,broken or damaged.
3.8 Cleaninand.Finishine: Upon completion of work, clean all surfaces and
remove P a I I lore g—in matter and debris caused by work of this contractor and
touch up all abraded or cut areas of tile.
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY - 13500 - 6
i. INDEX
SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
1.
GENERAL
15400 -1
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK
15400 -1
1.3
VISITING THE PREMISES
15400 -1
1.4
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
15400 -1
1.5
SUBMITTING BIDS
15400 -1
1.6
CODES AND STANDARDS
15400 -1
1.7
PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
15400 -1
1.8
UTILITY CHARGES
15400 -2
1.9
SUBMITTALS'
15400 -2
1.10
FURNISHING ITEMS
15400 -2
T.11
SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT
15400 -2
1.12
RECORD DRAWINGS'
15400 -2
1.13
PROTECTION OF WORK
15400 -3
1.14
SEISMIC'RESTRAINT
15400 -3
1.15
COORDINATION
15400 -3
1.16
USE OF TERMS
15400 -3
1.17
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
15400 -3
1.18
TESTS
15400 -4
1.19
GUARANTEE
15400 -4
2.
PRODUCTS
15400 -5
2.1
MATERIALS
15400 -5
2.2
PIPE AND FITTINGS
15400 -5
2.3
PIPE IDENTIFICATION
15400 -6
2.4
WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
154004
2.5
UNIONS, GASKETS, AND STRAINERS
15400 -7
2.6
PIPE JOINTS
15400 -7
2.7
CLEANOUTS
15400 -7
2.8
VALVES
15400 -8
2.9
PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORTS
15400 -9
2.10
FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES
15400 -9
2.11
PIPE SLEEVES
15400 -10
2.12
PIPE FLASHING
15400 -10
2.13
INSULATION
15400 -10
2.14
ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS
15400 -10
2.15
HOSE BIBBS
15400 -10
2.16
STERILIZATION
15400 -10
2.17
WATER HEATERS
15400 -11
2.18
RELIEF VALVES
15400 -11
2.19
PUMPS
15400 -11
2.20
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES AND REGULATORS
15400 -11
2.21
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
15400 -11
3.
EXECUTION
15400 -14
3.1
INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS
15400 -14
3.2
INSTALLATION OF UNIONS, GASKETS, AND STRAINERS
15400 -15
3.3
INSTALLATION OF PIPE JOINTS
15400 -16
3.4
ROUGHING -IN FOR FIXTURES
15400 -16
3.5
INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS
15400 -17
3.6
INSTALLATION OF VALVES
15400 -17
3.7
INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
15400 -18
3.8
INSTALLATION OF FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES
15400 -18
3.9
INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES
15400 -18
3.10
INSTALLATION OF PIPE FLASHING.
15400 -19
3.11
INSULATING
15400 -19
3.12
INSTALLATION OF ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS
15400 -19
3.13
STERILIZATION
15400 -19
9
. INDEX,
CONTINUED
3.14
KITCHEN AND /OR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
15400 =20
3.15
INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
15400 -20
3.16
TESTS
15400 -20
3.17
ADJUSTING
15400 -20
3.18
SYSTEMS
15400 -20
3.19
SEWER SYSTEM
15400 -21
3.ZO
ROOF DRAINAGE AND DOWNSPOUT SYSTEM
15400 -21
3.21
COLD WATER SYSTEM
15400 -21
3.22
DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM
15400 -21
3.23
GAS SYSTEM
15400 -211
3.24
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
15400 -21
3.25
ADJUSTMENT AND OPERATION
15400 -22
3.26
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
15400 -22
3.Z7
i
CLEAN -UP '
15400 -22
9
•
SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
1.
GENERAL:
1.1
Requirements of Standard. Special Provisions and Special Provisions apply
to work of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK:
a. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment, fixtures, and performing all operations required
for complete and operable plumbing systems as indicated on the drawings
and as specified herein.
b. These drawings and specifications do not include necessary components
for construction safety
1 -3
VISITING THE PREMISES:
a. The Contractor, before submitting his bid on the work must visit
the site and familiarize himself with all visible existing conditions.
As a result of having visited the premises, the Contractor shall
be responsible for the installation of the work as it relates to
such visible existing conditions.
j
b. The submission of a bid will be considered an acknowledgement on
the part of'the bidder of his visitation to the site.
1.4
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE: All temporary water supply and distribution
s �Fe ee neral Contract on this project, with no costs to
be paid by the Owner. It shall be the responsibility of the General
Contractor to establish the scope of any such work to be provided by
his subcontractors prior to submission of bids.
7.5
SUBMITTING BIDS: The Bidder is skilled and experienced in the use
and interpretation of plans and specifications. He has carefully reviewed
the plans and specifications for this project and has found them free
of ambiguities and sufficient for bid purposes. Further, he has carefully
examined the site of the work and, from his own observations, has satisfied
himself as to the nature and location of the work, the character, quality_
and quantity of materials, and the difficulties likely to be encountered,
and other items which may affect the performance of the work. He has
based his bid solely on these documents and observations and has not
relied in any way on any explanation or interpretation, oral or written,
from any other source. Therefore, the Bidder agrees to limit the liability
of the Consulting Engineer for his professional negligence, errors
or omissions, to a total aggregate liability to him of $50,000.00.
The Bidder in no way assumes liability for the negligence, errors or
omissions of the Consulting Engineer.
1.6
CODES AND STANDARDS: Conformation to requirements of local and /or
late Zodes an or ordinances including the Uniform City and County
Building Codes, State and County Health Department Ordinances, State
of California Industrial Accident Commission safety orders.and regula-
tions of the State Fire Marshal, and the California Administrative
Code.
1.7
PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS: Apply and pay.for all permits, fees,
nsi s petitions, ei—ami`n-a-t76—ns--anT tests required by any legally constituted .
public authorities.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -1
1 •
0
•
1.8 UTILITY CHARGES:
a. Contractor shall apply in the name of the Owner for gas, water and
sewer services. The Owner shall pay for all charges for same as
follows:
1. Cost of installing water meter,. meter vault, and water service
thereto.
2. Sewer connection charges.
3. Cost of installing gas meter.
1.9 SUBMITTALS: Submission of six (6) brochures containing material lists,
EMT? ied - manufacturer's drawings, performance data,, rough -in dimen-
sions and cuts of all equipment and fixtures within thirty five (35)
days after contract is signed. Submitta is shall be in a neat brochure
form and shalt contain a corm le�te list, in index form, of the manufact-
urer's names, cuts o9 equ pmi ant, performance data, catalogue numbers
and trade names as required to properly identify the materials and
equipment to be furnished under these specifications. Use tabbed separator
sheets in brochures. Each item shall be properly identified by reference
to item number or paragraphs in th.e specifications. Any deviation
from item as specified shall be clearly indicated on the submittal
and noted as such. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the above
will evidence that item as specified will be furnished.
1.10 FURNISHING ITEMS: For any equipment or materials indicated but not
escr a as -fo model or quality, obtain information from Architect
prior to bidding. Failure to do so will,not relieve Contractor from
furnishing items of the quality desired by Architect before final accept-
ance, and at no additional cost to Owner.
1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT:
a. Refer to "Substitutions" under General, and Special Conditions.
The Architect will review ail substitutions when submitted; in accor-
dance with the General and .Special Condition of the specifications.
b. E uiva�lent _EguuIpm�entt: This section of the specification specifies
cert� equ pment in detail. It also names equivalent equipment
which is not considered to be a "Substitution ". However, submit
the equivalent equipment named herein to the Architect for review
as per the General Requirements sub - section of this section of the
specifications Equivalent equipment, if named herein, will be
considered equivalent if it is equivalent qu' —Tity, capacity and
is fully equipped as the unit specified in detail; if the unit fits
the space allotted; and if the unit has a physical configuration
and weight similar to the unit specified in detail.
1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS;
a. As -built record drawings, showing locations and depths of all buried
and concealed pipe and equipment shall be kept up -to -date. Master
copy shall be kept in the custody of the resident inspector. No
backfilling of trenches will be permitted until.as -built drawings
are approved as up -to -date by the inspector. No plumbing progress.
payments will be approved unless as -built drawings are up -to -date.
ep6 th of sewers shall be from a permanent bench mark.
NEWPORT CENTER LI8RARY
15400 -2
• b. Provide and keep up to date a complete set of "as- built" prints
and specifications. A complete set of blue line prints shall be
corrected daily to show _every change from the original drawings
and specifications, and � -set shall be the record set. As -built
entries shall be completed in a neat, clear professional manner.
Upon completion of the work, obtain construction inspector's signature
reading auto - positive tracings of each sheet of the record set,
containing "as- built" information, and deliver them unfolded, along
with the record set, to the Architect prior to final.acceptance.
1.13 PROTECTION OF WORK: Protect all work, materials and equipment from
damage ge during progress of work. Replace all damaged .or defective work,
materials and equipment without additional cost to Owner, and before
requesting final acceptance. Coordinate the work of this section
with that of all other sections to avoTT inter?erences=n ?5F the
eneraTFenefi - oT -a7TT t -e wo_r�c.— -
1.14 SEISMIC RESTRAINT:
a. All mechanical equipment shall be anchored to withstand a lateral
force.of 20% of the maximum weight of the unit for statically
mounted equipment and 40% of the maximum weight for flexible
mounted equipment.
b. Because of variations in manufacture and configuration, shop drawings
of the method of anchoring, certified by a structural engineer re-
gistered in the State of California, shall be submitted to the
Architect for review prior to installation.
1.15 COORDINATION:
a. Responsibility for coordination with connecting or related work
• furnished under other sections remains the work of this section.
This includes but is not limited to the following:
1. Electrical - The Electrical Section of the specifications indicate
and specify conduit, conductors, outlets, disconnect switches,
starters except as hereinafter specified, and the making of
final power connections.
i 2. Structural - Location of any necessary drilling or cutting of
structural members shall be coordinated with and approved by
structural.
3. Connections - Location and sizing of connections to related
equipment or systems shall be coordinated for proper operation
and to avoid interference.
1.16 USE OF TERMS:
a. Use of the mandatory word "shall" has been dispensed with in the
majority of the preceding and following paragraphs. This, together
with the abbreviated sentence construction is solely for the purpose
of brevity. All parties shall interpret the provisions and require-
ments of the specifications as mandatory, unless otherwise expressly
and particularly stipulated.
b. The.terms "install" or "provide" mean "furnish and install."
1.17 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: Follow manufacturer's directions of articles
urn_TS a -iin ad t3 ion Lo directions shown on the drawings or specified
herein.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -3
1.18 TESTS.: Nothing in these specifications shall he construed to permit
edevvi^atian for the test.requirements of any legally constituted authority.
Where tests as specified hereinhefore are at variance with test require-
ments of any legally constituted authority, Contractor may, with the
Approval of the authority concerned, perform whichever test is more
restrictive, but in no case shall test be less than as specified herein.
No system shall at any time be tested at more than 10% above the require-
. ments of tests as specified hereinbefore.
11
1.19 GUARANTEE: All materials and equipment provided and /or installed
under this specification shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1)
year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. Should
any trouble develop during this period due to defective materials or
inferior workmanship noticed at time of installation and /or during
guarantee period shall be corrected immediately to the entire satisfaction
of the Owner.
END OF PART I.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -4
2. PRODUCTS:
2.1 MATERIALS: Use only new materials, and unless prefabricated, deliver
to We site in standard sizes. Use the standard product of one manufact-
urer for each article of its type. Comply with the minimum standards
for plumbing materials as outlined in Table A, Section 201, 1973 edition
of the Uniform Plumbing Code except as herein specified to be above
these standards. Materials and workmanship not otherwise specified
are to conform to the latest applicable Federal, N.F.P.A., A.S:M.E.,
A.S.T.M., N.E.M.A., or A.G.A.; A.N.S.I. specifications.
2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
a. Soil, waste and vent piping to 5 feet outside of buildings, service
weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, coated inside and out and
shall be labeled with the € mark of quality and permanence as illus-
trated in Commercial Standard CS 7188. At Contractor's option, piping
3 inches and smaller if kept 6 inches or more above ground, may
be galvanized steel pipe with black coated cast iron screwed drainage
fittings, except use galvanized drainage fittings where run exposed.
At Contractor's option, use type "OWV" hard drawn copper vents and
fittings.
b. All waste and vent piping occurring in demountable or minimum thickness
walls shall be Type DWV copper pipe from finish floor to above ceiling.
c. Sewer piping from 5 feet outside of buildings, service weight cast
iron soil pipe and fittings for pipe 3 inches and smaller, and extra
strength vitrified clay pipe and fittings for pipe 4 inches and
larger unless indicated cast iron.
d. Roof drainage and downspout piping, galvanized steel pipe with gal-
vanized, banded, malleable iron screwed fittings above ground, standard
weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings below ground.
e. Cold water piping underground outside of buildings and upstream
of building shut -off valves., sizes 1 -1/2" through 3 inches, P.V.C.
"Ring -rite" pipe 200 p.s.i. (SDR 21) meeting all requirements of
ASTM - 01784, ASTM 02241 and Commercial Standard PS 22 -70 with factory
fabricated P.V.C. bell fittings. Install pipe and provide concrete
thrust blocking as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
f. Above ground Cold water piping, and underground cold water piping
size 1 -1/4 inches and smaller, seamless hard drawn copper tubing,
ASTM B88, Type "K" below ground, Type "L" above ground, with wrought
copper ASA 816.22, or cast bronze ASA 816.18 cast solder fittings
Class 150.
g. Hot water piping, seamless hard drawn copper tubing, ASTM B88, Type
K below ground, Type L above ground, with wrought copper ASA 816.22
or cast bronze ASA 816.18 solder fittings, Class No. 150.
h. Gas Piping:
1. Gas piping, schedule 40 black steel pipe with banded black mal-
leable iron screwed fittings and /or welded with "Tube- Turn"
welding fittings.
I. Underground steel piping shall be provided with "X -TRU -COAT" factory
applied protective cover, consisting of 25 mils poly- ethylene or
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
15400 -5
• poly- propylene applied over 10 mils of hot thermo - plastic adhesive.
Care shall be taken to avoid abrasions to wrapping during installation.
Field joints and fittings shalt be hot wrapped with Johns - Manville
"Duratape" wrap using T -100 primer. Preheat "Duratape" with a wide
mouth, low temperature torch (do not use a cutting torch). Spiral
wrap the joint with "Duratape" coTtar Type W -W ap�ied to give
a total thickness of 3/32 ". Overlap existing factory applied coating,
when starting and finishing a minimum of 2 inches to assure unbroken
j coverage. Flash heat outer surface to "Duratape" after application
to form a smooth perfectly sealed coating. Do not overheat. Priming
and wrapping shall be as recommended by the an- a`cturer.
J. All underground wrapped pipe, fittings and field joints shall be
tested after assembly with an approved high voltage holiday detector,
Tinker and Rasor, or equal, with positive signalling device to. indicate
any flaws, holes or.breaks In the pipe wrapping. All testing shall
be done in the presence of the Inspector. Prior to starting the
test, all piping shall be completed and placed in the bottom of
the trench on temporary smooth, padded blacks which will hold the
pipe high enough above the sand bed to allow the testing electrodes
to be run along the underside of the pipe. After all testing and
necessary repairs have been completed, the temporary blocks shall
be carefully removed to allow the piping to rest on sand bed, ready
for backfilling.
k. Water piping exposed serving plumbing fixtures, (except pipe noted
to be run exposed in kitchen, shops and utility areas), I.P.S. chrome
plated yellow brass pipe with polished chrome plated 1251 screwed
brass fittings.
1. Dielectric Isolators: Central Plastics Distributing Co., 150 lb.
Cadmium Plated Insulating Unions.
2.3 PIPE IDENTIFICATION:
a. All service piping which is accessible for maintenance operations
(except piping in finished spaces) will be identified with semi-
rigid plastic identification markers equal to SETMARK Pipe Markers,
or accepted equivalent.
b. Direction of flow arrows are to be included in each marker, unless
otherwise specified.
C. Each marker background is to be appropriately color -coded with a
clearly printed legend to identify the contents of the pipe in conformance
with the "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems" (ANSI
A13.1- 1975).
d. SETMARK Type SNA markers to be used on diameters 3/4" thru 5 ".
e. For pipes under .3/4" O.D. (too small for color bands and legends),
brass identification tags 1 -1/2" in diameter with depressed 1/4"
high black- filled letters above 1/2" black - filled numbers will be
fastened securely at specified locations.
f. Locations for pipe markers to be as follows:
1. Adjacent to each valve and fitting (except on plumbing fixtures
and equipment).
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -6 '
L-1
a2.
At each branch and riser take -off.
3. At each pipe passage through wall, floor and ceiling construction.
4. At each pipe passage to underground.
5. On all horizontal pipe runs - marked every 50 feet.
g. SETMARK Pipe Markers and Brass Valve Tags as manufactured by Seton
Name Plate Corp., New Haven, Conn 06505.
2.4 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: Arrestors shall be POI rated and sized as
spec7f ee erein. �osam, J..R. Smith, Wade or Zurn.
2.5 UNIONS, GASKETS, AND STRA'I'NERS:
a. Unions - 2 inches and under: Walworth, Crane or Stockham, 2506
class ground joint malleable iron screwed unions with brass to iron
seat, galvanized or black to match piping in which installed.
b. Unions - 2 -1/2 inches and larger: Cast iron flanged, gasket type,
galvanized or black to match piping in which installed.
c. Unions - for copper tubing: Nibco 6733.
d. Gaskets: 1/16 inch Garlock 6122 or Cranite "CC".
e. Strainers: Crane, Wilkins or Zurn Y type except as otherwise noted.
Cast iron or bronze bodies. Strainer element stainless steel, with
perforations suitable for service requirements. Strainers in copper
lines shall have bronze bodies.
2.6 PIPE JOINTS:
Thread "Crane Thread "Led Paste No'.
J
a. compound: Lubricant" or Plate
250 ". No other type of thread compound is accept abTe unless approved
in writing before installation. At Contractor's option use "Teflon"
.
thread tape applied without pipe "dope ".
b. Dual -rite double sealing neoprene gaskets for hub and plain end
cast iron soil pipe below ground.
j
c. Neoprene sealing sleeve and stainless steel shield and clamp assembly
for No -Hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings. Sleeve must bear the
j mark of quality. Sleeve permitted only on piping above grade,
use MG Coupling Co.', or equal, cast iron couplings below grade.
d. Flexible compression joints for vitrified clay pipe and fittings,
factory applied compression type conforming to A.S.T.M. 0425.
e. Solder: 50 -50 tin -lead per AST14 B -32 for drainage lines, 95 -5 tin -
antimony all other copper tines.
2.7 CLEANOUTS:
a. Cleanouts on cast iron soil pipe, iron body with extra heavy bronze
plugs screwed into caulking ferrules. Cleanouts on steel pipe,
extra heavy bronze plugs. Cleanouts on copper pipe, extra heavy
bronze plugs. Cleanouts on vitrified clay pipe, vitrified clay
pipe plugs and /or cast iron hub with iron body cleanout and extra
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
15400 -7
iheavy
bronze plug. Where cleanouts occur in finished interior surfaces,
smooth polished chromium plated. Exposed parts of floor cleanouts
in finished rooms, non -slip polished nickel bronze. Floor cleanouts
adjustable type. Where cleanouts occur in carpeted floor areas,
the cover shall be elevated so as to be flush with finish carpet
surface. Wherever possible, cleanouts shall be kept out of carpeted
areas.
b. Exterior Cleanouts:
1. On cast iron pipe above ground, or in lawns or unpaved areas,
Smith 84425, Josam 58500 -20 -22 Wade W- 8550 -A or Zurn Fig. Z-
1440A in Brooks No. 3RT access box.
2. In paved areas: Smith 84223, Josam 58090 -CAL, Wade W -7130-
X or Zurn Z- 1420.25 with cast iron top.
3. On vitrified clay pipe to grade: Cast iron hub with Smith $4425,
Josam 58500- 20 -22, Wade W- 8550 -A, or Zurn Fig Z -1440A in Brooks
No. 3RT access box.'
c. Interior Cleanouts:
1. Wall type for cast iron pipe: Smith 84532, Josam 58790 -4, Wade
W- 8460 -R, or Zurn Z- 1445 -1.
2. Wall type for steel pipe: Smith 84472, Josam 58890 -4, Wade
W- 8470 -R, or Zurn 1460 -8.
3. Floor level type in rooms with concrete floor: Smith 84023,
Josam 58330 -2, Wade W- 70343-W, or Zurn ZN- 1400 -2.
4. Floor level type in boiler or shop rooms with bare concrete
floors: Smith 84223, Josam 58090 -CAL, Wade W- 7130.4, Zurn Z1420-
25
2.8 VALVES: Valves, unless otherwise specified or noted, are gate type,
ATT valves of the same type to be of the same manufacturer.• The valves
listed below are approved.
a. Solder joint type valves:
1. Gate valves: 150 pound. solder joint, bronze.
Powel1 -------------- No. 1842 -S
Nibco /Scott ---- =---- No. S -134 '
2. Globe valves: 150 pound, solder joint, bronze.
Powell ----------- - - - No. 1823
Nibco /Scott --------- No. S -235 -8
3. Check valves: 150 pound, swing, Y- pattern..
Powell ----------- - - - No. 1841
Nibco /Scott --------- No. S -433 -8
b. Screwed and /or flanged valves:
1. Gate 2 inches and under: 150 pound screwed
and /or flanged, all bronze, solid wedge
disc R.S.
Powell-- - - - - -- -Fig. 514 Walworth ---- Fig. 11
Jenkins- - - - - -- -Fig. 49 -U Crane - - - - -- - Fig. 431
Nibco /Scott - -- -Fig. T131
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -8
u
i
i
• 2. Gate valves 2 -1/2 inches and larger: Standard
screwed and /or flanged, iron body trronze
mounted, O.S. & Y.
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 1792 Crane ------- Fig.
Jenkins --- - ---- 65OA -651A Nibco /Scott -Fig.
Walworth ------- Fig. 726 &726F
3. Gate valves 2 -1/2 to .3 inches for outside water
service: Standard flanged iron body bronze
mounted, N.R.S.
464 -1/2 &465 -1/2
T- 617 -0 &F -617 -0
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 1431 Jenkins - - -- - Fig. 326
Crane ----- - - -- -Fig. 461 Kennedy - - -- - Fig. 058
Nibco /Scott - -- -Fig. F619 Walworth ---- Fig. 719F
4. Globe valves: 150 pound screwed, bronze,
stainless steel plug type disc with bonnet.
Walworth - -- - Fig. 237P Powell --- - - - - -- - Fig. 102
Jenkins -- - - - No. 246P Crane ------------ Fig. 14 -1/2P
Stockham ---- Fig. B -29
S. Angle valves: 150 pound screwed, bronze,
stainless steel plug type disc with union
bonnet.
Walworth - -- - Fig. 238P Powell --- - - - - -- - Fig. 103
Crane ------- Fig. 16 -1 /2P Stockham -------- Fig. B -229
6. Gas valves at equipment: All bronze, flat-
head screwed gas cocks.
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 947 Healey - - - -- - Fig. 2OF
Crane ---------- No. 270 Walworth ----- Fig, 591
7. Gas service cocks: Semi -steel 175 pound
with tapered bronze plug.and bolted yoke.
Furnish one operating wrench for each valve.
Powell ------- - - - - -- - Fig. 2200
Nordstrom ----------- Fig. 142
Walworth ------------ Fig. 1796
8. Check valves 2 inches and smaller: 200 pound,
screwed, all bronze regrinding swing type.
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 560 Crane ------- No. 36
Nibco /Scott ---- Fig. T -453 -8 Jenkins - - -- - Fig. 762 -A
Walworth - - - - -- - Fig. 420'
2.9 PIPE HANGER AND. SUPPORTS:
a. Standard manufactured malleable iron or steel split ring hangers
with adjustable length of pipe or rod for horizontal pipe and wrought
iron or steel pipe clamps for vertical pipe. Hangers and supports,
Fee & Mason, Grinnel, or equivalent hangers of the same type to
be of the same manufacturer. All hangers and supports shall conform
to ASA code for pressure piping, 831.1
b. Isolators, Semco "Trisolators" or Potter - Roemer Co. "Pr- Isolators"
of size required.
2.10 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES: Floor, wall and ceiling plates, unless
ott erwise specif ed here ni air under plumbing fixtures, Beaton Cadwell"
#10, or approved equal, steel flanged with locking device and polished
chromium plated finish.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -9
•
2.11 PIPE SLEEVES: 20 gauge steel pipe sleeves for concrete walls and
} Toors Galvanized steel telescoping type sleeves as manufactured
by "Adjust- Crete" or "Paramount Mfg. ", or Sperzel poly- ethylene "Crete -
Sleeve ", may-be used. Pipe sleeves installed under structures are
to be terra cotta or 'fiber.
2.12 PIPE FLASHING: Pipes passing through roofs to be flashed with 4-pound
ssFeet Td- 7Tashing burned to form one piece with a sheet metal supporting
boot and having at least 8 inch wide flanges to work in with roofing.
Flashing to extend up pipe and is to be covered with a screwed or
caulked counter - flashing sleeve. .
2.13 INSULATION:
a. Pipe insulation, standard thickness CSG "Snap -On" insulation with
(FRJ -SSL) fire retardant jacket with self - sealing lap; or Owen-
Corning Fiberglass 25 ASJ -SSL insulation.
b. Insulate fittings and valve bodies with molded or fabricated fitting
insulation of same material as pipe covering, or cover with plastic
asbestos material worked on in two applications and finished to
a hard, smooth surface, flush with pipe covering.
2.14 ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS:
a. Access boxes for gas and water service valves, Brooks Concrete
Works Model N1 -RT or Y3RT with the words "Gas" or "Water" respec-
tively cast in top of cover, or comparable box by Fraser Cement
Products Co..
b. Access boxes for sewer cleanouts brought to grade in unpaved areas,
Brooks Concrete Works Model M3RT with the word "Sewer" cast in
top of cover, or comparable box by Fraser Cement Products Company.
c. Access panels in walls and ceilings, except as hereinafter specified,
Smith 4760 W /AK, Acorn 8211 -3, Wade W- 8490 -K -AK or Zurn 1460 -4
W /AK of the size required or noted, but not Tess than 12" x 12 ".
Provide Allen wrench operating device set flush in face of door.
Doors and frames prime coat finish.
2.15 HOSE BIBBS:
a. Provide loose key stops for all hose bibbs.
b. Inside hose bibbs, Chicago No. 13LK, 1/2 inch with flange and hose
end, chromium plated.
c. Outside hose bibbs, Acorn No. 8120, 3/4 inch with flange and hose
end, rough nickled.
d. Free standing outside hose bibbs, Acorn No. 8125 3/4 inch rough
brass.
2.16 STERILIZATION:
a. Materials used are:
1. Liquid chlorine conforming to U.S. Army Specification N4 -1.
2. Hypochlorite conforming to Federal Specification C -8 -441 -A
and Amendment 2, Grade D.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -10
3. The minimum dosage of chlorine to be 50 parts per million.
2.17 WATER HEATERS:
a. Storage type glass lined water heater, National Steel Const, Co.
..or accepted equivalent, natural gas fired of size and capacity
indicated on drawings. Heater to be complete with insulated metal
jacket, thermostatic controls, draft diverter, drain valve with
hose connection, safety pilot, main and pilot gas cocks. Heater
to be A.G.A. approved and rated.
b. Water heater vent to be constructed of round sections of American
Metal Products Co. "Amerivent ", Type "B" double wall vent pipe.
Terminate vent in a "Ourvac" or "AmericaD" galvanized sheet metal
ventilator top. Flash and counterflash to maintain a watertight
j roof.
9
2.18 RELIEF VALVES: Install pressure relief valves and temperature relief
valves and or combination temperature and pressure relief valves at
all water heater installations. Pressure relief valves to be A.S.M.E.
labeled and rated with capacity in B.T.U. not less than that of the
water heater, set to relieve at not more than 50 psi above water supply
pressure and not more than the working pressure on the tank. Temperature
relief valves to be A.G.A. labeled and rated for capacity of heater
in which installed. Combination type relief valves to be rated and
labeled the same as for individual pressure and temperature relief
valves.
2.19 PUMPS:'
a. Not water circulating pump: close- coupTed,. floor mounted circu-
latiny pump as manufactured by Weinman or Weil, centrifugal type'
with leak -proof mechanical seal, capacity and head as indicated
on drawings. Motor, Westinghouse, General Electric, Century, U.S.
or Sterling Motors, 1750 r.p.m. Firmly attach a metal plate to
pump which states manufacturer's pump type or model number, specified
heat in feet, and the specified capacity in gallons per minute.
Furnish with each pump one Minneapolis-Honeywell L- 4006 -A immersion
'aquastat mounted as indicated to control motor.
b. Hot water circulating pumps, Bell and Gossett, Thrush or Taco all
bronze pumps with capacities and heads indicated on the drawings,
designed and fitted for hot water service. Motors, 1750 r.p.m.,
110 volt, single phase, 60 cycle.
2.20 .PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES AND REGULATORS: Pressure reducing valves
ui� 7Ter c or MTf s lFeguiator to. OR;: regulator with bronze
body, bronze trim, monei screen, composition seats and diaphragm.
Provide and install separate relief valve suitable for pressure and
service. Install valves of sizes and capacities indicated on the
drawings.
2.21 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES:
a. Plumbing fixture trim and exposed supplies and wastes are to be
brass with polished chrmaium plated finish unless otherwise specified.
Provide individual loose key or screwdriver stops for all fixture
supplies. Separately trap all wastes. Furnish chromium plated
wall escutcheons with.all exposed supplies and trap arms. Locate
stops below fixtures or counter tops.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
15400 -1i
A
b. In the following specifications where reference is made to Standard
Manufacturing Co., it is understood to mean American Radiator and
Standard Sanitary Corporation, and that equivalent fixtures as
manufactured by Crane Company or Kohler Company are acceptable
if used throughout. Equivalent toilet seats by Beneke or Sperzel
are acceptable. Equal drinking fountains by Western are acceptable.
c. Install stainless steel Hudee Ring as required for all flat rim
sinks and lavatories installed in countertops.
d. Provide abrasive washers.under all single drilling deck mounted
trim.
e. Furnish fixtures:
Water Closet - Item 1A: Standard Mfg. Co. "Afwall" 2477.016, vitreous
cif eTgatedTowl�ap spud wall type water closet. Church 5334.024
or OTsonite TO cc open front white seat with check hinge. Sloan
Royal 110 YO flush valve with vacuum breaker, screwdriver stop
and seat bumper. Smith, Wade or Zurn combined wall closet fitting
and chair carrier.
Urinal - Item 2A: Standard Mfg. Co. "Washbrook" 6500.011 vitreous
cciTa washout type wall urinal with top spud, integral extended
shields, flush spreader and wall hanger. Sloan "Royal" 186 -11
flush valve with vacuum breaker and screwdriver stop.
�Lavatory - Item 3A: Standard Mfg. Co. "Lucerne" F0350.13T vitreous
cmall iFung Tvatory, punched for and furnished with J. R.
Smith or equal, concealed carrier arm assemblies, size 20 inch
x 18 inch with front overflow. L. A. Pattern cast brass "P" trap,
Speedway R 1712 AS supplies with loose key angle stops. 2248.219
combination lavatory supply with "Aquaseal" compression valves
and perforated grid strainer with 1 -1/4 inch tailpiece.
Sink - Item 4A: Elkay LR -1918, Just SL- 17519 -A -6R, or Zeigler -
Raris T- 77197 -ZL7, 19" x 18 ", ledge back, single compartment,
18 gauge, Type 302 (18 -8) stainless steel sink with self rim; LK-
35 basket strainer with 1 -1/2" tailpiece, L. A. Pattern cast brass
"P" trap; Speedway R- 1715 -KS supplies with loose key angle stops,
Chicago No. 1100, deck mounted double sink faucet with swing spout
and Softflo end.
Mpp Basin - Item 4C: Florestone Products Co. Model 30 -12 pre -
cast rrazz—mop—service basin, size 24" x 24" x 12" , with integrally
cast tiling flanges for wail mounting and integrally. cast stainless
steel protective caps for exposed sides. Drain body shall be chrome
plated brass, cast integral and shall provide for 3 inch connection.
Chicago No. 966 -R exposed supply fitting with integral stop arms,
vacuum breaker, 5 feet of rubber hose and adjustable supply arms.
Electric Water Cooler - Item SA: Haws Model HWCL -10 wall mounted,
ud- TTeigWF water cooler, —WeT chair unit, complete with auto -flow
controls, self closing lever handles, stainless steel grille;
hermetic condensing uni.t and lifetime lubricated fan; capacity
10.3 gallons per hour of 50 "F. water with 80 "F entering water,
20 6F. room temperature. Unit complete with mounting can and
grille.
Floor Drain - Item 6A: Smith Fig. 2010 -A, Wade W -1100, Zurn Fig.
Z-M -ate or Josum Tb000 =A, adjustable floor drain with 2 inch
cast iron body, clamping collar and 5 inch round polished nickel -
bronze strainer with square holes.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -12
i
Floor Drain - Item 68: J. R. Smith 3510 -F37, or equivalent, floor
ra n7wt 2" cos -iron body, flashing collar, and round top. anti-
splash rim. Furnish and install J. R. Smith Fig. 2699 automatic
trap primer. Install trap primer in supply line to nearest plumbing
fixture.
Floor Sink - Item 6C: Smith 53155, Wade W -2530, Zurn Fig. ZN-
TT9 - o—rT3sam -b5l- indirect waste receptor 8" deep, acid resisting
enameled inside, painted outside with integral anchoring lugs and
large loose aluminum semi -dome strainer., polished nickel- bronze
rim and top grate or 1/2 grate as required.,
Roof Drain - Item 6D: Smith No. 1310, Wade W -3220, Zurn Z -121,
Toam -2WO roai —drain with cast iron body, removable cast iron
mushroom dome strainer, flashing ring, and gravel stop, and underdeck
clamp.
END OF PART II.
0
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -13
3. EXECUTION:
3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS:
a. Construct pipe, lines of full length sections of pipe specified.
Short sections allowed only when run requires less than one full
length of pipe. Fabricate short sections from dimensions taken
at site.
b. Install pipe straight and true. Do not spring or force piping
into place. Install piping in such a manner as to prevent any
undue strain on equipment. Install pipe runs and connections to
Insure unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets and unusual noise,
and allow for drainage of system.
c. Make up joints with inside smooth and unobstructed. Thoroughly
ream cut pipe ends to remove all burrs. Inspect pipe and fittings
and remove obstructions prior to fabrication. Make screwed joints
tight with tongs and wrenches. Re -make leaky connections with
new materials. The use of thread cement or caulking to make joints
tight is prohibited.
d. Conceal piping in finished portions of building except where other-
wise noted, or otherwise directed by Architect or Engineer. Piping
to clear structural members and obstructions even if drawings do
not so indicate. Constantly check the work of the other trades
to prevent interference. .
e. Make plated, polished or enameled connections with special care.
Allow no tool marks or threads to show. Support with neat plated,
polished or enameled hangers with round head screws of same material
and finish to match item being supported.
f.'Make pipe size reductions with reducing fittings. Bushings will
not be allowed unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.
Close nipples are not allowed.
g. Roughrin as rapidly as the general construction will permit, and
test before lathing, plastering or other finish work is started.
Accurately rough -in and fit work to available space. Cap or plug
the ends and openings in pipe and fittings immediately after.instal-
lation and until fixtures are installed and /or final connections
are made.
h. Dielectric Isolators: Where dissimilar materials come in contact,
isolate with Central Plastics Distributing Co., 150 lb. Cadmium
Plated Insulating Unions for connecting non - compatible pipe and /or
valves to pipe, other than brass valves connected to steel pipe.
I. Provide an air chamber at each valved water outlet or fixture supply
for fixtures with manual valves. Air chamber shall be 18 inches
long and one pipe size larger than supply to outlet. For a battery
of fixtures, one air chamber 30 inches long and the full size of
the header, but not less than 1 inch may be installed in lieu of
individual air chambers. Precision Plumbing Products, JMJ "System
Rated ", arrestors are acceptable in lieu of air chambers.
J. Install water hammer arrestors on supply line to fixtures with
self - closing, automatic or flushometer valves. Arrestors shall
be as close as possible to individual fixtures and on the end of
the header for a battery of fixtures. Arrestors shall be installed
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -14
!.
• in the wall or furring, whenever possible, behind an access plate
large enough to permit removal of the arrestor. Sizes as shown
on the drawings or as specified hereinafter. Sizes and Model
numbers are J. R. Smith; equivalent arrestors by JOsam, Wade or
Zurn are acceptable.
k. Cover underground metal piping 24 inches unless otherwise indicated.
Cover underground transite or PVC piping 36" unless otherwise noted.
Where this coverage cannot be.obtained, encase in concrete as directed
by the engineer.
1. All piping shall be identified with pipe markers or tags as specified
under "Pipe-Identification" Part II of this Section.
M. Install horizontal sanitary and drainage piping to a uniform grade
of 1/4 inch per foot unless otherwise indicated or directed by
the Engineer. Where inverts are indicated on drawings, lay pipe
accurately to that grade. Grade vent piping for proper ventilation
and drainage in accordance with code requirements. Gan vents
where possible in order to maintain minimum penetration of roof.
n. Grade gas piping to meter where possible. Where piping is trapped
by a change of grade, provide drip pipes at points where moisture
will tend to collect. Make drip pipe line size and at least six
inches long with capped end accessible for draining. Run gas piping
installed underground, under buildings and /or.structures in suitable
air tight, vented sleeves. Use only rigid pipe connections to
gas using equipment.
o. Thoroughly flush all water piping at least twice before sterilization
as specified herein.
•
P. Do all necessary trenching, excavation, shoring and backfilling
required for the proper laying of the pipe-lines. Bottoms of trenches
to be cut to grade. Make trenches 12 inches wider than the greatest
diameter of the pipe. Before backfilling, ail below grade piping
shall be set in a bed of damp sand and covered with damp sand so
as to provide a minimum of 6 inches of sand cover all around. Only
clean earth approved by the Architect shall be used in backfilling.
Backfilling shall be well rammed or puddled in six (6) inch layers.
Do not backfill until installation has been approved and as -built
drawings are up -to -date. Promptly install all piping after excavation
or cutting for same has been done, so as to keep the excavations
open a short a time as possible.
Install thrust blocks at all thrust points in asbestos cement or
PVC pressure water lines. Install thrust blocks in accordance
with pipe manufacturers recommendations, or as shown in Johns -
Manville Installation Guides " Transite Ring -Tite Pressure Pipe"
and "Ring -Tito PVC Pipe ".
3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNIONS, GASKETS, AND STRAINERS:
a. Install a union on one side of shut -off valves, including on building
side of underground house valves, at both sides of automatic valves,
at equipment connection and elsewhere as indicated or required.
Install unions in accessible locations.
Install strainers in accessible locations to allow for easy removal
of strainer element, and so that they may be flushed without spilling
liquid over equipment.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
15400 -15.
i
3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE JOINTS:
- a.
Make up screwed joints with a minimum amount of compound applied
to the male thread only. Apply "Teflon" thread tape tightly, starting
with entry thread and covering all threads. Overlap each wrap.
b.
Weld joints on pipe with continuous welds and with pipe ends beveled
before fabrication. Weld fittings in accordance with manufacturer's
directions.
.
.c.
Make up flanged joints with ring gaskets.
d.
Mechanical joints shall be made in accordance with the manufact-
urer's recommendations.
e.
Clean pipe and fittings, apply flux and solder joints in accor-
dence.with manufacturer's directions.
f.
Electric welding by experienced welder whose qualifications shall
be subject to the welding code of the Heating, Piping and Air -
Conditioning Contractor's National Association.
3.4 ROUGHING -IN FOR FIXTURES:
a.
Rough -in for all fixtures and /or equipment shown on any drawings,
Including the architectural drawings, which forms a part of the
contract documents. This shall include all fixtures and equipment
shown and /or noted as .N.I.C. (not in contract) or as U.O.S. (furnished
"
under another section of the specifications). Stub out all piping
to the exact location of the fixtures and set symmetrical with
the fixture. Stub out for fixture supply pipes with drop ear fittings
secured to stud or backing plate. Stub out two pipe diameters
and terminate with pipe cap. When lines are indicated as capped
or plugged'at floor level, plug flush with the finished floor.
b.
On copper systems connecting nipples for fixture rough -in, red
brass or bronze. Steel nipples are not acceptable.
I
c.
Individual branches to fixtures:
FIXTURE WATER TRAP AND SOIL OR
COLD HOT' - CONNECTIONS WASTE VENT
Water Closets:
Flush Valve 1" 4 " 4" 2"
Urinal, Wall Hung
I
Flush Valve 3/4" - 2" 2" 1 -1/2"
Lavatories I /2" 1/2" 1 -1/4" x 1 -1/2" 2" 1 -1/2"
S inks, 1/2" 1/2" 1 -1/2" x 1 -1/2" 21. 1 -1/2"
Sinks, Service 1/2" 112" 3" 3" 2"
Drinking Fountains -.
Single 1/2' 1 -1/4" x 1 -1/2" 2" 1 -1/2"
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -16
Floor Drains = - 2 "/3" 2 "/3" 2"
Floor Sinks 2 "/3 "/4" 2 "/3 "/4" 2 "/3"
d. Water headers serving water closets shall be the
following sizes -and be the same size throughout their
length:
1 -1/4" pipe for 1 flush valve
3-1/2" pipe for 3 flush valves
2" pipe for 9 flush valves
e. Water headers serving urinals shall be the following
sizes and be the same size throughout their length:
1" pipe for 1 flush valve
f. Water headers . serving lavatories shall be the following sizes and
shall be the same size throughout their length:
1/2" pipe for 1 lavatory
3/4" pipe for 3 lavatories
I
0
0
g. Water hammer arrestors shall be POI rated and shall be of the following
sizes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings:
1. Self- closing valves, lavatories, sinks, etc.:
Supply or header pipe size W.H.A. No.
1/2" 5005
3/4" 5010
-11, 5020
2. Flushometer, automatic and solenoid valves:
Supply or header pipe size W.H.A. No.
3/4" 5010
1" 5020
1 -1/4 5030
1 -1/2" 5030
2" 5040
3.5 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS: Install cleanouts where indicated on the
A ngs an is required7y code regulations. Install in accessible
locations with extensions to grade or to outside of buildings as indicated
or required. Set cleanout covers flush with finished wall, floor
or grade. Securely anchor by means of integral lugs and bolts. When
surfacing materials such as asphalt the is used, ascertain .the thickness
being used, and set cleanout top so that finished floor will be smooth.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF VALVES:
a. Provide shut -off valves where indicated on the drawings,.and where
required for adequate control of the system.
b. Install an external gas valve immediately adjacent to each piece
of gas burning equipment.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -17
. c. Label all valves, inside and outside of building, designating service
with brass or plastic tags chained to valves with brass chains,
and with etched or stamped letters filled with white paint.
0
d. Provide a neat chart showing the locations and uses of all valves
as mentioned above. When the installation consists of more than
one building, prepare a chart for the site and a chart for each
building. Install charts behind clear glass or plastic on wall
at locations as directed.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
a. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide an
adequate pipe suspension system in accordance with recognized engine-
ering practices, using, where possible, standard, commercially
accepted pipe hangers and accessories. All pipe hangers and supports
shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI code for Pressure
Piping, 8 31.1. Where thermal movement in the pipe line will occur,
the pipe hanger.assembly must be capable of supporting the line
In all operating conditions.
b. Isolate all water lines from hangers and supports by means of Semco
"Trisolators" or Potter - Roemer Co. "Pr- Isolators" of size required.
Branch lines located in furred spaces serving plumbing may be isolated
with hair felt if specifically approved in writing by the Engineer.
c. The manner in which pipe is to be supported:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, hold horizontal pipe runs firmly
in place by specified hangers. Install and support piping,
except buried piping, so that they may expand or contract freely
without strain to pipe or equipment.
2. Install horizontal steel piping with beam clamps, concrete
inserts, or 2 -1/2" x 2 -1/4" x 1/4" angles from structural roof
members, hangers or supports every 10 feet, except piping under
1 inch is diameter, support every 8 feet, and gas piping every
6 feet.
3. Install horizontal cast iron piping with hangers or supports
for each length of pipe.
4. Support vertical piping at floor and at ceiling with steel
pipe clamps. Provide supports for all branch lines, and support
branches 6 feet in length or longer with a hanger.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES; Install floor, wall
an ce ng plates at aTl points w� ere pipes pierce finished surfaces.
3.9 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES: Provide 20 gauge steel pipe sleeves
Tor cir' oncrete wa1Ts an oars of sufficient size to permit the cover-
ing of insulated pipes to pass through, and in no case having an inside
diameter less than i inch larger than outside diameter of passing
pipe, plus insulation. Make insulation, including any vapor barrier,
continuous. Except as otherwise noted, cut sleeve ends flush with
both surfaces, and caulk water tight. Galvanized steel telescoping
type sleeves may be used. Pipe sleeves installed under structures
or where indicated on the drawings are to be.terra cotta or fiber.
Where caulking is required to prevent seepage,'use steel pipe.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -18
. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF PIPE FLASHING: Seal the joint between flashing and
p pew th waterpr�ing compound. Install counter - flashing sleeve
to cover a minimum of 314 inch of top of lead flashing, making the
top joint permanently wettr tight.
3.11 INSULATING:
a. Insulate hot water supply and return piping except brass chrome
plated piping, - unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Apply insulation
after piping has been installed, tested and approved, and after
pipes are in a dry, clean condition..
b. Insulate fittings and valve bodies with molded or fabricated fitting
insulation of same material as pipe covering, or cover with plastic
asbestos material worked on in two applications and finished to
a hard, smooth surface, flush with pipe covering. Do not cover
unions. Neatly terminate pipe covering on each end of unions with
plastic asbestos cement or other material as outlined above. Maintain
integrity of vapor barrier with layer of Glassfab embedded in coat
of vapor barrier mastic.
3.12 INSTALLATION OF ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS:
a. Provide access boxes for valves located below finished grade. Top
of operating handle of valve to be a maximum of 12'1 ches below
grade.
b. Provide access panels for valves located on concealed pipe runs.
Provide access panels for concealed traps, air gaps or fittings
requiring access.
c. Set all access boxes and panels flush with finished surfaces in
which installed. Remove door.of panels during construction, or
. suitably protect otherwise.
3.13 STERILIZATION:
a. Sterilize each unit of water supply and distribution system with
chlorine before acceptance for operation. Contractor shall furnish
shut -off valve and corporation stop or other means of tn�j sett nq
c— ofi�r{ne.
b. The minimum dosage of chlorine to be 50
i g parts per million.
c. The procedure to be followed:
i. Allow a contact period of not less than 8 hours, and then flush
system with clean water until the residual content is not greater
than 0.5 parts per million. Flush entire system including
all hose bibbs, fixture outlets, dead ends, and other points
where. dead water tends to collect. Open and close all valves
several times during contact period.
d. Furnish two (2) copies of a certificate of performance of complete
sterilization to the Architect before final inspection of the work.
This shall be performed under the supervision of and certified
by a Chemical Engineer registered in the State of California.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -19
•
3.14 KITCHEN AND /OR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT_:_
a. Rough -in and connei-kt' 1.1" miscellaneous equipment.
1. Install loose key 3ght or angle stops on all domestic hot
water and cold Ovate ines. Install stops below equipment
and accessible for control and /or repair.
2. Install. traps and vents on all waste lines as required.
3. Install gas shut -off cocks and gas manifolds as indicated or
required.
3.15 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AMD ACCESSORIES:
a. Attach wall mounted water closets to combination adjustable wall
closet fitting and carrier.
b. Securely attach wall hung fixtures to a 3/8 inch x 6 inch wide
steel plate. Steel plate to extend at least one stud beyond first
and last mounting point. Drill and tap plate at time of instal -
lation of fixture or fixture hanger. Support fixture hanger with
1/2" 0 threaded studs, jamb nuts, C. P. Acorn nuts and completely
free of wall by means of a second set of jam nuts. Weld plate
to each metal stud crossed by means of a continuous vertical fillet
weld and same size as stud thickness. Secure plate to each wood
stud crossed by securely bolting to each stud crossed with two
1/2 inch steel bolts, 4 inch center with 1/8 inch minimum x 1-
1/2 inch steel back up plates. Notch studs to set plate flush
with surface.
c. Install stainless steel Hudee Rings as required for all flat rim
sinks and lavatories Installed in counter top. Provide abrasive
• washers under all single drilling deck mounted trim.
3.16 TESTS:
a. Piping of the plumbing systems shall be tested as follows:
1. Sewer System: Perform a hydrostatic test on system equal to
not less than a ten foothead of water for a period of not less
than 15 minutes.
2. Water Piping: Test piping hydrostatically and make tight under
125 pounds per square inch pressure.
3. Gas Piping: Test piping with compressed air. Subject each
joint to an application of soap suds and inspect for leaks. .
Test pressure shall be not less than 10 p.s.i. for screwed
pipe on low pressure gas lines.
b. Instruments and labor for tests furnished by Contractor.
3.17 ADJUSTING: Adjusting: Circulating hot water system. Free and equal
cc rc iat%n through each part of the piping system, as well as satisfactory
operation of all valves, pumps, and hot water heaters.
3.18 SYSTEMS: Use general materials and methods of installation as herein -
e� o> especified insofar as same are applicable to the work of the
following systems.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -20
3.19 SEWER SYSTEM: Consists of soil, waste and vent piping, and connect -
o� s toTumbing fixtures throughout the buildings, and underground
sewer piping outside of buildings to point of connection indicated.
System includes waste piplitg connections to miscellaneous egnipnent,
and to equipment ins talle rider other sections of this specification.'
3.20 ROOF DRAINAGE AND DOWNSPOUT SYSTEM: Consists of roof drains, down-
spout a�over?TTow piers —i n sated and underground piping as indicated.
Test hydrostatically and make tight under pressure equal to ten feet
of water for a period of not less than 15 minutes.
3.21 COLD WATER SYSTEM:
a. Consists of cold water piping and connections to plumbing fixtures,
hose bibbs, fire hose cabinets, water heaters, kitchen equipment,
and to other miscellaneous 'items and N.I.C. equipment throughout
the buildings, and piping underground to point of connection as
indicated. Cover underground piping a minimum of 24'and 36 inches
as hereinbefore specified.
b. The cold water system includes making arrangements for the installa-
tion of a water meter of approved capacity and type.
c. The cold water system includes capped brnaches to approximate location
of boilers and /or other equipment installed under Heating Section
of specifications as well as other equipment.
3.22 DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM:
a. Consists of water heater, piping, 'and connections to plumbing fixtures,
and to other miscellaneous equipment throughout the buildings. Where
shown on the drawings, the system is to be recirculated.
• b. Install pressure relief valves and temperature relief valves and /or .
combination temperature and pressure relief valves at all water
heater installations. Pressure relief valves to be A.S.M.E. labeled
and rated with capacity in B.T.U. not less than that of the.water
heater, set to relieve at not more than 50 psi above water supply
pressure and not more than the working pressure on the tank. Tem=
perature relief valves to be A.G.A. labeled and rated for capacity
of heater in which installed. Combination type relief valves to
be rated and labeled the same as for individual pressure 'and temper -
ature relief valves.
3.23 GAS SYSTEM:
a. Consists of piping, valves and connections to all gas using equipment,
and under ground piping outside of buildings to point of connection
as indicated.
b. The gas system includes making arrangements for installation of a gas
meter of approved capacity and type.
3.24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, '
a. All motors and power driven equipment required and connected with
...the work, of this section of the Specifications are to be furnished .
and installed under this section. The Electrical Section of the
specifications indicate and specify conduit, conductors, outlets,
disconnect switches, starters except as hereinafter specificd,
and the making of final connections.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -21
•
i
0
b. All motor starters are furnished and installed under the Electrical
Section of the specifications except motor starters which are furnished
by the manufacturer as an integral piece of the manufacturer's
packaged mechanical equipmea
3.25 ADJUSTMENT AND OPERATION: PrW the acceptance of this work, adjust
ann operate 71 p u� mbing systems to the satisfaction of the Architect.
3.26 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: The Contractor shall instruct the authorized
wnner�s representative in the complete operation of all items of equipment
that are, or have components that are, motor driven, electric resistance
heated, or gas fired. These instructions are to be given at the Owner's
convenience.
3.27 CLEAN -UP: Thoroughly clean all materials, equipment, fixtures and
appliances. Clean and prepare all surfaces to be painted. Clean
the entire premises of unused material, debris, spots, and marks to
the satisfaction of the Architect. Remove, thoroughly clean and replace
all fluid strainers after the system has been in operation thirty
(30) days.
END OF PART III.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 15400 -22
LJ
i1
INDEX
SECTION IS5O - AUT.OMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.
GENERAL
1550 -1
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK
1550 -1
1.3
VISITING THE PREMISES
1550 -1
1.4
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
1550 -1
1.5
SUBMITTING OF BIOS
1550 -1
1.6
CODES AND STANDARDS
1550 -2
1.7
PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
1550-2
1.8
UTILITY CHARGES
1550 -2
1.9
SUBMITTALS
1550 -2
1.10
RECORD DRAWINGS
1550 -3
1.11
SUBSTITUTIONS
1550 -3
1.12
PROTECTION OF WORK
1550 -3
1.13
SEISMIC RESTRAINT
1550 -3
1.14
COORDINATION
1550 -4
1.15
USE OF TERMS
1550 -4
1.16
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
1550 -4
1.17
TESTS
1550 -4
1.18
GUARANTEE .
1550 -4
2.
PRODUCTS
1550 -5
2.1
MATERIALS
1550 -5
2.2
PIPE AND FITTINGS
1550 -5
2.3
VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
1550 -5
2.4
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
1550 -6
2.5
AUTOMATIC SPRAY SPRINKLERS
1550 -6
3.
EXECUTION
1550 -7
3.1
INSTALLATION
1550 -7
3.2
INSTALLATION OF VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
1550 -7
3.3
INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS
1550 -7
3.4
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
1550 -8
3.5
TESTS
1550 -8
• SECTION 1550 - AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1. GENERAL:
1.1 Requirements of Standard Special Provisions and Special Provisions apply
to work of this Section.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK:
a. The work covered by this section. consists of furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment, and performing all operations required for
complete and operable wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems
as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
b. The system design and installation shall be in accordance with
the applicable NFPA Standards and requirements of the governing
authorities.
c. The installation shall be accomplished by a qualified, responsible
contractor recognized as a fully- experienced licensed specialist
in automatic fire sprinkler systems.
d. These drawings and specifications do not include necessary com-
ponents for construction-safety.
1.3 VISITING THE PREMISES:
a. The Contractor, before submitting his bid on-the work must visit
the site and familiarize himself with all visible existing condi-
tions. As a result of having visited the premises, the Contrac-
tor shall be responsible for the installation of the work as it
relates to such visible existing conditions.
b. The submission of a bid will be considered an acknowledgement on
the part of the bidder of his visitation to the site.
1.4 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE: All temporary water supply and distribution
is a part oT—Fe a neral Contract on this project, with no costs to
be paid by. the Owner. It shall be the responsibility of the General
Contractor to establish the scope of any such work to be provided
by his subcontractors prior to submission of bids..
1.5 SUBMITTING OF BIOS: The Bidder is skilled and experienced in the
use and interpretation of plans and specifications. He has carefully
reviewed the plans and specifications for this project and has found
them free of ambiguities and sufficient for bid purposes. Further,
.he has carefully examined the site of the work and, from his own obser-
vations, has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the
work, the character, quality and quantity of materials, and the diffi-
culties likely to be encountered, and other items which may affect
the performance of the work. He has based his bid solely on these
documents and observations and has not relied in any way on any explan-
ation or interpretation, oral or written, from any other source. There-
fore, the Bidder agrees to limit the liability of the Consulting Engi-
neer for his professional negligence, errors or omissions, to a total
aggregate liability to him of $50,000.00. The Bidder in no way assumes
liability for the negligence, errors or omissions of the Consulting
Engineer.
NEWPORT CENTRAL LIBRARY 1550 -1
0
s
1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS:
a. Work and materials in accordant* with the State Fire Marshal's
latest rules and regulations:W- vision of Industrial Safety safety
orders; National Electric..: Uniform Plumbing Code 1.973 edition;
International Association Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
Uniform Mechanical Code; California Administrative Code; State
and Local Health Department regulations, and other applicable state
laws or regulations. Nothing in these plans. or specifications
is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes.
b. Conformation to requirements Of local and /or State Codes and /or
ordinances including the Uniform City and County Building Codes,
State and County Health Department Ordinances, State of California
Industrial Accident Commission safety orders and regulations of
the State Fire Marshal, and the California Administrative Code.
1.7 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS:. Apply and pay for all permits, fees,
ins pections, examinations and tests required by any legally consti-
tuted public authorities.
1.8 UTILITY CHARGES:
a. Contractor shall apply in the name of the Owner for water service
to the detector check. The d'e'tector check furnished by contractor.
b. The Owner shall pay all costs for above services.
1.9 SUBMITTALS:
a. Submission of six (6) brochures containing material and equipment
lists of all equipment within thirty five (35) days after contract
is signed. Submittals shall be in a neat brochure form and shall
contain :,complete lete list, in index form, of the manufacturers' names,
cuts of equ pmen , performance data, catalogue numbers and trade
names as required to properly identify the materials and equip-
ment to be furnished under this specifications. Use tabbed separ-
ator sheets in brochures. Each item shall be properly identified
by reference to item number or paragraphs in the specifications.
Any deviation from item as specified shall be clearly indicated
on the submittal and noted as such. Failure of the Contractor
to comply with thee above`will. evidence that item as specified will
be furnished.
b. Submission of six ('6) sets of approved working drawings of the
fire.sprinkler system. The approval of the State Fire Marshal
and the local fire department must be on each set.
c. Submit shop drawings to Architect in accordance with the General
Conditions. Drawings shall be prepared by an accredited licensed
fire sprinkler installation company.
d. Make noted corrections, and'after obtaining the approval of the
State Fire Marshal and the local Fire Chief, submit six (6) com-
plete sets of drawings with the signed approvals. Drawings shall
also bear the sprinkler Contractor's license stamp. Shop draw-
ings shall contain the following minimum information.
e. Location, type and finish of each sprinkler head.
f. Location and size of all piping, valves, alarm gongs etc.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
1550 -2
�J
g. Manufacturer's data on sprinkler heads, canopies and ceiling escut-
cheons proposed.
h. For any equipment or materials indicated but not described as to
model or quality, obtain information from Architect prior to bid-
ding. Failure to do so will not relieve Contractor from furnish-
ing items of the quality desired by Architect before final accept-
ance, and at no additional cost to Owner.
Euiva�lent Equipment: This section of the specification speci-
e s certain equipment in detail. It also names equivalent equip-
ment which is not considered to be a "Substitution ". However,
submit the equivalent equipment named herein to the Architect for
review as per the General Requirements sub - section of this section
of the specifications. Equivalent equipment, if named herein, -
will be considered equivalent if it is equivalent quality, capa-
city and is fully equipped as the unit specified in detail; if
the unit fits the space allotted; and if the unit has a physical
configuration and weight similar to the unit specified in detail.
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS: As -built record drawings, showing locations and
ept a V-77 buried and concealed pipe and equipment shall be kept
up -to -date. Master copy shall be kept in the custody of the resi-
dent inspector. No backfilling of trenches will be permitted until
as -built drawings are _ approve�d as up -to -date by the inspector. No
progress payments will be approved unless as -built drawings are up-
to -date.
1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS: Refer to "Substitutions" under General and Special.
on tons. The Architect will review all substitutions when sub -
mitted, in accordance with the General, and Special Conditions of
these specifications.
1.12 PROTECTION OF WORK: Protect all work, materials and equipment from
amage uring progress of work. Replace all damaged or defective
work, materials and equipment without additional cost to Owner, and
before requesting final acceptance. Coordinate the work.of this section
with that of all other sections to dVoiT7nL2r7erences.anT-fpr the
generIr eefTt—oi aTT tit a work.
1.13 SEISMIC RESTRAINT:
Because of variation in manufacture and configuration, Contrac-
tor shall submit shop drawings to the Architect for submission
to the Office of the State Architect (OSA) for their approval-.
These shop drawings shall include necessary details, specifica-
tions and supporting structural engineering calculations which
will indicate that the methods to be used to anchor, hang, sup-
port and /or restrain all mechanical system components will be accom-
plished in a manner that will meet the seismic requirements of
the Office of the State Architect (OSA).
Because of variation in manufacture and configuration of speci-
fied items,.contractor shall submit.shop drawings to the Archi-
tect for approval. These shop drawings shall include necessary
details, specifications and supporting structural engineering
calculations which will indicate that the methods to be used to
anchor, hang, support and /or restrain all mechanical system com-
ponents will be accomplished in a manner that will meet the seismic
requirements of the California Administrative Code.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
1550 -3
0
0
LI
L
c. Refer to Structural Drawings for any restrictions on methods, loca-
tion or support point, and maximum weight per support for attach-
ment to structural system.
1.14 COORDINATION:
a. Responsibility for coordination with connecting or related work
furnished under other sections remains the work of this section.
This includes but is not limited to the following:
Electrical - The Electrical Section of the specifications indi-
cates and specifies conduit, conductors, outlets, disconnect
switches, starters except as hereinafter specified, and the
making of final connections.
2. Structural - Location of any necessary drilling or cutting
of structural members shall be coordinated with and approved
by Structura'1,
3. Connections - Location and sizing of connections to related
equipment or systems shall be coordinated for proper opera-
tion and to avoid interference.
1.15 USE OF TERMS: Use of the mandatory word "shall" has been dispensed
wi[hin—t?ie majority of the preceding and following paragraphs. This,
together with the abbreviated sentence construction is solely for
the purpose of brevity. All parties shall interpret the provisions
and requirements of the specifications as mandatory, unless other-
wise expressly and particularly stipulated.
1.16 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
a. Follow manufacturer's directions of articles furnished in addi-
tion to directions shown on the drawings or specified herein.
b. The terms "install" or "provide" mean "furnish and install"
17 TESTS: Nothing in these specifications shall be construed to permit
i' ation from the test requirements of any legally constituted author-
ity. Where tests as specified hereinbefore are at variance with test,
requirements of any legally'constituted.authority, Contractor may,
with the approval of the authority concerned, perform whichever test
is more restrictive, but in no case shall test be less than as speci-
fied herein. No system shall at any time be tested at more than 10%
above the requirements of tests as specified hereinbefore.
1.18 GUARANTEE: All materials and equipment provided and /or installed
under er thins specification shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1)
year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. Should
any trouble develop during this period due to defective materials
or inferior workmanship noticed at time of installation and /or during
guaranteed period defect shall be corrected immediately to the entire
satisfaction of the Owner.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
END OF PART I.
1550 -4
• ! 2.
PRODUCTS:
2.1
MATERIALS: Use only new materials, and unless prefabricated, deliver
to the site in standard sizes. Use the standard product of one menu-
facturer for each article of its type. Comply with the minimum stan-
.
dards for plumbing materials as outlined in Table A. Section 201,
1973 edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code except as herein specified
to be above these standards. Materials and workmanship not other-
wise specified are to conform to the latest applicable Federal, N.F.P.A.,
A.S.M.E., A.S.T.M., N.E.M.A., or A.G.A.; A.N.S.I. specifications.
2.2
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
a. Automatic fire sprinkler piping, schedule 40 black steel pipe with
black cast iron 175 lb., screwed sprinkler fittings. Piping below
ground to be Class 200 asbestos cement pipe with 250 lb. cast iron
"Ring -Tits" fittings with bells modified for use with asbestos
cement pipe and rubber rings furnished with the pipe.
b. Piping below building slab and riser shall be class 150 cast iron
.
with 250 lb. fittings.
c. Flexible.pipe connections: Victaulic No. 77 -0 with malleable iron
clamps, steel bolts and type T synthetic rubber gasket.
d. Companion flanges: 125# cast iron, gasket type, black conform-
ing to A.S.A. 816.1 specifications.
•
e. Gaskets: Garlock No. 7021, 1 /16 inch thick, ring type.
f. Floor, wail and ceiling plates: Beaton and Cadwell No. TO poi -
fished chrome plated steel flange with locking device.
2.3
VALVES AND ACCESSORIES:
a. Gate valves above ground: Mueller No. 2073 -6, or equivalent, 175 #,
flanged, iron body, bronze mounted, double disc,, parallel seats,
O.S. d Y., rising stem, U.L. or F.M. approved.'
b. Gate valves below ground: Mueller No. 2072 -24, or equivalent,
175 #, iron body, bronze mounted, double disc, parallel seats, 'non-
rising stem, indicator post flange, rubber ring joints, U.L. or
F.M. approved.
c. Check valves: Mueller A- 2120 -6, or equivalent, 175#, flanged,
iron body, bronze mounted, bolted bonnet, U.L. or F.M. approved.
d. Globe and angle valves: Grinnell No. 2301 -U and No. 2320 -W, or
. equivalent, 150 #, screwed, all bronze with union bonnet, renew-
able disc. U.L. or F.M. approved.
e. Post indicator valves: Mueller No. 2070 -24, or equivalent, 175 #,
iron body, bronze mounted, double disc, parallel seats, non - rising
stem, indicator post flange, rubber ring joints, N.F.P,A. and F.M.
approved gate valves with Mueller No. A- Z0800, or equivalent, cast
iron body, telescopic barrel with flanged bottom section for bolt-=
ing to valve flange. locking device and operating wrench. U.L.
or F.M. approved.
f. Alarm check valve: approved type waterflow alarm check valve
complete with trim, including retarding chamber, electric alarm
switch, pressure gauges, drain valve and all necessary appurten-
ances. Alarm gong to have red finish. Electrical wiring for alarm
system will be furnished under th-e Electric Section.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY
•
1550 -5.
i
I*
2.4 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: Fire Department connection, Potter- Roemer
Lo.- orgr equtvaient, 1o. 713, free. standing type, sia mesa connection
with polished bronze name plate.....Hose threads to conform to local
fire department requirements. 1t4-th check snoots or clapper valves.
Finish rough brass,
2.5 AUTOMATIC SPRAY SPRINKLERS:
a. Sprinkler heads: U.L. approved type automatic spray sprinklers,
upright, or pendant type to suit installation and with temperature
ratings suitable for service.
'b. Pendant: Provide 3" diameter, 1/4" deep white enamel finished
ceiling plate.
c. Heads installed where they might receive mechanical inuury shall
be protected with approved guards.
END OF PART II.
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 1550 -6
i
I
I
3. EXECUTION:
3.1 INSTALLATION:
a. The installation of the automatic sprinkler system including areas
to be sprinkled, materials, workmanship, tests and inspections
shalt comply with the recommendations of the N.F.P.A. Standards
Pamphlet No. 13 and requirements of the State Fire Marshal, and
the local fire department.
b. The Contract Drawings shall be considered schematic only and indi-
cate in diagrammatic form the riser location and feed main loca-
tions. The system shall be so designed and installed that no part
thereof shall interfere with doors, windows, heating, plumbing,
or electrical equipment, ducts or piping. The Contractor shall
coordinate his work with that of other trades to 'avoid any inter-
ference with the potential effectiveness of the automatic sprin-
kler system, and shall coordinate head layout with architectural
reflected ceiling plans.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES AND ACCESSORIES:
a.
Riser assembly and trimmings shall be installed inside of build-
ings approximately at locations indicated. Approved devices shall
be installed for alarms, and shall be such that a flow of waten.
equal to or greater than that from a single sprinkler head will
cause the sounding of a local alarm. Riser assembly and its appur-
tenances shall be so arranged and equipped that-the transmission
of accidental water flow alarms due to water surges will positively
be prevented.
b.
Provide shut -off valves where indicated and where required for
adequate control of the system.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS:
a.
Construct pipe lines of full length sections of pipe specified.
Short sections allowed only when run requires less than one full
length of pipe. Fabricate short sections from dimensions taken
at site.
b.
Do all necessary trenching, excavation, shoring and backfitling
required for the proper laying of the pipe lines. Bottoms of trenches
to be cut to grade, and bell holes shall be excavated to insure'
the pipes bearing for their entire length upon the outside peri-
phery of the lower third of the pipe. If rock is encountered,
the same shall be excavated to a depth of 3 inches below the bottom
of the pipe and the space filled with sand and pea gravel well
tamped. If it is required to lay pipe on fill, the fill shall
be compacted in a manner approved by the Architect. If ground
water is encountered, Contractor shall provide bed of crushed rock
of adequate depth to provide proper support for piping. Make trenches
12 inches wider than the greatest diameter of the pipe. Only -clean
earth approved by the Architect shall be used in backfitling. Back-
filling shall be well rammed or puddled in six (6) inch layers.. '
Do not backfill until installation has been approved and as -built
drawings are up -to -date. Promptly install all piping after exca-
vation or cutting for same has been done, so as to keep the excava-
tion open as short a time as possible.
c.
Floor, wall and ceiling plates shall be installed at all points
where pipes pierce finished surfaces.
NEWPORT
CENTER LIBRARY 1550 -7
• d. A flexible pipe connection shall be installed on one side of every
valve, and elsewhere as required.
e. Clamps and /or concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at dead
ends, angles or other points where separation of joints may occur
in asbestos cement or cast iron pipe.
3.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Metal pipe supports, sway braces, hangers,
cimps, etc., sF&rr a U.L. listed or F.M. approved pattern and so
placed as to conform to N.F.P.A. Pamphlet No. 13. Piping shall be
supported from structural members only.
3.5 TESTS:
a. Upon completion of the installation, the system shall be hydro-
statically tested by the installing Contractor as specified in
N.F.P.A. Pamphlet No. 13.
b. The Architect and local Fire Department shall be notified 48 hours
prior to scheduled test.
c. Flush system in accordance with recommendations of the Board of
Fire Underwriters' recommendations.
d. Test system in accordance with requirements of the governing authori-
ties.
END OF PART III.
•
NEWPORT CENTER LIBRARY 1550 -8
9
INDEX .
SECTION 15800
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
1.
SCOPE OF WORK
1
2.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1
3.
EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT
2
4.
SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT
2
S.
SHOP DRAWINGS
3
6.
MATERIALS
3
7.
ELECTRICAL
3
8.
HYDROSTATIC AND HYDRAULIC TESTS
4
9.
AIR DISTRIBUTION AND HYDRONIC TESTING AND BALANCING
4
10.
OPERATIONAL TESTS
4
11.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5
12.
CLEAN -UP
5
13.
PIPE AND FITTINGS
5
14.
INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS
6
15.
UNIONS, GASKETS AND STRAINERS
7
16.
INSTALLATION OF UNIONS, GASKETS AND STRAINERS
.7
17.
PIPE JOINTS
7
18.
INSTALLATION OF PIPE JOINTS
8
19.
VALVES
8
20.
INSTALLATION OF VALVES
10
21.
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
10
22.
PIPE SLEEVES
10
23.
PIPE ISOLATION
11
24.
BACKFLOW PROTECTION
11
25.
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
11
26.
PRESSURE GAUGES
11
27.
THERMOMETERS
11
28.
AIR VENTS
11
29.
RELIEF VALVES
11
30.
PIPE VIBRATION ISOLATION
12
31.
FLOW SWITCHES
12
32.
PIPE IDENTIFICATION
12
33.
EXPANSION TANKS (CLOSED)
12
34.
FLOW MEASURING AND BALANCING SYSTEM
12
35.
FLUES AND VENTS
13
36.
GENERAL DUCTS AND SHEET METAL WORK
13
37.
GENERAL INSTALLATION OF DUCTS AND SHEET METAL WORK
14
38.
DAMPER S AND EXTRACTORS
15
39.
DIRE DAMPERS
15
40.
ACCESS DOORS
15
41.
DUCT INSULATION
16
42.
BOILER(WATER TUBE, GAS FIRED)
16
43,
CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLING TOWER
17
44.
PUMPS
17
45.
WATER TREATMENT OPEN LOOP
17
46%
WATER TREATMENT CLOSED LOOP
18
47.
WATER TREATMENT STARTUP AND CLEANING
20
48.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
20
49.
OMITTED
20
50.
ROOF EXHAUSTER
21
51.
RELIE "F VENT
21
52.
HEAT PUMP, CLOSED WATER CIRCUIT, CEILING MOUNTED
21
53,
INSTALLATION OF WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS
22
54.
ROOF CURBS
23
55.
BELT DRIVES
23
56.
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
23
NEWPORT CENTER Index
BRAND LIBRARY 15800 -1
r�
• SECTION 15800
HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
SCOPE OF WORK:
A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment, fixtures, and performing all operations for
complete and operabie heating, ventilating and air conditioning
systems as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
B. These drawings and specifications do not include - necessary components
for construction safety.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Conformation to requirements of local and State Codes and ordinances
including Uniform City. and County Building Codes, State and County City
Health Department Ordinances, State of California Industrial Accident
Commission Safety Orders, regulations of the State Fire Marshal, and
the California AdM nistrntive Cod... -. -
B. Apply and pay for all permits, fees, inspections, examinations
and tests required by any of the legally constituted authorities.
C. Submission of six (6) Brochures containing material lists, certi-
fied manufacturer's drawings, performance data, rough -in dimen-
sions and cuts of all equipment and fixtures within thirty -five
(35) days after contract is signed. Work is not to begin before
submission is made. Submittals shall be in a neat brochure form
and shall contain a complete__ list, in index form, of the manufact-
urer's names; cuts of equipment, performance data, catalogue numbers
and trade names as required to properly identify the materials
and equipment to be furnished under these specifications. Use
tabbed separation sheets in brochures. Data submitted for each
item properly identified by reference to item number or paragraphs
in the specifications and drawings equipment schedule designation.
Any deviation from item as specified shall be clearly indicated
on the submittals and noted as such. Failure of the Contractor
.to comply within the a ove time limit will evidence that item as
specified will be furnished.
D. For any equipment, or materials indicated but not described as
to model or quality, obtain such information from Architect prior
to bidding. Failure to do so will not relieve Contractor from
furnishing items of the quality desired by Architect before final
acceptance and at no additional cost to the Owner.
E. Provide and keep up -to -date a complete set of as -built prints and
specifications. A complete set of blue line prints shall be corrected
daily to.show every change from the original set of drawings and
specifications and this set shall be the record set. As -built entries
shall be completed in a neat, clear, professional manner. Upon
completion of work, obtain construction inspector's signature on
the record set verifying information. Obtain autopositives
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
15800 -1
a.
(reverse reading) tracings of each sheet of the record set
containing "as- Built" information and deliver them unfolded, along
with record set, to the Architect prior to final acceptance of work.
F. Follow manufacturer's directions of articles furnished in addition
to directions shown on drawings or specified herein.
G. Use of the mandatory word "shall" has been dispensed with in the
majority of the preceding and following paragraphs. This, together
with the abbreviated sentence construction is solely for the purpose
of brevity. Interpret the provisions and requirements of the specifi-
cations as mandatory unless otherwise expressly and particularly
stipulated.
H. Protect all work, materials and equipment from damage during progress
of work. Replace all damaged or defective work, materials and
equipment without additional cost to Owner, and before requesting
final acceptance. Co- ordinate the work of this section with that
of all other sections to avoid interferences and for the general
benefit of all the work.
3. EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT:
A. Provide a means to prohibit excessive motion of all mechanical equipment
during an earthquake. Securely anchor to building structure equipment
which does not vibrate during normal operation. Provide isolators
with mechanical stops which are securely anchored to building structure,
or equipment which vibrates during normal operation.
B. All mechanical equipment and connections therefore designed to resist
lateral seismic forces equal to 0.3 of equipment weight with allowable
'working code capacity increased by one third, or 0.5 of the weight yeild
capacity. Cantilever posts supported equipment designed to resist
lateral seismic forces equal to 0.4 of equipment weight with allowable
working code capacity increased by one third.
Method of anchoring equipment and /or mechanical stops to be certified
by a Structural Engineer, registered in the State of California, as
meeting these requirements. Submit certification.
SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT:
A. Substitutions: See Supplementary General, Special Conditions of
Specifications. As a minimum, substitutions must meet the require-
ments below for equivalents. Included with the submittal shall
be a signed assumption of liability for any failure or alleged
failure of the substituted article to equal or exceed the perfor-
mance of that specified in detail.
Equivalent _e_9_u_i_pmee.nt�: This section of the specification specifies
cart& n equ pmef nL in detail. It also names equivalent equipment
which is not considered to be a "Substitution ". However, submit
the equivalent equipment named herein to the Architect for review
after bidding, as per the General Requirements sub - section of this
section of the specifications. Equivalent equipment, if named
herein, will be considered equivalent if it is equivalent `qua -Tity,
capac ty and is fully equipped as the unit specified in detail;
the unit fits the space allotted; and unit has a physical config-
uration and weight similar to the unit specified in detail. A
complete layout of an equipment room and area must be submitted
if equivalent equipment is submitted. Notice space limitations.
Layouts to include plans and section views at a scale of not
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
r�
LJ
15800 -2
less than 1/4" 1 ft.' The Architect determines the acceptability
of "equivalent equipment" when submitted after the award of contract.
S.' SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. In addition to brochures fiereinbefore required, submit shop drawings
of the following:
1. Equipment and piping layout shop drawings of all items accepted
as equal to those specified.
2. Operating points indicated on performance curves of all pumps.
3. Temperature control system.
4. Certification of earthquake restraint.
B. See General Requirements of this section for manner in which submittals
are to be handled.
6. MATERIALS:
A. Use only new materials, and unless prefabricated, deliver to the
site in standard sizes. Use the standard product of one manufacturer
for each article of its type. Materials and workmanship not otherwise
specified to conform to latest applicable Federal, A.N.S.I., N.F.P.A.,
A.S.M.E., A.S.T.M., N.E.M.A., or A.G.A. specifications.
B. Concrete:
1. Install equipment mounted on floors or ground an concrete pads,
4" minimum indoors and 6" minimum outdoors. These may be omitted
only where alternative supports of rails, sleepers, runners,
as desired o -r acceptable, - -- led or noted on drawings
piers, etc., are specifically detailed
Z. Responsibility for the proper size and location of equipment
pads furnished under another section remains the work of this
'section. Provide necessary co- ordination. .
C. Bolts, nuts and supports for equipment anchorage shall be galvanized.
7. ELECTRICAL:
A. All motors, power driven equipment and automatic control equipment
required and connected with the work of this section of the specifi-
cations are to be furnished and installed under this section. The
Electrical Section of,the Specifications indicates and specifies
conduit, conductors, outlets, disconnect switches, starters, except
as' hereinafter specified, and the making of final connections.
B. Motors for interior locations, standard drip proof construction;
motors for exterior location totally enclosed, fan cooled, with
drain holes, suitable for outdoor usage.
1. Motor speed not to exceed 1750 rpm, unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
2. Single phase motors shall have integral thermal overload protection.
C. All motor starters are furnished and installed under the Electrical
Section of the Specifications, except motor starters which are
furnished by the manufacturer as an integral piece of the manufact-
urer's packaged mechanical equipment or are specified to be furnished
with the equipment.
•
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -3
i
e
S. HYDROSTATIC AND HYDRAULIC TESTS:
A. After installation is complete, but before insulation is applied, .
test all piping and equipment and prove tight. Pressure tests
shall run for a period of not less than four (4) hours and all
tests made with water. The pressure shall not drop more than five
(5) pounds during the test period. Furnish all necessary equipment.
Test pressure:
1. Condenser water piping - 125 psi.
2. Heating water piping - 125 psi.
3. Boilers - 30 psi.
B. Check all safety and relief valves for compliance with proper relieving
pressures.
9. AIR DISTRIBUTION AND HYDRONIC TESTING AND BALANCING:
A. Obtain the services of an independent test and balance agency. Agency
shall be a fully certified member of the Associated Air Balance Council,
or shall submit adequate documentation of agencies compentency.
Minimum qualifications for acceptance are general membership
requirements for AABC. Submit name.
B. Perform testing and balancing in complete accordance with AABC Standards
for Field Measurement and Instrumentation Form No. 12173 Volume Two, as
published by AABC. Instruments used for testing and balancing of air
and hydronic systems ust have been calibrated within a period
of six months prior to balancing. Include a letter of certification
listing instrumentation used and last date of calibration. Submit
six (6) copies of the complete test reports prior to final
acceptance of the project. If requested, conduct test as listed
herein in the presence of the Architect at points requested by him.
After balancing and prior to final inspection, operate all systems
continuously without malfunction for a minimum period of fourteen
(14) days.
C. Agency to adjust all ceiling diffusers cores, air deflectors for
blows indicated..
10. OPERATIONAL TESTS:
A. After balancing and prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall
operate all systems continuously for a minimum period of seven (7)
days of which five (5) days shall be regular working days. Twice
on each of these working days, once in the morning and once in
the afternoon, the Contractor shall read and note the time of day,
controller set point, and the reading on the installed system thermometer
at each room thermostat, each duct and plenum thermostat, and each
pipe line and equipment thermostat. For the final two (2) working
days of this period, room temperatures shall show a maximum variation
of plus or minus two (2) degrees F. from thermostat setting and
all other temperatures shall be within the proportional range or
differential indicated by the temperature control manufacturer
on his shop drawings. Should any readings show a wider variation,
the corrections shall be made.and reading taken until two (2)
consecutive working days are within the acceptable range. On the
first and last series of readings, the Contractor shall also read
and note the temperature indicated on previously calibrated portable
space and immersion thermometers, to show that installed instru-
mentation is in calibration.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -4
B.' The Contractor shall inform the Owner one week prior to starting
this testing in order that the Owner's representative may be present.
The daily notations of readings shall be initialed by the Owner's .
construction inspector and one of the Owner's service personnel
that will oversee the mechanical systems. Any exception to the
above must be obtained in writing from the Owner and accompany
the report. .Six (6) copies of the report shal'1 be submitted to
the Architect for.approval. The report shall have the following
form:
Instrument location and identification:
Installed Portable Owner's Service
Set Thermometer Thermometer Man's & Inspector's
Date Time Point Reading Reading Initials
11. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. The Contractor shall instruct the authorized Owner's represent=
ative in the complete operation of all items of equipment that
are, or have components that are, motor driven, electric resist -
ance heated, or gas fired. These instructions are to be given
at the Owner's convenience. Submit certification that these
instructions have been completed.
B. Printed operating instructions and a copy of wiring diagram are
to be mounted in all equipment rooms, framed and behind glass or
encased in plastic. Printed operating instructions shall include
steps for starting up and securing equipment. As a precedent to
final acceptance four (4) copies of instructions are to be sub-
mitted to the Architect for approval. Contractor shall turn over
to Owner in neat brochure form, equipment guarantees and maintenance
instructions.
• 12. CLEAN -UP:
A. Thoroughly clean all materials, equipment and appliances. Clean
. and prepare all surfaces to be painted. Clean the entire premises
of unused materials, debris, spots and marks to the satisfaction
of the Architect.
B. Remove, thoroughly clean and replace all strainers and automatic
valves after the system has been put in operation until system
Is clear of all foreign matter and repeat this operation after
ten (10) days and again after the system has been in operation
thirty (30) days. Submit certification that this operation has been
completed.
13. PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Pipe 2 inches and smaller screwed; pipe 2 -1/2 inches and larger
flanged and welded; except where specifically noted otherwise.
B. Schedule 40 black steel pipe with 1259S, 1759 WOG black cast iron
screwed fittings or Nibcosteel "Husky" Schedule 40 welding fittings
or Tubeturn "Econo" fittings (except "Econo" reducers) and 1509
welding flanges and 1509 slip -on steel flanges and /or 1259 WOG
black cast iron flanged fittings:'
Condenser water supply and return piping above ground.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -5
. C. Condenser water 2 -1/2" and larger, at Contractor's option, may
have victaulic couplings, style 77 with Grade "H" butyl gaskets,
and victaulic standard fittings...
D. Seamless copper tubing ASTM No. B -88 as manufactured by Anaconda,
Revere, Chase; Type L hard drawn unless otherwise designated. Fittings
shall be wrought copper A.S.A. 816.22, or cast bronze A.S.A. 816.18
solder fittings as manufactured by Nibco, Revere, Chase, Class
No. 150.
1. Cold water make -up piping.
2. Fan -coil unit branch piping, at Contractor's, option.
E. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with 150 #S, 300# WOG galvanized
malleable iron screwed fittings:
Relief and safety valve .discharge piping.
2. Condensate drains.
3. Equipment drain and overflow piping, unless otherwise specified.
F. Gas Piping: as specified in Plumbing Work.
G. Water Treatment Tower Piping: ABS rigid plastic pipe, Sloan, Kraloy,
Cabot conforming to Department of Commerce Standards CS219 -59. Pipe
to be Type II, Schedule 80 and shall bear the National Sanitation
Foundation NSF approval. Pipe shall be permanently marked with the
following information: Manufacturer's name, kind of pipe, material,
size and NSF approval, and shcedula of type. Fittings socket weld
type. Schedule 80, Type I, heavy duty.
H. Underground Condenser Water Piping: Johns - Manville 160 p.s.i.
=. Ring -Tito RYL -pope and fittings. Piping must meet requirements
i ggss _
of ASTN D2341 and Commercial Standard CS-251- dimensionai rafio SOR 26.`
Plastic fitting shall-be "Ring -Tite" and be of the same manufacturer
as the pipe. Installation per manufacturers recommendations.
i
0
14. INSTALLATION OF PIPE 8 FITTINGS:
A. Construct,pipe lines of full length sections of pipe. No short
sections allowed except where length of run requires less than
one full length of pipe: Fabricate short sections from dimensions
taken at the site.
B. Install pipe straight and true. .Do not spring or force piping
into place. Install piping in such a manner so as to prevent any
undue strain on equipment. Install pipe runs and connections to
insure unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets and allow for complete
drainage of system. Install air vents at all points where air
pockets can not otherwise be eliminated. Piping to clear structural
members and obstructions, even if drawings do not indicate same.
Check the work of other trades to prevent interference. Cap or
plug ends of and openings in all pipe and fittings until equip-
ment is installed and final connections are made. Install floor,
wall and ceiling plates where pipes pierce finished surfaces.
C. Make up joints with inside smooth and unobstructed. Thoroughly
ream out pipe ends to remove all burrs. Carefully inspect each
length of pipe and each fitting and remove obstructions prior to
fabrication. Make screwed ,Joints tight with tongs and wrenches.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -6
Re -make leaky connections with new materials. The use of thread
cement or caulking to make ,joints tight is prohibited.
D. Make pipe size reductions with reducing fittings. The use of bushings.
not allowed unless specifically authorized. Close nipples not
allowed.
E. Condensate piping: Slope 1/4" in ten feet in direction of flow.
F. Do all necessary trenching, excavation, shoring and backfilling
required for the proper laying of the pipe lines. Bottoms of trenches
to be cut to grade, and excavated to insure the pipes bearing for
their entire length upon the outside periphery of the lower third
of the pipe. If rock is encountered, excavate to a depth of 3 .
inches below the bottom of the pipe and fill with sand and pea
gravel well tamped. If it is required to lay pipe on fill, compact
in a manner approved by the Architect. Make trenches 12 inches
wider than the greatest diameter of the pipe. Only clean earth
approved by the Architect used in backfilling. Backfilling under
paving mechanically or hand tamped to 9OZ maximum density. All
other backfilling well rammed and puddledd in six inch layers.
Do not backfill until installation has been approved. Promptly
install all piping after excavation or cutting for same has been
done, so as to keep the excavation open as short a time as possible.
G. Cover underground metal piping 24" minimum and non - metallic piping
36" minimum.
15. UNIONS, GASKETS AND STRAINERS:
A.
Unions - 2 inches and under: Wal'worth, Crane, Stockham, or equal,
class groun ,loin ma eable iron screwed unions with brass
to iron seat.
B
Unions - 2 -1/2 inches and larger Cast iron flanged, gasket type.
n
C.
Unions - copper tubing: Nibco #733.
D.
Gaskets: 1 /16 inch "Cranite ".
E.
Strainers: Crane, Zurn, Sarco Y Type 125# Class of the same size
as a p7—pa lines on which they are to be used. Bodies to be cast
iron, strainer element stainless steel, with perforations suitable
for service requirements. Strainers in copper pipe may be of the
bronze body.type. i
16. INSTALLATION OF UNIONS, GASKETS AND STRAINERS:
A.
Install a union on one side of shut -off valves, at both sides of
automatic valves, at equipment, and elsewhere as indicated or required.
Install unions in accessible locations.
B.
Install strainers in accessible locations to allow for easy removal
of strainer element, so that they may be flushed without spilling
liquid over equipment. Install gate valve with hose adaptor for
blowdown on each strainer.
17. PIPE JOINTS:
A.
Thread com pond: "Crane Thread Lubricant" Led Plate Paste No.
n=At_ ontractor's option use "Teflon" thread tape applied without
Pipe "Dope ". '
NEWPORT
CENTER
BRANCH
LIBRARY 15800 -7
• B. Backing rings: "Robvan C- Nub ", or equal, for welded joints in
s ee pipe.
C. Solder: 95 -5 tin- antimony per ASTM B -32 Grade SA for copper water
and drain lines, and silver solder for refrigerant piping.
D. Weld -O -Lets: Welding Weld -O -lets may be used in lieu of tees where
SrancT connection pipe size is two or more pipe sizes smaller than
the main header size.
18. INSTALLATION OF PIPE JOINTS:
A. Make up screwed joints with a minimum amount of compound applied
to the male thread only. Apply "Teflon" thread tape tightly, starting
with entry thread and covering all threads. Overlap each wrap.
B. Weld joints on pipe.with continuous welds utilizing backing rings
and with pipe ends beveled before fabrication. Weld fittings in
accordance with manufacturer's directions. Electric welding by
experienced welder whose qualifications shall be subject to the
welding code of the Heating, Piping and Air Conditioning Contrac-
tors' National Association.
C. Make up flanged joints with ring gaskets.
O. Solder joints with a minimum of solder but enough to assure a tight
joint.
E. Victaulic joints made up.in accordance with manufacturer's recom-
mendations.
19. VALVES:
• A: Valves unless otherwise noted or specified are gate type. Valves
of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer. The valves
listed below are approved.
8. Screwed or flanged valves follow except where other valves are
specifically named for particular uses:
1. Gate valves 2 inches and smaller, 150 pound screwed and /or
flanged all bronze, solid wedge disc, R.S.
Jenkins - - - - - -- - Fig. 49 -U Kennedy - - - - -- -Fig. 80
Crane ---------- No. 431 R.P. & C. - - -- - Fig. 704
Lunkenheimer -- -Fig. 2151 OIC ---- - - - - -- - Fig. 7150
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 514 Nibco /Scott --- Fig. T134
Walworth - - - - -- - Fig. 11
2. Gate valves 2 -1/2 inches and larger, standard flanged, iron
body, bronze mounted, O.S. & Y. 125 #.
Jenkins - - - - - -- - Fig. 650&651A Powell - - - - - -- -Fig. 1792&1793
Kennedy -------- Fig. 0601&0611 Crane ------ - - -No. 464 - 1/28465 -1/.2
Walworth - - - - -- - Fig. 726&726F R.P. & C. - - -- -Fig. 624&625
Lunkenheimer --- Fig. 1429&1430 OIC ---- - - - - -- -Fig. 1139&1140
Stockham ------- Fig. G620 &G623 Nibco / Scott --- Fig. T617&T617 -0
3. Angle valves, 150 pound screwed, bronze stainless steel plug
disc with union bonnet.
Crane ---------- No. 16 -1 /2P Jenkins - - - - -- - Fig. 548 P
Stdckham --- = --- Fig. B -229 R.P. & C. - - -- - Fig, 411 OP'
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 103 OIC ---- - - - - -- - Fig. 559
Kennedy -------- Fig. 139 PS Nibco /Scott --- Fig. T356 AP
Walworth ------- Fig. 238 P
. NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -8
4. Check valves 2 inches and smaller, 200 pound, screwed, all
bronze, regrinding swing type.
Jenkins -------- Fig. 262 -A Kennedy - - - - -- -Fig. 544
Crane ---------- No. 36 Walworth ------ Fig. 420
Lunkenheimer -- -Fig. 554 R.P. & C . - - -- -Fig. 201
Stockham ------ -Fig. B -345 Nibco /Scott -- - Fig. T4538
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 560
S. Horizontal check valves 2 -1/2 inches and larger, 125# standard
flanged, iron body, bronze mounted, renewable seat and disc
type.
Walworth - - - - -- - Fig. 928F Stockham ------ Fig. G -931
Jenkins - - - - - -- - Fig. 624 Powell - - - - - -- - Fig. 559
Crane ---------- No. 373 Kennedy - - - - -- -Fig. 106
Lunkenheimer --- Fig. 1790 Nibco /Scott --- Fig. F918B
6. Vertical check valves 2 -1/2 inches and larger, standard flanged,
silent check valve, bronze trim, Williams- Hager, Miller, APCO
Co., Smolensky.
7. Balancing cocks and gas cocks, screwed and /or flanged, 175#
semi -steel lubricated plug cock. Install adjustable stop indicator
on balancing cocks, and furnish operating wrench for each cock.
Cocks not serviceable from below shall have bolted bonnet.
Powell -- - - - - -- - Fig. 2200&2201 Rockwell- Nordstrom- -Fig. 142 &143
Walworth ------- Fig. 1796 &1797F Homestead ----------- Fig. 611 &612
ACF ------------ Fig. R- 1430&R -1431
8. At Contractor's option, in lieu of gate and globe valves and
balancing cocks, ball or butterfly valves may be installed.
9. 2" and smaller: 150 'psi brass body, hard chrome plated brass
ball, cadmium plated steel union end or bolted construction,
teflon seat and seal, cadmium plated lever handle; Clayton
Mark #793, Worcester, Hills- McCanna, Jenkins 30 -.A, R.P..- &..C_.
•
BL- 301 -TF.
10. 2 -1/2" and larger: 150 psi flanged iron body, chrome plated
steel bail, teflon seat and seal, cadmium plated lever handle;
Clayton Mark #770, Worcester, Hills- McCanna.
i1. 2 -i/2" and larger: 150 psi iron body, wafer lug style, bronze
disc, replaceable teflon seat, lever lock handle; Keystone
Fig. 122 Worcester.
C. Solder joint type valves:
1. Gate Valves: 150 pound joint, bronze.
Nibco /Scott --------- No. S -134 '
Powell ----------- - - - No. 1842 -S
OIC ----------------- No. 7170
2. Globe Valves: 150 pound, solder joints, bronze.
Nibco /Scott --- ------ No. 5 -235 -8
Powell ----------- - - - No. 1823
OIC ----------------- No. 570
3. Check Valves: 150 pound solder joints, bronze,
swing type.
Nibco /Scott --------- No. S -433 -8
Powell ----------- - - - No. 1841 -
OIC ----------------- No. 170
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -9
i
20. INSTALLATION OF VALVES:
A. Provide valves where indicated on the drawings and where required
for adequate control of the system. Provide a gate valve on each
side of automatic control valves. Valves are installed in accessible
locations.
B. Provide gate valves on all piping connections to equipment to permit
isolation or removal.
C. Label all valves with brass or plastic tags chained to valves with
brass chains with stamped or etched letters filled with white paint.
D. Provide a neat chart showing the locations and uses of all valves
as mentioned above. Install charts behind clear glass or plastic
_ on wall at locations as directed;
i
r�
u
21. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Malleable iron rod and split ring for un- insulated pipe and adjustable
swivel.pipe rolls for insulated pipe, complete with rods, swivel
hangers, turnbuckles and clips or concrete inserts, Carpenter and
Patterson, Grinnell, Elcen, Cade Devices Inc.,-Fee &Mason.
B. Support pipe in the following manner:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, hold horizontal pipe runs firmly
in place by approved iron hangers. Install and support pipe
runs so that they may expand or contract freely without strain
to pipe or equipment.
2. Install horizontal steel pipe with hangers supported from beam
clamps, or 2 -1/2 x 2 -1/2 x 1/4 inch angles from structural
roof members every 10 feet, except piping under 1 inch in diameter
support every 8 feet.
3. Support vertical piping at floor and at ceiling with wrought
iron pipe clamps. Provide separate supports for all branch
lines.
4. Provide piping covering protection saddles on insulated pipe
at all pipe supports.
S. At pump suction and discharges, piping supported free of pump
casings through the use of base elbows or other hangers which
are herein specified.
22. PIPE SLEEVES:
A. Provide pipe sleeves of 20 gauge steel for pipes to pass through
concrete walls, floors and roofs. Diameter of sleeve to be 1 inch
larger than the outside diameter of passing pipe and covering of
Insulated pipe. Galvanized steel telescoping type sleeves as manufactured
by "Adjust -to- Crete" or "Paramount Manufacturing Company ", or Sperzel
polyethylene "Crete- sleeve ", may be used. Where seepage may occur,
use steel pipe sleeves.
B. All pipe sleeves through floors other than floors on fill shall
extend I inch above finished floor and shall be caulked with mineral
wool. Provide collar where polyethylene sleeve is used.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
15800 =10
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -11
23.
PIPE ISOLATION:
•
A. Provide sound and electrolysis isolation, Semco "Trisolators" or
Potter- Roemer "Prisolators ", on all uninsulated pipes..
24.
BACKFLOW PROTECTION:
A. Provide backflow prevention devices in cold water makeup lines
to mechanical equipment. Equipment shall include but not be limited
to the following:
1. Boilers
2. Cooling Towers
B. Device complete with gate valves and test cocks. Install with funnel
piped to drain.
C. Device shall be on current approved list of governing authorities.
D. Manufacturers: Reduced pressure type; Cla -Val, Beeco; Crane.
25.
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES:
A. Water pressure reducing valves, Bell and Gossett Co.. No. 12, iron
body, all brass working parts and built -in strainers. Equivalent:
Meuller No. H- 9000 -1 all bronze; Cash Acme.
26.
PRESSURE GAUGES:
'A. Water pressure gauges, Ashcroft Catalog No. 1079 -A, 4 -1/2" diameter
dial, complete with Crane series 700 or equal gauge cocks. Equivalent:
Marsh, Weiss, Crosby.
1. Pump suctions: 30" & 0 -15 psi compound range, 1" and 1/2 psi
" .
graduations.
2. Pump discharge: 0 -60 psi range; 1 psi graduations.
27.
THERMOMETERS:
A. Industrial, Weiss "Red Reading" mercury with "Variangle" adjustment,
with 7" bronze chrome plated or cast aluminum case. Equivalent:
"
Trerice, Moiller.
B. Thermometers installed in pipe lines shall have separable socket,
installed in and parallel to flow, and be as close as possible
to equipment where temperature is being measured.
1. Heating water: 30 -240 degree F range, 2 degree scale divisions.
2. Condenser water: 30 -180 degree F range, 2 degree scale divisions.
28.
AIR VENTS:
A. Crane series 700 cocks for manual air vents.
B. Run drain tine to nearest floor sink or floor drain.
29.
RELIEF VALVES: .
A. Hot water boiler relief valves furnished with boiler.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -11
C. Install with refrigeration type gauge glass, Henry Type 602.
' 34. FLOW MEASURING AND BALANCING SYSTEM:
A.
B.
Condenser water: McDonnell 8 Miller No. 230 Series; ASME rated,
with provisions for connecting a portable differential pressure
meter. Each Circuit Sensor individually calibrated. Accompany.
Equivalent: Kunkle N37, Watts.
Circuit Sensor with a calibrated chart to determine the circuit
C.
Run water relief valve discharge piping same size or greater than -
pressure at 250 0F., manufactured by ITT Bell 8 Gossett.
B.
On screwed pipe, furnish and install a bronze Circuit Setter with
relief valve discharge to drain; where not detailed on drawings to
provisions for connecting portable differential pressure meter
and an integral pointer installed to provide degree of valve opening.
be run otherwise. Do not manifold relief valve discharge piping.
Accompany the Circuit Setter with a calibrated chart to determine
30.
PIPE VIBRATION ISOLATION:
pressure at 250 0F. and supplied with a performed polyurethane package
A..Flexible
connections molded bellows type reinforced Lefton or rubber
Gossett. Separate balancing cock on diagram may be omitted where
flanged joint. Where space conditions permit, straight sided vibration
NEWPORT
CENTER
BRANCH
joints are acceptable. ...
•
I
i
B.
Manufacturers: Resistoflex, U. S. Rubber,, American Rubber, Belmont,
Korfund, Vibration Mountings, Mason, Mercer.
C.
Where bellows type are used, install additional supports to compensate
for axial thrust.
31.
FLOW SWITCHES:
A.
McDonnell 8 Miller FS4 series, UL listed.
B.
Install in horizontal pipe run and with paddle trimmed for proper
operation.
32.
PIPE IDENTIFICATION:
A.
" Idento Bands" as manufactured by Idento Metal Products Co., and
color coded as recommended-by A.S.M.E. Install one band at each
side of valves, and branch take -offs. Furnish identification chart
complete with glass and frame and mount in boiler room. Flow arrows
installed on all exposed piping.
- -- -
33.
EXPANSION TANKS (CLOSED):
A.
Steel, all welded construction, 125 p.s.i. working pressure, A.S.M.E.
stamped. Clean; prime coat paint with' Rustoleum. Support with
structural steel.
B.
Tank complete with reinforced threaded connections and Bell 8 Gossett
Airtrol Tank Fitting.
C. Install with refrigeration type gauge glass, Henry Type 602.
' 34. FLOW MEASURING AND BALANCING SYSTEM:
A.
On flanged pipe, furnish and install a nickel plated Circuit. Sensor,
with provisions for connecting a portable differential pressure
meter. Each Circuit Sensor individually calibrated. Accompany.
Circuit Sensor with a calibrated chart to determine the circuit
flow rate. Each Circuit Sensor constructed for 125 lb, working
pressure at 250 0F., manufactured by ITT Bell 8 Gossett.
B.
On screwed pipe, furnish and install a bronze Circuit Setter with
provisions for connecting portable differential pressure meter
and an integral pointer installed to provide degree of valve opening.
Accompany the Circuit Setter with a calibrated chart to determine
-
flow rate.. Each Circuit Setter.constructed for 125 lbs. working
pressure at 250 0F. and supplied with a performed polyurethane package
that can be reused for insulation. Manufactured by ITT Bell and
Gossett. Separate balancing cock on diagram may be omitted where
this device is installed.
NEWPORT
CENTER
BRANCH
LIBRARY 15800 -12
•
I
i
35. FLUES AND VENTS:
A. flues .and vents U.L. listed Type "B" double wall gas vent continuous
from equipment to vent cap. Amerivent.Style "R ", Metalbestos,
or equivalent.
B. Provide proper fittings and terminate in "Americap" gas vent cap
or equivalent. Vent and cap products of a single manufacturer.
36. GENERAL DUCTS AND SHEET METAL WORK:
A. Duct's and plenums. access doors, fresh air intakes and exhausts
made of sheet of galvanized steel of the following U. S. Standard
gauges; gauges to comply with NFPA Pamphlet 90A.
Round Ducts - Rectangular Ducts Minimum
Diameter in Maximum Side In Thickness
Inches Inches U.S.Gauoe
----- - - - - -- Up thru 12 26
up thru 10 13 thru 30 24
B. Diagonally crimp all duct flat surfaces, regardless of size. Beading
acceptable for SMACMA Standards. Longitudinal seams in all duct
sizes may be double seam or Pittsburgh seam for corners of ducts
and grooved seam for flat surfaces. Transverse joints and intermed-
iate bracing constructed of galvanized sheet metal and /or galvanized
structural angles as follows:
Maximum Side Transverse Joint Intermediate
In Inches Connection Bracing all
Sides
• Up thru 18 Drive slip or pocket slip, none _
7' -10" maximum centers
19 thru 30 Drive slip, or pocket slip, 1 x l x 1 /8"
7' -10" maximum centers angle 5' -0"
from joint.
C. Support duct work as follows:
1. Horizontal Duct Supports:
Maximum Diameter or Side Minimum Support
Support Material
Dia. One Side Other Side Material Dist.
18" 12" 12" 16 ga. galv.
iron strap, 1" wide 10'
30" 18" 36" 16 ga. gate.
iron strap, 1" wide 8'
D. Construct "duct- turns" in square elbows and where indicated with
Tuttle and Bailey or Barber - Colman turning vanes. Equivalent vanes
of other manufacturers may be used if approved by Architect. Omit
vanes in sound attenuator elbows.
E. Details of construction not specifically covered under these specifications
or on the drawings to be in accordance with details of construction
described in Section 1 of the 1969 edition of "Duct Manual and
Sheet Metal Construction for Ventilating -Air Conditioning System ",
NEWPORT CENTER' '
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -13
which is referred* to as "Duct Manual" (available at SMACNA 1830
W. 8-th St., Suite 114, L.A. 57). Deliver a copy of this "Duct
Manual" to the Owner's Resident Inspector before any work outlined
under this section of the specification is accomplished. Refer
to the "Duct Manual" for specific details as follows:
PLATE NO. FIG. PAGE
16 8 & C 41
17 B 43
22 B & C 53 .
23 D & E 55
25 ALL 59
26 8 61
28 ALL 65
29 ALL 67
30 A,B,C, & D .69
F. Neoprene coated glass fabric flexible connections for air ducts
are to be installed at all fan connections and elsewhere as required
or indicated; Ventglas or Duro Dyne. Make flexible connections
not more than 6 inches long, secured by suitable clamps.
G. All duct dimensions shown on drawings are "inside clear ". Increase
the sizes of acoustically lined ducts accordingly.
H. All supply, return and exhaust ducts shall have transverse joints,
tap -in connections etc., securely taped with Johns - Manville JM
No. 357 silver vinyl tape, Arno C -520 or canvas and Arabol duct
tape.
I: Insulated flexible duct, Glass Flex, Type ST -1 consisting of zinc coat
spring helix; fiber glass insulation 1 inch thick sheathed in seam -
less vapor barrier jacket. Interior fire resistive coated to prevent
• erosion. NFPA 90A Class I and UL label. Flame spread 25 or less.
.Smoketileveleped -50'or less. - Eq11iv&4ent :- iFiremold-type--52. -- 1-11 -beeds
to be formed sheet metal unless center line radius is 2.0 or greater.
37. GENERAL INSTALLATION OF DUCTS AND SHEET METAL WORK:
A. Hammer the lock joints to make them air tight, and rivet each corner.
Inside of the duct to be a smooth surface to the flow of air. Changes
in size of ducts are to increase gradually with a slope of not
more than one foot in three feet and one foot in five feet where
possible. Radius elbows are acceptable provided the inside is
not less than the duct width. except where lined elbow is intended
as a sound attenuato�. Where space does not permit this radius, or
where shown on the plans square elbows with turning vanes shall be
used.
B. Install ducts to clear structural members and obstructions even
if drawings do not specifically indicate the same. Particularly
check electrical work so as to prevent any interference with this
trade. No ducts are to be pierced by sheet metal screws, hangers,,
supports, etc. Hanging to be from standing seams or with trapeze
or stirrup hangers running under the duct. .
C. Duct systems are to be assembled, erected and adjusted in such
a manner so as to insure a minimum of noise and vibration when
In operation. The entire system is to be quiet to a reasonable
degree satisfactory to the Architect. Any adjustment required
to produce quietness is to be made before work can be accepted.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -14
. D. Where interior of ductwork is visible thru an air outlet, inside
of duct shall be painted with A flat black primer, or lining shall
have block facing.
•
E. Install ducts so that system can be readily balanced after completion
of the work. Make all ducts, plenums and equipment air tight. .
F. For additional requirements see "Duct Manual"
G. Throats of the same velocity as the main duct to which branch connections
are made extend into main duct in direction of air flow, a distance
to twice the width of the throat.
38. DAMPERS AND EXTRACTORS:
A. Damper construction shall be per "Duct Manual" references. Install
splitter and volume dampers where indicated or required to properly
balance air volume delivered. Provide each damper with Ventlock
or Ouro Dyne quadrant. Group dampers for easy access.
B. Extractors: Fixed type, Barber - Colman Deflectrol. Adjustable type,
Air Factors. Provide an extractor at each tap -in main or branch
ducts, in low velocity systems and at each side -wall or ceiling air
diffuser which taps into a duct.
39. FIRE DAMPERS:
A. Install California State Fire Marshal approved fire dampers. Sleeve
and back plaster where required by authorities. Dampers listed for
the specific application, e.g., vertical, horizontal, in rated ceiling,
protecting structure, etc.
B. Fusible link rating 50 "F. above the maximum temperature that would
normally be encountered within the system. Where fire shutters
are required in combustion air openings, use 360 0F. links.
C. Provide suitable access to dampers, with location of doors in
ducts co- ordinated with doors in ceilings and walls.
D. Blade width for multiblade dampers 4 -1/2 inch maximum. Contractor
shall co- ordinate his work closely so that fire damper blades will
not interfere with the airflow, diffusers, registers, etc.
40. ACCESS DOOR'S:
A. Furnish and install access doors in ceilings and walls as necessary
to service items of equipment-furnished under this section; e.g.
fire damper fusible links, valves, damper operators or quadrants,
etc. Doors may be located to serve more than one item where feasible,
providing they are approved as specified below. Sizes suitable
for purpose intended, with 12" x 12" minimum.
1. All applications unless specifically excepted below, prime
coat finish door and frame, Allen key latch, face -of -wall type:
Smith 4760, Acorn 8211 -3 Zurn Z -1376.
2. In fire rated walls and ceilings, Inland Steel "Milcor ", UL
1 -1/2 hr. "B" labeled, prime coat enamel door and frame, flush
.keyed cylinder lock.
B. Co- ordinate locations of ceiling access doors with lights, air
outlets, speakers, etc.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -15
41. DUCT INSULATION:
A. Ductwork:
1. Insulate all supply and return air ducts and plenums. Where
acoustically lined, omit exterior insulation and make liner
thickness same as for external insulation for the appropriate
system. All insulation U. L. listed showing flame spread not
greater than 25, nor smoke greater than 50, per NFPA 90A. Duct
work thermal and.acoustical insulation resilient glass fiber.
2. Concealed ducts insulated with CSG Ultra -Lite M75 or Johns -
Manville Microlite, 3/4 pound per cubic foot density glass
fiber blanket. Firmly wrap insulation around duct work with
all joints lapped a minimum of 2 inches. Secure insulation
to ducts by means of 16 gauge soft- annealed galvanized wire
spaced 12 inches on centers and at loose ends. Thickness 1"
unless otherwise specified. -
3. Acoustical glass fiber duct liner 1" thick; CSG Ultra- Liner,
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Textraface, Johns - Manville Micro- Coustic,
or 0 -C Fiberglas Aeroflex. Apply with coated side facing air
stream. Attach to sheet metal with Adhered clips. Form longi-
tudinal joints in one corner of duct. Tightly butt all joints
and heavily paint with EC -321 adhesive to insure continuity
of surface. Adhered clips to be 18 inches on centers with
adhesive daubbed 6 inches on centers. Duct sizes shown on
plans are "inside clear" and where ducts are internally insulated
the sheet metal size must be increased accordingly.
B. Equivalent insulation: Owens - .Corning Fiberglas or Pittsburgh Plate
Glass Company.
42. BOILER WATER TUBE, GAS FIRED):
A. Bryan Seried F, natural gas fired, copper water tube heat exchanger
hot water heating boiler, sized as indicated; manufactured and tested.in
strict accordance with A.S.M.E. low pressure heating boiler code for
60 p.s.i.
6. Boiler constructed and assembled as completely packaged unit with
welded steel boiler plate drums, water legs, and tube headers;
1" O.D. seamless copper tubes replaceable without welding or rolling;
insulated 16 ga. rust resistant alloy steel casing, painted with
heat resistant primer and lacquer. Jacket and insulation readily
remokable and resistallable.
C, Boiler furnished with motorized gas valve, 2 sec. closing, General
Contrals Type H -0 Hydromotor or Maxon Series 4804, full line size;
McDonnell & Miller low water cut off feeder, with Edwards No. 340
alarm bell and transformer; manual reset high limit control and
McDonnell & Miller No. 63M low water fuel cut -off. Low water cut -offs
with blow down valves..
D. Boiler controls wired as diagrammed on drawings and to meet require-
ments of Title 8, California Administrative Code, Boiler Safety
Orders, dated December 2, 1966. Boiler and controls to conform
to U.L. and be A.G.A. approved.
- -E- Equivalent
NEWPORT CENTER
- BRANCH LIBRARY
Series "X" boiler by Ajax Co.
15800 - 16
43. CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLING TOWER:
A. Baltimore Aircoil Industrial Cooler, of the blow -thru design and
sectional type construction. Model and capacity indicated.
B. Standard accessories: close - coupled, bronze fitted centrifugal
pump with mechanical seal; fan section of forwardly= curved centrifugal
fans, statically and dynamically balanced; modulating dampers installed
In each-fan housing; drip -proof ball bearing fan motor with special
motor winding protection for outdoor service; multi - groove V-
belt fan drive covered by a galvanized belt guard; serpentine cooling
coil all prime surface steel pipe, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication;
water distribution system of the open trough type with levelling
devices and inlet screens. Equivalent: Frick.
44. PUMPS:
A. Flexible coupled, end suction: Weinman Type G.B. or K.B. bronze
fitted with bronze enclosed impeller, bronze case wearing ring,
bronze renewable shaft sleeve, mechanical seal. Pump with 2" discharge
and smaller to be furnished with standard pipe threaded connections:
2 -1/2" discharge and larger to be furnished with standard 125 psi
flanged connections. Pumps to be non - overloading. Pumps to be
furnished with double ball bearing and heavy frame with grease
lubricated bearings. Pump and motor to be mounted on structural
steel sub -base. Pumps shall have.stainless steel shafts.. Casings
tapped for suction and discharge pressure gauges. Install with
factory furnished coupling guards. Equivalent: Aurora, KSB,_Bell
& Gossett.
8. Submit pump performance curves to Architect for approval indicating
Capacity, Head, Impeller Diameter, Horsepower and Efficiency.
C. Fti•mly dttacfi'metal pl" aftg to pump i'PrdicStiW. MaBUfgcturfir; Pump—
Model, Serial No., Capacity, and Head.
45. WATER TREATMENT OPEN LOOP:
A. Condenser water treatment system shall consist of a total dissolved
solids monitor, bleed orr valve, chemical pump, sensor, piping, valves, etc.,
for a complete and operable system.
B. Monitor, Universal'Interloc Model No. 771V, silicon semi- conductor
solid -state circuiting with ambient temperature, stabelized circuit
control.
1. Stability shall be + 1 % /mo., accuracy shall be + 2% of full scale,
and sensitivity shaTi be + 0.1% of full scale.
2. Indicator lights shall be provided; Red (TOS at or higher than
set point), Amber (TOS lower than set point).
3. Recorder output shall be 0.5 volts (up to 2 MA. Max.).
4. Automatic temperature compensation shall be provided over the
range of 5° to 70° C (41" to 158 °F.).
S. Control range shall be switch selectable; 0 -500 or 0 -5000 .
micromhos /cm.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -17
•
• 6. Control output shall be 24 -28 VDC -5 amp resistive 2 amp
Inductive, 115 VAC 3 amp resistive 1.5 amp inductive with
adjustable deadband 0 -6% full scale. Output shall be capable
of activating a solenoid operated bled valve and /or a chemical
feed pump.
7. The conductivity controller shall be linear and shall incorporate
all silicon solid -state semiconductors with ambient temperature
stabilized circuit.
8. Power requirements shall be 117VAC + 15%, 50 -60 Hz, 5 amps.
8 feet of power cord shall be suppli=ed.
9. Equivalent: HYDAC. .
C. The conductivity sensor shall be the flow type Model No. 119
with carbon electrodes (no platinizing), PVC and epoxy construction.
1. Maximum operating temperature shall be 158 °F..
2. Electrodes shall have a known probe constant of 1.0 for the
operating range of 0 -5000 michomhos /cm.
3. Mount sensor in sample stream piping. .
D. The chemical feed pump shall be of the positive displacement type
suitable for feeding corrosion inhibiting chemicals. The pump shall be
a Precision Chemical Pump Corp. Model 10611 -61 with acrylic head.
Check valve and foot valve body shall be PVC.
1. Diaphragm and check valve 0 -rings shall be hypalon.'
2. Pump shall have a maximum capacity of 36 cc per minute, with
a maximum current rating at 1.3 amps at 110 V., 60 cycle, single
phase.,. _.
E. Solenoid bleed valve shall be Uni- Loc /CLP blow dawn valve with size
to be determined by water treatment system manufacturer.
F. Chemicals to be supplied for condenser water system:
1. 120 lbs of Aqua -Sery C -720 poly acrylic based anti - foulant and
anti - precipitant.
2. 20 lbs. df A -104 and 20 lbs. of A -105 alegaecide to be added to
system per manufacturers instructions. Chromates will not be
accepted.
G. Piping and electrical work shall be supplied and completed as indicated
and in co- ordination with the manufacturer of the control system.
Materials required in the system but not furnished by the manufacturer
shalibe as specified elsewhere in this section. Start -up and
calibration and a one year warranty provided on the total system as
part.of the contract.
H. Installation shall include start up service; and instructions to
operating personnel by authorized factory representative.
46. WATER TREATMENT - CLOSED .LOOP
=used oopcon condense ater system, Aqua =Sery B -239 liquid borate
nitrite corrosion inhibitor. Dosage: one .gallon for each 100 gallons
of chilled water in the system; one gallon for each 80 gallons
of hot water in the system. Install by -pass type feeder in piping
system. Furnish 20 gallons.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY .15800 -18
47. WATER TREATMENT STARTUP AND CLEANING:
. A. A representative of the chemical supplier shall make the chemical
treatment from and including initial 'start -up and, thirty (30)
days after the initial charge, test all water systems and send
a written report of the water condition. Thereafter an inspection
including test and report shall be made as required for proper
maintenance of water quality but not less than once every 60 days
for a period of one year at no additional cost to the Owner. A
copy of all reports shall be sent to the Architect.
Servicemen in the regular employ of the Aqua -Sery Company shall
supervise SC -45 cleaner to the following systems and equipment
prior to the application of water treatment; per manufacturer's
recommendations: Hot Water System, Boiler, Condenser Water System,
The servicemen, and the .company they represent, will be held respon-
sible for the safe application of cleaning compounds and safe operation
of equipment during the cleaning, flushing and recharging of the
above systems, and shall inform the proper representative if any '
unsafe conditions arise while the systems are being installed.
48. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES:
A. Supply outlets to provide the required air throw and spread with
no apparent drafts or excessive air movement within space being
supplied. Contractor to-provide necessary accessories to accomplish
satisfactory air distribution.
B. Ceiling outlets shall be factory finished white enamel unless
otherwise specified. All outlets in Toilet Rooms natural anodized
aluminum or electroplated frame and core, as applicable to aluminum
and steel respectively.
C. Provide felt, cork, or rubber gasket between finish surface and
frame to prevent vibration and assure tight fit. Contractor shall
be responsible for the correct location of ductwork and outlets.
.: _ _ r ------- _
D. For filler panel type outlets the manufacturer shall co- ordinate
his design with the ceiling suspension system being used. The
Contractor and manufacturer shall confirm sizes of outlets to properly
fit in ceiling systems, between concrete or masonry components,
or betweew architectural items before fabrication..
E. Ceiling diffusers: Anemostat RMD -FP, in T -Bar ceiling with removable
core and volume dampers. Patterns as indicated on drawings and
24" x 24" and 24" z 48" filler panel sizes as noted shown on Architectural
reflected ceiling plans.
F. Registers and grilles in T -bar ceilings: Anemostat RMD 5C50 -FP
and RMO GC5 -FP, removable core, with opposed blade volume dampers
for registers. 24" x 24" filler panel sizes as noted shown on
architectural reflected ceiling plans. Secure outlets to ceiling
suspension system as requested by State Office of Architecture
and Construction. Equivalent: Barber Colman TX, Titus.
G. Return and exhaust registers and grilles, except as otherwise specified:
Anemostat RC 325 and 3250, RCG5, removable core, key operated opposed
blade volume dampers for registers. Where installed in ceili.ngs,
core to be secured to frame with screws. Equivalent: Barber - Colman
GMR, Titus Series 1700.
49.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -19
0
•
E
50. ROOF EXHAUSTER:
A. Exit -Aire Permavent power roof exhauster type FG. Hood shall be one
piece fiberglass construction. Complete power and air moving assembly
shall rest on four neoprene isolators to isolate vibration. Color
shall be satin finish gull grey or as selected by Architect. Fan
inlet shall be integral spun type. Fan blade shall be backward inclined.
Belt drive shall have minimum of two bearings. Provide birdscreen.
8. Equivalent: Davidson Type PC Greenheck, Type LBE.
51. 'RELIEF VENT:
A. Exit -Aire Permanent type RFG -SF, one piece construction fiberglass
with self - flashing roof flange 4" wide and birdscreen, color "Gull
Grey ".
B. Equivalent: Structural engineered fiberglass, William Bermuda.
52. HEAT PUMP, CLOSED WATER CIRCUIT, CEILING MOUNTED:
A. Water source heat pump conditioner manufactured by the Singer Company.
B. Ceiling mounted type with horizontal air inlet and air discharge.
Casing corner and panel construction with a 14 gauge galvanized steel
base pan. Access panels lined internally with acoustic type fibrous
glass to provide electrical access on one side and blower and motor
access on opposite side. All internal parts subject to water exposure
coated with baked on thermo- setting plastic.
C. Sealed refrigerant circuit with hermetic motor - .compressor with internally
fused capacitor (none on three phase), air -to- refrigerant finned tube
coil, capillary expansion tube, refrigerant reversing valve pilot
operated water -to- refrigerant coaxial tube exchanger, high pressure
and low temperature safety cutouts factory installed on the refrigerant
circuit. Cutouts wired through a factory installed lock -out relay
to hold conditioner off unitl it is reset electrically at the circuit
breaker panel or wall thermostat.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
15800 -20
D.
Blower direct- drive, centrifugal type. Blower fan tip speed for all
models 3200 FPM maximum. Two year lubrication capacity, initially
lubricated at the factory. Externally accessible oiler tubes. Motor
to be OSC type.
E.
Supply and return connections IPT copper fittings brazed to exchanger
copper water tubes. Connection sub - assembly mechanically fastened
to unit base pan. Condensate drain connection not less than 3/4 ".
Supply return and condensate connected to loop and drain piping.
F.
Control panel remote mounted, with relays for blower, compressor
and reversing valve and 24 volt tow /line voltage transformer,
completely.factory wired. Thermostat furnished by conditioner
.
manufacturer with clear plastic locking guard.
G.
One inch thick fiberglass air filter, installed in a four sided
filter frame at the air inlet. Locate piping and electrical
connections to eliminate interference with removal and replacement
of filter.
Owens - Corning "Dust Stop" disposable filter or equal, No. 450 coated
fiberglass media, nominal one inch thickness, maximum initial
resistance 0.07 inch W.C. Equivalent: Ameriglass.
2. Replace all filter media with new media upon completion of all
operating tests and final acceptance of job.
H. Flexible connection at water source heat pumps shall be a minimum
of 2 feet long rated for working pressure of 200 psig, with factory
attached ferruled couplings, straight sided vibration joints. Snap -on
or gear hose clamps not acceptable. Submit pressure test data.
I. Provide a kit of four hanger bracker assemblies, comprising a heavy
steel hanger bracket, integral vibration isolator, cap screw and
plated isolator washer.
,�rwr..r 6x71 m,a ra to start _aad.- operate at -a zin_imem
am ien teaiperar of •. wi -{h specffied water flow and 80 °F. E.W.T.:
and operate at + 10% of the nameplate voltage.
K. The hermetically sealed motor compressor assembly and all components
of the refrigerating circuit not readily seperab.le there from shall be
warranted to the original owner for use for five years. The balance of
unit to have one year warranty.
L. 24" volt control transformer to have same primary voltage as power
supplied to unit.
M. Capacities shall be certified by ARI
N. Spare Unit. Provide to the Owner one space machine for each model size
on this project.
0. See additional requirements for installation as herein specified.
P. Equivalent: Command Aire - AAF.
53. INSTALLATION OF WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS:
A. Representative of the heat pump manufacturer to inspect installation
during construction. After the completion of the installation, heat
pump manufacturer shall start up systems. Submit a report of compliance
to the Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY 15800 -21
i
B. Before water circulation is started,.supply and return branch connections
to be run together bypassing any water flow to heat pump unit. Circulate
water for a period adequate to remove all foreign material and completion
of systems cleaning as hereinbefore specified.
54. ROOF CURBS:
A. Where and as indicated on drawings roof exhausters shall be installed
with prefabricated curbs or sound curbs. Curbs shall be of welded
aluminum construction with rubber curb cap and 2" thick lining.
Maximum height shall be 12 inches. Curbs shall have a 4 inch minimum
.
flange for proper flashing, and shall be secured to roof deck.
Curb shall be a product of the same manufacturer as the fan for
which it is provided.
B. Sound curbs shall.be of the acoustically treated baffling type.
55. BELT DRIVES:
A. Adjustable V -Belt, designed for overload per manufacturer's recom-
mendation for type of service intended but not less than 150% of
motor horsepower.rating, of number and size to transmit required
.
power at 95% efficiency. Substantiating data shall be submitted
when requested. For each air handling unit and supply fan, and
for each exhaust fan scheduled with 1/2" static pressure or more,
install new drive (belts and sheave) of different size where required
for air balance purposes without additional cost to Owner.
56. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS:
A. Furnish and install Honeywell instruments, as indicated on drawings.
Equivalent: Barber Colman.
ENO OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
i
15800 -22
11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL
PART 1:
GENERAL
1.1
General
16100 -1
1.2
Scope
16100 -1
1.3
Special Requirements
16100 -1
thru
16100 -6
PART 2:
MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
2.1
General
1'6100 -7
2.2
Conduit
16100 =7
2.3
Conduit Installation
16100 -8
thru
16100 -10
2.4
Outlet Boxes
16100 -10
thru
16100 -11
2.5
Pullboxes
16100 -11
2.6
Conductors
16100 -12
2.7
Installation of Conductors
16100 -12
thru
16100 -13
2.8
Panelboards'
16100 -13
thru
16100 -15
2.9
Main Switchboard
16100 -16
thru
16100 -17
2.10
Floor Standing Distribution Section
16100 -17
2.11
Terminal Cabinets
16100 -17
thru
16100 -18
2.12'
Dry Type Transformer
16100 -18
2.13
Disconnect Switches
16100 -18
thru
16100 -19
2.14
Manual Motor Starters
16100 -19
2.15
Individual Magnetic Motor Starters
16100 -19
thru
16100 -20
2.16
Individual Control Relays
(Mechanical and Plumbing)
16100 -20
2.17
Contactors and /or Relays
16100 -20
. 2.18
Contactor and /or Relay - Time
Switch Cabinet
16100 -20
thru
16100 -21
2.19
Time Switches
16100 -21
2.20
Flush Mounted Start -Stop Pushbutton
Station with Pilot Light
16100 -21
2.21
Circuit Switches
16100 -21
thru
16100 -22
2.22
Receptacles
16100 -22
2.23
Plates
16100 -24
2.24
Stainless Steel
16100 -25
2.26
Vandalproof Fastenings
16100 -25
2.27
Motor Control Center
16100 -26
thru
16100 -27
2.28
Quietness of Operation
16100 -27
2.29
Vibration Isolation for Electrical Equip.
16100 -27
thru
16100 -29
PART 3:
LAMPS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES
3.1
General
16100 -30
3.2
Lamps
16100 -30
3.3
Lighting Fixtures
16100 -30
thru
16100 -32
16100 -i
n
LJ
SECTION 16100 2- ELECTRICAL
PART 1: GENERAL
1,1 The Standard Special Provisions and Special Provisions a-re hereby made a
part of this Section. The words "shalt be" are assumed into each paragraph.
The word "provide" as noted herein and air the drawings shall mean "furnish,
Install and connect ".
1.2 SCOPE: Under this heading is included labor, materials, equipment and
appT ances required to complete the electrical work.
1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
a. Work and materials in full accordance with the latest rules and
regulations of the California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 3
"Basic Electrical Regulations ",,Title 8 "Division of Industrial
Safety ", the National Electrical Code, the National Life Safety
Code, and other.appiicnble state laws and regulations. Keep a copy
of all applicable codes available at the job site at all times while
performing work under this Section. Nothing in plans or specifica-
tions shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most
stringent of codes. Should any changes be necessary in the drawings
or specifications to make the work comply with these requirements,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at once in writing and
cease work on parts of the contract' which are affected.
b. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
1. This specification and attendant drawings are intended to cover
a complete installation of systems. The omission of expressed
reference to any item of labor or material for the proper exe-
cution of the work in accordance with present practice of the
trade shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such
additional labor and materials.
2.. Refer to the drawings and shop drawings of other trades for
additional details which affect the proper installation of this
work. Diagrams and symbols showing electrical .connections are
diagrammatic only, Wiring diagrams do not necessarily show the
exact physical arrangement of the equipment,
3. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall familiarize him-
self with all features of the building and site which may affect
the execution of the work. No extra payment will be allowed
for failure to obtain this information.
4. If there are omissions or conflicts between the drawings and
specifications, clarify these points with the Architect before
submitting bid.
c. LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT
1. The drawings.indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or
arrangements of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and
are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must
be exercised in executing the work so as to secure the best
possible installation in the available space and to overcome
local difficulties due to space limitations or interference of
structural conditions encountered.
. NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -1
BRANCH LIBRARY
to su0mlttln 422 grawin 5 Tor a roval. ziuomlttals wnlcn are
in en a to be reviewed as substitution or departure from the
contract documents must be specifically noted as such or the
requirements of the contract documents will prevail regardless
of the acceptance of the submittal. Where current limiting
fuse devices are specified, submit technical data to indicate
fuses adequately protect equipment and that the fuses are selec-
tive to the circuit breakers that it protects. Submit shop
drawings for electrical items except installation materials
such as conduit fittings, outlet boxes, 600 -volt conductors,
wiring devices, etc.
e. SUBSTITUTIONS: Refer to the Standard Special Provisions.
erWar"requests for substitutions or inquiries during the bid period
will not be considered.
f. GUARANTEE: Refer to the Special Provisions:
g.. TESTS:
1. The Contractor shall obtain an independent testing laboratory
that will provide all instrumentation and tests on the elec-
trical system and equipment as hereinafter described and further
directed by the Architect - Engineer. All tests shall be recorded
and documented and submitted to the Architect- Engineer for review
2.
Where outlets are placed on a wall, locate symmetrically with
'
respect to each other and other features or finishes on the
wall.
3.
In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements
are necessary, due to developed conditions in the building
construction or rearrangement or furnishings or equipment, such
changes made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered
.
before the conduit runs, etc., and work directly connected to .
same is installed and no extra materials are required.
4.
Lighting fixtures in mechanical spaces are shown in their
approximate location only. Do not install light outlets or
fixtures until mechanical piping and duct work is installed;
then install lights in a location to provide best lighting.
S.
Coordinate and cooperate in every way with other trades in order
to avoid interference and assure a satisfactory job.
6.
The drawings indicate approximate locations of existi.ng conduits
and the exact routing shall be verified in field and length of
conductors shall be adjusted to the length required.
d. MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
1.
Submit 6 copies of material list and equipment manufacturers
for approval within 35 days of award of contract. Shop drawings
shall not be submitted before approval of manufacturers list.
The right is reserved to require submission of samples of any
material whether or not particularly mentioned herein.
2.
After approval of the material and equipment manufacturer list,
submit 8 copies of shop drawings for approval Shop drawings
i
eFali Fs euFmif #uA in nnwnluTS FnunA nnnunc of mato:,T'—
to su0mlttln 422 grawin 5 Tor a roval. ziuomlttals wnlcn are
in en a to be reviewed as substitution or departure from the
contract documents must be specifically noted as such or the
requirements of the contract documents will prevail regardless
of the acceptance of the submittal. Where current limiting
fuse devices are specified, submit technical data to indicate
fuses adequately protect equipment and that the fuses are selec-
tive to the circuit breakers that it protects. Submit shop
drawings for electrical items except installation materials
such as conduit fittings, outlet boxes, 600 -volt conductors,
wiring devices, etc.
e. SUBSTITUTIONS: Refer to the Standard Special Provisions.
erWar"requests for substitutions or inquiries during the bid period
will not be considered.
f. GUARANTEE: Refer to the Special Provisions:
g.. TESTS:
1. The Contractor shall obtain an independent testing laboratory
that will provide all instrumentation and tests on the elec-
trical system and equipment as hereinafter described and further
directed by the Architect - Engineer. All tests shall be recorded
and documented and submitted to the Architect- Engineer for review
0
(a) TEST FOR PHASE TO GROUND CONDITION.
Criteria:
(1) Open main servie* °disconnect:
(2) Isolate the system neutral from ground by removing
the neutral disconnect link located in the service
switchboard.
(3) Close all sub -main disconnects.
(4) Close all branch feeder circuit breakers.
(5) Measure the resistance of each phase to ground. A
properly calibrated 'megger' type test instrument to
be used. The test voltage shall.be 500 volts.
(6) Record all readings after one minute duration and docu-
ment into a complete report.
(b) ISOLATING GROUNDS:
In the event that low resistance grounds are found in the
system, they shall be isolated and located by testing each
circuit individually as outlined in No. 1 above. Proper
corrections shall be made to restore the resistance values
to an acceptable value.
Method of obtaining ground resistance shall be in accordance
with the latest edition of the James G. Biddle (Plymouth Meeting,
Pennsylvania) manual published on this subject.
3. All instrumentation and personnel required for testing shall
be furnished by the Contractor,
4. Exterior adjustable lighting fixtures aimed after dark in the
presence of and at a time convenient.to the Architect.
5. All ground fault equipment shall be tested by an independent
testing laboratory and shall be set as recommended by the switch-
gear manufacturer so as to be coordinated with other protective
devices within the electrical design. Copies of the test and
settings shall be sent to the electrical engineer and Principal
Safety Engineer, Division of Industrial Safety, P.O. Box 603,
San Francisco, California 94101.
6. Ampere and line voltage measurements shall be taken and re-
corded under full load on all panels and switchboard feeders
and motor circuits over 10 horsepower. Measurements shall be
recorded at the equipment served and shall be submitted to the
Architect- Engineer for review.
7. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the voltages and regulations
are not met within acceptable limits, make arrangements with the
serving utility for proper electrical service and then verify
that such has been provided.
h. PORTABLE OR DETACHABLE PARTS: The Contractor shall retain in his
Possession and Shall be responsible for all portable and detachable
parts or portions of the installation such as fuses, keys, locks,
adapters, locking clips, and inserts until final completion of his
work. These parts shall then be delivered to the.Owner or his
authorized representative and an itemized receipt obtained, with
copies of receipt sent to the Architect and Engineer.
RECORD DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS
Refer to Standard Special Provisions for Record Drawings.
Provide and maintain in good order in the field office of the
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -3
BRANCH LIBRARY
r�
0
Architect a complete set of electrical contract prints. Changes
to the contract to be clearly recorded on this set of prints.
At the end of the project, the Contractor shall transfer all
changes to one set of transparencies to be delivered unfolded
to the Architect. -
The actual location and elevation of all buried lines, boxes,
monuments, vaults, stub -outs and other provisions for future
connections shall be referenced to the building lines or other
clearly established base lines and to. approved bench marks.
All measurements shall be witnessed by the job inspector who
shall make his own record of the dimensions. Before the inspec-
tor signs the record drawings, he shall check his own dimensions
against those on the drawings. If any dimensions are omitted
from the -record drawings or are at variance with the inspector's
dimensions,.the Contractor.shall, at his own expense, do all
excavation necessary to expose the buried work and to establish
the correct locations.
The Contractor shall keep the. "as - built" prints up -to -date
current with all work performed. The Contractor shall review
the "as- built" prints with the job inspector for approval prior
to each monthly pay request.
4. Contractor shall furnish three copies of typewritten maintenance
and operating manuals for all electrical equipment, clock -fire
alarm equipment, sound system equipment, etc., to the Owner at
completion of the project.
S. Maintenance and operating manuals shall be bound in three -ring,
hard- cover, plastic binders and shall be delivered to the Owner
with letter of transmittal, carbon copy to the Architect.
j._ CUTTING AND PATCHING: Perform cutting and patching of the.construc-
t on work which may be required for the proper installation of the
electrical work. Patching shall be of the same,ma-terial, workmanship
and finish as and accurately match surrounding work to the satisfac-
tion of the Architect..
k. GROUNDING
Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all applicable
codes and regulations both of the State of California and local
authorities having jurisdiction.
Where nonmetallic conduit is used in the underground distribu-
tion system, the Contractor shall install the. proper, sized
copper ground wire in the conduit with the feeder for use as an
equipment ground. The electrical metallic raceway system shall
be grounded to this ground wire.
3. Each transformer station shall have a separate ground conductor.
The ground conductor shall be extended back to the main ground
bus at the main electrical room. The neutral of the secondary
system and the equipment shall be grounded to this ground con -
'ductor,with approved grounding clamps or bonded. The 'conductor'
shall comprise the neutral ground and the conduit the equipment
ground.
The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms, as
required by ail applicable codes and regulations. Refer to
Section 1.3.9 for method of test.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
.16100 -4
S. Ground conductors, if used, shall be bare copper and shall be
sized according to the following table:
Feeder Neutral Size Ground Wire Size
Cooper
82 or smaller M8
1 or 1/0 N6
210 or 3/0 N4
4/0 thru 350 MCM d2
500 MCM 1/0
6. If nonmetallic conduit is used for branch circuit wiring, a
green insulated, copper ground wire, sized in accordance with
the following table, shall be installed. Where a ground con-
ductor is installed, the conduit size shall be increased to
conform to Table M1 of Title 24, Basic Electrical Regulations
of the National Electrical Code.
Branch Circuit Protection Ground Wire Size
15 Amp d14
20 Amp N12
30 to 60 Amp N10
70 to 100 Amp N8
125 to 200 Amp N6
7. Ground conductors for branch circuit wiring shall be attached
at each outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped
holes and washer head screws, 6 -32 or larger.
8.. Each = v o switchboard-,. pull box-or-any other enclosure
in which several ground wires.are terminated shall be equipped
with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure.
The-bus shall be equal to panelboard neutral bus and shall have
a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one
conductor shall be installed per lug.
9. In addition to all cold water and structural steel grounds pro-
vided to meet this specification, there shall be a main ground
system consisting of a Ufer ground which shall be a minimum of
30 ft. of d4 /0 AWG bare copper cable embedded horizontally in
concrete footing, so that all portions of the cable are between
2" and 4" from the earth and with the center of the cable ter -
minated at the main ground bus in main electrical room.
1. AIR
e ecCtOR I NG E ATINGne , LUMB— owNGv_oOUM T_ateRING: Provide
r Oa TIOwNr ana ttaPEmials
and control
components required for proper operation of the air conditioning,
heater and plumbing systems as indicated on the electrical, mechan-
ical, and plumbing drawings and specified herein. If respective
electrical devices and related Conduit and connections are not shown
on the drawing they shall be provided, so that there will be a com-
plete and operable electrical, mechanical and plumbing system.
m. TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION: Conform to the requirements of the telephone
company.
A. PROTECTION: Protect all work, materials and equipment from damage
row m —any whatever and provide adequate and proper storage
NEWPORT CENTER 16TOO -5
BRANCH LIBRARY
IT
• facilities during the progress of .the work. Provide for the
safety and good. c0 no, tion of a)1 work until final acceptance of
the work by the Owner and reRNce all damaged or defective work,
materials and equipment befdliu requesting final acceptance.
o. CLEANING_EQUIPMEN�T�MAT�ERIAL�S PREMISES: All parts of the equipment
s a be thoroug ly C eanel o Or oirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc.,
and all cracks and corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted
shall be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left smooth,
clean and in proper condition to receive paint finish.
p. PERMITS: Take out and pay for all required permits, inspections
and —examinations without additional cost to the,Owner.
q. EXISTING CONDITIONS: Contractor's attention is called to the pre-
sence of existing buildings, conduit, installation, etc. The
Contractor will be responsible for the proper and approved repairs
of any and all damage caused by him or his work. New work and in-
stallations to be made without interruption to services to existing
occupied facilities. Any interruptions required to be made to
minimize.inconvenience to the Owner and at times as approved in
advance by the Architect. New work and installations shall not
impair the proper functioning of the existing facilities and the
materials required to relocate, remove, reinstall, replace and
reconnect any existing wiring and conduit to accommodate the work
of all trades; all as approved by the Architect.
r. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER: The Contractor is
erF e�dViseu at t e wner wi p�ase.certain equipment, as
covered by these specifications and shown on the drawings. The
Contractor shall familiarize himself with ail features of Owner -
furnished equipment and shall make all final electrical connections
for a complete and operable electrical system or systems. The Con-
tractor shall secure from Owner's suppliers all required shop
drawings and shall coordinate all electrical requirements.
s. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK: The following
items spa be prepare an su muted to t9e rcnitect before final
acceptance. .
1. Two copies of all test results as required under this Section.
2. Two copies of local and /or state code enforcing authorities
final inspection certificates.
3. Copies of as -built record drawings as required under the General
Conditions, Special Conditions, and Supplementary General Con-
ditions.
4. Two copies of all receipts transferring portable or detachable
parts to the Owner when requested.
S. The distribution system One -Line Diagram and Riser Diagrams
shall be mounted under glass or clear acrylic plastic adjacent
to main switchboard.
6. Contractor shall notify the Architect An writing when his in-
stallation is complete and that a final inspection of this work
can be performed. In the event defects or deficiencies are
found during this final inspection they shall be corrected to
the satisfaction of the Architect before final acceptance can
be issued.
7. Three copies of operating and maintenance instruction books
covering all electrical equipment and systems.
NEWPORT CENTER. 16100 -6
BRANCH LIBRARY
0
r -1
U
PART 2: MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 GENERAL
a. Materials and . equipment herein specified new and delivered to job
site in unbroken packages of the same type and manufacturer and
furnished in accordance with specifications of the National Board
of Fire Underwriters and the National Electrical Code and govern-
ing bodies having jurisdiction. Electrical materials and.equipme
.- � - . - «k- u..w -� 4. --- I I.1 -1 _l ____.._I ._TL_ ..... _2 I__
b. Provide trenching, concrete encasement of conduits, backfilling,
and compaction for the underground electrical work, in accordance
with applicable sections of this specification.
c. Provide 20 gauge steel pipe sleeves for concrete to permit the
conduit to pass through, and having an inside diameter not less
than 1" larger than outside diameter of passing conduit. Except
as otherwise noted, cut sleeves as manufactured by "Adjus -to- Crete"
or Paramount Mfg. may be used.
d. Flashing assemblies, Semco Fig. #1100 -4.
e. Seal the joint between flashing and pipe with waterproofing compound.
f. Structural and miscellaneous steel used in connection with elec-
trical work and located out -of -doors or in damp locations, to be
hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise specified. Included are under-
ground pullbox covers and similar electrical items. Galvanizing
average 2.0 ounce per square foot and conform to ASTM A123.
2.2 CONDUIT
a. Rigid conduit, unless otherwise noted, to be hot -dip galvanized,
sherardized or zinc coated.
b. Electrical metallic tubing, galvanized or sherardized. Couplings
and connectors, seamless steel construction and of the'set screw
or watertight compression type equal to Thomas b Betts Company
#5123 or #5031 series or Steel City TC 715 or TC 721 series, com-
plete with insulated throats.
c. Flexible conduit, galvanized steel. Connectors shall be equal to
Thomas and Betts #3112 and /or #3132 series complete with insulated
throat.
d. Liquid -tight flexible conduit to be sealtite type U.A. with Appleton
Series "ST connectors.
e. Nonmetallic duct P.V.C. Type, "EB" (2" and larger sizes only, shall
be concrete encased, P.Y.C. type "OB" (2" and larger sizes only),
Type II, Schedule 40, or Orangeburge heavy wall fiber duct with
tapered sleeve joints all with waterproof joints.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -7
BRANCH LIBRARY
0. 2.3 C04OUIT INSTALLATION
The sizes of the conduits for the various circuits as indicated
on the drawings and as required by code for the size and number
of conductors to be pulled therein. Open ends capped with ap-
proved manufactured conduit seals as soon as installed and kept
capped until ready to pull in conductors. 'Where running thread
connections are necessary, only approved manufactured conduit
unions used. No bends or offsets will be permitted unless abso-
lutely necessary. Conduits to be concealed except as noted other-
wise.
Rigid steel conduit shall be used where placed underground in con-
crete, in brick or masonry walls. Rigid conduit shall not be
installed in direct contact with the earth. When installed under
slabs on grade, the conduit shall be encased in a minimum of three
(3) inches concrete envelope. Conduits installed in a wet, or
exposed location in concrete, have threads filled with red lead.
For short runs of conduits installed in the ground and with Engi-
neer's approval, conduits may be "half" lapped with polyvinylchloride
tape equal to Scotch Wrap. Joints to be "double" wrapped. Tape
shall be 10 mil. thick.
Electrical metallic tubing up to and including 4 inch may be in-
stalled as permitted by codes referenced within specification.
Flexible conduit may be installed as permitted by codes referenced
within specification. Sealt4te, flexible conduit used for final
connections to motors and in wet., damp or outdoor areas where draw-
ings indicate the use of flexible conduit. .
e. Nonmetallic duct may be used for main
cabinet feeders and conduit stubouts.
on grade, the conduits separated by a
cat systems and 12" between power and
steel conduit shall be used for bends
runs. An equipment ground, insulated
installed in all nonmetallic conduits
Concrete encasements shall conform to
specification and the above - referenced
follows:
electrical feeders or terminal
When installed under slabs
minimum of 3" between identi-
signal or other system. Rigid
and risers in nonmetallic duct
conductor (green) shall be
and where noted on the drawings.
the concrete section of the
conduits shall be encased as
Secondary conduits (480/277 -volt and 120 /20'8 -volt) completely
encased in a 3" red mixed concrete envelope where conduits are
extending beyond building floor slab. If P.V.C. type "EB" is
used it shall be concrete encased full length of conduit Instal-
lation.
2. Main signal and control conduits completely encased in a 3" red
mixed concrete envelope where conduits are extending beyond
building floor slab. If P.Y.C. type "EB" is used it shall be
concrete encased full length of conduit installation.
P.Y.C. heavy wall, Schedule 40 conduit may be used for branch cir-
cuits and signal circuits up to and including 1 -1/2" (see Sections
2.3.e.1 a 2 for larger sizes) where placed underground.. When in-
stalled under slabs on grade, the conduits separated by a minimum
of 3" between identical systems.and.12" between power and signal
or other systems. When installed exterior o�f building floor slab,
conduits shall be separated as specified above and installed 30 inches
below finished grade.
• NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -8
BRANCH LIBRARY
L,
g. Maximum size conduit (obtside 4lemeter) permitted in concrete slab
not greater than 1/4 the slab '.thickness.. Refer to structural draw-
ings for additional limitation. Structural drawings may impose
additional restrictions as shown.
h. Conduits throughout the work securely and rigidly supported, and
fastened in place with supports spaced not more than 10' apart, and
with a support provided not more than 3' from any outlet or bend.
I. .Conduit over metal channel, lath and plaster ceilings securely tied
to the furring channels with #16 gauge galvanized wire ties spaced
not over 4' apart.
J. Conduit placed against concrete above ground fastened to the con-
crete with pipe straps to one -screw conduit clamps attached to the
concrete by means of expansion screw anchors and screws.
k. Conduits which are installed at this time and left empty for future
use shall have polyvinyl rope left in place for future use.
1. Stubbed out conduits furnished with concrete monuments 6" x 6" x
15" deep buried flush with grade. over the capped ends. The face of
monument shall be furnished with 3" square brass plates securely
mounted and engraved with the number and size of conduits and shall
indicate if conduit is nonmetallic type.
m. Where conduits larger than.1-1/2" are installed, support with pipe
clamps either suspended from structure with a rod at least 3/8"
diameter with adjustable end and pipe rings, or mounted on wall
from Unistrut supports. Attachment inserts in concrete or "red
head" shields. Shooting into concrete acceptable if the Architect,
union and local code authorities permits, except at the following
locations:
1. Within,4" of any concrete edge.
2. Bottom of joints or beams.
3. Where there may be rebar #6 or larger.
Where two or more conduits 1 -1/2" or larger are suspended from
structure, use trapeze type hanger from rods. Contractor shall not .
use "caddy" clips for suspension of conduit. Conduits support_ off
ceiling grid system only after submitting written letter to Archi-
tect and ceiling contractor requesting approval of support method
and only upon receipt of said approval from Architect and from Ceiling
Contractor.
n. Branch circuit conduits tLrned up from floor into.interior non -
masonry partitions or to equipment not adjacent to exterior or
masonry wall, terminate in flush coupling at floor and then extend
into partition or to equipment.
o. Conduit exposed shall be run at right angles or parallel to the
-walls or structures. -
p. Rigid or electrical metallic tubing not to be strapped or fastened
to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shork absorbing
bases. Refer to paragraphs pertaining to vibration.
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
16100 -9
q. Expansion and deflection fittings shalt be used where two •rigidly
supported conduits may !love in relation to each other such as ex-
pansion or seismic joint crossings. Expansion fittings with bond-
ing jumper.
r. From each panel. which is flush mounted in a 'wall, stub up from top
of the panel a minimum of four 3/4" conduits to the nearest ceiling
space or other accessible location and cap for future use.
s. Conduit rising from floor for motor connection independently sup-
ported if over 24" above floor. Support shall not be to a motor or
duct work which may transmit vibrations."
t. Bury underground conduit, except under buildings to a depth of not
less than 24" below finished rade. Where conduit is encased in
concrete, the top o t e concrete shall not be less than 24" below
finished grade.
u. Reroute conduit where necessary to clear structural and mechanical
obstructions.
v. Install long radius bends in underground service conduits and in
other long underground runs in excess of 100'.
w. Where conduits are stubbed out of building, they shall extend a
minimum of 10' -0" unless otherwise noted.
x. Insulating bushings of the molded canvas bakelite type shall be
installed where conduit containing A6 AWG or larger, where entering
pullboxes, junction boxes, cabinets and similar enclosures.
y. 'Concrete for encasement of conduit shall have the top of the concrete
s ".for =a flat .f i,n sir eta shat Y -
- fied in the concrete section of the specifications.
z. Refer to the Vibration Isolation for Electrical Equipment paragraph
of this section for additional conduit installation requirements.
2.4. OUTLET BOXES"
a. Outlet boxes and covers to be pressed steel, knockout type or cast
iron with drilled, tapped and plugged holes, hot -dip galvanized or
sherardized. Boxes of proper-code size for the number of wires or
conduits passing through or terminating therein, "but in no case shall
box be less than 4" square, unless specifically noted as smaller on
the drawings or boxes at end of a run and containing a single device
may be of the "Handy Box" type. Covers for flush outlets finish
flush with plaster or other finished surface. Approved factory made
knockout seals used in boxes where knockouts are not intact. Boxes
in concrete, a type which will allow the placing of conduit without
displacing the reinforcing bars. Outlet boxes used as pullboxes
wherever possible and junction boxes or pullboxes.installed only as
required by the drawings or specifications or as directed. Sectional
boxes not used.
1. Light outlet boxes equipped with fixture supporting device as
required by the unit to be installed.
2. Telephone outlets a minimum of 4- 11 /16" square by 2 -1/8" deep.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -10
_ BRANCH LIBRARY .
• 3. Switch. outlets - use solid gang boxes for 3 or more switches
for mounting behind ,a common single plate.
4. For outlet flush in exterior walls use weatherproof joints and
connection's.
S. For boxes in planters or surface mounted on interior or exterior
walls, use cast metal type.
6. Television outlet boxes shall be 3 -gang wide x 4- 11116" high
by 2 -1/8" deep with 2 gang plaster ring.
7. Floor boxes 3 -1/2" deep, installed with off -sets to avoid
placing conduit below rebar, similar to Hubbell #B -2536 with
combination 3/4" conduit and 2 -1/8" plug, Hubbell #S2525.
Where noted multiple gang units provided, and equipped with
barriers. Hubbell #4233 or #4222 where required. Where out -
let is specified inside box, use Hubbell #53925 complete with
#5242 receptacle and #53079 carpet 'flange where carpet is
provided. Risers for telephone and other low Potential outlets
Hubbell 1SC -3090, where over I" conduits are indicated entering
floorboxes, use Hubbell #82503, floor outlets for television
microphones, and projector outlets shall be Hubbell #82503.
b. Outlet boxes accurately placed and securely fastened to the struc-
tural members. Plaster rings set flush with the finished surface
of the ceiling or wall. Outlet boxes in wood construction securely
mounted on wood backing or on metal hangers fastened to wood con -
struction. Nails through boxes to studs will not be visible from
any public space.. Place outlet boxes, pull boxes or junction boxes
in storage rooms or above accessible ceilings. Boxes which must be
exposed to public view to be placed in a location approved by_the
— — "-
...7 - . ... --- -- .._::- :.RF- Gt�atecE• - uh7ess speaffitTTy= noEad -s Eherwtse. -` - _` — -- -- - - - -.., _ ..._.
2.5 PULLSOXES
a. Sizes as indicated on the drawings-and in no case of less size or
material thickness than required by the governing code. Care exer-
cised in locating uhderground pullboxes to avoid installation in
drain water flow areas.
1. General purpose sheet steel pullboxes installed only in dry
protected locations and have removable screw covers. Finish
manufacturer's standard baked enamel.
2. Weatherproof sheet steel pullboxes fabricated of code gauge .
hot -dip galvanized steel and a gasketed weathertight cover of
same material. Finish manufacturer's standard baked exterior
enamel.
3. Cast metal pullboxes hot -dip galvanized furnished with'gasketed
screw cover and necessary drilled and tapped conduit entries.
Screws bronze or brass.
4. Concrete pullboxes furnished complete with Pullin irons hot -dip
galvanized traffic cover with hot -dip galvanized frame and 4
galvanized cable racks with porcelain blocks. The box to be
set on a pea gravel base 12" thick and as large as the bottom.
Install a 3/4" by 10' copper clad ground rod for grounding all
metal parts. After cables have been pulled and inspected, seal
box between cover and frame with a mastic compound similar to
Parmagum or Oukseal. Construction equal to prefabricated pull-
. boxes as manufactured by quickset or Brooks Products. Submit
shop drawings for approval. Refer to drawings for size.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -11
BRANCH LIBRARY
0 2.6 CONDUCTORS
a. Conductors copper N12 AWG minimum unless specifically noted other-
wise on the drawings. Solid Conductors 610 AWG and smaller and
stranded M8 AWG and larger. Type of wire shall be as follows (and
as noted an drawings:
1. Type THW 600 -volt, insulation used for 84 AWG and smaller.
(Lighting.)
2. Type TW 600 -volt, insulation used for i4 AWG and smaller. (Power.)
3. Type THW used for all panel feeders and service conduptors'.
4. Silicon insulated, 125 °C wire used for circuit conductors in-
stalled in fluorescent lighting fixture raceways, for conductors
connected to the secondary of- fluorescent or mercury vapor
fixture ballast or other hat location.
S. Type "THHN" shall be used where conductors are installed in con-
duit exposed to the weather.
6. The following color code for branch circuits:
Neutral . . . White (tape feeder neutrals with white tape near
connections)
1201208 Volt 480/277 Volt
Ground . . . Green Ground . . . Green
Phase A . . . Black Phase A . . . Brown
Phase 8 . . . Red Phase 8 . . . Yellow
Phase C . . . Blue Phase C . . . Purple
7. Feeders identified as to phase or leg in each panelboard with
printed identifying tape.
8. Fire alarm conductors: Use 600 -volt Underwriters' Type TW con-
. ductors and color- coded. to match existing.
9. All conductors shall be copper as ,specified above, aluminum
conductors will. not be considered at all for this project.
2.7 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS
a. Branch circuit and fixture joints for N10 AWG and smaller wire made
with UL approved connectors listed for 600 volts, approved for use
with copper wire. Connector to consist of a cone- shaped, expandable
coil spring insert, insulated with a nylon shell and 2 wings placed
opposite each other to serve as a. built -in wrench or shell molded
one -piece as manufactured by "Scotch lok ".
b.. Branch-circuit joints of N8 AWG and larger, screw pressure lugs made
of high strength structural aluminum alloy and UL approved for use
with copper wire as manufactured by T S B.
c. Splices insulated with plastic splicing tape, half - lapped and at
least the thickness of the equivalent to Type "R" wire. Tapes
fresh and of quality equal to Scotch.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -12
• BRANCH LIBRARY
i
•
d
e
Correspond each circuit to the branch circuit number indicated on
the panel schedule shown on th% drawings except where departures
are approved by the Arch the Owner's inspector.
Wiring, including low voltage, installed in conduit.
f. Control wiring to conform to the wiring diagrams shown on the
mechanical drawings and the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. Con-
trol the equipment in the manner specified under the "Mechanical"
section of the specifications. Control wire to be color -coded
for each in making final connections.
g. Wiring within panel enclosures or motor control centers to be neatly
grouped and laced or Thomas 8 Betts "Ty -rap" spaced 3" apart and
fanned out to the terminals.
2.8 PANELBOARDS
a. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with
sub- breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors,
index card holders and proper bussing. Where indicated on the
drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with sub -feed breakers
and /or lugs. split bussing, contactors, time switches, relays, ate.,
as required. All panelboards. shall be keyed alike. All panelboards
shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and coat of primer
sealer after a thorough cleaning where exposed to public view (e.g.,
corridors, covered passages, offices, etc.) and hammertone gray in
switchboard. ,janitor's, heater and.storage rooms. Prime coated
panelboards shall be painted to match surroundings after installa-
tion. Panelboards shall be fabricated of sheet steel of the fol-
lowing minimum gauges: Door and trim #12; Enclosure - Code gauge
. steel. Each panel shall be complete with nontripping main breaker,
and /or as noted on drawings.
b. All panelboards S terminal cabinets shall be furnished with Yale 46SIS
flush locks 8 LL806.keys except where indicated otherwise herein.
c. Panelboards for 120 /208 -volt, three - phase, 4 -wire S/N or 120/240 -
volt, single - phase, 3 -wire S /N, shall be 20" wide by 5 -3/4" deep
units as hereinafter specified. Circuit breakers shall have a
minimum rating of 10,.00O -A symmetrical unless noted otherwise on
drawings. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following com-
panies only are acceptable:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square "D" Co.
3- Westinghouse Co.
4. I.T.E. Co.
PANELBOARDS
1. Westinghouse or Zinsco. . . . Type NOS
2. General Electric or ITE . . . . Type NLAS
3. Square 0. . . . . . . . . . Type NQOB
d. Where two or three pole breakers occur in. the panels, they shall
be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie -bar between
handles will not be accepted.
e. Narrow type distribution panelboards for 208 /240 -volt, three - phase,
3 -wire or 4 -wire shall be 20" to 22" wide by 5 -3/4" (max.) deep
units as hereinafter specified.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -13
BRANCH LIBRARY
i
I . ITE or Zinsco . . . . . . . . . Type NOP'
2. General Electric . . . . . . . Type NAB
3. Square 0 . . . . . . . . . . Type NAIB
4. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . Type WEB
f. Panelboards for 277/480 -volt, three - phase, 4 -wire S/N shall be 20"
to 22" wide by 5 -3/4" (max.) deep units as hereinafter specified.
g. Distribution panelboards for 277/480 -volt, three - phase, 4- wire.S /N
or 480 -volt, three = phase, 3 -wire shall 'be 20" to 22" (max.) wide
by 6 -1/2" (max.) deep units and 30" to 38" (max.) wide by 8" to
12" (max.) deep units. The wider units shall be used only at loca-
tions where the narrow unit is not available with the number of
225- ampere frame branch circuits shown on the panel schedules, or
where the main breaker size exceeds the narrow panel maximum.. Dis-
tribution panelboards shall be as follows:
Narrow Wide
1. ITE . . . Type NHOP Type COP
2. General Electric Type NFB Type CCB
3. Square 0' Type HCN or HCM-
4. Westinghouse . . . Type WEHB Type COP
S. Zinsco . . . . . . Type NOP Type COP
h. Distribution panelboards for 120 /208 -volt, three -phase shall be
similar to the 277/480 -volt boards.
I. Circuit breakers for 277 /480 -volt panelboards shall have a minimum
interrupting rating of 14,000 -A symmetrical unless noted otherwise
. on drawings. Single pole breakers with tie -bar between handles
will not be accep -bed. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the fol=
lowing companies only are acceptable:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square "0" Co.
3. Westinghouse Co.
4. I.T.E: Co.
J. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers
of the proper trip.settings and numbers correspond to the numbering
in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit.numbers of breakers
or Ine, W,, not :De acce tee. I.trcult number tans snail not be
attache to or be a part of the breaker.
k. All circuit breakers shall be adlockable in the "off" ositfon.
oc ing ac t es s a e r vete o-r we a to a ea - root
plate. Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without
prior written approval of the Architect.
1. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power'to motors and signal
systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted .
in the "on" position. The breakers shall be. able to trip automatic-
ally with lockout clips in place.
M. Panelboard manufacturer shall stencil the panel number or letter
on inside of panel door to correspond with panel designation on
drawings.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -14
BRANCH LIBRARY
0
n. Wiring for branch circuits shall be color coded and shall be so
noted on the directory in panels. The 277/480 -volt wiring shall
be color coded differently from the 120 /208 -volt wiring. The same
color coding system shall be used throughout the entire job.
o. Provide a red and white bakelite nameplate with .1/2" high letters
in each 277 /480 -volt panel fastened to face of dead -front plate,
to read "WARNING 480 VOLTS ".
P, Wiring for branch circuits shall be color coded as follows, and
shall be so noted on directory in panel:
120/208 or 120/240 Volt
Ground
. .
. Green Neutral . . .
. . White
Phase A
hot leg .
. . Black Switch legs .
. . Orange or other
Phase B
hot leg
Red
appropriate color
Phase C
hot leg
Blue
277/480 Volt
Ground . . . Green Neutral . . . . .White
Phase A hot leg . . Brown Switch legs . . . Other available
Phase 8 hot leg . . . Yellow appropriate color
Phase C hot leg . . . Orange
q. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to
the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall be equal to the panel-
. board neutral bus and shall have a separate lug for each ground con -
ductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
Bussing or full length
_.
r. silver orhtin- platedtaluminum�ross section copper.
s. Where contactors, relays and /or time switches are installed in the
panelboards, they shall be installed-in separate barriered sections
(completely soundproof) located at the top of the panelboards under
a separate lockable door in front trim which shall be keyed the
same as the circuit breaker sections. Where time switches are in-
stalled within the same section as relays.or contactors there shall
be a clear acrylic shield installed over each relay or contactor to
guard live exposed parts from accidental contact by nonauthorized
personnel.
t- Where contactors, relays and /or timeswitches are installed in panels
they shall be provided with engraved nameplates indicating items
controlled and function of control device and their control circuit
number. Identify all time clocks, relays, control devices and con-
tactors on each device with the panel and circuit number and what
item each device controls, (le; north, end parking lighting - control
circuit 0 -6).
. NEWPORT CEiITER. 16100 -.15
BRANCH LIBRARY
•
2.9 MAIN SWITCHBOARD
X'
a. Main switchboard, dead- front;ad -rear, floor- standing construc-
tion 90" high by width and dipth as shown on the drawings. Finish
shall be ASA 049 or 061 over a completed primer which shall fol-
low a thorough cleaning of steel.
b. Each section shall consist of a sheet metal enclosure using not
less than 012 gauge. steel for structural "plates, doors or panel
supporting devices. Construction modular of formed steel, com-
p1ttely enclosed to form one integral unit. Vertical side gutter
covers hinged with concealed hinges.. All screws shall have slotted
hex heads. All interior equipment mounted to switchboard frame-
work. Al 1 breakers or switches, size as indicated on drawings and
rated for interrupting capacity indicated on drawings. All sections
constructed in accordance with UL procedure and labeled as such
where labeling service is applicable. Approved.manufacturers are:
General Electric, "AV" Line or equal by Square 0 Company, Westing-
house, Zinsco'or I.T.E.
1. Pull, section.
Z. Service section with sequence of metering as required by ser-
ving utility and shall contain:
(a) Main breaker
(b) Meters and test facilities (KWR) and (KVR).
(c) Current transformer space
•
(d) One control _power transformer rated 4101.1 ;0 -volts of
suitable capacity for shunt tripping of the above main
breaker(s) and sub - feeder breakers as indicated on draw-
ings. Transformer to be fused on the 480 -volt side. j
(e) Ground fault system shall consist of the following:
(1) One ground sensor current transformer, donut type
(three phases and neutral shall be brought through
current transformer window).
(2) One ground break solid state relay, monitor and test
panel. Pick up adjustment shall be .continuous 100 to
1200 ampere, time adjustment shall be continuous from
instantaneous thru 60 cycles.
(3) Ground fault systems on feeder protective devices
downstream from main circuit breaker shall be elec-
trically interlocked with main circuit breaker,ground
fault system to block operation of main circuit breaker
ground fault system (when the ground fault is down-
stream from the feeder protective device). Blocking
.operation shall be independent of the pick up time
delay setting of respective ground fault system.
3. Distribution section shall include individual circuit breakers
and /or switch-and fuse units as indicated, with load and inter-
rupting rating shown on drawings. Breakers shall utilize all
quick -make, quick -break operating mechanism and shall be bolt
on type. Protective devices mounted on a steel framework and
removable from front either individually, without disturbing
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -16
IV BRANCH LIBRARY
•
adjacent devices or as a complete assembly. This assembly
framework shall also support the vertical bus structure. All
bus braced for a minimum of 50,000 amperes assymmetrical. 'Where
space only is indicated for.future protective devices, furnish
all hardware and bussing attachments. Provide "lock -off" de-
vices on all circuit breakers and fused switches.
4. Sub- feeder breakers as indicated on drawings shall be equipped
' with ground - break, solid -state relay and monitor panels as speci-
fiedin Paragraph 2.10.b.2.(e).
S. Additional gutter space shall be provided if the Electrical
Contractor installed aluminum conductors, refer to Paragraph
2.7.c.1.
6• Floor standing equipment shall be bolted to floor and wall
where wall exists in a manner acceptable to the Architect and
Engineer.
7. Where fuses are indicated on the drawings provide one spare set
of fuses for each fused device and deliver to Owner.
2.10 FLOOR STANDING DISTRIBUTION SECTION
a. Floor standing distribution section shall include individual circuit
breakers and /or switch and fuse units as indicated, with load and
Interrupting rating shown on drawings. Breakers shall utilize all'
'
quick -make, quick -break operating mechanism and shall be bolt -on
type. Protective devices mounted on a steel framework and removable
from front either individually, without disturbing adjacent devices
or as acomplete assembly. This assembly framework shall also
support the vertical bus structure. All bus braced for a minimum
of 50,000 amperes assymmetrical. Where space only is indicated
for future protective devices, furnish all hardware and bussing
attachments. Provide "lock -off" devices on all circuit breakers
'and fused switches. Approved manufacturers are: General Electric,
"AV" Line or equal by Square D Company, Westinghouse or 2insco.
b• Provide engraved nameplates as hereinafter specified under
"Identification of Circuits and Equipment ".
c. Floor standing equipment shall be bolted to floor and wall where
wall exists in a manner acceptable to the Architect and Engineer
d. Where fuses are indicated on the drawings provide one .spare set of
fuses for each fused device and deliver to Owner.
2.11' TERMINAL CABINETS
Terminal cabinets to be fabricated of code gauge sheet steel for flush
mounting (except where noted as surface) of size indicated on the draw-
ings, and complete with hinged lockable doors and the number of 2 -way
screw terminals as indicated on the drawings. Terminal cabinet tacks
to operate from same.key used for lighting panels. Terminal cabinets
shall have 5/8" plywood backing. Cabinets finished shop prime for
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -17
BRANCH LIBRARY _
•
0
0
painting after installation to locations exposed to public view (e.g.,
in switchboard, janitor's and heitAt rooms). Terminals for signal
systems equal to Cannon Type
2.12 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
a. Dry type transformers constructed to meet Underwriter's Labora-
tories Specification UL 506 and tested in accordance with USAS I
and NEMA standards. Performance on transformers equal to or better
than USAS I and NEMA published criteria. Insulation, AIEE Class
"H" or NEMA Group III with a m4ximum- ambient of 40 "C. Transformers
designed secondary fault at the secondary terminals with four 2 -1 /2%
full capacity taps, 2 above and 2 below normal voltage. Terminals,
including those accessible by removing a front cover plate.
Approved transformers are: Westinghouse, General Electric, Square "0 ",
Zinsco and Sierra Transformer Co. Transformers mounted per Korfund
literature for weight of transformer, and by one of the following
methods:
1. Underfloor conduit resulting in no rigid connections to trans-
former. (Use ground strap for equipment ground.)
2. Sealtite flexible conduit. (Use ground wire for equipment
ground.)
3. Pullbox or wireways from transformer which are isolated from
transformer with an approved sound.absorbing neoprene gasket.
(Use ground strap for equipment ground.)
b. Bolt floor mounted transformers to floor using isolation rubber
mounts so that no metal to metal contact points occur.
c. Test requirements: The transformers furnished to this specifica-
tion shall be subjected to the following production tests:
1. Applied Potential 4. Voltage Ratio
2. Induced Potential S. Polarity
3. No Load Losses 6. Continuity
The manufacturer shall have performed the following additional
tests on units identical to the design type being supplied to this
specification. Proof of performance of these tests in the form of
test data sheets shall be provided at the time shop drawings are
submitted for approval.
1. Sound Levels 4. Regulation
2. Temperature S. Impedance
3. Full Load Lasses
2.13 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Disconnect switches shall be 250- valt.or 600 -volt A.C. NEMA Type NO,
quick -make, quick- break, h.p, rated,, nonfusible or fusible switches in
NEMA Type I enclosure, lockable, with number of poles and amperage as
indicated on the drawings. Where enclosure is indicated W.P. (weather-
proof)-switches shall be in raintight NEMA Type 3R enclosure, lockable.
Maximum voltage, current and horsepower rating clearly marked on the
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
� . 1
16100- 18
0
switch enclosure and switches having dual element fuses shall have
rating indicated on the metal plate. Provide engraved nameplates as
hereinafter specified undj Aidentification of Circuit and Equipment ".
2.14 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS
Manual motor starters shall be flush or surface mounting with number
of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor
being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor
lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters
whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or
the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed.to accept
the particular unit. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual
starters for single phase motors, 1 h.p. and smaller, shall be the com-
pact toggle type. Manual starters for all single phase motors, 1 to.
5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy
duty type. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the
pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the
starter outlet, and engraved nameplate to indicate function of pilot
light. Provide engraved nameplates as hereinafer specified under
"Identification of Circuits and Equipment ".
The following starters are approved:
Manufacturer
Arrow -Hart
General Electric
ITE
Square D
Westinghouse
Allen Bradley
Single Phase
1 h.p. and below
Type RL
CR 101
Class CIO, C11 or C12
Class 2510, Type A
Type MS
Approved Equal
2.15 INDIVIDUAL MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS
Others
Type LL
CR 1062
Class C20
Class 2510, Type B b C
Type A100
Approved Equal
a. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across -the-
line units in NEMA Type I enclosure unless other types of enclosures
are indicated. All starters located outside of.a building whether
or not indicated to be W.P. (weatherproof) and all starters noted
W.P. shall be furnished in NEMA Type 4 cast or stainless.steel en-
closures. Starters shall be horse -power rated for the motor con-
trolled and shall be equipped.with properly sized overload elements.
EVERY POLE SHALL BE WITH OVERLOAD ELEMENT.
b. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the
Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter.
Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand -Off- Auto" switch or stop -
start pushbutton as required,, and coils designed to operate on
voltage indicated on control diagrams and have built.-in-under vol-
tage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line
when voltage drops below normal operating voltage, and the coil
control circuit shall be independently fused. 'sized to protect coil.
Each unit shall have an engraved laminated plastic nameplate securely
fastened to the front cover indicating the.device controlled. Refer
to "Identification of Circuits and Equipment" herein specified.
c. All magnetic starters shall have a minimum of one auxiliary contact.
Additional auxiliary contacts shall be'provided as. required to com-
ply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical
and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the
Mechanical Section of the Specifications.
d. The following types of magnetic motor starters are approved:
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -19
BRANCH LIBRARY
Ur
Manufacturer
Arrow -Hart
General Electric
ITE
Square D
Westinghouse
Allen Bradley
Type
RA
Class CR 106
Class A20
Class 8536
Type A200 (Size 4 max.) or
Class i1 -200 (Size 5 thru 8)
Approved Equal
e. Where fuses are indicated on the drawings., provide one spare set
of fuses for each fused device and deliver to Owner.
2.16 INDIVIDUAL CONTROL RELAYS (MECHANI.CAL AND PLUMBING)
a. Individual control relays shall have convertible contacts rated
a minimum of 10 amperes, 600 volts, regardless of usage voltage. '
Coil voltage, number and type of contacts shall be verified and
supplied to suit the specific usage as shown in the wiring diagrams
and /or schedules on the electrical and mechanical drawings. Coil
control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil.
Furnish in the NEMA Type I enclosure unless indicated otherwise.
Provide engraved nameplates as hereinafter specified under "Iden-
tification of Circuit and Equipment ".
b. The following relays are approved:
Manufacturer Type
Arrow -Hart IMP
General Electric Class CR 2811
ITE Class 810
Square 0 Class 8501, Type A
Westinghouse Bul. 16 -321, Type NH
Allen Bradley Approved Equal
2.17 CONTACTORS AND /OR RELAYS
a. Contactors and /or relays for control of lighting shall be 600 -volt,
A.C., mechanically held units, open type for panel mounting with
number of poles and of size as indicated on the drawings.
b. Contactors and /or relays shall be mounted in panelboards in barriered
section under separate hinged lockable doors or in contactor and /or
relay cabinets as'called for on the drawings. Contactors and /or
relays shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing rubber mounted:
c. Contactors and /or relays shall be Automatic Switch Co., Bulletin
5920 for 2 and 3 pole, Automatic Switch Co. Bulletin 1255 -166 with
poles as indicated on drawings. Coil control circuit shall be in-
dependently fused, sized to protect coil.
d. Refer to "Identification of Circuits and Equipment" hereinafter
specified.
2.18 CONTACTOR AND /OR RELAY - TIME SWITCH CABINET
a. Contactors, relays, and /or time switches not'indicated to be
mounted in electrical panels shall be flush type of size as shown
on the drawings with hinged lockable door keyed same as panelboards.
Construction of cabinet shall be similar to terminal cabinets.
Inside of box shall be sprayed with acoustic material to provide
a completely soundproof compartment.
. NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -20
BRANCH LIBRARY
b. Each contactor, relay or time switch mounted in the contactor
cabinet shall be barriered in its own compartment.
c. Contactor cabinet shall be of same manufacture as the panelboards.
d. Where relays and /or contactors occupy the same enclosure as time
switches they shall have a clear acrylic shield installed over each
relay or contactor to guard line exposed parts from accidental
contact by non- authorized personnel.
e. Refer to "Identification of Circuits and Equipment" hereinafter
specified.
2,19 TIME SWITCHES
'
Time switches for control of lighting circuits shall be astronomical
dial, synchronous motor driven units for operation on 120 or 277 volts,
60 cycle, A.C., and shall be furnished with a 10 -hour carry over and a
"skip -a -day" feature. Switch shall be San amo #WH -11, Paragon #4213 -OSZ
or Tork #7100ZL, single pole, single throw 35 ampere unit; or 3angamo
#WHr7T_,Taragon #4213 -OSZ or 7ork #7200ZL, double pole, single throw,
35 ampere unit; or Tork #7300ZL, three pole, single throw, 40 ampere
unit; or Paragon #47217 -OS7. four pole, single throw, 40 ampere unit;
or Sangamo #WHZQ -12, Paragon #4215 -OSZ or Tork #1847ZSKL single pole,
double throw (for control of mechanically held contactor), 10 ampere
unit installed in top of panelboard under a separate hinged lockable
'
door keyed the same as the panel door and barriered from the breaker
section. Clear door opening for time switch shall be at least 12" by
12 ".
2.20 FLUSH MOUNTED START -STOP PUSHBUTTON STATION WITH PILOT LIGHT
Individual flush mounted start -stop pushbutton station.with pilot
light shall be complete with sheet steel box and stainless steeel
plate. Unit shall be Square D Class 9001, Type BF -14.
2.21 CIRCUIT SWITCHES
a. Circuit switches shall be color as selected by Architect, totally
enclosed, bakelite or composition base, toggle type with 277 -V A.C.
rating for full capacity of contacts for incandescent or fluorescent
lamp loads. Switch ratings shall be 20- ampere only.
b. Where switches are mounted in multiple gang assembly and are opera-
ting at 277 volts and /.or 277 volts and 120 volts mounted in same
outlet box, there shall be a barrier installed between each switch.
c. Listed below are switches, only which are approved.
1. Single Pole Switches
Toggle Type Lock Type
Make 20 Amos 20 Amps
Arrow -Hart #1991 #1991 -L
Bryant #4901 #4901 -L
Hubbell #1221 #1221 -L
P 8 S #20AC1 #20A-C1 -L
Sierra #5021 #5071
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -21
BRANCH LIBRARY
•
#1993
#1993 -L
Z.. Double Pole Switches
#4903
#4903 -L
Arrow Hart
#1991
#1992 -L
Bryant
#4901
#4902 -L
Hubbell
#1222
#1222 -L
P & S
#20AC2
#20AC2 -L
Sierra
#5022
#5072
3. Three -Way Switches
Arrow -Hart
#1993
#1993 -L
Bryant
#4903
#4903 -L
Hubbell
#1223
#1223 -L
P & S
#20AC3
#20AC3 -L
Sierra
#5023
#5073
4. Four -Way Switches
2.22 RECEPTACLES
All receptacles in flush type outlet boxes shall be installed with a
bonding jumper for ground between the grounded outlet box and the
receptacle ground terminal. Grounding through the receptacle mounting
straps is not acceptable. The bonding jumper shall be'sized 4n accor-
dance with the branch circuit protective device as tabulated herein
under "Grounding ". Bonding jumper shall be attached at each outlet to
the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head
screws 6 -32 or larger. For receptacles in surface mounted outlet boxes
direct metal -to -metal contact between receptacle mounting strap (if it
is connected to the grounding contacts) and outlet box may be used.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -22
BRANCH LIBRARY
Toggle Type
Lock Type
Make
20 Amps
20 Amps
Arrow Hart
#1994
#1994 -L
Bryant
#4904
#4904 -L
Hubbell
#1224
#1224 -L
P & S
#20AC4
#20AC4 -L
Sierra
#5024
#5074
S. Momentary
Contact
Switches - 20 -A
at 277 -V
Make
3- Position Rea.
. 3- Position Lock
Arrow -Hart
#1995
#1995 -L
. Bryant
#4921
#4921 -L
Hubbell
#1557
#1557 -L
P & S
#1251
01251 -L
Sierra
#5120
#5170
6. Maintained
Contact
Switches ( Douale
Throw, Center Off)
20—A at 277--V
Toggle
Type
Lock Type
Make
1 -Pole
2 -Pole
1 -Pole 2 -Pole
Bryant
#4922
#4925
#4922 -L #4925 -L
Hubbell
#1385
#1386
#1385 -L #1386 -L
P & S
01225
#1226
#1225 -L #1226 -L
Sierra
#5122
-
#5172 - --
2.22 RECEPTACLES
All receptacles in flush type outlet boxes shall be installed with a
bonding jumper for ground between the grounded outlet box and the
receptacle ground terminal. Grounding through the receptacle mounting
straps is not acceptable. The bonding jumper shall be'sized 4n accor-
dance with the branch circuit protective device as tabulated herein
under "Grounding ". Bonding jumper shall be attached at each outlet to
the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head
screws 6 -32 or larger. For receptacles in surface mounted outlet boxes
direct metal -to -metal contact between receptacle mounting strap (if it
is connected to the grounding contacts) and outlet box may be used.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -22
BRANCH LIBRARY
0
a. Duplex convenience receptacles (color as selected by Architect)
shall be grounding type, 125 -volt, 15- ampere and shall have two
current carrying contacts and one grounding contact which is inter-
nally connected to the frame. Outlet shall accommodate standard
parallel blade cap and shall be side wired. Only these receptacles
listed hereafter shall be used:
Arrow -Hart 95250
Bryant, P & S, Hubbell or. Slater 95242
Circle "F" 92515
General Electric 94050
Leviton 95014
Sierra 91410
b. Duplex 20- ampere convenience outlets, 120 -volt grounding type,
Hubbell 95362 (where duplex receptacle is supplied by separate 20-
ampere circuit).
c. Special outlets as indicated on drawings.
d. Pilot lamp receptacle shall be long life type, complete with inte-
gral series resistor, 6 -watt, 120 -volt, or 10 -watt, 250 -volt can-
delabra base lamp as required and rectangular red acrylic jewel.
Where shown with manual motor starting switch, pilot light shall
be installed In a separate box adjacent -to the motor starting
switch - outlet. Receptacle shall be Sierra 92156 for 120 -volt and
92157 for 208 or 240 -volt, and jewel shall be Sierra 9406R, for
use in switch plate. For 24 -volt circuits, receptacle shall be
without series resistor, but shall be complete with 6 -watt, 30 -volt
candelabra base lamp and rectangular red jewel. Receptacle shall
be Sierra 92152 and jewel shall be Siarra.9406R for use in switch
plate.
e. Weatherproof receptacle shall be ground fault type duplex recep-
tacle, mounted in a flush hinged door enclosure with lock and key.
Enclosure shall be a Pass & Seymour 4600 with a 1591F46 receptacle.
On exposed conduit runs, weatherproof ground fault type receptacle
as hereinbefore specified, installed in "FS" condulet - with one of
the following spring door type covers:
Manufacturer Cover
Arrow -Hart 97879 -FS
'Bryant or P & S 94510
Hubbell 95211
f. Three -pole, twistlock receptacle shall be 15- ampere, 250 - volts,
single or duplex, as indicated on the drawings and bakelite or
composition base with third pole grounded. Unit shall be for flush
mounting complete with stainless steel plate. Furnish one cap with
each receptacle.
Receptacle and cap shall be as follows:
Make Single Receptacle Duplex Receptacle
Arrow -Hart 96560 96580
Bryant. 974560 974550
Hubbell 44560 94550
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
cap
96577
974570
94570
16100 -23
s
g. Extension floor outlet shall be Walker- Parkersburg #513AL -OPS -G
except with duplex grounding type receptacle (color as selected by
Architect) as hereinbefore specified under item a. of this section.
Unit shall be mounted on cast iron floor box as hereinbefore speci-
fied with proper adapter and nipple for mounting to floor box.
h. Flush double duplex convenience receptacle in a cast gang.fioor
box as hereinbefore specified shall be grounding type, 125 volts,
15 ampere and shall have two current carrying contacts and one .
grounding contact which is internally connected to the frame. Re-
ceptacle shall be Arrow -Hart, Bryant, Hubbell or P &.S #5284, with
short mounting strap, or shall be Arrow -Hart, Bryant, Hubbell or
P & S #$241 -1, Leviton #5015 -I or Sierra #1202 with standard length
mounting strap as required by the manufacturer of floor box being
furnished. Covers shall be rectangular hinged brass screw locking
cover, Hubbeii S -3825 or approved equal.
i. Extension type public telephone riser on floor box shall be Walker -
Parkersburg #507AL, #509AL or #518AL special telephone fitting
finished brushed aluminum complete with proper nipple and adapter
for mounting to floor box. This Contractor shall install the type
of outlet at each floor box location as instructed by the Telephone
Company engineers.
j. Extension type intercommunicating telephone, P.A. handset or buzzer
system riser on floor box shalt be Walker - Parkersburg #501AL, cast
aluminum, satin finish, with proper nipple and adapter for mounting
to floor box.
k. Microphone and projector outlet, as hereinafter specified, shall
be installed in a flush rectangular floor box, complete with carpet
flanges if required. Boxes shall be Lew 6261 -8E (single -gang) or
Lew 6262 -SE (two -gang) or Lew 6263 -BE (three -gang) as indicated on
drawings with other devices.
2.23 PLATES
a. Plates shall be supplied for every local switch, receptacle, tele-
phone outlet, wall speaker outlet, etc. All plates shall be fur
nished with engraved or etched designations under any one of the
.following conditions:
1. Three gang or larger gang switches.
2. Lock switches.
3. Pilot switches.
4. Switches in locations from which the equipment or circuits
controlled cannot be readily seen.
S. Manual motor starting switches.
6. Where so indicated on the drawings.
7. As.required on all control circuit switches, such as heater
controls, etc.
B. Where receptacles are other than standard duplex receptacles,
to indicate voltage and phase.
b. All plates shall be 0.040" stainless steel plates on all outlets,
unless specifically noted otherwise. Plates shall be Sierra Manu-
facturing Company Type 302 alloy only..
NEWPORT CENTER
• BRANCH LIBRARY
• 2.24 STAINLESS STEEL
In all cases where stainless steel is specified, called for or used
under this Section of the Specifications for plates, cabinet or panel
covers, lighting fixtures, etc., it shall be a nonmagnetic, noncorrosive,
chrome - nickel alloy. The finished material shall be free of any burrs.
All exposed screws shall be of the same alloy. The steel shall be com-
posed of 18% chromium and 8% nickel and shall be A.I.S.I. Type 302
finished satin.
2.25 IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT
a. Panelboards, terminal cabinets, circuit breakers, disconnect
switches, starters, relays, time switches, contactors, pushbutton
control stations, and other apparatus. used for the operation or
control of feeders, circuits, appliances, or equipment shall be
properly identified by means of descriptive nameplates or tags
permanently attached to the apparatus and wiring.
b. Nameplates shalt be engraved laminated phenolic. Shop drawings
with dimensions and format shall be submitted to" the Architect
before installation. Attachment to equipment shall be with
escutcheon pins, rivets, self- tapping screws or machine screws.
Self - adhering or adhesive backed nameplates shall not be used.
c. Provide white -on -blue laminated plastic nameplates engraved in
minimum 1/4" high letters to correspond with the designations on
the drawings. Provide other or additional information on nameplates
where indicated.
d. For equipment containing or operating on circuits of more than
• 240 volts nominal, provide red -on -white laminated plastic warning
signs engraved in 1/2" high letters to read: "CAUTION - 480 (or
as applicable) VOLTS ".
e. Tags shall be attached to feeder wiring in'conduits at every point
where runs are broken or terminated and shall include pull wires in
empty conduits. Circuit, phase, and function shall be indicated.
Branch circuits shall.be tagged in panelboards and motor control
centers.' Tags may be made of pressure sensitive plastic or embossed
self - attached stainless steel or brass ribbon.
f. Cardholders and cards shall be provided for circuit identification
in panelboards,. Cardholders shall consist of a metal frame retain-
ing a clear plastic cover permanently attached-to the inside of
panel door. List of circuits shall be typewritten on card. Circuit
description shall include name or number of circuit, area, and
connected load.
g. Junction and puliboxes shall have covers stencilled with box number
when shown on the drawings, or circuit numbers according to panel
schedules. Data shall be lettered in an inconspicuous manner with
a color contrasting to finish.
226 VANDALPROOF FASTENINGS
Screws, bolts, nuts, etc., exposed to sight throughout the project,
approved vandalproof type. Screws for such items as switch plates,
receptacle plates, fixtures, communications equipment, fire alarm,
blank covers, wall and ceiling plates. etc., rosette -head stainless
steel, tamperproof. Provide Owner with six (6) screwdrivers for this
type.
•
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
16100 -25
• 2.27 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
a. Motor control centers shall be indoor type with NEMA Class II,
Type B wiring.
b. The control centers shall have voltage and amperage.as indicated
on the drawings..
c. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing or control schedules or
not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., thermo-
stats, relays, float or pressure swtiches, etc.) or interlocked
with other motors, each motor starter to be .equipped with a "Hands -
Off -Auto" selector switch in starter cover. Other starters equipped
with a "Start -Stop" pushbutton station in starter cover. Starters
to be equipped with running pilot light indication with "Push -To-
Test" feature.
d. C
Combination motor controller and feeder tap units shall employ
fusible switches with time delay fuses for branch circuit protec-
tion.
e. C
Combination motor controller unit shall be equipped with terminals
for a separate source of control power. A control power fuse (sized
coil) to protect the motor starter shall be provided in each unit
and the unit disconnect switch for each unit shall be equipped with
a normally open contact to isolate the control circuit from the
source when the unit disconnect Js open. .
f. S
Starter units shall contain devices as shown on the mechanical and
plumbing control wiring diagrams.
g. T
The control centers shall consist of one or more vertical sections
bolted together to form a unit assembly. A removable lifting angle
shall be provided for the assembly. Two (2) removable floor sills
shall be provided for mounting. Control center shall be bolted to
the floor and wall as approved by the Architect and Engineer.
h. P
Pullbox compartments for horizontal wiring shall be provided at the
top and bottom of the control center incoming -line. Compartment
shall be front accessible but isolated from main bus and other com-
partments. A vertical wiring compartment with separate hinged front
door shall be provided in each controller section. Bus shall be
braced for 50,000 amps assymmetrical.
I. Each unit compartment shall be provided with an individual front door.
Starters and feeder unit doors shall be interlocked mechanically with
the unit disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of the
door while energized and unintentional application of power while
door is open. Means shall be provided for releasing the interlock
for intentional access to the interior at any time and intentional
application of power, if desired, while door is open. Padlocking
arrangements shall permit locking the disconnect device OFF with at
least three (3) padlocks with door closed or open. Unit disconnect
operating handle shall be mounted on the disconnect, not on the unit
door and shall indicate ON and OFF with the door open or closed.
Means shall be provided for padlocking the unit in the partially
withdrawn position. Overload relays shall be reset from outside the
enclosure by means of an insulated bar or button.
j. Starter units shall be completely drawout type, Sizes ) and 2 so
that units may be-withdrawn without disconnecting any wiring. Sizes
3 and 4 FVNR units shall be drawout type after disconnecting power
'NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -26
• BRANCH LIBRARY
0
•
D
leads only.. Units over three space units high may be bolt -on type.
A positive guidance system shall be provided to assure proper align-
ment of wedge- shaped power stabe in dead -front openings in vertical
power bus. The screw racking mechanism shall serve as a mechanical
advantage to the operator during unit insertion or removal. Stab -
in on short circuits. Pilot devices shall be mounted on the unit
to avoid any necessity for "across- the - hinge" wiring.
k. Starters shall be equipped with three (3) overload heaters, one
for each motor lead.
1. All magnetic starters shall have a minimum of one auxiliary contact.
Additional auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required to com-
ply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the e.l'ectrical
and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the
Mechanical Section "of the Specifications.
m. The horizontal power bus shall be effectively isolated from all
wiring troughs and other working areas. Vertical bus extensions
shall be isolated by means of rigid glass polyester moldings in
such a manner as to be a separate self- supported assembly. No
extra safety jacks or similar devices shall be required to obtain
an essentially dead -front condition. Access shall be provided for
inspection and maintenance from the front.
n. Motor control center(s) shall be furnished in lineups nominally .90"
.high and in multiples of 20" wide. Oepth shall be 15" or 20" where
required. Units shall be front mounted only.
o. Refer to "Identification of Circuits and Equipment" hereinbefore
specified.
p. The motor control center shall be completely assembled and wired at
the factory and shall be General Electric 67700 or approved equal.
q. Where fuses are indicated.on the drawings, provide one spare set of
fuses for each fused device and deliver to Owner.
2.28 QUIETNESS OF OPERATION
Before the work will be accepted as complete, quietness of operation,
to a degree satisfactory to the Architect, attained for apparatus,
equipment, fixtures, etc., included under the electrical work. Provide
isolation and vibration protection required.
2.29 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a. OBJECTIVE: It is the objective of this specification to provide
the necessary design for the avoidance of excessive noise or vibra-
tion in the building due to the operation of machinery or transformers
and /or due to interconnected conduit.
b. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
1. The Contractor shall provide a submittal to the Architect for
approval prior to any installation of his equipment, containing
the following information:
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH LIBRARY
16100 -27.
. (a) Catalog cuts and data sheets on specific vibration isolators
to be utilized showing compliance with:the specification.
(b) An itemized list showing the items of equipment to be iso-
lated, the isolator loading and deflection and isolator
placement.
(c) Drawings showing methods for attachment of conduit to motors.
2. The Contractor shall furnish and install the vibration isolation
devices as specified herein.
3. The Contractor shall not install any equipment or conduit as
specified.in the schedule which makes rigid contact with the
"building" unless it.is approved in this specification or by
the Architect. ",Building" includes slabs, beams, studs, walls,
lath, etc.
4. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other trades to
avoid rigid contact between equipment or conduit as specified
in the schedule and the building. He shall inform other trades
following his work, such as plastering, to avoid any contact
which would reduce the vibration isolation.
S. The Contractor shall bring to the Architect's attention prior
to installation any conflicts with other trades which will
result in unavoidable contact to the equipment or conduit as
specified in the schedule, described herein due to inadequate
space, etc. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after
installation shall be at the responsible Contractor's expense.
6.
The Contractor shall bring to the Architect's attention any
.
discrepancies between the specifications and field conditions,
changes required due to installation. Corrective work neces-
sitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
7.
The.Contractor shall obtain inspection and approval from the
Architect of any installation to be covered or enclosed prior
to such closure.
8.
The Contractor shall obtain written and /or oral instructions
from the vibration isolation manufacturer as to the proper
installation and adjustment of vibration isolation devices.
9.
The Contractor shall notify the Architect prior to the general
e
installation of vibration isolation devices so that the Archi-
tect can instruct and demonstrate the proper
technique of
q p p
installation with the Contractor's foreman.
10.-The
Contractor shall correct, at no additional cost, all in-
stallations which are deemed to be defective workmanship or
materials by the Architect.
NEWPORT CENTER
16100 -28
BRANCH LIBRARY
c. VIBRATION ISOLATION TYPES
1. ISOLATOR DESCRIPTION
(a) All transformers shall be isolated by Type MN molded neo-
prene units equipped with leveling bolts. The design static
deflection under load shall be 0.3 ".
(b) All switchgear, racks, connected directly to transformer
shall be isolated by Type PH isolators. Loading shall be
limited to a static deflection of 0.06 inch. The area of
pad shall be chosen to match the load with the manufacturer's
recommended unit loading. An auxiliary steel plate may be
required to distribute the load uniformly over the pad area.
2. EQUIVALENT VIBRATION ISOLATORS
E
Neoprene Mount
MN a) 0.2" Max. Deflection N FO R RV CS R T -44
b) 0.4" Max. Deflection NO FDO RD RFD FU RD T -44
PH Neoprene Pad W (1) (2) NR R (3) 100W
NOTES: MANUFACTURER:'S CODE:
(1) Elastogrip A. Mason Industries
(2) Shearflex B. Korfund
3) Kinetic C. Vibration Mounting
D. Amber /Booth
E. Sausse
F. Consolidated Kinetics
G. Vibration Eliminator
d. CONDUIT INSTALLATION
1. No connection shall be allowed between any transformer and
the building structure, except flexible conduit or an approved
vibration isolation device.
2. All electrical panels connected to transformers by flexible
conduit shall be floor supported and shall contact no stud or
masonry partition and shall be isolated from the floor as
specified herein.
3. All connections to air conditioning, plumbing, etc.. or any
rotating or oscillating equipment requiring electrical motors
shall be provided through flexible conduits: The length of ..
flexible conduit required for each motor shall be based upon
the requirements for a 360° loop in the conduit between the
electrical motor and electrical box.
4.. An alternative to the 3600 loop shall be the use of a Neoprene
or rubber bushing between the conduit and the electric motor
to break the metal to metal contact. A flexible ground strip
shall be provided to complete the electrical room.
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -29
BRANCH LIBRARY
• PART 3: LAMPS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES
3.1 GENERAL
a. The "General Conditions ", "Special Conditions", and "Supplementary
General Conditions" are hereby made a part of this Section. The words
"shall be" are assumed into each paragraph. The word "provide" as noted
herein and on the drawings shall mean "furnish, install and connect ".
b. SCOPE: Under this heading is included tabor, materials, equipment
Inappliances required to complete the electrical work.
3.2 LAMPS
a. Lamps shall be new of wattage indicated and shall be as manufactured
by Generai Electric, Westinghouse (W 6 K trademark), Norelco or
Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with i
the proper lamp. All incandescent. lamps shall be extended service
type, 130 volts,
b. General purpose incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted, medium
base for 200 watts and smaller.
c. Reflector lamps shall be PAR -38 or R40 as required, unless Other-
wise specified in fixture schedule.
d. Fluorescent lamps shall be cool white, bi -pin, rapid - start, T -12,
4811, 40 -watt, 430 -m.a.
e. Mercury vapor lamps shall be Delux White or Brite White Deluxe
pnosphor coated Bonus -Line with proper base and configuration for
the fixture being furnished.
3.3 LIGHTING FIXTURES
a. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to
completely and properly install the fixture. All fixtures shall
be wired from outlet to socket with N14 A.W.G. Underwriters' Type
"AF" or "CF" fixture wire. All fixtures shall be equipped with
lamps of size and type specified.
b.. On acoustical tile ceilings, fixture outlets shall be accurately
located in the center, at the intersection of the four corners or
at the center of the joints of two tiles.
c. All fixtures of one type shall be of one manufacture and of identi-
cal finish and appearance.
d. Fluorescent fixtures to be equipped with ETL approved C.B.M. certi-
Pied high power factor ballasts with lowest sound rating available.
Fluorescent fixtures shall be designed to accommodate T -12, 430 m.a.
lamps except where specified otherwise. Ballasts to have Class "P"
protection. Each ballast shall be independently fused within line
fuse holder and fuse. Fuse holder shall be located within lamp
chamber, not ballast compartment. Provide a label next to fuse
reading, "Ballast is fused, check fuse prior to relamping ". Provide
an additional quantity of 10% spare fuses and deliver to Owner.
e. Mercury vapor fixtures equipped with constant wattage ballasts with
lowest sound rating available.
f. Ballasts which are judged by the Architect to be exclusively noisy
to be removed and replaced.
NEWPORT CENTER - ,16100 -30
BRANCH LIBRARY
g. Ballasts remote from the lighting fixture, mounted as shown on
the drawings and designed for remote operation. Additional wiring
and conduit shall be provided whether shown on the drawing or not,
between lighting fixture and remote'ballasts with required quantity
of "THHN" wire to operate said fixture(s.)..
h. Dimming ballasts in fixtures controlled by dimmers. Verify type
with dimming system provided. Provide proper quantity of wires
within conduit system for dimming system for proper operation,
whether shown on the drawings or not.
I. Whenever this specification calls for acrylic, acrylic plastic or
plexiglas for the diffusers of lighting fixtures, these diffusers
shall be manufactured by Rohm and Haas Company, called Plexiglas G,
o'r specifically.approved equal. Diffusers shall be formed from
cast sheet having a minimum unpenetrated thickness of.0.125" and,
in any event, shall be of sufficient thickness and of proper con-
struction and camber to prevent the diffusers from having any
noticeable sag over the entire normal life of the installation.
Diffusers shall be formed from cast sheet by a vacuum and /or pres-
sure technique.
J. Acrylic lenses shall be manufactured from 100% acrylic as manufac-
tured by Rahm & Haas, called Plexiglas V, V Type 920, VM, or an
approved equal by either injection molding or by extrusion.
k. Recessed fixtures where noted to have attached pullbox to have a
4" pullbox permanently attached to the plaster ring so that it is
accessible when the fixture is removed. The fixture to bear Under-
writers' label of approval for the wattage indicated. Connection
between fixture and.pullbox to have flexible conduit and 2 q14 AWG
"AF" wires. The flexible conduit to be sufficient length so that
• when the fixture is dropped, the pullbox is readily accessible.
1. Recessed fixtures must all have Underwriters' Laboratory approval
for recessed installation with plaster frame and attached pulibox.
Lamp enclosure, reflectors and finish wiring shall not be installed
until plastering is completed. Finish trim shall not be installed
until finish painting of the adjacent surface is completed.
m. Where recessed fixtures are shown to mount or "lay -in" a suspended
"tee" ceiling, the Electrical Contractor shall install two clips
on each end of the fixture for securing.to the "tee" cross runner
and shall connect two 12 -gauge fixture hanger wires to the fixture
housing at.12" from each end of the housing. The two 12-gauge fix-
ture hanger wires shall be furnished, installed and connected to
the superstructure above by the suspended-ceiling contractor.
Leveling and positioning of fixture may be provided by the ceiling
fixture to seat in grid system. Suspension system must be in ac-
cordance with the 21 table T21 -23J and meet the requirements of
the Office of Architecture and Construction.
n. Fluorescent fixtures surface mounted to a suspended "tee" ceiling
shall be installed with a one and one -half inch steel channel or
angle which spans across and. above the main runners. The channel
or angle member shall be provided with threaded studs for attaching
to the fixture housing through the lay -in tile. Two members shall
be installed per four foot fixture. Two 12 -gauge hanger wires shall
be provided per member, attached 6" from each and of the member and
anchored to the structure above. Special surface mounted items,
other than as described above, are detailed an the drawing.
NEWPORT (ENTER 16100 -31
BRANCH LIBRARY
If the Electrical Contractor wants to substitute any light fixture
with the type specified, he shall obtain sample fixture complete
with lamps and plug -in cord from manufacturer specified and also
from the manufacturer of the proposed substitution and personally
demonstrate the lighting units to the Engineer. Do not delegate
this demonstration to vendors. Fixtures of the same type shall be
of same manufacturer. Decision c` Engineer regarding acceptability
of any fixture shall be final.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -32
BRANCH LIBRARY
o.
The catalog numbers included in the description of the various
types of lighting fixtures shall be basically considered to estab-
lish the type or class of the fixture with a particular manufac-
turer only.. The fixture length, number of lamps component
materials, accessories and all other features required to fulfill
the total description of the fixture based on all drawing and
specification information shall be complied with regardless of
whether or not the catalog number specifically includes these fea-
tures. If any conflict exists between the catalog number and the
description, the Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with
the Architect prior to submittal of his bid o.r furnish the fixture
to meet the intent as later interpreted by the Architect without
change in contract price.
p.
Lighting fixtures shall be of types as indicated in fixture sche-
dule on drawings.
q.
Incline an allowance of $100.00 for the supply and installation of
lighting fixture where outlet is shown on drawings without a fixture
type designation.
r.
Pendant stem- mounting fixtures and chain hung supplied with swivel
hangers. Suspended fixtures to swing in any direction a minimum
of 450 gravity. Fixtures to have special stem lengths to give the
mounting height indicated on the drawings. Stem to be 1 -piece
without coupling, and to be finished the same color as the canopy
and the fixture, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall check
all locknuts and set screws to rigidly secure the socket to the
stem, and the stem to the outlet box. Fixtures to be plumb and
vertical. Where obstructions occur restricting 45° swing of fixtures,
the fixtures shall be guy wired to prevent fixtures from striking
obstructions. Method of guying shall be approved by the Architect
and Electrical Engineer. Swinging fixtures shall have a safety
.
cable attached to the structure and the fixture at each support
capable of supporting four times the vertical load.
s.
Lighting fixtures recessed in ceiling,or wall which has a fire
resistive rating of 1 hour or more enclosed in a box which has .a
fire rating equal to that of the ceiling. The space from the
fixture to the enclosure to be a minimum of I" and the light fix-
ture to be provided with advance Mark II Kool Koil ballast.
If the Electrical Contractor wants to substitute any light fixture
with the type specified, he shall obtain sample fixture complete
with lamps and plug -in cord from manufacturer specified and also
from the manufacturer of the proposed substitution and personally
demonstrate the lighting units to the Engineer. Do not delegate
this demonstration to vendors. Fixtures of the same type shall be
of same manufacturer. Decision c` Engineer regarding acceptability
of any fixture shall be final.
END OF SECTION
NEWPORT CENTER 16100 -32
BRANCH LIBRARY
i�
i
I
COST BENEFITS OF INSTALLING A
CLSI LIBS 100 SYSTEM
for the
Newport Beach Public Library
Newport Beach, California
Prepared by:
Newport Beach Public Library
Newport Beach, California
January 5, 1979
revised May 31, 1979
r1
J
e-
Table of Contents
Page
1. INTRODUCTION 1
2. SUMMARY 1
3. PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG - OVERVIEW
7
3.0 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF CARD CATALOG COSTS
10
3.1 DIRECT COSTS OF
CARD CATALOG ACTIVITIES
10
3.1.1 Technical
Services Labor
10
3.1.1.1
Union shelflist card
(Pre -sort and Filing)
10
3.1.1.2
Filing check
10
3.1.1.3
Marking shelflist cards for
transfer and discards
11
3.1.1.4
Xeroxing of union shelflist
cards for transfer and discard
11
3.1.1.5
Queries from branches
11
3.1.1.6
Daily statistical counting and
monthly statistical reports
11
3.1.1.7
Reformatting on OCLC of cards
for Various receiving catalogs
11
3.1.2 Branch Labor
12
3.1.2.1
Catalog cards pre -sort and filing
12
3.1.2.2
Order -slip pre -sort and filing
12
3.1.2.3
Filing check
12
3.1.2.4
Card and shelflist revision as
directed by Technical Services
12
3.1.2.5
Card pulling for withdrawn titles
13
3.1.2.6
Queries to and from branches
13
Page
3.1.3 Yearly displaced cost of card catalog
activities
13
3.2
OVERHEAD COSTS OF CARD CATALOG ACTIVITIES
14
3.2.1 Employee payroll benefits
15
3.2.2 Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
15
'
3.2.3 Training overhead factor
1s
3.2.4 Supervisory overhead factor
16
3.2.5 Total factor
of overhead costs
17
3.3
TOTAL COSTS OF DISPLACED CARD CATALOG ACTIVITIES
17
3.4
COST OF CARD CATALOG MATERIAL
17
3.4.1 Catalog for titles
17
cards new
3.4.2 Union shelflist cards
18
3.4.3 Yearly displaced costs of catalog card
material
18
'
3.5
CARD CATALOGS
18
3.5.1 Newport Center Branch card catalog
18
3.5.2 Existing card catalog sale
18
r3.6
CAPITAL COST OF LIBS 100 PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG
19
3.7
CATALOG MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION COSTS USING
'
THE LIBS 100
20
3.7.1 Phase I, M $ 0 Costs, 1979 -80
20
3.7.2 Phase II, M $ 0 Costs, 1980 -81
20
3.7.3 M $ 0 Cost Summary, 1981 -82 and Beyond
20
4. CIRCULATION CONTROL - OVERVIEW
21
4.0
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF CIRCULATION COSTS
22
l�
1
Page
4.1 DIRECT
COSTS OF CIRCULATION ACTIVITIES
24
4.1.1
Setting up the circulation desk
24
4.1.2
Registration
25
4.1.3
Loan services - charge out activities
27
4.1.4
Loan services - discharging
28
4.1.5
Overdue notifications
29
4.1.6
Reserves
30
4.1.7
Circulation statistics
32
4.1.8
Weekly displaced costs of circulation
33
activities
4.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF CIRCULATION ACTMTIES
33
4.2.1
Employee payroll benefits
34
4.2.2
Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
34
4.2.3
Training overhead factor
34
4.2.4
Supervisory overhead factor
35
4.2.5
Total factor of overhead costs
36
4.3 TOTAL COST OF DISPLACED CIRCULATION ACTIVITIES 36
4.4 SAVINGS ON COST OF CIRCULATION MATERIAL 36
4.5 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR
CIRCULATION CONTROL 37
4.5.1 LIBS 100 Capital cost (Phase I, 1979 -80) 37
4.5.2 Other initial cost items (Phase I, 1979 -80) 38
4.5.3 Conversion costs, Phase I (1979 -80) 38
4.5.4 LIBS 100 Capital costs (Phase II, 1980 -81) 39
4.5.5 Other initial cost items (Phase II, 1980 -81) 39
4.5.6 Conversion costs, Phase II (1980 -81) 39
4.6 CIRCULATION CONTROL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION
AND ADDED ACTIVITIES COSTS USING THE LIBS 100 39
4.6.1 Phase I replacement activities 40
p Page
4.6.2 Phase I Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1979 -80 40
4.6.3 Phase II Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1980 -81- 40
4.6.4 Maintenance and Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82
and Beyond 41
I 5.4 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR BOOK ACQUISITION
AND FUND AND BUDGET 50
5.5 ACQUISITION AND FUND $ BUDGET MAINTENANCE $ OPERATION
COSTS USING THE LIBS 100 50
' 5.5.1 Phase I Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1979 -80 50
5.5.2 Phase II Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1980 -81 50
5.5.3 Maintenance and Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82
and Beyond 50
I
ACQUISITIONS SYSTEMS - OVERVIEW
42
5.0 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF ACQUISITIONS COSTS
45
'
5.1 DIRECT COSTS OF ACQUISITIONS ACTIVITIES
45
Holiday, vacation, and sick -leave benefits
5.1.1 Available list checked against the
'
author file
45
5.1.2 Typing order slips
45
49
5.1.3 Filing order slips in main entry file
46
Total factor of overhead costs
5.1.4 Manual bookkeeping
46
5.1.5 Manual accounting
46
5.1.6 Annual displaced costs of acquisitions
activities
47
I
I 5.4 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR BOOK ACQUISITION
AND FUND AND BUDGET 50
5.5 ACQUISITION AND FUND $ BUDGET MAINTENANCE $ OPERATION
COSTS USING THE LIBS 100 50
' 5.5.1 Phase I Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1979 -80 50
5.5.2 Phase II Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1980 -81 50
5.5.3 Maintenance and Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82
and Beyond 50
I
5.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF ACQUISITIONS ACTIVITIES
47
5.2.1
Employee payroll benefits
48
5.2.2
Holiday, vacation, and sick -leave benefits
48
5.2.3
Training overhead factor
48
5.2.4
Supervisory overhead factor
49
5.2.5
Total factor of overhead costs
49
5.3 TOTAL
COST OF DISPLACED ACQUISITION ACTIVITIES
49
I 5.4 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR BOOK ACQUISITION
AND FUND AND BUDGET 50
5.5 ACQUISITION AND FUND $ BUDGET MAINTENANCE $ OPERATION
COSTS USING THE LIBS 100 50
' 5.5.1 Phase I Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1979 -80 50
5.5.2 Phase II Maintenance and Operation Costs, 1980 -81 50
5.5.3 Maintenance and Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82
and Beyond 50
I
E:
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
i
r
,1
r
r
r ,
Page
6. QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 51
6.1 VALUE OF OUR COLLECTION TO OUR PATRONS 51
6.2 VALUE OF DTROVED SERVICE TO OUR PATRONS 51
6.3 INCREASED BOOK TURNOVER 53
6.4 APPLICABILITY OF THE COLLECTION TO PATRONS'
REQUIRE?dENTS 53
6.5 RESOURCE SHARING AND NETWORKING 53
Tables:
1.0 Summary of capital and maintenance and operation
costs of the LIBS 100 A & B
2.0 Summary of displaced cost savings with the LIBS 100 6
3.0 Summary of card catalog displaced cost savings with
the implementation of the LIBS 100 On -Line Public
Access Catalog 9
4.0 Summary of circulation displaced cost savings with
the implementation of the LIBS 100 Circulation
Control System 23
S.0 Summary of acquisitions and fund and budget
displaced cost savings with the implementation
of the LIBS 100 Book Acquisition and Find and
Budget Systems 44
�r
t
�1
1
it
r
'i
1
r
r
'r
r
r
r
r
r
0
H
a
H
m
v
r
m
O N
H Q)
to
0.l
H
a
H
m
w v
o a+
O
F
O .0
U
H
z m
o �
H
O O
H
H d)
N
W i•
E W
V
E 7�
z
z
Eq ca
q
.Z M
d H
co
F >�
(Hy
V
N
W
O H
ro
y r-1
H
N
a,
0m
b
d
m d
a i
00
a
ti
a)
N
H u
m
co
G
m d
m
u G
H
O 941
am
O
O
JJ
1J
u v
M
A
N
U 4
#
00
00
I
00
rn
00
W
I
00
O�
m
H
m
I
00
ao
o+
co
03
00
N
II
M
a0
N
000
Cl)
T
ul
0%
O+
H
N
H
u}
N
cn
V)
ON
00
%D
M
00
J
M
O
O�
ul
.7
O,
V?
H
d
I�
M
00
rn
H
O
00
N
ID
II
100+1
Lr)
ON
ap
It
N
00
d
M
O
Ot
1/i
O,
H
V?
N
IN
00
1T
00
H
O
00
ON
W
H
W
•O
1
�O
M
v1
0i
aD
14
4
W
J
Cl)
O
CT
u1
.T
H
N
H
1�
01
00I
•O
M
1/1
ap
Ch
O
W
d
M
O
I-
0 0
�
yr
rn
10
10
O
N
01
T
�
J
M
Ir)
O1
!?
M
uy
H
N
Hn
Hn
�-I V1
H
E
O•
T
H
H
h
H
ri
m m
m mm
U? 00
U UL/)
11 U
U
P.
P.
d
En
OW
rn is
Oml .G
.0
G 41
G en
C w
aa is
F
UM
u W
Oto 04
O�
0 aO
bit
O O
U C
u •O
M y
.H
M 0 O
F O
O O
C
C
N ..
u H
" H 1.1
H O
0a M
oa M
m H N
m H W
`°
CU
" �
-H '°-I
7 N vi
� N d .-.
H a)
fn
0
00
M
F H
H m U
A ++ a)
H W V
A J-I d
u m
$4 �T
U m O+
H N 1/1 M
G 'O m
O'
fA
'•�
a
UaQHy
P uu
PO. L)
ua�w
uP s a
6wa1n
E
x
G G
H u
u O
u
a
v
0
M
u
m
m
G
m
u o
m o
d u)
G N
M a
N O
�O m
rJ
NJ G
m U
QG �
6 u
rl
a
0 U
v _
G w 6
00 U
co w
H
m 4
m
al O
my Oa
.G H
U W
P1 +G
N H
m
m a+
a �
n1 U
G G
O O
0m
b
d
m d
a i
A u
a
ti
a)
N
H u
m
tlw
G
m d
m
u G
H
O 941
am
O
O
JJ
1J
u v
M
A
N
U 4
#
i1
'1
(7
o
H
1+
ro
a
r
N
W
r
W
co
ro
N
r
34
ro
Ol
r
v
r
b
v
C �
r S
L ro
lo
w ro
aai >•
H
M
co
r
LM
N
ro
W
r
H
a
m
r
Q
O
n
O
M
OI
N
N
O
00
O0
n
v
n
ao
o
n
00
r♦
eo
rn
rn
'•I
I
Cn
:
•O
a0
co
u
00
O
O
O
H
Ul
00
H
of
VJ
00
d
O
r
�D
I
M
a
O
v
10
00
T
N
O
M
O.
H
ul
n
D
O
O
O%
u1
OI
ON
ID
00
N
O
d
00
M
00
Ln
n
IO
O
H
-T
H
�
N
v
00
-T
N
d
00
r-i
n
II
C
T
000
rI
yr
�
0I
N
N
Q
M
O.
D
C
Cn
v
V1
M
N
ul
O.
a0
M
M
O
n
I
ON
N
'-I
r•1
00
O
O
7
O
O
u}
M
V)
N
rn
O
00
N
Ln
M
rl
I
C
O
n
W
O
N
M
ul
O•
t/>
Cl)
d
H
N
i
D
00
Ln
T
00
7
O
V
.O
I
O
OO
"
O
00
OD
N
M
�T
T
Vt
M
�T
rl
�
O
O
O
eT
a0
n
M
00
00
I
O
C
u1
N
00
O�
�
v}
O
H
n
n
O
H O
H O
N O
H
rl
'-I
O
O
rl
N
N
00 N
H
H
14 -
V)
H �n
U
u
d
1
"
J..�
W H
W H
•d N O
VH I
m m
m m
m l
U
V
a
00 W
h
MN
m 00
u
Ol
"
m
A .
N C
Ol
q W
Cl V
C '
C m
m
q rI O
it
..]
u a H
U04
UH'0M
O wIT
O
O C
Old
O 0
O roN
O00b u5
O'K
U
U
U C
Hv .
H
H ro
rn
H A
HA
M rn q
U K
6 I�
< -n
d 0
++ a
4I H a
u
�a
++a Ln
{.I a in
u.1 O a
O
In
00
00 •
00 b, •
ro H
ro H
c0 N
H
H
H T
O O
T
H
U O M
u O M
u 0 w M
rl
H ••
N M
'O
m �f
m �n
m N ..
.O rl
Lq
7 w
C d M
C 1
C ST
H 00 •
H iq •
H {q Gq M
}'..
O
O
rl ro u
H ro U
H ro U
u m •
U m
U H
O
O u
C U
C
V]
w
U
A u N
A U 01
.0 ai 'O W
H {0 .O
1.i ro'o
N 00
A'O
w W m
O' •O W
w W
Ol
a+
O
7 ca
P4
C ca w
P4 U'
7 ro C y
P.0 ro�
H ,C
Ua.T
H ,C
Uw.T
H a\
UrI
N
PO
U V)
U y
U q
w roan
H
H
O
V
�
P 4J
O q
d
m tq
v
ci
aq o
� U
W A
H JJ
� C
00 M
C
M d
0 bqq
N 6
u A
000 N
M W
y C
M
A
yJ
a 3
� a!
m
M .0
as
A
w u
O � f4
m
1+ O
m Y
U b
W r1 i
$�ro
zoo
=m0
ai 3 a
t00
L u q
N .HC 41
a 3 q
M
H N
m u O1
O W DO
H M
a qw
M u Om
rINA
M $4
ro
U aOa O
N
C 4
O 7 O1
a °i u
a M
cc
mrlro
m +qi ro
ro 00 C
0 q A
u q
C A
BHOOy
f1 A(�p
if
'!t
iJ
I
I)
1
i
1. INTRODUCTION
This report discusses the need for an on -line Public Access
Catalog, Circulation Control, Book Acquisition and Fund and
Budget System at the Newport Beach Public Library.
The system would require the conversion of all bibliographic
records from a card catalog format to machine- readable form. The
integrated data base would be used with appropriate equipment and
software to:
A. Replace the present card catalog with an on -line Public
Access Catalog.
B. Replace the present manual circulation system with an on -line
Circulation Control System.
C. Replace the present acquisitions and bookkeeping system with
an on -line Book Acquisition and Fund and Budget System.
The purpose of the change is to provide better service to the
users of the Library, to improve the Library's control over its
budget and collection, to improve its ability to develop the
collection, and to provide long -range cost savings in Library
operations.
This report will discuss in detail:
A.
The general and specific
problem
with our manual system.
B.
The benefits to be received
from
automation utilizing the
LIBS 100.
C.
Descriptions of the manual
systems
to be replaced and their
current costs.
D.
Probable cost displacement
through
automation.
2. SUMMARY
A public library is a labor- intensive service. The need for staff
to provide essential services is growing faster than the ability
of the community to provide the funds to hire them. At the
Newport Beach Public Library, the percentage of total operating
budget devoted to personnel costs was 668 in 1974 -75 and has risen
at a rate of 18 per year so that today it is 708.
1
11
Newport Beach will open a. new branch library at Newport Center in
mid -1979. It is anticipated that there will be a dramatic rise in
patron registration and item circulation at the same time that
staffing must be held at its present level system -wide. Even with
decreased book budgets, the number of individual titles in the
system is expected to increase, causing greater collection mainte-
nance and inventory problems. In addition, expanded open hours at
each branch, beginning in January 1979, will increase demands on
' the staff. The temporary nature of CEPA clerical personnel should
also be considered. A sudden termination of this federally-funded
program would cause a significantly damaging reduction in library
staff and services under the present manual system.
With the need to provide staff - intensive services, especially in
times of limited municipal resources, quality library service can
The Library's mission has
broadened in the past
20
years. It has
many of the
become a community resource center providing access
to information
in a format and on an intellectual level that
meets the vocational,
of their time and move them into the
educational, recreational
and personal needs
of
the individual
'
users. This has increased
the demands placed on
the
Library staff.
Newport Beach will open a. new branch library at Newport Center in
mid -1979. It is anticipated that there will be a dramatic rise in
patron registration and item circulation at the same time that
staffing must be held at its present level system -wide. Even with
decreased book budgets, the number of individual titles in the
system is expected to increase, causing greater collection mainte-
nance and inventory problems. In addition, expanded open hours at
each branch, beginning in January 1979, will increase demands on
' the staff. The temporary nature of CEPA clerical personnel should
also be considered. A sudden termination of this federally-funded
program would cause a significantly damaging reduction in library
staff and services under the present manual system.
With the need to provide staff - intensive services, especially in
times of limited municipal resources, quality library service can
In addition, full utilization of the Library's collections (now
valued at 2.8 million dollars) is limited to dependence on manual
' control and retrieval systems that are unable to provide essential
information in a timely manner. Circulation errors frustrate both
patrons and staff. The catalog is difficult for many to use so
' they fail to find what they came for. The catalog itself contains
outdated and inaccurate subject terms because there is no staff
time to correct then. New editions of the Anglo- American Cata-
loging Rules and the Dewey Decimal Classification System, both
scheduled for release in January 1981 will call for massive changes
in our existing cataloging. These changes will be difficult to
accomplish without an on -line system.
I 2
survive only
if we are able
to discover ways to divert staff from
many of the
relatively simple
and repetitive clerical and technical
tasks which
now consume much
of their time and move them into the
'
badly needed
public service positions.
In addition, full utilization of the Library's collections (now
valued at 2.8 million dollars) is limited to dependence on manual
' control and retrieval systems that are unable to provide essential
information in a timely manner. Circulation errors frustrate both
patrons and staff. The catalog is difficult for many to use so
' they fail to find what they came for. The catalog itself contains
outdated and inaccurate subject terms because there is no staff
time to correct then. New editions of the Anglo- American Cata-
loging Rules and the Dewey Decimal Classification System, both
scheduled for release in January 1981 will call for massive changes
in our existing cataloging. These changes will be difficult to
accomplish without an on -line system.
I 2
I
In the past, the cost of designing and building a comprehensive
computer system for libraries has been prohibitively high. Because
of the large initial financial investment required, few libraries
had achieved any substantial savings through automation. CLSI was
established specifically to solve the problems of computer applica-
tions in the library field. Library personnel, working closely with
bibliographic information to effectively link the various operations
within the Library into the LIBS 100.
' Maintaining a professional staff with experience both in modern
computer technology and also in library organization and manage-
ment allows CLSI to offer this uniquely comprehensive service to
libraries. CLSI's service handles all aspects of the Library's
' information processing system, from initial planning, staff orien-
tation and training to ongoing maintenance. By working closely with
the Library staff prior to, during, and after installation, CLSI
' assures that the System reflects the Library's needs.
other CLSI consultants, have studied
the needs and requirements
of
the library. The result of their
efforts is the LIBS 100
- a
equipment
complete library information system
supporting modules for Public
programming. The Library need not
Access Catalog, Circulation Control, Book Acquisitions, and Fund
and
'
Budget. These modules utilize a common integrated data base
of
bibliographic information to effectively link the various operations
within the Library into the LIBS 100.
' Maintaining a professional staff with experience both in modern
computer technology and also in library organization and manage-
ment allows CLSI to offer this uniquely comprehensive service to
libraries. CLSI's service handles all aspects of the Library's
' information processing system, from initial planning, staff orien-
tation and training to ongoing maintenance. By working closely with
the Library staff prior to, during, and after installation, CLSI
' assures that the System reflects the Library's needs.
staff in the use of the LIBS 100. Then, much of the training is
done automatically between the System and the operator. The
System itself instructs the operator on procedures, detects many
operator errors and gives instruction for correcting these errors.
' The LIBS 100 is conversational, allowing the user instantaneous
access to information stored in the System. At any time, the
' Librarian can enter new data or upiate existing information while
3.
The
information systems provided by CLSI are delivered
ready to
use
by Library personnel. The System
includes necessary
equipment
and
programming. The Library need not
hire specialists in
library
'
data- processing applications since the
LIBS 100 has been
designed
for
use by Library personnel. First,
CLSI will train the
Library
staff in the use of the LIBS 100. Then, much of the training is
done automatically between the System and the operator. The
System itself instructs the operator on procedures, detects many
operator errors and gives instruction for correcting these errors.
' The LIBS 100 is conversational, allowing the user instantaneous
access to information stored in the System. At any time, the
' Librarian can enter new data or upiate existing information while
3.
I
The remainder of this report is a detailed analysis of the service
benefits, cost displacement, potential savings and estimated costs
of automating the Library's public catalog, circulation activities
' and acquisition process into an on -line system working from an
integrated data base on the LIBS 100. These benefits and costs
' are summarized below.
' SFRVICE BENEFITS
I
A union (master) public catalog that is easier for the public
' to use, available throughout the system, giving information
about the status and location of each item in the Library's
collection, and accessible from all branch libraries.
A circulation process that checks materials out and in rapidly
and accurately and that automatically produces notices for
materials not returned on a system -wide rather than a branch-
by- branch basis.
' Improved access to information about materials on order.
' Increased information about the collection and borrowers
that will help the Library determine and meet its goals and
1 ' objectives.
COST SAVINGS
After conversion and shake -down period, the ability to divert
' staff members to other duties.
' 4.
I
working directly with source documents. The
data base is main -
tained continuously as new data is entered,
eliminating costly
operations normally associated with other data
processing systems,
such as keypunching and verifying.
CLSI has installed LIBS 100 Systems in over 260
libraries performing
book acquisition, circulation control, and
materials booking
operations. Consequently, libraries no longer
need to re- invent
the wheel. Proven systems are supplied and tailored to meet the
'
needs of the Library's individual requirements.
The remainder of this report is a detailed analysis of the service
benefits, cost displacement, potential savings and estimated costs
of automating the Library's public catalog, circulation activities
' and acquisition process into an on -line system working from an
integrated data base on the LIBS 100. These benefits and costs
' are summarized below.
' SFRVICE BENEFITS
I
A union (master) public catalog that is easier for the public
' to use, available throughout the system, giving information
about the status and location of each item in the Library's
collection, and accessible from all branch libraries.
A circulation process that checks materials out and in rapidly
and accurately and that automatically produces notices for
materials not returned on a system -wide rather than a branch-
by- branch basis.
' Improved access to information about materials on order.
' Increased information about the collection and borrowers
that will help the Library determine and meet its goals and
1 ' objectives.
COST SAVINGS
After conversion and shake -down period, the ability to divert
' staff members to other duties.
' 4.
I
I
I _
iAbility of the Library system to absorb increases in activity
1 without additional staff.
Increased income from fines and money due for unreturned
1 materials and decrease in loss rate of materials through
early and consistent detection of delinquent borrowers.
1 Lip to S12,000 saved on cost of card catalog furniture at the
Newport Center Branch.
1 Increased return on investment in 2.8 million dollar collec-
tion through more effective utilization of individual items.
iWiser expenditure of dollars spent on the collection budget
1 because of increased information about the uses and users of
the collection.
1 Increased percentage of overdue materials retrieved through
improved overdue system.
1 Reduction in long -term space needs based on increased ability
to build a user - oriented collection, ability to identify
1 little -used materials and elimination of several clerical
routines.
1 Table 2.0 is a Summary of Projected Cost Displacements expected as a
result of the implementation of the LIBS 100 System. These cost dis-
placement estimates show that the LIBS 100, when fully implemented,
will disengage a number of staff members from their manual tasks and
1 make them available for service oriented activities. Newport Beach
Public Library is committed to expanded services due to the new branch
1 and more open hours. LIBS 100 users have found that services can be
increased at the same time personnel levels remain the same or are
reduced through attrition.
�1
1 5.
11
1
I
1
� 1
1
i
I
1
O
N
W
a
O
N
w
O�
ro
w
W
u
ro
w
n
ro
w
u
ro
w
>.
H
ca
ro
w
d
H
w
a+
M
u
ro
w
N
s4
ro
w
u
v
T
T
M
M
00
N
CT
O�
W
7
W
i
M
f1
00
'T
ON
-:r
O
.-i
vJ
rl
r-1
Vl
00
00
M
N
N
00
M
N
N
n
w
w
w
w
00
N
D
00
T
Vl
a,
Ln
n
N
M
O
00
W
N
N
O�
1
O
M
W
r
c0
O
M
OD
N
10
n
O
O
L/1
00
o
M
o
1
n
Il
L'
N
A
w
w
00
m
co
O+
v
a0
d
r.
va
ri
Cn
n
v
o
00
�
00
N
O
N
r-I-I
v�
co
co
°
�
m
I
M
O
O
O
00
w
w
w
W
u
N
N
O
as
N
M
%O
^f
N
N
00
I
M
M
n
1
00
w
w
00
N
0n
M
M
O
O
.T
00
ao
ri
�o
ri
co
N
W
✓i
M
M
M
I
O
J
7
O
p
w
w
w
000
1
n
m
O
1
Lr
7
N
00
O
I
O
D
M
C
o
m o
M
O IT
O v
M
M
b
x
00 m. 4
01 m ri
vi m ri
U
O O a
N O?
m O a
co m
r l U m
7 U ro
+a U ro
.•I 00
00•'O v
w
aro+ 'LJ `H-'
Yu. 'O `H-�
•rCi
H
u
u
u
U m,
U m m
Q m d
w
ro 0.• w
ro FL•rl w
ro LL++ w
ro u
J�
" m 7 00
yl m •9 00
a.i m '� 00
41 m
U
0 0
co
va
0
V)iw
Hgrn
HArn W
U
oq
N W 01
H
u C 7
k O 00
ro O M M
W
Uric w
O LO q tmt00
0a O M
ao" 4
w a+
0 +m+ b u
N U 000A
N O P1 N
00 O
00 b
r
r I -H
v , 00 roN
M rr 000 M i+
° i%, A C
O O M
r-I F m 00 w
O m O O
m 0 H u
O m 0 to
U O u
auu
to w O O 14
04 w q
6 ur pw
y ro w
4J 0 0
En M H w m
V1 m 0 W O
OU AUW U
'I
Q
W N 00 JJ
�roa 0 w
N Uv Ory
A 0 Y v 0
ao
ik' w On 4
to as ra u
z S a y w
H
r•I O
O m 00 u
W m u 3
41 W w
T N -I G
aurora.
•,a m
w a O c
ro 0 mum
4 N U 0
G I W
M O
ro
w 0i I
u .�
0 (�d0p0 u y
u }+ b
w ro m to
k P. U m
-H ro Cl) $ O
W m N
w P.q Ua
O + M w
U) p �
. 3a�.1
1
3. PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG - OVERVIEW
' The card catalog is the only index to the collection. It provides
subject, author and title access to almost all items owned by the
'
Library. There are over 695,000 entries,including a complex cross -
reference system,in the Newport Beach Public Library's Card Catalog.
There are four completely separate card catalogs -- one at each
branch.
' In the proposed LIES 100 System, the complete bibliogrpahic records
of all Newport Beach Public Library materials are entered into a
mini - computer capable of storing 132 million characters. Approxi --
' mately 10 terminals placed in public and cork areas throughout the
branches in the system are programmed to lead the user through the
' logical steps needed to find a particular item or materials on a
' 7
The shelflist
is the
inventory file that organizes all titles in
'
shelf or call number
order
and lists the number and cost of each
'
copy of that
title owned.
It contains approximately 87,000 entries
'
and records
260,000
items.
There are five completely separate
This is labor - intensive work involving the Xeroxing of catalog
shelflists --
one at
each
branch and one at Technical Services.
' In the proposed LIES 100 System, the complete bibliogrpahic records
of all Newport Beach Public Library materials are entered into a
mini - computer capable of storing 132 million characters. Approxi --
' mately 10 terminals placed in public and cork areas throughout the
branches in the system are programmed to lead the user through the
' logical steps needed to find a particular item or materials on a
' 7
In our current system, only one branch has a union (or system -wide
master) catalog and shelflist. The other branches have catalogs
and shelflists pertaining only to their own collections. Much
staff time is spent calling the union catalog for holdings and
'
location information.
Since the union catalog and shelflist currently at Balboa Branch is
'
scheduled to be moved to Newport Center Branch, we are in the
process of creating a new branch catalog and shelflist for Balboa.
'
This is labor - intensive work involving the Xeroxing of catalog
cards, card pulling from duplicate files, and refiling. It is
estimated that $20,945 in labor and materials during 1978 -79 and
'
1979 -80 will be necessary to complete the project. However, with
the adoption of an on -line system this work could be terminated
immediately.
' In the proposed LIES 100 System, the complete bibliogrpahic records
of all Newport Beach Public Library materials are entered into a
mini - computer capable of storing 132 million characters. Approxi --
' mately 10 terminals placed in public and cork areas throughout the
branches in the system are programmed to lead the user through the
' logical steps needed to find a particular item or materials on a
' 7
particular subject. Each bibliographic record not only contains
' essential information about the particular title but also lists each
copy, branch location, its price, and whether it is currently
checked out. Thus, it combines the card catalog and shelflist into
' one file, giving each branch a union file with access to the Sys -
tems's entire collection.
'
What the System does:
• Provides immediate information for patrons via touch screen
'
terminals.
Provides patrons with knowledge of the exact location and
'
status of all copies of a title in the total collection.
• Provides the ability to produce bibliographies via either touch
or a keyboard terminal.
'
Provides for tighter control and updating of the catalog infor-
mation through the use of authority files, editing procedures and
'
data manipulation procedures.
• Provides for special statistical reports tailored to the Newport
Beach Public Library requirements.
'
• Provides for input of complete cataloging text from biblio-
graphic services via either direct on -line links or with OCLC
'
archival tapes.
• Dramatically reduces catalog maintenance costs.
• Provides for placement of the Public Access Catalog throughout
a building via touch terminals rather than a single card catalog
in a fixed location.
'
Eliminates staff time currently spent in training the public in
use of a card catalog.
'
• Eliminates card filing errors and replaces outdated or offensive
subject terms via a single command.
• Allows the merging of the currently separate adult and juvenile
'
catalogs, providing access to the entire collection for all
patrons, regardless of age.
'
Table 3.0 shows the total catalog cost displacement that can be expected
with the implementation of the Public Access Catalog.
B.
i'
O
' a
H
7
� 1
I
I t
O
.-1
5+
m
N
rn
N
N
N
u
ro
v
r
W
H
m
N
N
U
1
I V1
f W
i U
U6 •n
1 U h
I H v
Z v
• N y
..7 a
I 6
� � Y
1 O
� O
3 N
i PCI Q
i I >
3 W
i x
H
� F
1 U
Y
4
1
u
H
0
O
'i
u ro
ro
U
H
ro
U
+
H U
ro
v 0
� o
s+ ro
to CA
tH >1 U
>1 o• W
O
0
N ILn 41 +0
N
H O H iy
w ca .0 y..
O N J
00 %H 00
LI N ro � il.
M iPl N O C
N
m O 7
N u U U 1
L"(d +mp
M U
C ri u u m
'4 f} ii
,A m U 7 0
14 1.4 co
3 ,roi •.Ni U •o
0 0) D 11
ro to
rl d
ri u p .cd
W W 0 P q
0 0 m v
u u w p
m m •p L r
U U �d p
U
cd ca ca e+
O O 0 ' 1 OH
+I 2rl•wN
. W q+H
m m m 91 0
m m w
m m m 1 O
m Id ca vo m
pp u a+
Cid cd N U U
M m m e-I rl
W N N ro ro
♦+ iJ 1J
•.U1 14 CJ U Yu H `W
g q p C U
H HH`-�
is
it it
it -K
.I
n
n
ul
O
ao
v
n
n
L7
In
U
O
J
kO
00
OD
D
M
ON
ON
n
O0
r
n
V1
N
V)
n
N
n
W
0
O
w
cO
d
�y
ao
n
o
o
�
ul
m
N
O
u
W 00
d
V1
N
n
V1
^
W
M
n
V
n
In
m
CO
O
M
00
A
N
M
M
O
^
00
W
10
M
N
N
cn
7
N
M
O
V)
n
00
10
M
00
N
00
m
C
O
O
M
Oo
0o
m
00
O
In
m
H
�
v}
Ob
N
.Y
00
M
Vl
N
0
n
O
O
m
O
O
v
p
00
M
Vl
00
01
rl
ON
7
r
I
N
.-1
00
rl
O
0o
O
n
00
Ln
t
lO
N
M
O
O
O
000
O
00
00
00
00
T
v
rl
O
00
O
p
n
s
rn
I
m
O�
O
rn
C
Lri
M
'-I
N
I
.i
va
N
4:
ao
m
co
. �.
O
N ri
0 1
'n
V1
n
rl n
m
U
Q
OI
.,j O
H H
H
H
iJ v
•.roi
U
p
&D,
U 0.
O
ro A
u
n
U
o o4
v a.
00
rpl
I-o+
u U a
w
O
P
a.l
O
CrV
ro
CV
m a,'
O ^
p• 00 is
C •K ^
m
a
ro
Uv1
N
m In
L4
U �p
O
vi is n
c,
6
6
,.a
Um
cM
a0m
F O
w
O
U
+-Im
C
wM
O
cdd
U
um
}+
ro
U
r 0
ro ri
H
06jU
(�
N
O
O
U
•1y
y�
iJ m
rvl- R1
N
q
4 U
N
as U
m N
p.0
3 N
A
N
U
N
p, W N
m R4 d
H
H
1J
m
W
F+
7v
J7
cd
ro
Nw
rl
ro n
Cd
row
•rCV
U
U
U
Uv
)
U2v
W�
U�
Oroj .7,
� U.71
F7
Hp4
1
u
H
0
O
'i
u ro
ro
U
H
ro
U
+
H U
ro
v 0
� o
s+ ro
to CA
tH >1 U
>1 o• W
O
0
N ILn 41 +0
N
H O H iy
w ca .0 y..
O N J
00 %H 00
LI N ro � il.
M iPl N O C
N
m O 7
N u U U 1
L"(d +mp
M U
C ri u u m
'4 f} ii
,A m U 7 0
14 1.4 co
3 ,roi •.Ni U •o
0 0) D 11
ro to
rl d
ri u p .cd
W W 0 P q
0 0 m v
u u w p
m m •p L r
U U �d p
U
cd ca ca e+
O O 0 ' 1 OH
+I 2rl•wN
. W q+H
m m m 91 0
m m w
m m m 1 O
m Id ca vo m
pp u a+
Cid cd N U U
M m m e-I rl
W N N ro ro
♦+ iJ 1J
•.U1 14 CJ U Yu H `W
g q p C U
H HH`-�
is
it it
it -K
.I
1 3.0 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF CARD CATALOG COSTS.
3.1 DIRECT COSTS OF CARD CATALOG ACTIVITIES.
In this report all of the data concerning Library operations
has been provided by the staff of the Newport Beach Public
Library. Cost estimates are based on the 1978 -79 card catalog
figures for materials.
Newport Beach Public Library is building the Newport Center
Branch library which will open mid -1979. Libraries have found
that the opening of a new branch causes an increase in the
acquisition rate for new titles. The potential increase in
catalog maintenance costs and the resultant savings through
the use of the LIBS 100 have not been forecast in this cost
savings.
In this study, weekly savings attributable to the LIBS 100
will be considered "DISPLACED COSTS" which could provide the
Library with the opportunity to use funds saved from the
automation of routine activities to enhance patron services
1 in the areas of the Library's choice.
' 3.1.1 Technical Services Labor
3.1.1.1 Union shelflist card (Pre -sort and Filing)
Shelflist cards are sorted and filed into the
main entry file by a Clerk II for 7,000 new
titles; 17,200 changes where cards are pulled,
marked, and refiled; and approximately 5,800
additional re- filings caused by corrections,
' location questions, and statistical counting.
Total: 30,000 cards. Approximately 161.5
cards can be sorted and filed in one hour:
30,000 cards - 161.5 = 186 hours per year (HPY)
186 HPY X $4.91 per hr. _ $913 per year
+ 3.1.1.2 Filing_check: A Library Assistant takes
one day a month to check filing and "drop"
cards into the main entry file.
8 hours per month X 12 months = 96 HPY.
' 96 HPY X $6.75 per hour = $648. per year.
10.
3.1.1.7 Reformatting on OCLC of cards for various
receiving catalogs: After a cataloging
record has been modified on OCLC, various
unique cards (such as branch shelflist and
union shelflist cards) must be produced
11.
I
3.1.1.3 Marking shelflist cards for transfer and
discards: A Clerk Ii will search the appro-
priate card in the main entry file, pull it
and mark the new information on the card. An
estimated 17,200 changes in the collection
would take 296 hours at a rate of 58.1 per
hour.
17,200 changes - 58.1 = 296 HPY
296 HPY X $4.91 per hr. _ $1,453 per year.
3.1.1.4 Xeroxing of union shelflist cards for transfer
and discards: After the Technical Services
shelflist card is marked as to changes, it
is Xeroxed and sent to Balboa Branch for the
union shelflist. Approximately 333 cards
can be Xeroxed in one hour. This work is
done by a Clerk I.
17,200 changes - 333 = 51.7 HPY
51.7 HPY X $4.35 per hour = $225 per year
3.1.1.5 Queries from branches (location information,
missing cards, and cataloging problems):
Calls are constantly received at Technical
SErvices regarding problems with cataloging,
card catalog maintenance, "on- order" informa-
tion, and other miscellaneous questions. A
' .
survey showed approximately 4.5 hours of
staff time (almost all Clerk II) is spent
each week on these calls.
4.5 hours per week X 52 weeks = 234 HPY
234 HPY X 2 staff members (caller & receiver) = 468 HPY
468 HPY X $4.91 per hr. _ $2,298 per year.
3.1.1.6 Daily statistical counting and monthly statis-
tical report: A Clerk II spends an average
of four hours weekly keeping the collection
count up to date and an additional two days a
month preparing the Technical Services Activity
Report.
'
4 hours per week X 52 weeks = 208 HPY
18 hours per month X 12 months = 192 HPY
(208 + 192) HPY X $4.91 per hour = $1,964 per year.
3.1.1.7 Reformatting on OCLC of cards for various
receiving catalogs: After a cataloging
record has been modified on OCLC, various
unique cards (such as branch shelflist and
union shelflist cards) must be produced
11.
I
on -line. It is estimated that OCLC operators
will spend 258 of their time in this refor-
matting process. Total OCLC labor time is
estimated at $11,000.
$11,000 per year X .25 = $2,750 per year.
I ,
3.1.2 Branch Labor
3.1.2.1 Catalog cards pre -sort and filing: Catalog
cards and shelflist cards are received by the
branches directly from OCLC. These must be
alphabetized and then filed by a Clerk II.
An average of 321 cards per hour can be
pre - sorted, and 118 cards filed. 7000 added
titles will call for 100,800 cards at 1.8
volumes per title and 8 cards per volume.
100,800 cards - 321 cards per hour = 314 HPY
100,800 cards - 118 cards per hour = 854 HPY
(314 + 854) HPY X $4.91 per hour = $5,735 per year.
3.1.2.2 Order -slip pre -sort and filing: Multiple -form
slips are sent to each branch by Technical
Services for filing in an "on- order" file.
7000 titles will require 28,000 order slips
(7,000 X 4 branches). A Clerk II can file
order slips at the rate of 124 per hour.
28,000 order slips - 124 per hour = 226 HPY
J
226 HPY X $4.91 per hour = $1,110 per year.
3.1.2.3 Filing check: A Library assistant checks the
filing before cards are "dropped" into place.
330 cards an hour can be checked.
hour
100,800 cards - 330 cards per = 305 HPY
305 HPY X $6.75 per hour = $2,059 per year.
3.1.2.4 Card and shelflist revision as directed by
Technical Services: In order for the shelflist
and holdings information to be updated whenever
'
volumes are added or deleted from a title
already in the collection, Technical Services
directs branches to make required changes on
their cards. A survey showed a Clerk II could
'
accomplish these changes at an average of 12
volumes per hour. We estimate 12,600 volumes
will be added to the collection yearly (7,000
titles X 1.8 average volumes per title). Of
these, about 158 will be added copies.
12,600 vol. X 158 added copies = 1,890 added copies
1,890 added copies r 12 copies/hr.= 158 HPY
158 HPY X $4.91 per hour = $776 per year.
12.
I
I
I
11
) I
i
�1
1
3.1.2.5. Card pulling for withdrawn titles: When the
last copy of a title has been withdrawn
(lost, discarded, transferred from a branch)
all catalog and shelflist cards must be
pulled and discarded. It is good practice to
dispose of about 10% of the collection yearly.
Ten percent of our current collection of
160,000 volumes is 16,000. 443 cards an hour
can be pulled by a Clerk II.
16,000 withdrawn volumes X 8 cards per volume =
128,000 cards
128,000 cards - 443 cards per hour = 289 HPY
289 HPY X $4.91 per hour = $1,419 per year.
3.1.2.6 Queries to and from branches (location and
"on- order" information): A conservative
estimate of 75 calls per week are made to the
Balboa Branch from the other branches for
system holdings and location information,
since Balboa is the only branch to house a
union catalog and shelflist. Calls are
usually handled by Library Assistants and
average 4 minutes in length.
75 calls per week X 52 weeks = 3,900 calls /yr.
3,900 calls X 4 minutes /call = 260 HPY
260 HPY X 2 staff members (caller and receiver) _
520 HPY
520 HPY X $16.75 per hr. _ $3,510 per yr.
3.1.3 Yearly Displaced Costs of Card Catalog Activities.
Table 3.1.3 on the following page summarizes cost
displacement provided by the installation of the LIBS
100 taking into consideration displacements related to
direct activities. Overhead factors associated with
these activities which add to the displaced costs are
discussed in Section 3.2.
13.
Table 3.1.3.
YEARLY COST
ACTIVITIES SECTION DISPLACEMENT
' 14.
J
Union shelflist card
3.1.1.1 $913.
Filing check
3.1.1.2 648.
Marking shelflist cards
3.1.1.3 1,453.
Xeroxing union shelflist
3.1.1.4 225.
Queries from branches
3.1.1.5 2,298.
[wily statistics
3.1.1.6 1,964.
Reformatting OCLC cards
3.1.1.7 2,750.
Catalog card filing
3.1.2.1 5,735.
Order slip filing
3.1.2.2 1,110.
Filing check
3.1.2.3 2,059.
Card & shelflist revision
3.1.2.4 776.
Card withdrawing
oueries from branches
3.1.2.5 1,419.
3.1.2.6 3,510.
'MTAL YEARLY DISPLACED COSTS
$24,860.
3.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF CARD CATALOG ACTNITIFS
In section 3.1, an
analysis is done of the time Library
personnel are actually involved in card catalog activities.
1
Of course, the Library pays its employees for time spent on
the job, but, in addition, contributions are made to life
insurance, health
insurance, retirement, disability and
'
unemployment plans,
it also pays its employees for a certain
number of absences
due to illness, holidays or vacation
'
days. In addition,
a supervisor spends some percentage of
his/her time training new employees and supervising the work
of others. To calculate the cost of card catalog activities
including be derived
overhead,
percentages must to reflect
employee benefits, training, and supervisory overhead.
' 14.
J
3.2.1 Employee payroll benefits
' All permanent employees are eligible to receive the
full benefit package. The City of Newport Beach pays
8.1318 of each salary for the Public Employee Retirement
System, 2.328 of each salary for Disability Insurance,
.8% for California Unemployment coverage, and an
average 10.28 for Life and Health Insurance.
' 8.131 + 2.32 + .8 + 10.2 = 21.5 Payroll Benefit Factor.
3.2.2 Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
All permanent employees are entitled to 12 paid holidays
' per year. Permanent employees receive an average 14.2
days of vacation per year. The total staff took an
average of 9.7 days of sick leave in the last year. To
figure the factor for holiday, vacation and sick leave
in terms of weeks:
2.4 wks. (holiday) + 2.8 wks. (vacation) + 1.9 wks. (sick leave) = 15.8
-- 52 - 2.4 - 1.9 wk - 2.8
Holiday, Vacation and Sick -Leave Benefit Factor = 15.8.
3.2.3 Training overhead factor
To calculate the percentage of time a supervisor spends
working with a new employee, the rate of personnel
turnover at the Library must be estimated.
At the Newport Beach Public Library, the present rate
of turnover for branch personnel is 25 %. The turnover
rate for the Technical Services staff is so low that
it will not be included here. The branch personnel
represent 63.4% of the staff so that the turnover rate
for the entire staff equals 15.9% yearly.
r
I ,
I'
i
I ,i
1 '
i
I ,
L ,
It can be estimated that two months are required to
train an individual fully. Not all of this time,
however, is devoted to training activities since some
valuable work is accomplished during this period. It
is conservatively estimated that two weeks of an
employee's and supervisor's time are completely devoted
to training during these two months. Assuming that the
supervisor is paid 508 more than the trainee, the
training factor is:
2 wks. X (1 employee salary + 1.5 employee salary)
52 wks - 2.4 wks holiday - 2.8 wks vacation - 1.9 wk sick leave
Training overhead thus consists of the product of
turnover and training.
15.9 X 11.18 = 1.8
Training Overhead Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.88
3.2.4 Supervisory overhead factor
Estimating conservatively, a supervisor spends one
hour (excluding training) supervising 10 productive
hours. On an average, this supervisory hour costs 1.5
times the productive hour. Thus the supervisory
overhead factor is:
10 X 1.5 = 158
Supervisory overhead factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
15.
)'
'
3.2.5 Total Factor of Overhead Costs
I ,
Employee payroll benefits (Sec. 3.2.1 ) 21.58
Holiday, vacation, sick -leave benefits (Sec. 3.2.2 ) 15.88
Training overhead (Sec. 3.2.3 ) 1.88
Supervisory overhead (Sec. 3.2.4 ) 15.08
'
TOTAL FACTOR 54.18
3.3 TOTAL COST OF DISPLACED CARD CATALOG ACTIVITIES
In Section 3.1, an analysis has been done of the cost of card
i
catalog activities to the Library and how the installation of
the LIES 100 would displace costs. It was determined that
the direct costs of activities which could be replaced by the
1 '
LIBS 100 System are $24,860 per year.
'
To derive the amount of funds actually displaced, the overhead
factor must be applied to these calculations.
$24,860 per.yr. X 1.541 = $38,309.
TOTAL ANNUAL CARD CATALOG DISPLACED COSTS $38,309.
i
' 3.4 COST OF CARD CATALOG MATERIAL
i
with the conversion to a LIBS 100 System, certain materials
associated with the present card catalog will no longer be
I
necessary and further displaced costs will be realized.
3.4.1 Catalog cards for new titles
Vie estimate adding 7,000 titles yearly to the collec-
tion. Currently, we are averaging 1.8 volumes per
title, giving us 12,600 volumes. Each volume is
fully cataloged using an average of 8 cards per volume
(including cards for pocket and bookcard) . OCLC
provides cards at $0.039 per card.
' $0.039 X 8 cards per set X 12,600 volumes = $3,931.
I
17.
i
�I
� ,
i
11
I,
3.4.2 Union shelflist cards
We estimate making 17,200 changes in our holdings.
Each change requires a duplicate union shelflist card
to be sent to the Balboa Branch. (Refer to Section
1.1.1.4)
Each card costs $0.06.
17,200 shelflist cards X $0.06 = $1,032.
3.4.3 Yearly displaced costs of catalog card material
YEARLY COST
ACTIVITIES SECTION DISPLACEMENT
CATALOG CARDS 3.4.1 $3,931.
UNION SHELFLIST 3.4.2 1,032.
TOTAL YEARLY MATERIAL COSTS $4,963.
3.5 CARD CATALOGS
3.5.1 Newport Center Branch card catalog
Under the present card catalog system, Newport Center
Branch would need to house the union catalog, union
shelflist, and branch shelflist, plus room for expansion.
The furniture is estimated at $35. per drawer and would
need to be purchased in 1979 -80.
345 drawers X $35. = $12,075.
3.5.2 Existing card catalog sale
In 1980, when the full collection has been converted
to the LIBS 100, the Newport Beach Public Library will
be able to sell 558 drawers of their 7 existing card
catalogs. As used furniture, we estimate a resale
value of $15. per drawer.
558 drawers X $15. per drawer = $8,370.
L"
i
i
3.6 CAPITAL COST OF LIBS 100 PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG
On November 21, 1978, CLSI proposed that the Newport Beach
Public Library System install a Model 25 LIES 100 for the
purpose of providing a Public Access Catalog, Circulation
Control System, Book Acquisition Control System and Fund and
Budget Control System. CLSI proposed installing the Public
Access Catalog and Circulation Control System initially at
the Newport Center Branch as Phase I in 1979 -80. They further
recommended expanding the Public Access Catalog and Circulation
Control System into the remaining Branches as well as adding
the Book Acquisition and Fund and Budget Modules for Technical
'
Services. For this cost study we have broken out the costs of
each module so that we can compare the cost /benefit of each
'
module separately.
' We have established that the major expenses incurred with the
installation of the LIBS 100 are related to the Circulation
Control function and therefore the LIBS 100 costs attributable
h , to cataloging are the following:
4 Model 700 Local Browsing Terminals @ $5,000 each ... $20,000.
i
$20,000 with a 5 Yr. Lease /Purchase agreement
@ 6.5% int. .$ 4,697/yr.
6 Model 701 Remote Browsing Terminals and 6 Ports
@ $9,s00 ($7,000 + $2,s00) ....................... $57,000
$57,000 with a 5 Yr. Lease /Purchase agreement
@ 6.5% int. ...................................... $13,389/yr.
' The total Lease /Purchase cost for 1979 -80 = $4,697. The
cost for 1980 -81 and subsequent years through 1983 -84 is
$18,086. In 1984 -85 the lease purchase cost drops to $13,389
for one year and then the total Public Access Catalog Lease/
' Purchase is completed.
' 19.
Other Costs:
f
' Telephone line installation charge - 6 lines
@ $40 ea . ....... ............................... $240.
Telephone line charges - 6 -1200 Baud lines
@ $14 ea. /mo . .. ............................... 1,608.
Total Catalog Maintenance $ Operation, Phase II.. $8,046.
3.7.3 Catalog Maintenance $ Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82 and Beyond
I r I
II
'I
1
�1
(Includes a 10% inflation factor increase and full 12 months of
both Phases)
Systems Service Contract:
Total Cost .......... ............................... $7,920.
Other Costs:
Telephone line charges ............................. 1,109.
Total Catalog Maintenance $ Operation, 1981 -82... $9,029.
Catalog Maintenance $ Operation costs for successive years increase
by 10% yearly.
20.
'
3.7 CATALOG MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION COSTS USING THE LIBS 100
The only maintenance and operation attributed to the Public
Access
Catalog of the LIBS 100 are systems service contract and telephone
'
line charges. ANNUAL
COSTS
3.7.1 Phase I Catalog Maintenance $ Operation Costs, 1979 -80
Systems Service Contract:
4 Model 700 @ $45 ea. /mo. X 6 mo . ..................
$1,080.
Telephone line charges - Since there are no
remote terminals involved, there are no line
charges associated with the phone implementation.
'
3.7.2 Phase II Catalog Maintenance $ Operation Costs, 1980 -81
l
Systems Service Contract:
4 Model 700 @ $45 ea. /mo. X 12 mo. + 10% inflation..
$2,376.
6 Model 701 @ $67 ea. /mo. X 11 mo . .................
4,422.
'
$6,798.
Other Costs:
f
' Telephone line installation charge - 6 lines
@ $40 ea . ....... ............................... $240.
Telephone line charges - 6 -1200 Baud lines
@ $14 ea. /mo . .. ............................... 1,608.
Total Catalog Maintenance $ Operation, Phase II.. $8,046.
3.7.3 Catalog Maintenance $ Operation Cost Summary, 1981 -82 and Beyond
I r I
II
'I
1
�1
(Includes a 10% inflation factor increase and full 12 months of
both Phases)
Systems Service Contract:
Total Cost .......... ............................... $7,920.
Other Costs:
Telephone line charges ............................. 1,109.
Total Catalog Maintenance $ Operation, 1981 -82... $9,029.
Catalog Maintenance $ Operation costs for successive years increase
by 10% yearly.
20.
i
4. CIRCULATION CONTROL - OVERVIEW
ches.
' In addition, the LIBS 100 System increases the effectiveness of
the circulation department by producing statistical reports that
are unattainable with our present system.
' What the System Does
i
' . Rapidly checks books in and out of the library.
. Calculates and attaches fines to patron records.
. Produces overdue notices and invoices reducing the number of
' patrons with outstanding fines and books long overdue.
. Compiles detailed material and patron statistics.
. Stores and organizes reserve information:
- It tells the operator whether or not a book is in the library.
- It tells the operator when the book is due.
' - It identifies titles on reserve at checkin.
- It prints a notice ready for mailing to the next person on
' 21.
u
Circulation control is a costly, time consuming operation which
presents a library with sane of its most difficult problems.
To properly and efficiently serve its patrons, a library staff
f
must be able to obtain accurate patron and item information
quickly. Because a patron's introduction and most frequent con -
'
tact with the library is at a circulation desk, the effective
operation of the circulation function is necessary to create a
favorable public impression. CLSI's Circulation Control
Application streamlines the circulation process by automating
the high volume of repetitive clerical tasks and thereby pro-
vides a means for the library to better serve its patrons.
'
The present Gaylord bookcard system inhibits the Library's ability
to perform desirable circulation functions such as system -wide
'
reserves, system -wide trapping of patrons who abuse their library
privileges, and weeding and inventory of the collection. Under
'
the LIBS 100 System, the Newport Beach Public Library will be able
to perform these services in a rapid, uniform manner at all bran
ches.
' In addition, the LIBS 100 System increases the effectiveness of
the circulation department by producing statistical reports that
are unattainable with our present system.
' What the System Does
i
' . Rapidly checks books in and out of the library.
. Calculates and attaches fines to patron records.
. Produces overdue notices and invoices reducing the number of
' patrons with outstanding fines and books long overdue.
. Compiles detailed material and patron statistics.
. Stores and organizes reserve information:
- It tells the operator whether or not a book is in the library.
- It tells the operator when the book is due.
' - It identifies titles on reserve at checkin.
- It prints a notice ready for mailing to the next person on
' 21.
u
i
the reserve list when the book is returned and can tell
the patron where he is on the reserve list.
'
- It produces purchase alerts when there are a specified
number of people waiting for a title.
Identifies delinquent patrons at checkout.
Provides canplete information on a book's current location.
Records how many times each book has circulated and how many
times each person has used the library.
Eliminates the need for duplicate and cumbersome paper files;
such as fine records, patron registrations, and reserves.
Increases the speed of service at the circulation desk.
4.0 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF CIRCULATION COSTS
Table 4.0 shows the total circulation control cost displacement
'
that can be expected with the implementation of the circulation
control module.
1
1
'
22.
1
I
1
1
Iw
0
z
1H
H
�1
H El
W F
�a
1 H
� O
z"
o �z
0
iJ N H
w
a E-
�o
0
F U R
i QH
W U
� O
a°
i Hw
Li H
za
ow
F x
i dF
ai
H
V
i W
p
1�
1
1
1
F.
0
0
4
1
i
s
f
1
I
1
p
I
r
r
H
O
o
M
V]
Ri
Y
H
7
O
a
0
3
M
r
r
Cl)
000
1
z
r
O
00
a0
r
m
o
J
,V)
rn
H
0
� '
q
U
U
O
M
al
N
r�
00
4
O
O
N
O
M
J
OD1
ttl
0�
00
v
t0
J
N
W
�0
O
H 8•Q O
Lr
J
o
rn
W
a
m
J
T
0
J
C
W
A
8•E 0 0
L
W
�
b
u
uro
J
N
M
00
O
O
N
N
00
0
r
� n
J
O
�
J
)
C'1
M N N
.-I
a
H
N 41 Y
U
L G
+
4}
m
v
0
0
w
uu
m
u
�
ro
rl
w w
O
00
J
O
f0`+1
Cl)
I rn
fi
II1
I
VY
•MO
N
tutyy
M H
00
a0
O M
n
J
rn
00
O
0
(+1
J
C1
I
U
.-1
00
i
0
I c0
1 0�
Y
N
H
P1
O
t0
T
0
3 1 o
V1
t+l
N
yr
u
A Y
i
C 41
1 I
r
�0
In
O
O
H
1 W
N
vt
<+1
In
M
N
1 rn
o
O O
I
I
yr
pm
ar
u u 0)
b N
rd
r
C'1
t'1
r
00
�o
Cl)
1 t0
I
y O+
O
00
r
J
a�i a0.1
40 C
W
J
O
I co
41
rn
O
r
Ln
N
N
1 T
T
H
uuu
�
VMj.
°
,
w
10 ++
N
00
I
O
J
r
N
0
O
r
1 O�
try
v1
W
N
r
�•1
J
f r
1 0\
t'1
W
M
11
�
J
H
G 7
N
p W
11'1
M
V}
Itl O 10
V
C L r1
44 +1
M
C4
N
W N N
bD
H
Ol 10i
H D
r
G O
p
z
N
10 t+1
W t+l
•rl iC J
�cOi3
ov
K
,�
0
to
0
T H
N
G1
.4 W
•. l Vi •rVl vV
M ••I
H u
Z
0 G.
aVi G•
m °'
.O o °'
d
0 ic
U •%
°H
tyy
.] O
z J
U V
W H 10
VtYi �T
H-1
G U aJ
U C) fn
00
N
W
V F
N ?
H U
0
U U
N 0 F
V) N V
V
V
C rp] M
N
,rLj
W G N
G
v W N
H
V
U V
V
U
U O N
y
tda V v
�y O.uv
O HQ
H 0 fA
p
I
O
M
V]
Ri
Y
H
7
O
a
0
3
0
z
0
aGi
q
U
U
O
M
al
N
4
O
G
OD1
z
00
v
'>T P�
W
O
Py0
H 8•Q O
a
14
R
T
A
8•E 0 0
L
W
�
b
u
uro
o $4
w
W a!
M N N
O
a
b
N 41 Y
U
L G
+
L
m
v
0
0
w
uu
m
u
�
ro
rl
w w
d
•MO
Up 'i ri
tutyy
M H
$4
O M
8
U
1
i
0
Y
tl
p.1.� -I
•rMi M
0
3 1 o
N
a0+
u
A Y
i
C 41
,4 p V
fo
4}' W
N
O
N
W W O
41
O O
W
pm
u u 0)
b N
G O
u u tp0
•Up
y O+
pl
u
a�i a0.1
40 C
W A
to
41
m
go
1-4
H
A ,cc .0
W
H
uuu
,
P.
10 ++
0
00.1 0
M
o
G
try
p
0
W
g
y
u
0, I
P
10 Ol
G 7
N
p W
Itl O 10
V
C L r1
44 +1
M
0 G
O
W N N
M
V
Ol 10i
u r-I
Glp�v
uuW
�cOi3
ro of
d
to
0
T H
N
G1
.4 W
•. l Vi •rVl vV
M ••I
H u
d
agg
od 0
C O C
.L
ttyy w
HHH
aF
F.N •:i
'NU
p
I
4.1 DIRECT COSTS OF CIRCULATIQN ACTNITIES
In this section of the cost study, the data concerning library
operations has been provided by the staff of the Mariners
' Branch of Newport Beach Public Library. Cost estimates are
based on the 1977 -78 circulation figures for material at the
Mariners Branch and have been expanded by a factor of 4 to
represent the anticipated full library system.
The Newport Beach Public Library System is building a new
branch library, Newport Center, which will open in mid -1979.
' Libraries have found that the opening of a new building
causes a dramatic increase in circulation. The potential
increase in circulation and the resultant savings through the
use of the LIBS 100 have not been forecast in this cost.study.
I
In this study, weekly savings attributable to a LIBS 100 will
be considered "DISPLACED COSTS" which could provide the
Library with the opportunity to use funds saved from the
automation of routine activities to enhance patron services
in the areas of the Library's choice.
f
4.1.1 Setting up the circulation desk
branch libraries
The 4 that make up the Newport Beach
Public Library System have 4 circulation points that
are staffed ful.ltime. Each morning the circulation
desks must be set up for use by changing the dates on
the Gaylord charging machines and stamping the due
date on a group of cards which will be placed in the
book pocket when a book is checked out. This operation
requires 3 hours per branch per week and costs the
library $48 per week.
(3 hrs. /wk X 4 Branches X $4 average salary = $48 /wk)
24.
.e
I
I
Also, each morning the previous day's circulation
including renewals must be alphabetized and the book
cards filed into the circulation well. This task
requires 7 hours per week per branch and costs the
Library $112 per week.
(7 hrs. /wk X 4 Branches X $4.00 average salary = $112.00 /wk.)
The Library spends 3 hours per week retyping book
cards which costs the Library $48. per week.
The total cost to the Library for setting up 4 circu-
lation desks is $208. per week.
With the acquisition of the LIBS 100, start -up activi-
ties can be combined into one central location. Since
the machine will keep track of all circulation data,
there will be no need for counting and filing circula-
tion cards. It is estimated that setting up activities
on the LIBS 100 will require two hours per week for all
4 circulation points at a cost of $8. per week.
(2 hrs. /wk. X $4.00 average salary = $8.00 /wk.)
The reduction from $208 per week to $8 displaces $200
in staff salaries.
DISPLACED COSTS: SETTING up ACTIVITIES . . . . . .$200. /Wk.
4.1.2 Registration
The basic procedure consists of having the patron fill
out an application form. The staff member checks the
patron's identification, types a library card and
application. The Master Registration File is checked
for fines for each applicant. The application is then
filed. Every three years all patrons are reregistered.
25.
I
,I
The current costs of registration are detailed below:
Manual preparation of library cards
Preparation of library cards require 4
hours per
branch per week.
activities would be carried out by the computer.
(16 hours /wk. X $4 average salary
= $64 /wk.)
each patron at an average salary of $4 /hr. (This
average cost and the average costs of activities
The weekly cost of preparing library cards
is $64.00.
Filing application and weeding the registration file
Weeding and filing requires 1/2 hr. per
week.
branch per
often possible to downgrade professional skills required
and reduce the average wage rate. These savings have
(2 hrs /wk X $4 average salary = $8 /wk.)
To figure the weekly costs of registration activities
The total weekly cost for all registration
activities
equals $72.00
Automated preparation of library cards
With the LIBS 100 automated system it will still be
necessary to produce a borrower's card. However, all
filing, name changing, validating and reregistration
activities would be carried out by the computer.
It normally should take 1.5 minutes to register
each patron at an average salary of $4 /hr. (This
average cost and the average costs of activities
using the LIBS 100 in subsequent sections will be
derived from the average rate now being paid under the
manual system. However, with the LIBS 100, it is
often possible to downgrade professional skills required
and reduce the average wage rate. These savings have
not been calculated in this cost study.)
To figure the weekly costs of registration activities
on the LIBS 100:
(200 registrations /wk. X 1.5 min.
X $4/hr = $20 /wk.)
60 min.
26.
I
I
j
i
11
E1
1 "
CARD PREP.
564.00 +
The manual activities that are eliminated by the LIBS
100 are the filing and weeding of the registration
file. Additionally, the LIBS 100 will save $44 per
week by replacing many of the activities now being
performed in the preparation of library cards.
LIBS 100
FILING & WEEDING MANUAL COSTS CARD PREP
$8.00
DISPLACED COSTS:
$72.00 - $20.00 =
DISPLACED COSTS
$52.00
ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . $52.00
4.1.3 Loan services - charge out activities
According to 1977 statistics., the Newport Beach Public
Library System loaned 553,180 books, records and
pamphlets with the Mariners Branch circulation being
3,921 circulations per week. With the addition of the
Newport Center Branch, it is estimated that the system
will circulate 15,684 items per week. Gaylord charging
machines are used at all circulation points within the
system. It is calculated that the average patron
borrows 4 books and that 1 minute is required for
the transactions for each patron. 66 hours per week are
spent charging books out.
(66 hrs. X $4 average salary = $264./wk.)
Weekly each branch spends 3 hours sorting and counting
the book cards.
(3 hrs. X 4 branches X $4 average salary = $48. /wk.)
The time required for each charge out on the LIBS 100
is 5 seconds or .0833 minutes per book. To figure the
total cost of charge -out activities using the LIBS 100:
27.
I
I
I
0833 min, 9
(15,684 cires. /wk. X 60 min. X $4 average Sala ry = $87.10 /wk.)
This represents a savings of $224.90 per week over the
present manual system:
($264 + $48 - $87.10 = $224.90 per week.)
DISPLACED COST: CHAFUE OUT ACTIVITIES . . . . .$224.90/wk.
4.1.4 Loan services - discharging (slipping)
When material is returned, its book card must be
located in the circulation well where cards are filed
in alphabetical order by author according to due date,
matched with the book to which it belongs, and replaced
in the book pocket. This slipping operation takes
16.5 hours /wk. at Mariners Branch or 66 hours for 4
branches. The weekly cost to the Library is $264.00.
(66 hrs. X $4 average salary = $264/wk.)
Additional charges involved in discharging material
include:
1. 20 hours per week spent in dealing with books that
are returned without slips (snags)
(20 hrs. /wk. X $4 average salary = $80. /wk.)
2. 12 hours per week spent computing fines for overdues.
(12 hrs. /wk. X $4 average salary = $48 /wk.)
3. 4 hours per week spent preparing and updating the
patron delinquency list.
(4 hrs. /wk. X $4 average salary = $16. /wk.)
28.
I
F1
I
a
The LIBS 100 eliminates all slipping, handling snags,
fine computation and maintenance of patron delinquency
lists for a savings of $408 per week.
The LIBS 100 discharges material at the rate of 5
seconds or .0833 minutes per book. The cost for
discharging last year's total transactions + an equal
projection for Newport Center equals:
Average Cost
Transactions Branches Discharge Time Salary Per Week
3,921 total trans.X 4 X •0833 min. X $4.00 = $87.10 /wk.
60 min.
The cost of discharging 815,568 items on the LIBS 100
could be $87.10 per week.
The total displaced costs for all discharging activities
would be:
5408.00 /wk. - $87.10 /wk. _ $320.90 /wk.
DISPLACED COST: DISCHARGE ACTIVITIES. . . . . . $320.90 /wk.
4.1.5 overdue notification
Traditionally, libraries must prompt patrons to return
overdue materials. For these promptings to be effective
they must be timely. Sending out these notices on a
timely basis involves a great deal of costly manual
sorting and verification.
At Newport Beach Public Library, overdue notices are
typed. The first copy is a post card and the other two
are letters to be sent in envelopes. Each day the
29.
These time — consuming activities take 2 hours daily or
12 hours of staff time per week at Mariners Branch.
System —wide, they would take 48 hours of staff time
per week, and cost the Library $192.00 per week.
�. (48 hrs. X $4. average salary = $192.00 /wk.)
The LIBS 100 will prepare all notices automatically
and print them in post card size format ready for
mailing. All present costs associated with this
activity can be displaced for a net displacement of
book cards for books
which are
two weeks overdue are
taken from the circulation well
and sorted according
to borrower's number.
Then each
book card is checked ,
in the Master File
from which
the patron's name,
address and phone number along with the book informa-
�1
tion is copied onto
the card.
Up to three ovrdue
notices are sent at
two week
intervals until the
material is returned.
books. These requests may be for books we own that
These time — consuming activities take 2 hours daily or
12 hours of staff time per week at Mariners Branch.
System —wide, they would take 48 hours of staff time
per week, and cost the Library $192.00 per week.
�. (48 hrs. X $4. average salary = $192.00 /wk.)
The LIBS 100 will prepare all notices automatically
and print them in post card size format ready for
mailing. All present costs associated with this
activity can be displaced for a net displacement of
$192.00 per week.
The Library spends $2,236.00 in postage for overdue
notices each year. There should be a substantial
savings in postage because patrons are reminded when
they check out material if they have any outstanding
fines and are likely to pay those fines without having
to be notified by mail. There has been no estimate of
�1
these postage savings included here, however.
DISPLACED COST: OVERDUE NOTIFICATICNS ..$192.00 /wk.
4.1.6. Reserves
Our patrons are encouraged to leave reserves for
books. These requests may be for books we own that
are not on the shelf, old books we do not own, or new
J
books that are not yet purchased. With 145 reserves
i
30.
I
being left weekly at 4 different branches, the problem
of filling these requests becomes complex and time
consuming.
Searching for a reserve request requires the steps
outlined briefly below:
The Library receives 580 requests each month and fills
475 of those requests. Per week, the Library receives
145 reserve requests and spends 37 hours searching and
filling those requests.
(37 hours X $5.00 (Clerk I + Librarian II) = $185. /wk.)
1.
Fill out reserve card.
2.
Check the branch card catalog
3.
Check the shelf to see if material that the
Library owns is currently not circulating.
4.
If not found on the shelf, check cards of books
that are currently circulating. (These are filed
by author's name on the day they are due.) If
found, clip the card and file the reserve slip.
5.
If not found in circulation, check mending,
jacketing, bindery, and considered -lost files.
F.
If not found in collection, check the on -order
material. If found there, mark the order slip and
file the reserve slip.
7.
If not found on- order, verify the bibliographic
information on the book and file the card for
`
interlibrary loan processing.
8.
If patron needs the book quickly, call Balboa
Branch to check Union Catalog which lists the
materials owned by the entire system.
9.
If no rush, send interlibrary loan request to
Balboa to check Union Catalog.
10.
If book is in the system, Balboa will initiate
interbranch loan request. If book is not in
system, it will be processed as an interlibrary
loan.
11.
At any time throughout this search when the
requested material is found, mail the reserve card
to the patron and place the book on the reserve
shelf.
The Library receives 580 requests each month and fills
475 of those requests. Per week, the Library receives
145 reserve requests and spends 37 hours searching and
filling those requests.
(37 hours X $5.00 (Clerk I + Librarian II) = $185. /wk.)
With the LIBS 100, the time required for performing
these functions is reduced to one minute per book
because books with reserve requests are automatically
identified at checkin time and reserve notifications
are produced by the System.
To figure the cost of reserve activities with the
LIBS 100:
I
Reserves Time Required Average
Per Week For One Reserve Hourly Salary
145 X 1/60 X $4. (Clerk) = $9.67/wk.
The net displaced cost provided by automation is:
and time consuming to derive all the desired information.
($185.00 - $9.67 = $175.33/wk.)
The 4 branches in the Newport Beach Public Library
DISPLACED COSTS: RESERVE ACTIVITIES . . . . .$175.33 /wk.
tion figures, plus a total of 8 hours each month in
4.1.7 Circulation statistics
I
Statistics must be kept in order to see patterns in
patron preferences, to help the staff order books and
to operate the Library effectively. Preparing the
statistics manually makes the task much too complicated
and time consuming to derive all the desired information.
The 4 branches in the Newport Beach Public Library
System spend 12 hours per week preparing daily circula-
tion figures, plus a total of 8 hours each month in
preparing the monthly circulation report. The weekly
average time for preparing circulation statistics is
14 hours. The cost to the Library is:
(14 hrs. X $5 (Clerk I + Librarian II) _ $60. /wk.)
DISPLACED COSTS: CIRCULATION STATISTICS $60.00
+
/wk.
32.
I
4.1.8 Weekly Displaced Costs of Circulation Activities
I
Table 4.1.8 below summarizes cost
displacement provided
4.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF CIRCULATION ACTIVITIES
by the installation of the LIES
100 taking into con-
sideration displacements related
to direct activities.
Of course, the Library pays its employees for time spent on
Overhead factors associated with
these activities which
add to the displaced costs are discussed in Section 3.2.
TABLE 4.1.8
number of absences due to illness, holidays or vacation
days. In addition, a supervisor spends some percentage of
his/her time training new employees and supervising the work
WEEKLY COST
of others. To calculate the cost of circulation activities
ACTIVITIES SECTION DISPLACEMENT
including overhead, percentages must be derived to reflect
Setting up the circulation desk (4.1.1)
$200.00
Registration (4.1.2)
52.00
33.
Charge -out (4.1.3)
224.90
Discharging (4.1.4)
320.90
Overdue notification (4.1.5)
192.00
Reserves (4.1.6)
175.33
Circulation statistics (4.1.7)
60.00
I
TOTAL WEEKLY DISPLACED COSTS $1,225.13
4.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF CIRCULATION ACTIVITIES
In section 4.1, an analysis is done of the time Library
personnel are actually involved in circulation activities.
Of course, the Library pays its employees for time spent on
the job, but, in addition, contributions are made to life
insurance, health insurance, retirement, disability and
unemployment plans; it also pays its employees for a certain
number of absences due to illness, holidays or vacation
days. In addition, a supervisor spends some percentage of
his/her time training new employees and supervising the work
of others. To calculate the cost of circulation activities
including overhead, percentages must be derived to reflect
employee benefits, training, and supervisory overhead.
33.
I
To calculate the percentage of time a supervisor spends
working with a new employee, the rate of personnel
turnover at the Library must be estimated.
I
At the Newport Beach Public Library, the present rate
of turnover for circulation staff is 258.
1 34.
I
4.2.2 Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
All permanent employees are entitled to 12 paid holidays
4.2.1 Employee payroll benefits
808 of the circulation staff are eligible to receive
the full benefit package. The City of Newport Beach
pays 8.1318 of each salary for the Public Employee
Retirement System, 2.328 of each salary for Disability
Insurance, .88 for California Unemployment coverage,
and an average 10.28 for Life and Health Insurance.
(8.131 X 808) + (2.32.X 808) + .88 + (10.2 X 808)
6.5 + 1.9 + .8 + 8.2 = 17.4 payroll benefit factor
To calculate the percentage of time a supervisor spends
working with a new employee, the rate of personnel
turnover at the Library must be estimated.
I
At the Newport Beach Public Library, the present rate
of turnover for circulation staff is 258.
1 34.
I
4.2.2 Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
All permanent employees are entitled to 12 paid holidays
per year. Permanent employees receive an average 14.2
days of vacation per year. The total staff took an
average of 9.7 days of sick leave in the last year. To
figure the factor for holiday, vacation and sick leave
in terms of weeks:
2.4 wks. (holiday) + 2.8 wks. (vacation) + 1.9 wks. (sick leave) = 15.8
52 - 2.4 - 1.9 wk - 2.8
Since 808 of salaries paid for circulation activities
is paid to personnel who are entitled to the above
benefits, the factor for these benefits is equal to:
808 X 15.8% = 12.68 holidays, vacation,
and sick -leave benefit factor
4.2.3 Training overhead factor
To calculate the percentage of time a supervisor spends
working with a new employee, the rate of personnel
turnover at the Library must be estimated.
I
At the Newport Beach Public Library, the present rate
of turnover for circulation staff is 258.
1 34.
I
It can be estimated that two months are required to
train an individual fully. Not all of this time,
however, is devoted to training activities since some
valuable work is accomplished during this period. It
is conservatively estimated that two weeks of an
employee's and supervisor's time are completely devoted
to training during these two months. Assuming that the
supervisor is paid 508 more than the trainee, the
training factor is:
2 wks. X (1 employee salary + 1.5 employee salary)
52 wks - 2.4 As holiday - 2.8 wks vacation - 1.9 wk sick leave
Training overhead thus consists of the product of
turnover and training.
258 X 11.18 = 2.8
Training Overhead Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.88
4.2.4 Suoervisory overhead factor
Estimating conservatively, a supervisor spends one
hour (excluding training) supervising 10 productive
hours. On an average, this supervisory hour costs 1.5
times the productive hour. Thus the supervisory
overhead factor is:
10 X 1.5 = 158
Supervisory Overhead Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
35.
4.2.5 Total Factor Overhead Costs
of
Employee payroll benefits (Sec. 4.2.1)
17.48
Holiday, vacation, sick -leave benefits (Sec. 4.2.2)
12.68
Training overhead (Sec. 4.2.3)
2.88
Supervisory overhead (Sec. 4.2.4)
15.08
TOTAL FACTOR
47.88
4.3 TOTAL COST OF DISPLACED CIRCULATICN ACTIVITIES
In Section 4.1, an analysis is done of the cost of circulation
activities to the Library and how the installation
of the
LIBS 100 could displace costs. It was determined
that the
direct costs of activities which could be replaced by the
lIBS 100 System are $1,225.13 per week.
To derive the amount of funds actually displaced, the
overhead
factor must be applied to these calculations.
$1,225.13 per wk. X 1.478 = $1,810.74
$1,810.74 X 52 weeks =.$94.158 Annual cost of displaced activities
TOTAL ANNUAL CIRCULATION DISPLACED COSTS. . . .
. $94,158.
4.4 SAVINGS ON COST OF CIRCU LATICN MATERIALS
When the Library converts to a LIBS 100 System,
certain
materials associated with the present manual system
longer be further displaced
will no
be
necessary, and costs
will
realized as follows:
1
36.
L
IANNUAL COST
Application cards $159.68
Book cards 174.60
Book pockets 13.20
Charging tray guide 2.60
Typewriter ribbons 371.25
Daily circulation sheets 10.00
Reserve cards 18.60
Rental for Gaylord charging machines 1,144.80
TOTAL $3,307.65
4.5 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR CIRCULATICN CONTROL
1 4.5.1 .LIBS 100 Circulation Control Capital Cost (Phase I, 1979 -80)
. On November 21, 1978 CLSI proposed that the Newport
Beach Public Library System install a Model 25 LIBS
100 to handle the Public Access Catalog and Circulation
Control. CLSI recommended installing the system in
two phases with Phase I implementing the system at the
Newport Center Branch. Phase II would implement the
system at the remaining three branches.
37.
Circulation books
10.00
Date cards
145.20
Date plates
208.00
Overdue forms
226.00
Erasers
4.08
File signals
15.00
I. n. cards
507.00
Typewriter ribbons 371.25
Daily circulation sheets 10.00
Reserve cards 18.60
Rental for Gaylord charging machines 1,144.80
TOTAL $3,307.65
4.5 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR CIRCULATICN CONTROL
1 4.5.1 .LIBS 100 Circulation Control Capital Cost (Phase I, 1979 -80)
. On November 21, 1978 CLSI proposed that the Newport
Beach Public Library System install a Model 25 LIBS
100 to handle the Public Access Catalog and Circulation
Control. CLSI recommended installing the system in
two phases with Phase I implementing the system at the
Newport Center Branch. Phase II would implement the
system at the remaining three branches.
37.
Covers
145.60
Paper clips
3.60
Pencils
8.64
Pens
16.56
Charging ribbons
96.00
Rubber bands
4.44
Scotch tape
22.80
Typewriter ribbons 371.25
Daily circulation sheets 10.00
Reserve cards 18.60
Rental for Gaylord charging machines 1,144.80
TOTAL $3,307.65
4.5 CAPITAL COST OF THE LIBS 100 FOR CIRCULATICN CONTROL
1 4.5.1 .LIBS 100 Circulation Control Capital Cost (Phase I, 1979 -80)
. On November 21, 1978 CLSI proposed that the Newport
Beach Public Library System install a Model 25 LIBS
100 to handle the Public Access Catalog and Circulation
Control. CLSI recommended installing the system in
two phases with Phase I implementing the system at the
Newport Center Branch. Phase II would implement the
system at the remaining three branches.
37.
.I
The Model 1B -25 for Phase I Circulation Control includes the
following:
$172,500 with a 5 yr. Lease /Purchase agreement
@ 6.5% int. $40,519 yr.
4.5.2 Other Initial Circulation Control Cost Items - (Phase I, 1979 -80)
Taxes - 60 of $192,500 (cost of all modules, Phase I).. $11,550.
Freight - all modules shipped FOB Newtonville, MA ..... 1,200.
$12,750.
Central Processor, keyboard, 2 medium -speed
printers, Disk Controller, Drives, and Packs;
Circulation Control software package; storage
capacity for 95,000 titles, 200,000 items,
50,000 patrons, and 1,200,000 annual
circulations ........... ...............................
$147,000.
1 Model 150 Local Laser Composite .....................
7,000.
3 Model 100 Local CRT's @ $2,000 ea . ..................
6,000.
1 Model MP -10 Magnetic Tape Drive .....................
12,000.
1 Model AC -300 Acoustic Coupler ......................
500.
2. OCLC tape production @ $23 /tape
$172,500.
$172,500 with a 5 yr. Lease /Purchase agreement
@ 6.5% int. $40,519 yr.
4.5.2 Other Initial Circulation Control Cost Items - (Phase I, 1979 -80)
Taxes - 60 of $192,500 (cost of all modules, Phase I).. $11,550.
Freight - all modules shipped FOB Newtonville, MA ..... 1,200.
$12,750.
i
i
*4.5.3 Conversion Costs, Phase I (1979 -80)
a. Labor to enter projected Newport Center
patrons. 12,000 patron entries X $.10
average cost per entry based on 40 entries
per hour. Part -time personnel will be
used at a cost of $4.00/hr . ........................
$1,600.
b. OCLC retrospective conversion of Newport
Beach titles and Newport Center items:
1. OCLC terminal lease of extra terminals
@ $155 /mo. X 2 terminals X 6 months ..........
1,860.
2. OCLC tape production @ $23 /tape
X5 tapes ..... ...............................
115.
3. OCLC per - record charge @ $.001 X 87,000
titles........ ...............................
87.
4. Labor: 87,000 title entries X $.18 average
cost per entry based on 30 entries/hr.
Part -time personnel will be used at a cost
of $5.29/hr. This rate is for two Clerk II
and two Library Assistants ...................
15,660,
Total Phase I Conversion Cost ..........................
$19,332,*
*
Cost to be absorbed in Library's budget.
38.
i
i
Although many present activities will be eliminated through
automation, certain new activities not being performed now will
be necessary with the LIES 100. These replacement activities
require 13 hours /week. Costs consistent with current library
personnel costs have been used to calculate the cost of these
new activities.
I* Costs to be absorbed in Library's budget.
39.
I
I
a. Labor to enter remaining Newport Beach
patrons. 36,000 patron entries X $.10
4.5.4 LIBS 100 Circulation Control Capital Costs (Phase II, 1980 -81)
per hour. Part -time personnel will be
The LIBS 100 Phase II Circulation Control
used at a cost of $4.00/hr . .........................
$3,600.
includes the following:
b. Labor to enter remaining Newport Beach -
items. 152,000 item entries X $.10 average
3 Model 151 Remote Laser Composites and 3
cost per entry based on 40 entries /hr.
ports @ $10,500 ($8,000 + $2,500) .................
$31,500.
2 Model 101 Remote CRT's and 2 ports @ $5,500
cost of $4.00 /hr . .... ...............................
15,200.
($3,000 + $2,500) .. ...............................
11,000.
$18,800*
$42,500.
$42,500 with a 5 yr. Lease /Purchase agreement
@ 6.S% interest =
$9,984/yr.
4.5.5 Other Initial Circulation Control Cost Items - (Phase II,
1980 -81)
Taxes - 6% of $124,500 (cost of all modules, Phase II)..
$7,470.
*4.5.6 Conversion Costs, Phase II (1980 -81)
Although many present activities will be eliminated through
automation, certain new activities not being performed now will
be necessary with the LIES 100. These replacement activities
require 13 hours /week. Costs consistent with current library
personnel costs have been used to calculate the cost of these
new activities.
I* Costs to be absorbed in Library's budget.
39.
I
I
a. Labor to enter remaining Newport Beach
patrons. 36,000 patron entries X $.10
average cost per entry based on 40 entries
per hour. Part -time personnel will be
used at a cost of $4.00/hr . .........................
$3,600.
b. Labor to enter remaining Newport Beach -
items. 152,000 item entries X $.10 average
cost per entry based on 40 entries /hr.
Part -time personnel will be used at a
cost of $4.00 /hr . .... ...............................
15,200.
Total Phase II Conversion Cost .........................
$18,800*
4.6 CIRCULATION CONTROL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION AND ADDED ACTIVITIES
COSTS USING THE LIBS 100
Although many present activities will be eliminated through
automation, certain new activities not being performed now will
be necessary with the LIES 100. These replacement activities
require 13 hours /week. Costs consistent with current library
personnel costs have been used to calculate the cost of these
new activities.
I* Costs to be absorbed in Library's budget.
39.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*4.6.1 Phase I Replacement Activities
Hrs /Wk
Staff system maintenance 6
Loading paper and
maintaining log 3
Entering new titles
Hourly Total ANNUAL
Cost Cost COST
$4.00 $24.00
$4.00 12.00
(Loading OCLC Tapes) 1 $4.00 4.00
Producing Reports 6 $4.00 _ 24.00
WEEKLY TOTAL $64.00
Applying the overhead factor (See Section 4.2)
$64.00 X 1.478 = $94.59 $4,919.*
4.6.2 Phase I Circulation Control Maintenance $ Operation Costs, 1979 -80
Systems Service Contract:
Mainframe @ $1,200 /mo. X 6 mo . .................. $7,200.
Circulation Control Software @ $160 /mo. X 6 mo. .. 960.
1 Acoustic Coupler @ $25/mo. X 6 mo . ............. 150.
1 Model 150 @ $82/mo. X 6 mo . .................... 492.
2 Model 100 @ $39/mo. ea. X 6 mo . ................ 468.
1 Model Mr -10 @ $140 /mo. X 6 mo . ................. 840.
$f U _1116.
Other Costs:
Print Wheels, Paper, and Ribbon Supplies ......... $560.
150,000 pairs of bar - encoded labels for use
with the current collection and patron base
@ $.045 /Pair ...... ............................... 6,750.
First time bar code set up charge ................ 150.
Total Circulation Control Maintenance $
Operation, Phase I ........................ $17,570.
4.6.3 Phase II Circulation Control Maintenance & Operation Costs, 1980 -81
Systems Service Contract:
Phase I Hardware and Software
@ $1,685 /mo. X 12 mo. + 10% inflation .......... $22,242.
3 Model 151 @ $96/mo, ea. X 11 mo . .............. 3,168.
2 Model 101 @ $54/mo. ea. X 11 mo . .............. 1,188.
$26,598.
* Costs to be absorbed in Library's budget.
40.
I
I
(Includes a IN inflation factor increase and full 12 months of
both Phases)
Systems Service Contract:
Total Cost ...................................... $29,693.
Other Costs:
Telephone line charges 462.
Labels, 30,000 yearly @ $.0495 /pair 1,485:
Paper Supplies ... ............................... 1,210.
Total Circulation Control Maintenance $
Operation, 1981 -82 ......................... $32,850.
Circulation Control Maintenance $ Operation costs for successive
years increase by 10% yearly.
I
I
I
i
41.
4.6.3.. Phase II Circulation Control Maintenance $ Operation Costs, 1980 -81
(continued)
Other Costs:
Telephone line installation charge - 5 lines
@ $40. each ..... ...............................
$200.
Telephone line charges, 5 lines @ $7 /mo, each .....
420.
100,000 pairs of bar - encoded labels for use
with the current collection and patron base
@ $.045 /pair ....... ...............................
4,500.
Bar code set up charge
50.
Paper Supplies @ $1,000 + 10% increase ............
1,100.
Total Circulation Control Maintenance $
Operation, Phase II ........................
$32,868.
4.6.4. Circulation Control Maintenance $ Operation Cost Summary,
1981-82 and Beyond
(Includes a IN inflation factor increase and full 12 months of
both Phases)
Systems Service Contract:
Total Cost ...................................... $29,693.
Other Costs:
Telephone line charges 462.
Labels, 30,000 yearly @ $.0495 /pair 1,485:
Paper Supplies ... ............................... 1,210.
Total Circulation Control Maintenance $
Operation, 1981 -82 ......................... $32,850.
Circulation Control Maintenance $ Operation costs for successive
years increase by 10% yearly.
I
I
I
i
41.
5. ACQUISITIONS SYSTEMS - OVERVIEW
Generates complete ordering statistics.
Allows for reserves of on -order and in- process material.
Provides for entry of title information not already in
the data base.
I Provides a list of financial transactions of material re-
ceived including fund numbers, amount of transactions,
and amounts encumbered.
42.
I
Materials are selected by subject specialists based on their
knowledge of their subject and the collection but supported by
extensive analysis of monthly purchases.
When items are selected, each one must be searched in the card
catalog to determine if the library already has the title, if it's
on order or to verify the form of the citation. These must be
totaled, encumbered by format or type, sorted by vendor, then
orders must be typed, separated, alphabetized with copies filed in
each branch's order file. During the process of ordering and
receiving of material, various manual bookkeeping activities take
place.
The proposed System would be used to completely automate much of
the order process, and to prepare financial and statistical reports
to aid in the selection of materials. In addition, one terminal
will be capable of making a direct phone line connection to the data
base of a major book vendor. This will allow direct transmission of
nearly 808 of the orders to the general vendor. Items ordered from
other sources will be keyed in at the local terminal so that the
staff and public will always have up-to -date access to everything on
order.
What the System does:
Generates purchase orders grouped by vendor in a variety
of formats.
Provides up to four levels. of purchase order totals.
Generates complete ordering statistics.
Allows for reserves of on -order and in- process material.
Provides for entry of title information not already in
the data base.
I Provides a list of financial transactions of material re-
ceived including fund numbers, amount of transactions,
and amounts encumbered.
42.
I
Allows for routing of material through the in- process
procedure. After receipt from vendor, material may be
automatically checked out to the cataloging department
or other internal locations.
Prints spine labels.
Sends claim and cancellation notices automatically.
Provides complete statistics on vendor performance and
book acquisition activities.
Produces totals by vendor with up to four levels of
totals.
Produces up to four levels of acquisition totals by funds
as defined by the Library.
Produces debit and credit memos automatically.
Table 5.0 shows the total acquisitions cost deplacement that can
he expected with the implementation of the Book Acquisitions, Fund
and Budget modules.
43.
i
10
N
: � W
pad
G E.
i
0
H
ro
W
r
O�
ro
W
r
W
1+
N
W
r
W I+
E.
m w
m r
H
w m
W
r
7
zW p
6 �
r
z
o
m H
N ro
H W
a >'
o `r'
O t
0a ro
O y:
0
W N
H
a �
x r
H
H
ro
W
r
m �
C O
.iy w
0) vp1 p
b
m N
W W
d p va
T W H p
l4 O W M
od ° `tl w
W N M W
>,o ow Cd
>a a W
a o N N~J
,4 ar a
°cc °xa
w H 6 F
w N O O .M3.
ow
pq
M u o, u
W 0 M
MA
iJ
Itl M W U pi H
p
W
IA M 4 My vto m
N .•I ? W
bo
3
r G y O
a� NGM
b
A py'I 13 u J
r oP6u
O 0 4 M W
W N M O
w p
O O a° b N
u u cU W u
u u 6'o 7 b
I p I
u u i � p
000 ON
o
,4 M > M P
u u 0 3 00
ga gsg ,o
7 7
CO M
W R y 4 1 A
m a c u
W gg
u u•yi y N C
Cd
u N p N M
.0 -H -0 -H W
> H H H O .OG
i
D it it i
v
v
I
I
i'
ml
N
M
rn
CA
�
u}
I
000
N
00
i
H
O
NUD
�O
W
00
d
00
0
O
Ln
00
rn
0�
Ln W
O
N
d
N
C
00
m
00 't
O
Y
00
00
N
V1
O
00
N
U
d
N
N
N
00
u'
o
n
I
00
n
N
Obi
N
of
I
I
th
Cn
^
M
WN
O
CD
n
rn
Lr
I
M
I
of
H
Vr
00
Ln
u'1
I
a
co
4
d
O
M
00
00
rn
�D
't
�'1
t+l
rn
va
x
P11
^-.
O' ^-•
O
M
pq
W*
d
w0
ro
W H
O
Ln
W u
CL
u O W CL
y
W O
z
a
0 0 00
°
000
".4
coy Vs
a�K
o•w
T
H
O W
W O
6d
o
e�
.�
,ao�n
00
W
+vl
N N
a
le
1roi
W
�.]
PW
p, W p
ro
v
U,
vaW
vH7,,
HO Ca
m �
C O
.iy w
0) vp1 p
b
m N
W W
d p va
T W H p
l4 O W M
od ° `tl w
W N M W
>,o ow Cd
>a a W
a o N N~J
,4 ar a
°cc °xa
w H 6 F
w N O O .M3.
ow
pq
M u o, u
W 0 M
MA
iJ
Itl M W U pi H
p
W
IA M 4 My vto m
N .•I ? W
bo
3
r G y O
a� NGM
b
A py'I 13 u J
r oP6u
O 0 4 M W
W N M O
w p
O O a° b N
u u cU W u
u u 6'o 7 b
I p I
u u i � p
000 ON
o
,4 M > M P
u u 0 3 00
ga gsg ,o
7 7
CO M
W R y 4 1 A
m a c u
W gg
u u•yi y N C
Cd
u N p N M
.0 -H -0 -H W
> H H H O .OG
i
D it it i
v
v
I
I
i'
5.0 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF ACQUISITIONS COSTS
5.1 DIRECT COSTS OF ACQUISITIONS ACTIVITIES
In this report all of the data concerning library operations
has been provided by the staff of the Newport Beach Public
Library. Cost estimates are based on the 1978 -79 Acquisition
figures.
In this study, weekly savings attributable to a LIBS 100 will
be considered "DISPLACED COSTS" which could provide the
Library with the opportunity to use funds saved from the
automation of routine activities to enhance patron services
in the areas of the Library's choice.
5.1.1 Available List checked against the author file: Before
titles are ordered, the Available List is checked
against the main entry file to guard against duplicate
ordering. Notations are made beside those titles
where older editions are in the system. A Clerk II
spends an average of 2 days every four weeks at this
task.
52 Weeks X 2 days X 8 hours X 4.91/hour
4 Weeks /List
= $1,021. per year
5.1.2 Typing order slips: From the Available List, order
slips are typed and sent to the vendors with copies
sent to the branches. A typical Available List requires
one day of a Library Assistant's time for typing.
13 Lists X 8 hours X $6.75 per hour - $702. per year
4S.
I
5.1.5 Manual accounting: Total encumbrances and expenditures
are given to the Librarian II for posting and for
distribution of added charges. He /she prepares the
monthly order report for use by Administration. A
survey showed 1.5 days per month spent on this activitiy.
1.5 days /mo. X 8 hrs. /day X 12 mos. X $8.61 = $1,240 /yr.
I
46.
5.1.3 Filing order slips in main entry file: Before orders
are sent to the vendors, slips are filed in the main
entry file as a second check against duplication. Order
slips can be pre - sorted and filed by a Clerk II at the
rate of 124 per hour.
7000 Ordour der Slips
$4.91 per hour = 5277./yr.
124/h
5.1.4 Manual bookkeeping: After orders have been sent to
vendors, a Library Assistant totals the "on order" for
each branch to encumber the funds. After the books
are received, invoices are matched to order slips and
total expenditures are totaled per branch and a statis-
tical count made of volumes and titles received.
It is estimated that 5 days per month are spent on
these tasks.
5 days /mo. X 12 mos. X 8 hrs. /day X $6.75/hr. _ $3,240 /yr.
5.1.5 Manual accounting: Total encumbrances and expenditures
are given to the Librarian II for posting and for
distribution of added charges. He /she prepares the
monthly order report for use by Administration. A
survey showed 1.5 days per month spent on this activitiy.
1.5 days /mo. X 8 hrs. /day X 12 mos. X $8.61 = $1,240 /yr.
I
46.
I
5.1.6 Annual Displaced Costs of Acquisitions Activities
Table 5.1.6 below summarizes cost displacement provided
by the installation of a LIBS 100 taking into consider-
ation displacements related to direct activities.
Overhead factors associated with these activities which
add to the displaced costs are discussed in Section 5.2.
Table 5.1.6
ANNUAL COST
ACTIVITIES SECTION DISPLACEMENT
1 47.
I
TOTAL ANNUAL DISPLACED COSTS $6,480
Available list checking
5.1.1
$1,021
Typing order slips
5.1.2
702
Filing order slips
5.1.3
277
Manual bookkeeping
5.1.4
3,240
Manual accounting
5.1.5
1,240
1 47.
I
TOTAL ANNUAL DISPLACED COSTS $6,480
5.2 OVERHEAD COSTS OF ACQUISITIONS ACTIVITIES
In Section 3.1 an analysis is done of the time Library person-
nel are actually involved in activities. Of course, the
library pays its employees for time spent on the job, but, in
addition, contributions are made to life insurance, health
insurance, retirement, disability and retirement plans; it also
pays its employees for a certain number of absences due to
illness, holidays or vacation days. In addition, a supervisor
spends some percentage of his/her time training new employees
and supervising the work of others. To calculate the cost of
activities including overhead, percentages must be derived to
reflect employee benfits, training, and supervisory overhead.
1 47.
I
:1
5.2.1 Employee payroll benefits
All permanent employees are eligible to receive a
full benefit package. The City of Newport Beach
pays 8.1318 of each salary for the Public Employee
Retirement System, 2.328 of each salary for Disability
' Insurance, .88 for California Unemployment coverage,
and an average 10.28 for Life and Health Insurance.
8.131 + 2.32 + .8 + 10.2 = 21.5 Payroll Benefit Factor.
5.2.2 Holiday, vacation and sick -leave benefits
All permanent employees are entitled to 12 paid holidays
per year. Permanent employees receive an average 14.2
days of vacation per year. The total staff took an
average of 9.7 days of sick leave in the last year. To
figure the factor for holiday, vacation and sick leave
in terms of weeks:
2.4 wks. (holiday) + 2.8 wks. (vacation) + 1.9 wks. (sick leave) = 15.8
52 - 2.4 - 1.9 wk - 2.8
Holiday, Vacation and Sick -Leave Benefit Factor = 15.8.
5.2.3 Training overhead factor
There has been no turnover in acquisitions personnel
and none are anticipated. Therefore, the training
overhead factor is 0.
Training overhead factor . . . . . . . . . . . 0
I
1 48.
1
i,
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
5.2.4 Supervisory overhead factor
Estimating conservatively, a supervisor spends one
hour (excluding training) supervising 10 productive
hours. On an average, this supervisory hour costs 1.5
times the productive hour. Thus the supervisory
overhead factor is:
1
10 X 1.5 = 15.08
Supervisory Overhead Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.2.5 Total Factor of Overhead Costs
Employee payroll benefits
(See
5.2.1)
21.58
Holiday, vacation, sick -leave benefits
(See
5..2.2)
15.88
Training overhead
(See
5.2.3)
08
Supervisory overhead
(See
5.2.4)
15.08
TOTAL FACTOR 52.3$
5.3 TOTAL COST OF DISPLACED ACQUISITION ACTIVITIES
In Section 5.1, an analysis is done of the cost of Acquisition
activities to the library and how the installation of the
LIES 100 would displace costs. It was determined that the
direct costs of activities which could be replaced by the
LIES 100 system are $6,480 per year.
To derive the amount of funds actually displaced, the overhead
factor must be applied to these calculations.
$6,480 per year X 1.523 = $9,869
TOTAL ANNUAL ACQUISITION DISPLACED COSTS . . . . . . . $9,869.
49.
Systems Service Contract:
5.4 CAPITAL COSTS OF THE LIBS 100 FOR BOOK ACQUISITION AND FUND AND
BUDGET
1 Model 100 CRT Station @ $39 /mo. X 6 mo. ........
On November 21, 1978, CLSI proposed that the Newport Beach Public
Library System install CLSI's Book Acquisition and Fund and
Budget Modules during their Phase II implementation of their
automation program. These modules consist of:
Book Acquisition Software ............................ $14,000.
Fund and Budget Software ............................. 11,000.
'
$25,000.
$25,000 with S yr. Lease /Purchase @ 6.5% interest = $5,871 /yr.
$1,760.
5.5 ACQUISITIONS AND FUND & BUDGET MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION COSTS
Fund and Budget Software
USING THE LIBS 100
The only new activity attributed to the Book Acquisition and
@ $80 /mo. X 11 mo . .............................
Fund and Budget Modules is Systems Service Contract.
5.5.1 Phase I Acquisitions and Find $ Budget Maintenance $ Operation
1 Model 100 CRT Station
i000_an
Systems Service Contract:
1 Model 100 CRT Station @ $39 /mo. X 6 mo. ........
$234.
5.5.2 Phase II Acquisitions and Fund 4 Budget Maintenance $ Operation
costs, 1980-81
Systems Service Contract:
Book Acquisitions Software
@ $160 /mo. X 11 mo.
$1,760.
Fund and Budget Software
@ $80 /mo. X 11 mo . .............................
880.
1 Model 100 CRT Station
@ $39 /mo. X 12 mo. + 10% inflation ..............
515.
Total Acquisition and Fund & Budget
Maintenance $ Operation, Phase II .........
$3,155.
5.5.3 A cquisitions and Find & Budget Maintenance $ Operation
Cost Su_m_mar
1 81 -82 an Beyon
(Includes a 10% inflation factor increase and full 12 months of
both Phases)
Systems Service Contract:
Total Cost ...... ...............................
$3,735.
Total Acquisition and Fund $ Budget
Maintenance $ Operation, 1981 -82 ............
$3,735.
Acquisitions and Fund $ Budget Maintenance $ Operation
costs for
successive years increase by 10% yearly.
50.
6.0 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
6.1 VALUE OF OUR COLLECTION TO OUR PATRONS
The computer system will improve accessibility to the collec-
tion by making accurate and complete information immediately
available to the inquirer. Under the existing system, it is
impossible to determine the status of a book unless it is on
the shelf. If the book is not found on the shelf, it is
assumed that the book is in circulation. It is not known
when the book is due back. The patron can place a reserve in
the hope that the book is not lost and that it will be returned
in the near future. Library service is often judged by its
success and speed in filling these requests. If patrons are
pleased with library service, they will use its materials more
often.
Libraries that have automated and created on -line data bases
of holdings have experienced an increase in circulaton as
much as 300% in the first 3 years of use. It is impossible
to determine what part of this increase is directly attribu-
table to automation, but we feel that 208 is a conservative
estimate because of the improved patron services automation
brings.
Present value of collection is:
160,000 items X $16.50 avg. replacement cost /item = $2,805,000
Enhancement in value equivalent to:
$2,805,000 X 208 = $561,000
6.2 VALUE OF IMPROVED SERVICE TO OUR PATRONS
It is impossible to put a dollar figure on the improved
service to the patron. It suffices to say that with a manual
system:
51.
i�
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
'1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
i
�i
We cannot easily tell a, patron where a book is and when it
is due back.
We cannot trap all books that have been reserved by patrons
even with careful checking.
We cannot improve the speed of service at the circulation
desk.
We cannot protect our collection from. known delinquent
borrowers.
We cannot tailor our acquisition policy to match patrons'
actual use of the collection because we cannot compile
detailed statistics on the use of the collection.
We cannot give all taxpayers of Newport Beach equal access
to the City's collection with our present fragmented catalog
system.
With the Computer System we can:
Inform the patron of the precise location of the book and
its due date, if applicable.
Know how many copies we own.
Know how many people are waiting for a title.
Increase the speed of service at the circulation and refer-
ence desks.
Immediately detect reserved books at checkin and automatic-
ally print a notice to the patron.
Immediately detect known delinquent patrons at the desk,
ask them to pay their fines, request return of overdue
books before restoring borrowing privileges, and automatic-
ally print notices.
• Obtain daily purchase alerts for materials in heavy demand.
Obtain detailed statistics on patron use of the collection
including easy compilation of the use of the library by
non — resident borrowers.
Give all taxpayers equal access to the City's library
collection.
52.
<a
i
i
5.3 INCREASID BOOK TURNOVER
I
With an automated system, overdue notices will be produced
promptly each day, causing materials to be returned more
rapidly. Also, if a reserve is placed on a book, it will be
possible to automatically request an additional notice to
inform the current patron that another patron is waiting for
' the book and requesting a prompt return.
Increasing the turnover will allow the library to buy fewer
copies of popular materials and to improve services.
j 6.4 APPLICABILITY OF THE COLLECTION TO PATRONS' REQUIREMENTS
The automated system will provide us the ciruclation statistics
' on up to 250 different book categories, and up to 2,000
different patron categories. This will improve our ability
to acquire materials suited to the needs of our public. The
System will list books which are not being used, thereby
assisting in weeding the collection.
i
6.5 RESOURCE SHARING AND NETWORKING
In fiscal 1977 -78 we acquired 5,321 new titles. During that
same year, approximately 35,000 new titles were published in
the U.S.A. In order to properly serve our public, we should
share the resources of other libraries to make more materials
'
available to our patrons, since it would be physically impos-
sible to house, and fiscally irresponsible to attempt to buy,
all new titles published in any given year. The California
Library Services Act, 1977, calls for state -wide resource
sharing of interlibrary loans and data bases. It is projected
that a state -wide network of library resources will be created
in the future as a result of this legislation. The only
'
feasible interconnection among libraries will be through auto-
mation when all information is available in machine - readable
form.
'
S3.
i
The Suburban Library System in Burr Ridge, Illinois started
an automation program in September 1974. This program began
to produce positive results in April 1975. The System Direc-
tor, Mr. Lester Stoffel, says, "Our experience with CLSI has
shown it to provide many byproducts. It has been valuable to
use as a location tool for interlibrary loan and has increased
both the amount and the speed of our fill rate of ILL requests.
We hope to use it to store our "on- order" titles as well as
those for the member libraries. This will facilitate elimi-
nation of unnecessary duplication of titles. Following that,
we expect to make use of CLSI in implementing a coordinated
acquisitions policy now being designed."
54.
1
r
r
^r
ti
r
r
�1
H..
r
r
�r
r
it
r
�r
�r
r
r
CL91 J
I
1
I
[1
I
I
r-,
L
I
.1
LIBRARIES ARE AUTOMATING
Libraries throughout the world, and particularly in the U.S. and Canada,
are automating in order to maintain current levels of service or provide
better /innovative services to their patrons and to contain rising costs.
Library administrators, as they forecast their financial status in an era of
property tax revolts and governmental fiscal restraints, are constantly
searching for ways to reduce the rate of increase in their operating budgets.
Caught in an inflationary spiral, they see that they will not be able to
continue their library's programs of service if they cannot cope with ever -
increasing expenditures.
Presently, 70% of a typical library's budget goes into payroll. Two - thirds
of this payroll allocation pays for the performance of repetitive mechanical
tasks. These tasks are a major focus of library automation: their elim-
ination through automation allows displaced staff to concentrate on other
duties which directly result in better service to library patrons.
Another focus of library automation is the development of immediate, con-
cise information for use by patrons, staff, library management, city ad-
ministrators, and others. Ideally, this information becomes a by- product
of the same systems that eliminate repetitive manual operations and improve
public services. Collection information with complete bibliographic data
which displays the availability of materials, their location, and their
status at any given point in time effectively removes the need for static
catalogs and their inherently tedious maintenance procedures. Additional
information structures (modules) enable the staff to dispense with many
other catagories of cumbersome, manual files, and to promote cost effective
resource sharing, networking and other cooperative ventures among libraries.
The Newport Beach Public Library is perpetually seeking ways to meet the
expressed and projected needs of its patrons. The library system can
utilize the LIBS 100 to continue and expand its leadership role in the
Newport Beach community by demonstrating a vital commitment to provide the
very best services, at the lowest reasonable costs. Concurrently, a leadership
role would be recognized by the library community on a national scale because,
with the present computerized book ordering (IROS /BATAB) and cataloging
(OCLC) systems joined to the four functional modules of the LIBS 100, the
Newport Public Library would assume a preeminent position as the prototype
to which all library automation programs -- nationwide -- -will be compared.
It is anticipated that, in the near future, the commercial purveyors of
online indexing, abstracting, and information database services will come
to realize the potentials and benefits of interfacing with libraries which
have automated systems. That development, coupled with the ability to
have online access to the databases of the Huntington Beach Library, Infor-
mation and Cultural Resource Center; to the campuses of the U C and CS U C
systems; and other LIBS 100 public and academic libraries, would mean that
Newport Beach Public Library patrons and staff would have virtually unlim-
ited resources at their disposal.
2.
VLM1
I
I
With our present manual system:
We cannot easily tell a patron where a book is and when it is due back.
We cannot trap all books that have been reserved by patrons even with
careful checking.
We cannot improve the speed of service at the circulation desk.
We cannot protect our collection from known delinquent borrowers.
We cannot tailor our acquisition policy to match patrons' actual use
of the collection because we cannot compile detailed statistics on the
use of the collection.
We cannot give all taxpayers of Newport Beach equal access to the City's
collection with our present fragmented catalog system.
With the Computer System we can:
Inform the patron of the precise location of the book and its due date,
if applicable.
Know how many copies we own.
Know how many people are waiting for a title.
Increase the speed of service at the circulation and reference desks.
Immediately detect reserved books at checkin and automati_ca.l.ly print.a
notice to the patron.
Immediately detect known delinquent patrons at the desk, ask them to
pay their fines, request return of overdue books before restoring
borrowing privileges, and automatically print notices.
Obtain daily purchase alerts for materials in heavy demand.
Obtain detailed statistics on patron use of the collection including
easy compilation of the use of the library by non - resident borrowers.
. Give all taxpayers equal access to the City's library collection.
rrr.a�
3.
i1
1
I
J
I
I
:1
i
1
J
1
1
1
The Computer System, in addition, offers the benefits of:
a. INCREASED BOOK TURNOVER
With an automated system, overdue notices will be produced promptly each
day, causing materials to be returned more rapidly. Also, if a reserve
is placed on a book, it will be possible to automatically request an
additional notice to inform the current patron that another patron is
waiting for the book and requesting a prompt return.
Increasing the turnover will allow the library to buy fewer copies of
popular materials and to improve services.
b. APPLICABILITY Of THE COLLECTION TO PATRONS' REQUIREMENTS
The automated system will provide us the circulation statistics on up to
250 different book categories, and up to 2,000 different patron categories.
This will improve our ability to acquire materials suited to the needs
of our public. The System will list books which are not being used,
thereby assisting in weeding the collection.
c. RESOURCE SHARING AND NETWORKING
In fiscal 1977 -1978 we acquired 5,321 new titles. During that same year,
approximately 35,000 new titles were published in the U.S.A. In order
to properly serve our public, we should share the resources of other librar-
ies to make more materials available to our patrons, since it would be
physically impossible to house, and fiscally irresponsible to attempt to
buy, all new titles published in any given year. The California Library
Services Act, 1977, calls for state -wide resource sharing of interlibrary
loans and data bases. It is projected that a state -wide network of library
resources will be created in the future as a result of this legislation.
The only feasible interconnection among libraries will be through auto-
mation when all information is available in machine - readable form.
4.
a.6=1
i
The Suburban Library System in Burr Ridge, Illinois started an automation
program in September 1974. This program began to produce positive results
in April 1975. The System Director, Mr. Lester Stoffel, says, "Our experience
with CLSI has shown it to provide many byproducts. It has been valuable to
use as a location tool for interlibrary loan and has increased both the
amount and the speed of our fill rate of ILL requests. We hope to use it
to store our "on- order" titles as well as those for the member libraries.
This will facilitate elimination of unnecessary duplication of titles.
Following that, we expect to make use of CLSI in implementing a coordinated
acquisitions policy now being designed."
S.
I
I
I
I
d
I
W
I
I
I
r
I
I
THE LIBS 100
In response to your request for a proposal on the LIES 100, here is
a more detailed discussion of the three modules recommended.
What The System Does
PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG
o Provides immediate information to your patrons via,touch screen
terminals.
o Provides patrons with knowledge of the exact status of all copies
of a title in your total collection.
o Provides the ability to produce bibliographics via either touch
or keyboard terminals.
o Provides for a tighter control of the catalog information through
the use of authority files, editing procedures and data
manipulation procedures.
o Provides for special statistical reports tailored to the Newport
Beach requirements.
o Provides for input of complete cataloging text from Bibliographic
Services via either direct on -line transfer or through Magnetic Tape
conversion.
CIRCULATION CONTROL
o Rapidly checks books in and out of the library.
o Automatically traps items on reserve at checkin.
o Automatically calculates and attaches fines to patron records.
o Automatically produces overdue notices, shelf clearance reports,
and invoices.
o Compiles detailed material and patron statistics.
o Stores and organizes reserve information.
o Specifies the book's due -date.
o Prints a notice ready for mailing to the next person on the list
when an item on reserve is returned.
6.
ara.a"
.I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
o Identifies delinquent patrons at checkout.
o Records circulation statistics.
o Produces purchase alerts wh"fiere are a specified number of
people waiting for a title:�`
BOOK ACQUISITION
o Will generate Purchase Orders grouped by vendor in a variety of
formats.
o Will provide up to four levels of Purchase Order totals.
o Will generate complete ordering statistics.
o Allows for reserves of on -order and in- process material.
o Provides for entry of title information not already in the data
base.
o Provides a list of financial transactions of material received
including fund numbers, amount of transactions, and amounts
incumbered.
o Allows for routing of material through the in- process procedure.
After receipt from vendor, material may be automatically checked
out to the cataloging department or other internal locations.
o Prints book pockets and spine labels.
o Sends claim and collection notices automatically.
o Provides complete statistics on vendor performance and book
acquisition activities.
VENDOR AND FUND ACCOUNTING
o Produces totals by vendor with up to four levels of totals.
o Produces up to four levels of acquisition totals by funds as
defined by the library.
o Statements are produced automatically according to "open entry
bookkeeping rules."
o Produces debit and credit memos automatically.
o Prints checks and vouchers under password protection.
7.
N. N.av
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The LIBS 100 supports both local and remote stations. Remote stations
are connected to the central unit by means of dedicated telephone lines,
therefore, one system can be used at a number of physical locations.
For example, the LIBS 100 can be located at the Newport Center with
remote stations in the other branches.
BENEFITS OF THE LIBS 100
The number and degree of benefits that a LIBS 100 can offer to an
individual library depend, of course, on the efficiency of the
current practices of the library. In the less efficient operations of
the current system such as catalog card filing, checkin and handling
overdues, the improvements are enormous. We have found that the most
dramatic benefits in all libraries are in:
o making the status of the collection and of the patron immediately
available
The LIBS 100 is an online inventory system which gives full
bibliographic information about each item in a collection, whether
it is on the shelf, on order, in process, missing, lost, at the
bindery, or available in another library collection. If a book is
reported to be on the shelf and cannot'be found, then the library
can report the book as lost and can take steps to search for or
reorder the book.
The patron status is also continuously available online. The
Circulation Staff will know immediately if a patron has over-
due material or owes outstanding fines. This awareness has
allowed some of our user libraries to greatly increase their fine
revenues.
o the elimination of the card catalog and other paper files
The libraries various card catalogs and shelf list and the files
for circulation material, overdue material, fine calculation,
delinquent patrons, reserve requests, search requests, statistical
scratchpads and report sheets are eliminated. Eliminated also
are many of the trips to the card catalog to check on the library's
holdings, typing of purchase orders, claim and cancellation notices,
book cards and pockets, and production of catalog cards and patron
cards..
o improved catalog maintenance
Through the use of automated editing procedures such as subject
authority control the main bibliographic file is maintained more
accurately which utilizes less staff time. By using automated
procedures for data screening and charging, problems in the
LM
V1.=§
F
I
I
114
I
I
I
bibliographic file can be quickly identified and corrected. Through
the use of both on -line and magnetic tape input, bibliographic data
can be accepted from your cataloging source and added to the LIBS
100 bibliographic file.
o the speed of checkin:
The CHECKI14 process removes the connection between a patron and
the item he has borrowed. CHECKIH calculates the overdue fine,
if any, and adds the amount to the patron's fine balance. If the
item is on reserve, CHECKIPI perforrmsthe checkin transaction and
automatically checks out the item to the reserve shelf. All these
processes are performed dramatically faster than they can be done
manually.
o tine production of purchase alerts for high demand titles
One of the standard reports produced by the LIBS 100 is a
purchase alert on title that have had a high number of unfilled
reserves placed on them.
o the placement and detection of reserve requests
Reserves are placed from a keyboard /display terminal or from the
console. Before the reserve is placed, the patron's status is
checked to see if he is delinquent. The clerk may enter a
cancellation date for the reserve. Upon return of the item, the
reserve request is automatically detected when the book is checked
in. Once a day, notices ready for mailing to patrons or a list for
telephoning patrons is produced.
o the automatic maintenance of the delinquency file
The delinquency status of the patron is updated throughout
the day as a result of the loan transactions (checkin, checkout, fi
payment) that he performs. The library establishes the terms of
the delinquency, such as
o the number of overdue books
o fines not paid on books returned
o billed amounts for long overdue books
and the LIBS 100 does the rest. The system also allows an operator
to manually set a patron delinquent to catch, for instance, a
new address for the patron when notices sent to him have been
returned to the library.
o the automatic check c= the delinquency file
If your library now has an extremely efficient checkout procedure,
the LIBS 100 may only equal or slightly increase the speed of
checkout. However, this assumes that your present procedure
9.
tlrtLZ31
'1
I
I
i
I
I
r
1
r
I
I
I
LJ
i
L.J
r
I
I
I
includes a verification at every checkout transaction to see whether
the patron's borrowing privileges are in good standing. If it
does not and these verification procedures are added to your
present checkout routine, the LIBS 100 will then increase the
checkout speed by 100 to 500 percent.
The LIBS 100 reports patrons with overdue books and /or out-
standing fines by visual and audible messages at the lightpen
terminal when the delinquent patron tries to check out a book.
When an exception is signaled by the lightpen terminal, the
operator may use the keyboard /display terminal to obtain explicit
information regarding the exception.
0 the autorrwt:: com,i?ation and re -lor :ing of statistics
The system continuously updates statistical data while performing
transactions so that each report contains information which is
current as of the moment of report generation. In particular, the
LIBS 100 provides statistical reports on circulation by patron and
item subject categories, daily checkouts, checkins, reserves placed,
reciprocal borrowing transactions between any two libraries, vendor
performance and fund accounting. In addition special statistical
reports can be identified, formatted and produced to meet the
unique requirements of the Newport Beach Public Library.
o the automat'_- rMduction of notices
The LIBS 100 produces both automatically and on demand, the notices
listed below. The production of reports is totally under the
control of the library staff which may decide when and which of the
following reports to produce:
First overdue notices
Second overdue notices
Third overdue notices
Shelf clearance report
Bills
Collection notices
Recall notices
Reserve notices
Reserve cancellation
Patron cards
Purchase orders
Claim orders
Cancellation notices
By prompt notice to the patron of material that he has kept overdue,
the library increases its chances of recovering the material and
serves the patron by helping him keep his overdue fines low.
Since the online records are accurate up to the latest loan or
fine payment transaction when the reports are produced, the
library avoids sending notices to patrons who have already returned
books or paid fines. This timeliness saves mailing costs and
improves the -jul,lic relations image of the library.
10.
4+`71
t
11.
CLSI
ACTIVITIES
DISPLACEMENT OF PRESENTLY PERFORMED MANUALLY
Below is a list of manual tasks which the LIBS 100 performs automatically.
The time saved by automation of these tasks can be used to calculate the
potential savings to the library in displaced salaries, fringe benefits
and supplies. In catalog maintenance the LIBS 100 displaces:
Preparation of catalog cards
Sorting, filing and File verification
Checking authoritg files
Manual weeding the card catalog
Compiling statistics on the collection
3ranch to brarc,: communicatic: c-: material availability
'
At REGISTRATION, the LIES 100 displaces
gping registration cards
Filing registration cards
Printing patron cards
Checking delinquency status
Updating delinquency fiZe
Checking delinquency file =or re- registration.
Weeding the registration file
Compiling statistics on the number of new registrations
During PREPARATION OF MATERIALS, the LIBS 100 displaces
Affixing book pockets to books
Preparation of book cards
At CHECKOUT, the LIBS 100 displaces
Checking delinquency files
Pulling book cards from books
Stamping, sorting book cards
Filing book cards by call number or due -date
r
Preparing date due slips
Compiling statistics on number of checkouts
'
In HA14DLING RESERVATIONS (HOLDS), the LIBS 100 displaces
I
Piling of reserve ;rows for each title
Searching due -date files
Cancellation of holds
Printing notices c patrors
Cnecring reserve ',; es
t
11.
CLSI
I
I
I
I�I
At CHECKIN, the LIBS 100 displaces
Searching due -date riles
deeording overdues
Updating transaction. lists
Checking and trapping reserves
P.ecording fines
In PREPARING LATE NOTICES, the LIBS 100 displaces
Checking the due -date files
Searching for patron statistics
Typing late notices
Filing in due -date files
In PRODUCING REPORTS, the LIBS 100 displaces
Counting statistics
Purchase alerts for titles with high circulation or high numcer
of requests
In RECORDING FINE PAYMENT, the LIBS 100 displaces
Checking delinquency fiZe
Updating delinquency file
Because many libraries do not have exact measurements of times and costs
of performing those functions against which to compare the benefits of
the LIBS 100 System, CLSI has prepared for the Newport Beach Public Library
a cost - benefit analysis of its operations. Many analyses previously
prepared for libraries are also available for examination.
12.
LaL.=l
I
I
i
i
i
i
I
i
11
CLSI: THE UNDISPUTED LEADER IN THE FIELD OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION PRODUCTS
Serving the automation requirements of public, academic, school and
special libraries is the only business of our company, CLSI. CLSI is
already well known to most Ii bra rians:J n the United States and Canada who
have been involved in library automition, and familiarity with the
company by librarians worldwide is> rapidly becoming a reality.
CLSI, which employs approximately 169 people, has its headquarters in
Newtonville, Massachusetts, and 27 regional offices in major cities
throughout the United States and Canada, including Chicago, San Francisco
and Toronto. CLSI's staff is made up of librarians and computer pro-
fessionals who uniquely combine understanding of library requirements
with knowledge of data processing technology.
Our product, the LIBS 100, is a total Library Information and
Bibliographic System composed of modules for a Public Access Catalog,
Circulation Control, Acquisitions, Acquisitions Accounting, and Materials
Booking.
There are now over 100 LIBS 100's in operation in the United States
and Canada. Many of these systems are shared by groups of libraries
or are used by cooperative library systems serving several libraries.
Approximately 800 circulation stations are presently installed at over
a hundred circulation locations. These systems are being used for over
6,000,000 loans to patrons each month.
This experience with these operational systems has made CLSI the world's
undisputed leader in the field of library automation products. Here
are some of our latest operating statistics:
260+
800
7,000,000+
200,000,000+
6+
13.
Library buildings with terminals
Terminals installed
Circulation transactions per month
Items circulated
Years of experience with operating
systems
arr.a�
r
[1
i
I
l
J
WHAT KIND OF SERVICE AND SUPPORT DOES CLSI GIVE?
CLSI's unique Systems Support Group, staffed by LIBS 100 diagnos-
ticians in Newtonville, Massachusetts, is available via toll -free
telephone lines to answer immediate and pressing questions of the
library's LIBS 100 operators: Approximately 85 -90% of all
questions are resolved by a simple call to the Systems Support Group.
For the remaining 10 -15 %, CLSI Field Service Engineers are on call
to service the equipment onsite. The modular design of the LIBS
100 equipment minimizes downtime since components are replaced rather
than repaired at the library.
WHAT KI14D OF TRAINING DOES CLSI PROVIDE?
Professional librarians on CLSI's staff -,iv3 an onsite training
course that lasts from 7 to 10 days, usually covered in three
separate visits to the library. This program includes instruction
for the library administration, the head of technical services,
acquisitions chief, cataloger,.the head of circulation, the chief
operator, the general circulation clerk, and general staff members.
It utilizes a variety of teaching materials; manuals, study questions,
and the LIBS 100 itself.
WHAT TYPES OF DATA LOADING ARE OFFERED?
The users of the LIBS 100 have devised many methods for transferring
the information from their shelflist into the LIBS 100 title
data file. Some libraries use their own staff to enter the infor-
mation, some hire temporary staff, and some hire an outside service
to microfilm the shelflist and enter it at the display station.
Another method involves an agreement between an existing and a new
LIBS 100 user to share a title data file. The data file of the
existing user is copied, the holdings location information is
removed, and the location information for holdings of the new
library is entered.
DOES THE LIBS 100 ALLOW NETWORKING?
Networking is taking place in all the LIBS 100 Systems where two
or more libraries share the same title file. If a main library
shares its collection with a branch library by means of reciprocal
borrowing, these libraries are practicing networking. There are
also libraries that practice inter- librarIv loan networking between
two or more LIBS 100 Systems. The Illinois Lib-and Info. Network
is carrying out a project involving 16 autonomous libraries using
5 LIBS 100 Systems in online ILL networking. The preliminary
results show that the optimum time for delivering inter - library loan
requests within one system has been reduced from 5 days using their
old manual system, to 2 days using the LIBS 100.
14,
L.a.a1
I
H
r
[1
t
LIBS 100 USERS
Libraries with LIBS 100 systems have formed the CLSI Users'
Group through which they share their experiences with one
another and give group feedback to CLSI concerning features
that they would like to see added to future releases of the
LIBS 100. The Group meets at the American Library Association
Summer and ,Midwinter Conferences and produces a newsletter to
communicate among the membership between meetings. CLSI has a
complete list of LIBS 100 users from which you may wish to choose
libraries to contact regarding their experience.
THE LIBS 100
When a library acquires a LIBS 100 it gets more than an automated
circulation system that checks. material in and out:
o The library gets an on -line catalog, which allows the library
to eliminate the costly maintenance of its card catalog. With
more than one branch sharing the same title file, the library
will have an on -line union catalog.
o The library gets a library management information system;
a dynamic model that supplies statistical reports to the
library administration, the circulation department, and
the acquisitions department to be used in managing the library's
collection.
o The library gets an on -line reserve system which places
reserves, detects reserves at checkin, prepares notices for
mailing to patrons or lists for telephoning them.
o The library gets an accounting system for calculating acquisition
and patron accounts.
o The library gets a networking tool which allows on -line
inter - library loan networking.
o The library gets a tool which is compatible with suppliers of
bibliographic data such as the BroDart IROS system to help
manage the information explosion.
o The library gets a total Library Information and Bibliographic
System, the LIBS 100.
The LIBS 100 is a mature, reliable product unmatched by any other
automated system in the library world.
is.
V�V.
CLSI's RECOMMENDATION FOR NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC LIBRARY
The Phase I system that CLSI recommends for Newport Beach Public Library
is our LIBS 100 Model 1B -25, providing a Public Access Catalog and Circulation
Control System for the new Newport Center Branch. Included with the system
are:
LIBS 100 Model 1B -25
Central Computer
DEC PDP. 11/34 CPU
Slow Device Subsystem
1 Microswitch 735W12 -11 solid state keyboard
1 Bedford keyboard interface
2 Diablo Hytype II (Model 1200) medium speed
printers
Backplane and Cabinetry
Disk Controller Subsystem
1 Xylogics Phoenix 211 Disk Controller
2 CDC Model 9762 Disk Drives (DD -60)
12 CDC DD -60 Disk Packs
Peripheral Equipment
Magnetic Tape Subsystem
1 Kennedy Corp. 9700 tape drive
LIBS 100 Software
Application Software for Public Access Catalog
Application Software for Circulation Control
Application Support Software
Operating System Support Software
Control System Software
Storage Capacity*
95,000 titles
200,000 items
50,000 patrons
1,200,000 annual circulations
Seven (7) Stations for Public Access Catalog
and Circulation Control:
Newport Center Branch
4 Model 700 Local Browsing Terminals for
PAC
1 Model 150 Local Laser Composite Terminal
at Circulation Desk
1 Model 100 Local CRT Terminal at Circulation
Desk
1 Model 100 Local CRT Terminal at Reference
Desk
16.
Unit Cost
$43,700
2,400
1,900
7,000
20,800
390
12,000
0
45,720
5,000
7,000
2,000
2,000
Total Cost
$43,700
2,400
1,900
7,000
41,600
4,680
12,000
0
45,720
20,000
7,000
2,000
2,000
ar.a1
1
t
Phase I Recommendation continued:
One (1) Station for Data Entry, Book Acquisitions,
and Fund and Budget Accounting
Technical Services
1 Model 100 Local CRT Terminal in
Technical Services 2,000 2,000
1 Model AC -300 Acoustic Coupler for
book vendor interface 500 500
1 Port for book vendor interface 0 0
Sub Total $192,500
Taxes - 60 of $192,500 11,550
The LIBS 100 is shipped FOB Newtonville
for immediate delivery at the Newport
Center Branch Library Est. 1,200
Phase I - Total Capital Costs $205.250
* See Appendix A for the rules used to determine file capacities.
17.
�rLa1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
Additional Expenses: Monthly Cost First Year Cost
1. Maintenance
During the six month Warranty Period
there is no additional charge for
maintenance. After six months,
the following monthly maintenance
charge will prevail:
a. Software for Public Access Catalog $ N.C.
Software for Circulation Control 160.00
b. Model 1B -25 1,250.00
c. 4 Model 700 Touch Terminals
(Local) @ $50 ea 200.00
1 Model 150 Laser Composite (Local) 88.00
3 Model 100 CRT (Local) @ $44 ea 132.00
1 Acoustic Coupler 25.00
d. Model MI' -10 Magnetic Tape Subsystem 150.00
3L,UUS.UU
2. There are no communication line charges
since all terminals proposed' are local
and are directly connected to the
LIBS 100. 0
3. The Newport Beach Library System can
expect the following costs for supplies:
a. Conversion Costs:
50,000 patron labels @ $45 per
1000 pairs
100,000 item labels @ $45 per
1000 pairs
b. First Time Set Up Charge
c. Print Wheels, Paper, and Ribbons Est.
Phase I Total M $ 0 Costs - LIBS 100
* Annual rate of $22,848 to begin in 1980 -81.
18.
$11,424.00*
FIE
$ 6,750.00
$ 150.00
$ 560.00
$18,884.00
a.A .a1
I
I.
1
1
1
[_1
1
l-1
SLMvRRY FOR PHASE I
Outright Purchase Price
60 Month Lease /Purchase Plan
$205,250
$226,080 or
$3,768/mo.
The above Lease /Purchase price includes interest charges of 6 -1/2% based on
a quote from the Newport Beach Branch of the Bank of America. The Lease/
Purchase is a five year plan with monthly payments in advance. The Bank
of America is assuming that the City of Newport Beach will be rated A or
better; the 6 -1/2% interest rate is subject to adjustment based on a complete
review by the B of A of the City of Newport Beach financial rating. The
bank will make a formal commitment for 90 days and will hold the comnit-
ment for 9 months with a one time .25% placement fee.
TOTAL FIRST YEAR COST FOR PHASE I
Outright Purchase Price - Capital Costs
Phase I M & 0 Costs
$205,250
18 884
224,740
60 Month Lease /Purchase Plan @ 12 months $ 45,216*
Phase I tax 1,200
Phase I - shipping 1,550
57,966 **
Phase I - M $ 0 Costs + 18 884
,850
Cost Savings Negotiated Between CLSI and Newport Beach Public Library
* 2nd - 5th year payments - Phase I.
** 1st year payment only includes tax and shipping.
19.
On —1,
SAVINGS
LIBS 100 Application Software for Public Access Catalog
@ No Charge
$ 36,000
Book vendor interface port @ No Charge
4,500
Reduced port charges for 11 ports
14,500
Five Month Special Warranty @ No Charge
10,025
Tape to Disk; 30,000 titles @ 15.5a per record
4 650
6 ,67
Anticipated First Year Non - Personnel Cost Savings at Newport
Beach Public
Library with the Implementation of the LIBS 100
Purchase of Newport Center Branch card catalog furniture
$ 12,075
Production of Balboa Branch catalogs
20,945
Clean-up of union catalog at Newport Center Branch
20,000
OCLC catalog card production
3,931
Circulation control supplies
3,308
TTFIM
* 2nd - 5th year payments - Phase I.
** 1st year payment only includes tax and shipping.
19.
On —1,
I
1
i
I
I
[1
I
1
11
�J
C
The Phase II system that CLSI recommends for Newport Beach Public Library
consists of the addition of the Book Acquisitions and Fund and Budget System
in Technical Services at the Newport Center Branch and the installation
of the Public Access Catalog and Circulation Control (software already pro-
vided in Phase I) in the Balboa, Corona Del Mar and Mariners Branches.
Included in this phase are:
LIBS 100 Software
Application Software for Book Acquisitions
Application Software for Fund and Budget Accounting
(Note: 1 Model 100 Local CRT Terminal for
use with these modules already purchased in
Phase I)
Eleven (11) Stations for Public Access Catalog
and Circulation Control:
Balboa Branch
Unit Cost Total Cost
TI ,000 TIM, 000
11,000 11,000
2 Model 701 Remote Browsing Terminals for
Remote
Browsing Terminals
PAC
7,000
14,000
1 Model 151 Remote Laser Composite Terminal
7,000
at Circulation Desk
8,000
8,000
1 Mode1101 Remote CRT Terminal at Reference
Desk
3,000
3,000
4 Ports
2,500
10,000
Corona Del Mar Branch
1 Model 701 Remote Browsing Terminal for
PAC
1 Model 151 Remote Laser Composite
Terminal at Circulation Desk
2 Ports
Mariners Branch
7,000
8,000
2,500
7,000
8,000
5,000
3 Model 701
Remote
Browsing Terminals
for PAC
7,000
21,000
1 Model 151
Remote
Laser Composite
Terminal at Circulation Desk
8,000
8,000
1 Model 101
Remote
CRT Terminal at
Reference
Desk
3,000
3,000
5 Ports
2,500
12,500
Taxes - 6% of $124,500
Freight, no charge
Phase II - Total Capital Costs
20.
$124,500
7,470
-0-
$131,970
&.L.=4
I
i
I
fi
I
i
11
I
Additional Expenses: Monthly Cost First Year Cost
1. Maintenance
During the 30 day Warranty Period
there is no additional charge for
maintenance. After 30 days, the
following monthly maintenance
charge will prevail:
a. Software for Book Acquisitions $ 160.00
Software for Vendor /Fund Accounting 80.00
b. 6 Model 701 Touch Terminals (Remote)
@ $67 ea 402.00
3 Model 151 Laser Composite (Remote)
@ $96 ea 288.00
2 Model 101 CRT (Remote) @ $54 ea 108.00
$1,038.00 $11,418.00*
2. The communication line charge to install
Phase II telephone lines is:
11 dedicated telephone lines @ $40.00
per installation 440.00
The monthly communication charge for the
Phase II telephone lines is:
5 - 300 Baud lines within the 640
exchange @ $7.00 ea per month 420.00
6 - 1200 Baud lines within the 640
exchange @ $14.00 ea per month 1,008.00
3. The Newport Beach Library System can
expect the following additional
supply costs:
a. 100,000 item labels @ $45.00 per
1000 pairs 4,500.00
b. Set up charge 50.00
c. Paper supplies 1,100.00
Total Phase II M $ 0 Costs $18,936.00
* Annual rate of $12,456 to begin in 1980 -81.
21,
f.A. =1
1
fi
i
11
i
i
�i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
SIMVRRY FOR PHASE II
Outright Purchase Price
60 Month Lease /Purchase Plan
$131,970
$146,220 or
$2,437/mo.
The above Lease /Purchase price includes interest charges of 6 -1/2% based on
a quote from the Newport Beach Branch of the Bank of America. The Lease/
Purchase is a five year plan with monthly payments in advance. The Bank
of America is assuming that the City of Newport Beach will be rated A or
better; the 6 -1/2% interest rate is subject to adjustment based on a complete
review by the B of A of the City of Newport Beach financial rating. The
bank will make a formal commitment for 90 days and will hold the commitment
for 9 months with a one time .2S% placement fee.
TOTAL FIRST YEAR COST FOR PHASE II
Outright Purchase Price - Capital Costs $131,970
Phase II M & 0 Costs 18,936
$150,906
60 Month Lease /Purchase Plan @ 12 months - Capital Costs $ 29,244*
Phase II - Taxes 7 470
36,'714
Phase II - M $ 0 Costs 18936
$ 55 :6SO
Cost Savings Negotiated Between CLSI and Newport Beach Public Library
Shipping costs for Phase II
* 2nd - Sth year payments - Phase II.
** 1st year payment only includes tax.
22.
SAVINGS
$220
a.§.al
I
i
i
COMBINED SUMMARY FOR PHASE I AND PHASE II
60 Month Lease /Purchase
Phase I Capital Costs @ 6 -1/20 $238,830*
Phase I M & 0 Costs 18,884
$257,714
Phase II Capital Costs @ 6 -1/2% $153,690 **
Phase II M & 0 Costs 18,936
$172,626
PHASE I & II TOTAL $430,340
Outright Purchase
Phase I Capital Costs $205,250
Phase I M $ 0 Costs 18,884
$224,134
Phase II Capital Cost $131,970
Phase II M & 0 Costs 18,936
$150,906
PHASE I $ II TOTAL $375,040
60 MONTH LEASE /PURCHASE VERSUS OUTRIGHT PURCHASE
60 Month Lease /Purchase $430,340
Outright Purchase 375,040
COST SAVINGS $ 55,300
* Includes 6% tax ($11,550) and freight ($1,200), 1st year payments.
** Includes 6% tax ($7,470), 1st year payment.
23.
a.:L.al
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix A - File Size Factors
The following factors were considered in. determining the Data Base
requirements for the recommended Newport Beach Library's LIBS 100.
Title File
We expect the title file will contain the following variable length
data elements:
Author and Added Authors
Title and Uniform Title
Author /Title Key
Edition Class
Call Number
Imprint (publisher, year)
Price
Subject Headings
Pagination
Series Title
Notes
OCLC Access Number
ISBN
LC Card Number
We expect there will be the following access points into the title data
base:
Author
Title
Author /Title Key
Subject Headings
Call Number
OCLC Number
ISBN Number
LC Card Number
CLSI assumes that the average title record will contain 250 characters
of data with n its twenty two data elements.
Patron File
We expect the patron file will contain the following variable length
data elements:
Name
Address (street, city,state, zip)
Telephone Number
Patron Identifier Key
Patron Catagory
Issuing Agency Code
24.
Statistical Class Code
Age Indicator Code
Patron Status Indicator Code
Delinquency Reason Field
Additional Data Field
LIA-M1
i
I ,
i
I
I
I
E
L
I
11
i
I
I
I
1
Appendix B - Huntington Beach Alternative
In the process of examining the various alternatives available to the
Newport Beach Public Library, we talked to Walter Johnson, the Director
of the Huntington Beach Public Library System, about the possibility of
adding on Newport Beach's terminals and data to the Huntington Beach
LIBS 100. The Huntington Beach LIBS 100 is currently 60% full and
because the Newport Beach requirements are large, a major upgrade of the
Huntington Beach equipment would be required. This factor plus the
difference in communication costs has led CLSI to recommend a separate
LIBS 100 for Newport Beach.
In order to meet Newport Beach's requirements, the Phase I implementation
would require:
Disc upgrade from Model 20 to Model 35
Upgrade from a 1104 computer to an 1134X computer
Addition of eight ports @ $2,500 each
Four 300 Baud Modem Sets @ $1,000 each
Four 1200 Baud Modem Sets @ $2,000 each
One Model MT -10 Tape Drive
Four Model 701 Browsing Terminals @ $7,000 each
One Model 151 Laser Composite Terminal
Three Model 101 CRT Terminals @ $3,000 each
Total Phase I
$ 74,000
51,000
20,000
4,000
8,000
12,000
28,000
8,000
9,000
$ 214,000
The purchase price of the recommended Phase I is $192,500; therefore it
will cost an additional $21,500 to select this option. Phase II costs for
equipment would be the same for either alternative.
Because all of the terminals in Phase I and II would be remote if added
onto the Huntington Beach LIBS 100, the yearly line charge for this
alternative would be $12,390. The yearly line charge for the recommended
alternative is $1,428 representing an annual savings of $10,962.
25.
,.:. =,
_e
1
I
t
N
M
I
U
W
WW
WW
F
i
W
W
cp
W
W
WW
WW
O1
W
W
W
W
V
ti
H
H
H
H
W
W
W
W
W
W
r
W
W
W
W
O
O�
O
O
O
O
O
ti
W
W
W
W
1A
H
H
H
r
W
N
N
N
N
W
o
0
n
r
r
r
r
H
H
H
H
•p
M
M
M
M
W
W
W
W
W
r
r
n
r
M
o
CCH�
W
d
.-�
of
r•�
•ti
fA C
N
=
Of
n
r
F fn F
W
O�
O
Of
O
O
O
CZ
pF N
�
Q
O
M
M
M
M
t/�
W Q
W
Q
M
rn
o
in
�
W
U
_
F
d
�O
O
•D
�O
•
W
Q
H
O
O
VI
VI
Of
r
d
N
Q
Q
H
�
•-1
"1
H
H
ri
T
a~p
M
n
b
M
N
O�
O
Oi
O�
O
O
H
O
b
Y
Vp
~
H
H
H
O
i+
01
W
W
N
W
ey
yr
r
W
•D
Vf
W
Q
N
V� Of
M
r4
r
H
H
M
rl
N
8
VLW
(Qy
(8y
N
M
I
U
i
1
I
O N O O N Oo
[-. I N N
iQy' OJ O O O
I
ao
OO 1� d N N op
1� C n n O
OJ O O O O+
Cn a0 d N Q O
ri Q N W
H H
n
�O O O O M O vt M Q
O] Q N N Q M
r'1 H H
m n rn a m
OI V1 O O O Q O N 01 [-
mw
rl �
O
O @1 N Q Q n n ti n N
N a0 d Q Of M Of cO e-I
N N = N O N =
N O
6� M N N d d � Of N ti O d •
0. rn d N n w M .-I �n r•+ � v u�i
M •-I H H W H H v � a0 d
O VI O N N
N i! N r4
F Q V4Qwj], N N N O Q O N OL rl y •y O O
4
_ H H WWW H H •d p �
Z td co ao
o O
P� t-I ry �O Q O M f0 N O O1 N
C6J U of r•1 r-1 M M .Y o
w C �O
m �
o .c -
a0
N O
Q y
W m rn o rn e c c v w w ro v
v d O tw 4
w W �-I H N ut ut
VyQwj !S/Qw� F" [VyS�Q]J. V$Qwj � w � ty/QwJ a w e c �v � N
n
N
N
M
ro
u
i
'i
1
i
I
i
I
i
J_
J
P
M
m
m
m
d
P
r
P
M
m
V
M
V
O
O
M
q
O
N
N
t
H
H
_ -
G
N
N
O
q
W
r
O
H
H
Y
_
NO
el
M
N
P
M
H
H
1�1
O
N
N
p
m
N
•O
H
y
O
H
M
••
y
O
.•V
a0
H
L
�
;
__
H
H
O
N
�
Y
q
m
1
ih
M
`U
L
U
n
o
o
n
O
a
O
aai
O�C
N
N
N
N
e
o
v
v
v
vs
y
r
a
q
q
N
M
m
O
V-
vt
O
O
N
N
L
q'r
q
y
J
N
LLO
LL
M
V
N
y O hUU
a�
V.7
U
6L
0.
�i
qd
V.il
OU
[Lin
•J
�
r
N
1'1
<
i�
I
i�
I
t
r
U
m
y
a
N
Q
H
N
N
M
H
�O Q
y n
Q y
n n
y H
M y�
H
M
H
N
N
M 8
H
W
O
y
n
N
H
a �pp
N y
pi {yaiUCa'�i
tH i'I
H
Of
H y
N
H
y
N
O
H
V
n
0
•-1
i
O
OJ
Ol
R
y
N
�
H >
F
H
ns
H
X
H
N
et
W
M
w
Iti
X
H
H
h
M
i
5
5
_
y
O
ti
p
N
!
W
O
C
lO
OJ
N
•VCrI
pJ
N
O
N
M
R
y
M
V1
�p
N
ri
M
W
M
N
N
Cl
N
Vf
e9
Vi
W
n-1
N
N
Of
H
bf
H
H
•-I
y
O
H
O
D
Q
O
N
a00
M
V
OOf
O
OIL
OJ
Q
Q
y
O
m
M
M
p�
R
p�
y
y
N
N
ti
rl
M
V
~
R
H
M
M
O
W
N
O
C
Q
y
O
Q
4
Q
F"
y
'C
•-1
O
In
Of
y
Q
H
H
l9
H
(oA
V
N
�
mw
W
W
n
ti
[S65
N
R
W
R
M
R
R
p.
W
01
R
Q
O
O
O�
y
M
r--1
Rn
Of
01
CI
H
Vi
H
ti
y
N
Q
..
�
e
o
M
R
CO
.p
y
�O
a0
�D
y
GJ
O
O
n
W
O
y
O�
Ot
•-1
�O
M
Q
M
'-1
N
'-1
y
ry
H
H
Yl
H
H
[q
w
ss
H
H
m
y
a
N
Q
H
N
N
M
H
�O Q
y n
Q y
n n
y H
M y�
H
M
H
N
N
M 8
H
W
O
y
n
N
H
a �pp
N y
pi {yaiUCa'�i
tH i'I
H
Of
H y
N
H
y
N
O
H
V
n
0
•-1
i
C N
H
N
u>
H >
F
H
ns
H
X
H
m
y
a
N
Q
H
N
N
M
H
�O Q
y n
Q y
n n
y H
M y�
H
M
H
N
N
M 8
H
W
O
y
n
N
H
a �pp
N y
pi {yaiUCa'�i
tH i'I
H
Of
H y
N
H
y
N
O
H
V
n
0
•-1
i
H
Iti
H
X
H
X
w
Iti
X
H
H
h
M
i
5
5
_
Uy�
N
!
•VCrI
N
M
<
y
t
�r
t
t
I
'r
!t
N
A
r'.
iW
C
V
W
UQ�
0.
O
O
Z
0
n 0 7 ' C
N d O E
�"s
nU.
0
o
m
m
m
F
L
°r'
a
v
•N
CuC
N
m
c
co
V
�
M
N
an
ttl
�
X
O
M
Of
t0
O
y
r'1
�
W
n
~
N
N
H
N
M
�
N'�J
_
O d
0C
pCd�
Pi
W
E
40
N
'g p
U
m
d
q •
O
Of
4y1 peNNNN,
01
N H
�pp,,GGF
m
4
o
F K
r1
•H T
T
N
N
d
O
o
q
O
r
N
M
N
m
N
N
yy
6 i�
H �+
N {L
e
U
00.e~3i3
7
M
m
y�y
H T
a
In
Fyp Cd
o
.vyl N
a
.+
.+
Ho
U
N
N
Q
>
Y!
CC
y
W
r
mN
N
M
I-r E
<
r
V.y�y
C�
C.Cy
V�u
m
e
e
M
q
O1
•-I
N
M
of
m
M
O
m
m
e
T
e
e
m
rl
e
e
o
e
m
�n
e
rn
b
;
M
T
M
e
m
rl
N
p
m
o
a
e
26
N
r
o
r
m
1
r
r
e
Ol
M
M
r
rl
N
N
(�
m
r
O
M
O
W
N
O
a
m
r-1
H
M
M
M
N
O
O
N
V1
r
•-I
m
M
m
r
V
T
M
T
ID
.-1
O
O
~
N
N
�
N
N
�
M
ymi
voi
tH
N
n 0 7 ' C
N d O E
�"s
nU.
0
m
F
L
°r'
a
v
•N
CuC
N
m
c
co
V
�
M
N
an
ttl
�
X
O
M
O.
t0
O
y
W
n
~
N
U
H
N
M
�
N'�J
{tN,
O d
0C
pCd�
Pi
W
E
40
N
'g p
U
d
q •
0 0
4y1 peNNNN,
N H
�pp,,GGF
Uyy •�1
4
o
F K
F
•H T
f0.
N
d
n
mW
q
aC ttlW
F •%
yy
6 i�
H �+
N {L
R
U
00.e~3i3
7
M
spy .i
y�y
H T
Cr O
.0
Fyp Cd
O M
.vyl N
Ho
U
U
>
Y!
CC
y
opH�
O.N
r
mN
mi h
NN
I-r E
r 11
r
V.y�y
C�
C.Cy
V�u
wo
.oi
N7
ro
�1
I
i
1
O d M h Of M N
O M m N
m O M O m 1% .O N
m
m r^1 N Q
O1 H H H H
d M m
m
1� b r'I Q d V1 O
�D � Q '•I N m
O1 H H H H
.-I
�O O VNi � M T O01 �O/1
m M b �n Q Of Of Q
✓� Q �D M
m �1 M Q N ti N
rl H H H H
N M O N N O O
r'I rl N M
H H
N
E3 m M N o Vf d o h
n o a n
OU
41 O1 Q .4 H m r-I
ti rl M
H H H H
m �D t� ti N N Ot b
m n O N
iN4 m Q N p'1 M I"1 � O1
r1 H H Vf H
m Q 1� Of d m Q Q
O Q n .p O O N
H
m M Vf N M H Q. b
rl
H H H H
m O • O n Of
lO N m V !{ V1 rl
O n
m O N T M O P m
Of Q OI rl N Ol
•� N N
R O Ot M N N O n Of Ot
WT
Y m M Ot O 0• N m b N
W n m Q N O M
ON] rp N N
H H H H
O
V M �
-MM M Z ��O .�i to ✓M W
aO W 6y O•NMyy Z M O.Opp+Myy O C dy O•�+ p y "]'�
U UN• N�tA
t�
U S~ v UVl;fty � K p
N1
� � J
I
I
tlP �
Jf
aP y
b �
ttl yN
N IIINIII �i
N
S � I
H
S v
lYy
N p• 1
O O E
N ^I
U U t
T
r1
O
'-1
i
I
J
U
3�
�1
i-
�i
TO:_
i
li
i
,i
v.
,1
i
City of tiu in; Texas
INTER- OFFICE
Mr. Solon A. Bennett, Purchases 5 Stores
DATE February 19, 1977
CLSI LIBS 100 Summary
Attached please find a summary of the results received to date
from the questionnaire which was sent to all users of CLSI LIBS
100 on January 13, 1977. Thirty -five of the 43 library query have
responded.
My office has a file of the actual replies if you need them for
your research.
FROM:David Earl Holt, Dir. of Libraries
SIGNED:
I� 33
I.
'
Replies from:
Clark County Library District
NAPA City /County Library
Johns Hopkins University
University of Houston
Eureka - Humboldt Library
Somerville Public Library
Baltimore County Public Library
Providence Public Library
North Suburban Library System
j
Marin County Free Library
Ferguson Library
Salt Lake County Library System
Baldwin Public Library
Solano County Library
Kansas City Public Library
Universite de Sherbrooke
Memorial University of Newfoundland
Gail Borden Public Library
Salt Lake City Library
Washington D.C. Public Library
j
Lewis and Clark Library
Rockford Public Library
Western Michigan University
'
Tuscon Public Library
Boise Public Library
Suburban Library System
Hunter College
Flint Public Library
Mid York Library System
Kalamazoo Public Library
5 libraries remained anonymous
II.
On., the basis 13
(86.7 %) libraries that have
_ of experience,
replied they ex-
nerienced cost saving$ with the
LIBS 1 (13.3%) said they have
definitely not experienced cost
savings; and 20 libraries did not respond as
they are not yet online, or had
other responses.
III..
On the basis of experience, the
libraries qualified the performance of CLSI
as follows in the:
excellent good problems
a. Delivery of Software
46.7% (14) 50.0% (15) 3.3% (1)
b. Performance of Equipment
35.5% (11) 64.5% (20) 0% (0)
c. Response to Service
72.4% (21) 27.6% (8) 0% (0)
d. Educational Effort for Staff
Involved with LIBS 100
41.4% (12) 48.3% (14) 10.3% (3)
a
I ,
I
,1
i 1
1
.1
/
!:1
DOTES
Responses to question 1: Has the LIBS 100 been a cost saving measure for your
library?
Lewis & Clark Library
(Helena, MT)
"
Marin County Free Library
(San Rafael, CA)
Ferguson Library
(Stamford, CT)
Suburban Library System
(IL)
Kansas City Public Library
(140)
e
Anonymous
1
i 1 i
l_J
I
1
1
Kalamazoo Public Library
(BA and Card Production Program)
(MI)
Universite de Sherbrooke
(Canada)
"Yes and No -- No actual staff savings
however, time for up blic
service and the interbranc� loans have
increased."
able to circula
e books without a Ong s a
"Yes, automati
statistics Tor system: irnraries claim
books are back on shelves much faster.
We didn't buy to save money."
"Yes, we are eliminating staff who typed
overdue notices and bills."
"No -- (because of conversion costs)
al-though we expect to eventually --
expect to save in the areas of overdue__
processing, reserve searching, interagency
borro in Conversion costs - data entry
for titles, items and patrons) and label-
ing items and patron cards as well as
staff time for planning and training -
should not be minimized."
"Yes - Staff time; additional information."
"Yes, n_o increase_ in personnel even though
circulation Teas Increased considerably
,..oI
F]
V
i I
I
l�
I
I ,
I
�w
Somerville Public Library
(MA)
Annalee Bundy, Director
Providence Public Library
(R.I.)
Frank L. Hannaway
Anonymous
(CA)
Boise Public Library
(ID)
"Yes. Qur system was__put in_i.n..189$_and._was
basically the old Neward system with eraser -
pencil- stamp. We had only twenty charges
per card, plus many filing tasks. We_san
now have open ended registration and very
little filing. We still use hand registra-
tion for legal reasons."
"Yes, reduction in staffing in D.P, and less
clerical routines in circulation eliminates
a great many problems with reserves "
"Yes, 6 persons in overdues alone not needed,
now have 1/2 person."
"Not so far, although Personnel formerly in
circulation have been reallocated, ctrcu-
lation staff has been reduced by 2 posi—
tions. Initial purchase -oi• eqpmenT_ s
a substantial cost."
Tucson Public Library "We did not plan saving money although Nj
(AZ) hoped to perhaps hold the circulation ser-
Ken J. Bierman, Assistant Director, vices cost at the same level for UP to three
Technical Services and Automation Years by a very gradual, small reduction Ln
staff."
Gail Borden Public Library
(Elgin, IL)
M.D. Anderson Memorial Library
University of Houston
(TX)
Ron Naylor
Q
I,i
'3 Clark County Library District
(Las Vegas, NV)
Nancy Hudson, CLSI Project
Coordinator
I
NAPA City /County Library
(CA)
' Milton S. Eisenhower Library
Johns Hopkins University
(Baltimore, MD)
' Jim Walton, Circulation Services
Librarian
1
Anonymous
(CA)
"Yes, our circulation,is growing but we
ara a able to give better_ service with the
sta jive two years ago. a are
all very satisfied w the CLSI System
-- do not know how we ever operated with-
out it. -- 1. Completely automates the
reserve book system, a service that had
gotten so expensive with manual methods
and so inefficient that we would have had
to discontinue the service. 2. Overdue
notices are produced on time, are accurate
and legible. 3. Resource sharing among
branches and agencies has been enormously
improved. 4. Much better control has
been established over delinquent patrons
before we had no control. 5. Training
and attitude adjustment have not been any
problem whatsoever."
"Yes, time saved in reserves, overdues."
"Not yet -- added temporary staff (6 -8)
for conversion during first year. We do
not expect substantial savings this year,
but I cannot estimate the amount. But
over and above financial savings, we feel
we are offerin better service to more
DeoD e. It is d§i icu t to affix a cash
value to that.
"Somewhat -- still inputting overdues, re-
serves. Loo early Tor ions range savings.
More effective and efficient. Hope to
eliminate need for additional helD for a
long time." X
Responses to question 6: Of what other automated systems are you aware that offer
the same range of service as CLSI?
Baldwin Public Library
(N.Y.)
Walter Haber
I
Gail Borden Public Library
(Elgin, IL)
U
"There are now several automated systems on
the market, but none seem to me to be as
good as CLSI."
"None. Several have circulation systems,
but none offer the flexibility and the range
of options that CLSI does."
i
�f
March 26, 1979
J. Ray Construction Company
188 S. 17th Street
Costa Mesa, CA 92627
Subject: Surety . Wo American Insurance Company
Bonds No. : 7100606
Project: : Newport Center Branch Library
Contract No. 1861
The City Council on March 12, 1979 accepted the work of
subject project and authorized the City Clark to file a
Notice of Completion and to release the bonds 35 days after
Notice of Completion bee been filed.
Notice of Completion was filed with the Orange County Recorder
on March 18, 1979 in Book 1o. 13071, Page 1498. Please notify
your surety company that bends may be released 35 days after
recording date.
DORIS GEORGE
City Clark
swk
cc: Public Works Department
�. RECORDING REQUESTED
BY AND MAIL TO
City Hall
3300 Newport Blvd.
Newport Beach, CA.
2SS04
EXEMPT
C9
92660 NOTICE.. OF COMPLETION
PUBLIC WORKS
aK 1 r3071 PG 1498
RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORDS
OF ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
9:05 A.M. MAP 16 1919
LEE A. BRANCH, County Recorder
To All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other Person Interested:
YOU WII..L PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on March 7, 1979
the Public Works project consisting of r,onatr„nt•inn of the Newport Center
Branch Library
on which ;_aa n„�tr�i8n —n^
was the contractor, and The American Insurance Company
was the surety, was completed.
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say:
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
'Public "Works Director
I am the Public Works Director of the City of Newport Beach; the foregoing
Notice of Completion is true of my own knowledge.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on March 13, 1979 at Newport Beach, California.
Public Works Director
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; the City Council of said
City on I
Mar -�� 1979 accepted the above described work as
completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on March 13, 1979 at Newport ach, California.
City Clerk
c
9
r1
LJ
OF NEWPORT BEACH
CALIFORNIA City Hall
3300 W. Newport Blvd
640 -2251
�
Lee A. Branch
County Recorder
P. 0. Box 238
Santa Ana, California 92702
Dear Mr. Carlyle:
Attached for recordation is Notice of Completion of Public
Works ro ect consisting of
P ] g i•ho Cnnc *riinFinn of the UcmrOLt
Center Rranrh TA brary Contract No. 1861
on which J. Ray Construction Co. was the Contractor
and The American Insurance Company was the surety.
Please record and return to us.
Encl.
Very trul. yours,
/Dorts
City Clerk
City of Newport Beach
SEE SHELF WITH PENDING CONTRACTS FOR ACTUAL CONTRACT.
i
I
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Date April 28, 1978
TO: Public Works Department
FROM: City Clerk
SUBJECT: Contract No. 1861
Project NMort cantor Branrh TJ1,raQ?
Attached is signed copy of subject contract for transmittal to the contractor
Contractor: J. Ray Construction Co pang
Address: 188 E. 17 St., Costa Mesa, CA 92627
Amount: $637,000
Effective Date: April 28, 1978
Resolution No. 9315
Doris GeofJe
Att.
cc: Finance Department Q
City Hall 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California 92663
1 .
0
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
856 SAN CLEMENTE DRIVE
NEWPORT BEAC1 CALIFORNIA
ARCHITECT
William Blurock & Partners
2300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
(714) 763 -0300
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Acoustical & Integrated Ceilings
Owen— Corning Fiberglass Corp.,
1740 West Katella Avenue, Suite F
Orange, Calif. 92667
(714 633 -3302
�`��f0
Z ,veil, �o
pRTB p
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
J..Ray Construction Company
188 East 17th Street
Costa Mesa, California 92627
(714) 642 -4210
Electrical
HYM Enterprises
3187 Airway Avenue Suite E
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626
(714) 751 -5000
Asphalt Paving Finish Hardware
Columbia Paving, Inc. Los Angeles,Hardware Co., Inc.
1214 East Edinger 2700 South La Cienega Blvd.,
Santa Ana, Calif. 92707 Los Angeles, Calif. 90034
(714) 835 -9161 (213) 870 -5481
Bomanite —Grass Crete Fire Sprinkler
Sullivan Concrete Textures Orvin Engineering Corp.
1515 West MacArthur Blvd., Suite 12, PO Box 1890 251 West Imperial Highway
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626 La Habra, Calif. 90631 PO Box 2460
(714) 556 -7633 (714) 871 -4040
Book Return
Kingsley Library Equipment Company
1879 Mount Vernon Avenue
Pomona, Calif. 91768
(714) 622 -5440
Ceramic Tile
Continental Marble &Tile
Box 667
Artesia, Calif. 90607
(213) 773 -1904
Chain Link Fence
Pacific Fence
20522 East Carrey Road,
Walnut, Calif. 91789
(714) 595 -1247
Floor Safe
George's Lock & Key
3088 Bristol Street
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626
(714) 546 -3711
Folding Metal Gates
Criterion Gate & Mfg., Co., Inc.
4614 East Washington Blvd.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90000
(213) 261 -6141
Glass & Glazing
Model Glass Co.
PO Box 188 16691 Noyes Avenue
Irvine, Calif. 92714
(714) 556 -3700
Drywall
Thermasound
6280 Artesia Blvd.
Buena Park, Calif. 90620
(714) 523 -7810
Earthwork
Fred Weisz & Accosiates Inc.
24001 Alicia Parkway, Suite 309
Mission Viejo, Calif. 92675
(714) 770 -2917
(Page 1 of 2 Pages)
Heat, Vent & Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning Systems
550 South Palm
La Habra, Calif. 90631
(714) 526 -3700
Hollow Metal Doors & Frame
Krieger Steel Co.
14200 South San Pedro
Los Angeles, Calif. 90061
(213) 321 -5961
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Insulation, Building
Thermasound
6280 Artesia Blvd.,
Buena Park, Calif. 90620
(714) 523 -7810
Landscape & Irrigation
Midori Landscape Inc.
3231 South Main Street
Santa Ana, Calif. 92707
(714) 751 -8792
Lath & Plaster
C. F. Bolster Company
8515 East Garvey Avenue
Rosemead, Calif. 91770
(213) 283 -8792
Masonry
M. Arganbright & Sons
2022 "E" South Grand Avenue.
Santa Ana, Calif. 92705
(714) 979 -3084
Mettal Letters & Bronze Blaque
LaHaye Bronze
1346 Railroad Street, P. 0. Box 251
Corona, Calif. 91720
(714) 734 -1371
Millwork & Cabinets, Finish Carpentry
Kaufman & Walter
1028 East 4th Street
Santa Ana, Calif. 92701
(714) 547 -8296
Painting
E. A. Jordan Painting Contractor
11101 Faye
Garden Grove, Calif. 92640
(T14) 638 -7394
Parking Lot Striping
Consley & Montigney
4251 North Baldwin Avenue
South I:1 Monte, Calif. 91731
(213) 283 -7394
Plumbing
Pacific Plumbing Co., of Santa Ana
615 East Washington Avenue
Santa Ana, Calif. 90.702
(714) 547 -6967
Projection Screen
Nelson -Adame Co.
1510 North Durfee
South E1 Monte, Calif. 91733
(213) 444 -0508
Reinforcing Steel
Rodbusters Inc.
2516 Cypress
Santa Ana, Calif. 92702
(714) 540 -0048
so
Resilient Flooring
Donald M. Hoover Co.
870 Monterey Pass Road
Monterey Park, Calif. 91754
(213) 261 -5161
Roll -Up Counter Doors
Builders Specialty Co., L. A.
2510 Seaman Avenue
South E1 Monte, Calif. 91733
(213) 442 -0357
Roofing
Sears Roofing Service Inc.
5850 Obispo Avenue
Long Beach, Calif. 90805
P. 0. Box 278
Lakewood, Calif. 90714
Rough Carpentry
J. Ray Construction
Sheet Metal
C. M. F. Inc,
1603 Superior Avenue
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92627
(714) 631 -3627
Structural Steel & Misc. Metal
Duncan Steel Corp.
15331 Coronado Street
Anaheim, Calif. 92805
(714) 630 -2990
Toilet Room Accessories
Superior Hardware Supply Inc.
7580 Melrose ,venue
Los Angeles, Calif. 90046
(211) 655 -3883
Toilet Room Partitions
C.H.C. Mfg. Co.
Division of Penner Partitions Inc.
1835 A Orangethorpe Park
P. 0. Box 4644
Anaheim, Calif. 92803
(714) 870 -7800
Truss -Joist
Trus -Joist Corp
23481 E. Golden Springs Drive
P. 0. Box 4098
Diamond Bar, Calif. 91765
(714) 598 -2711
(Page 2 of 2 Pages)
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
856 SAN CLE MEN TE DRIVE
NEWPORT BEACH CALIFORNIA
ARCHITECT
William Blurock & Partners
2300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
(714) 763 -0300
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Acoustical & Integrated Ceilings
Owen— Corning Fiberglass Corp.,
1740 Went Estella Avenue, Suite F
Or e, Calif. 92667
(714 ) 633 -3302
Asphalt Paving
Columbia Paving, Inc.
1214 East Edinger
Santa Ana, Calif. 92707
(714) 835 -9161
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
J..Ray Construction Company
188 East 17th Street
Costa Mesa, California 92627
(714) 642 -4210
Electrical
HYM Raterprises
3187 Airway Avenue Suite E
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626
(714) 751 -5000
Finish Hardware
Los Angeles,Hardware Co., Inc.
2700 South La Cienega Blvd.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90034
(213) 870 -5481
Bomanite —Grass Crete Fire Sprinkler
Sullivan Concrete Textures Orvin Engineering Corp.
1515 West MacArthur Blvd., Suite 12, PO Box 1890 251 West Imperial Highway
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626 La Habra, Calif. 90631 PO Box 2460
(714) 556 -7633 (714) 871 -4040
Book Return
Kingsley Library Equipment Company
1879 Mount Vernon Avenue
Pomona, Calif. 91768
(714) 622 -5440
Ceramic Tile
Continental Marble &Tile
Box 667
Artesia, Calif. 90607
(213) 773 -1904
Chain Link Fence
Pacific Fence
20522 East Carrey Road,
Walnut, Calif. 91789
(714) 595 -1247
Floor Safe
George's Lock & Key
3088 Bristol Street
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626
(714) 546 -3711
Folding Metal Gates
Criterion Gate & Mfg., Co., Inc.
4614 East Washington Blvd.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90000
(213) 261 -6141
Glass & Glazing
Model Glass Co.
PO Box 188 16691 Noyes Avenue
Irvine, Calif. 92714
(714) 556 -3700
Drywall
Thermasound
6260 Artesia Blvd.
Buena Park, Calif. 90620
(714) 523 -7810
Earthwork
Fred Weisz & Accosiates Inc.
24001 Alicia Parkway, Suite 309
Mission Viejo, Calif. 92675
(714) 770 -2917
(Page 1 of 2 Pages)
Heat, Vent & Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning Systems
550 South Palm
La Habra, Calif. 90631
(714) 526 -3700
Hollow Metal Doors & Frames
Krieger Steel Co.
14200 South San Pedro
Los Angeles, Calif. 90061
(213) 321 -5961
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Insulation, Building
Thermasound
6280 Artesia Blvd.,
Buena Park, Calif. 90620
(714) 523 -7810
Landscape & Irrigation
Midori Landscape Inc.
3231 South Main Street
Santa Ana, Calif. 92707
(714) 751 -8792
Lath & Plaster
C. F. Bolster Company
8515 East Garvey Avenue
Rosemead, Calif. 91770
(213) 283 -8792
Masonry
M. Arganbright & Sons
2022 "E" South Grand Avenue
Santa Ana, Calif. 92705
(714) 979 -3084
Mettal Letters & Bronze Blaque
LaHaye Bronze
1346 Railroad Street, P. 0. Box 251
Corona, Calif. 91720
(714) 734 -1371
Millwork & Cabinets, Finish Carpentry
Kaufman & Walter
1028 East 4th Street
Santa Ana, Calif. 92701
(714) 547 -8296
Painting
E. A. Jordan Painting Contractor
11101 Faye
Garden Grove, Calif. 92640
(714) 638 -7394
Parking Lot Striping
Conaley & Montigney
4251 North Baldwin Avenue
South E1 Monte, Calif. 91731
(213) 283 -7394
Plumbing
Pacific Plumbing Co., of Santa Ana
615 East Washington Avenue
Santa Ana, Calif. 92702
(714) 547 -6967
Projection Screen
Nelson -Adams Co.
1510 North Durfee
South E1 Monte, Calif. 91733
(213) 444 -0508
Reinforcing Steel
Hodbusters Inc.
2516 Cypress
Santa Ana, Calif. 92702
(714) 540 -0046
Resilient Flooring
Donald M. IIoover Co.
870 Monterey Pass Road
Monterey Park, Calif. 91754
(213) 261-5161
Roll -Up Counter Doors
Builders Specialty Co., L. A.
2510 Seaman Avenue
South El Monte, Calif. 91733
(213) 442 -0357
Roofing
Sears Roofing Service Inc.
5850 Obispo Avenue
Long Beach, Calif. 90805
P. 0. Box 278
Lakewood, Calif. 90714
Rough Carpentry
J. Ray Construction
Sheet Metal
C. M. F. Inc.
1603 Superior Avenue
Costa Mesa, Calif. 92627
(714) 631 -3627
Structural Steel & Misc. Metal
Duncan Steel Corp.
15331 Coronado Street
Anaheim, Calif. 92805
(714) 630 -2990
Toilet Room Accessories
Superior Hardware Supply Inc.
7580 Melrose .,venue
Los Angeles, Calif. 90046
(213) 655 -3883
Toilet Room Partitions
C.H.C. Mfg. Co.
Division of Penner Partitions Inc.
1835 A Orangethorpe Park
11. 0. Box 4644
Anaheim, Calif. 92803
(714) 870 -7800
Trues -Joist
True -Joist Corp
23481 E. Golden Springs Drive
P. 0. Box 4098
Diamond Bar, Calif. 91765
(714) 598 -2711
(Page 2 of 2 Pages)
El
11F=Conl5truction J . R A Y
Co.
City of Newport Beach
3300 West Newport Blvd.,
Newport Beach, Calif, 92663
o . •
License No. B -1 126426 (714) 642 -421C
188 East 17th Street, Costa Mesa, California 92627
April 13, 1978
RE: Newport Center Library, Contract No, 1861
ATTN: Mr. Kenneth L. Perry
Project Manager
Dear Mr. Perry:
I am aware of and will comply with Section 3700 of the Labor Code, requiring
every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or to
undertake self— insurance befor commencing any of the work on subject project.
JWR/eb
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COHl1iLNY
James W° Ray, Vice President
vro
z
c r,
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT WORK
CONTRACT NO. 1861
This is to certify that the Company named below has
issued to the Named Insured the-policy of comprehensive liability
insurance identified herein, hereinafter referred to as "Policy ",
and endorsed said Policy as follows to assure compliance by the
Named Insured with the insurance requirements of the Contract
executed by the Named Insured and the City of Newport Beach,
(hereinafter, "City ").
1. The combined single limit for Comprehensive Liability
(bodily injury or death, or property damage) is not less than
$500,000 each occurrence, $500,000 aggregate protective and
contractual, $1,000,000 aggregate products.
2. Neither the Policy nor this Endorsement shall be
cancelled or materially changed until thirty (30) days after
receipt by City of written notice of such cancellation or change
by registered mail, addressed as follows: City of Newport Beach
c/o City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California
92663.
3. The City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees
are hereby declared to be additional named insureds in the policy
described insofar as they may be held liable for injuries, death
or damage to property arising out of or in connection with the
contract executed by the named insured and the City. It is further
agreed that this policy shall be primary and non - contributing with
any other insurance available to the City.of Newport Beach, and
includes a severability of interest clause.
j 4. Contractual liability coverage applicable to the
contract referred to above, including the obligation to defend
City is included. SUBJECT TO THE TERNS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY
ISSUHD TO Ty M921MM9 relating to property damage arising out
of explosion, collapse, or underground damage (commonly referred
to as "xcu" hazards) are deleted, where applicable.
6. The Policy provides coverage for, but is not limited
to: Owned, lion -Owned and Hired Automobile; Products Liability -
Completed Operations; Premises- Operations; Contractors Protective
Liability; Marine or Aviation (when applicable); and Property
Damage.
This Endorsement is effective ApR_IL 24- 1978 when signed by an
Authorized Representative of F
Name o Insurance Company
and when issued to City shall be valid and form part of Policy
No.LC 26483 21 insuring 9 RAY CONS R ON CO INC
Name Insure
expiring 0ECE!IaE :, _ 19 79
IMPORTANT: This is
the City. The person executing this Certificate is cautioned
make certain that he has authority to execute this Certificate
on behalf of the Insurance Company
NAME OF AGENT OR BROKER Marco P. Anich Company
ADDRESS - AGENT /BROKER 96 -%-;291 L36 Suite 240
to
0
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT WORK
CONTRACT NO. 1861
This is to certify that the Company named below has
issued to the Named Insured the - policy of comprehensive liability
insurance identified herein, hereinafter referred to as "Policy ",
and endorsed said Policy as follows to assure compliance by the
Named Insured with the insurance requirements of the Contract
executed by the Named Insured and the City of Newport Beach,
(hereinafter, "City ").
1. The combined single limit for Comprehensive Liability
(bodily injury or death, or property damage) is not less than
$500,000 each occurrence, $500,000 aggregate protective and
contractual, $1,000,000 aggregate products.
2. Neither the Policy nor this Endorsement shall be
cancelled or materially changed until thirty (30) days after
receipt by City of written notice of such cancellation or change
by registered mail, addressed as follows: City of Newport Beach
c/o City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California
92663.
3. The City of Newport Beach,,its officers and employees
are hereby declared to be additional named insureds in the policy
described insofar as they may be held liable for injuries, death
or damage to property arising out of or in connection with the
contract executed by the named insured and the City. It is further
agreed that this policy shall be primary and non - contributing with
any other insurance available to the City of Newport Beach, and
includes a severability of interest clause.
4. Contractual liability coverage applicable to the
contract referred to above, including the obligation to defend
City is included. SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY
ISSUED TO THE NAMED INSURED.
5. Exclusions relating to property damage arising out
of explosion, collapse, or underground damage (commonly referred
to as "xcu" hazards) are deleted, where applicable.
6. The Policy provides coverage for, but is not limited
to: Owned, Non -Owned and Hired Automobile; Products Liability -
Completed Operations; Premises - Operations; Contractors Protective
Liability; Marine or Aviation (when applicable); and Property
Damage.
This Endorsement is effective APRIL 24, 1978 when signed by an
Authorized Representative of FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
Name of Insurance Company
and when issued to City shall be valid and form part of Policy
No. LC 26483 21 insuring J. RAY CONSTRUCTION CO.. INC.
expiring DECEMBER 219 1979
NAME OF AGENT OR BROKER Marco P. Anich Company
28 -04- 209 -336
ADDRESS - AGENT /BROKER 901 Dove St. Suite 2.40
IMPORTANT: This is 'tfie only evidence of insurance acceptable
the City. The person executing this Certificate is cautioned
make certain that he has authority to execute this Certificate
on behalf of,the Insurance Company
to
to
0
I
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT WORK
CONTRACT NO. 1861
This is to certify that the Company named below has
issued to the Named Insured the-policy of comprehensive liability
insurance identified herein, hereinafter referred to as "Policy ",
and endorsed said Policy as follows to assure compliance by the
Named Insured with the insurance requirements of the Contract
executed by the Named Insured and the City of Newport Beach,
(hereinafter, "City ").
1. The combined single limit for Comprehensive Liability
(bodily injury or death, or property damage) is not less than
$500,000 each occurrence, $500,000 aggregate protective and
contractual, $1,000,000 aggregate products.
2. Neither the Policy nor this Endorsement shall be
cancelled or materially changed until thirty (30) days after
receipt by City of written notice of such cancellation or change
by registered mail, addressed as follows: City of Newport Beach
c/o City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California
92663.
3. The City of Newport Beach,,its officers and employees
are hereby declared to be additional named insureds in the policy
described insofar as they may be held liable for injuries, death
or damage to property arising out of or in connection with the
contract executed by the named insured and the City. It is further
agreed that this policy shall be primary and non - contributing with
any other insurance available to the City.of Newport Beach, and
includes a severability of interest clause.
4. Contractual liability coverage applicable to the
contract referred to above, including the obligation to defend
City is included. SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY
ISSURD TO TIE N l 8%- relating to property damage arising out
of explosion, collapse, or underground damage (commonly referred
to as "xcu" hazards) are deleted, where applicable.
6. The Policy provides coverage for, but is not limited
to: Owned, Non -Owned and Hired Automobile; Products Liability- .
Completed Operations; Premises- Operations; Contractors Protective
Liability; Marine or Aviation (when applicable); and Property
Damage.
This Endorsement is effective APRIL 94. ,when signed by an
Authorized Representative of _
ame o nsurance ompany
and when issued to City shall be valid and form part of Policy
No.i C 264gg 21 insuring
Name Insured
expiring DECEMBER 21, 1974
NAME OF AGENT OR BROKER-Marco P. Anich Company
ADDRESS - AGENT /BROKER 98i-VCQ9-§@6 Suite 240
ve
IMPORTANT: This is he only evidence of insurance acceptable to
the City. The person executing this Certificate is cautioned to
make certain that he has authority to execute this Certificate
on behalf of the Insurance Company
0
i
This endorsement modifies such Rance as is affotded by,Yhe provisions of the policy relating to the following:
,MPAEHENSIVE GENERAL LIABLUTY IASVBANCE— MANUFACTURERS' AND CONTRACTORS' LIABILfI'Y INSURANCE
ADDITIONAL INSURED .(G116)
(Owtsem ca Cenlrgtelatl�' -
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured " provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured"'), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1):Operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the ad",lenal insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), (i), (j) and (m), apply to this insurance.
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury or property damage Occurring after
(1) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of any act or Omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured:
(c) to property damage to
(1) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) properly used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured.
4. Additional Definition. When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, pmts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL INK
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASISt THE
OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
SUCH OTHER INSURANCE." INSURED
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION CO. INC. ET AL
EFFECTIVE
4 -24 -78
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
..Naga of Panat or Drganfradon
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Lolafjoe of Cowed Opantla ;
(Aldo naf imanw)
NEWPORT /?8-W-20
mASSOCIATED
1NDEMR CORPORATION
AMEUCAN INSURANCE COMPANY
... .
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, DIRECTOR
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH
OF PUBLIC 90RKS, THEIR OFFICERS
LIBRARY '
AND EMPLOYERS
Premium Bases
Rates
Advance Premium
Bodily Injury Liability
Cost $ TBD
Z TRO per $100 of cost _
$ INri
_I
Property Damage Liability
Cost $ TRD
i TRD per $100 of mat
$ TN_- L
- Total Advance Premium
i
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured " provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured"'), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1):Operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the ad",lenal insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), (i), (j) and (m), apply to this insurance.
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury or property damage Occurring after
(1) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of any act or Omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured:
(c) to property damage to
(1) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) properly used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured.
4. Additional Definition. When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, pmts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL INK
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASISt THE
OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
SUCH OTHER INSURANCE." INSURED
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION CO. INC. ET AL
EFFECTIVE
4 -24 -78
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
4ARCO P. ANICH
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
NEWPORT /?8-W-20
mASSOCIATED
1NDEMR CORPORATION
AMEUCAN INSURANCE COMPANY
O� ij% UV O 1 ED AGENT
0.
AUTOMOBILE
PRESIDENT 70.X
103149 -1 -79
{
/ x
This endorsement modifies such fiance a6' is aftofded by,tha provisions of the relating to the following:
MPREHENSFVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE — MANUFACTURERS' AND CONTRACTORS' LIABILITY INSURANCE
ADDITIONAL INSURED (G116)
(Owners air Contrmefars)
eg
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured "), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1) operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the additional insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), W, 0) and (m), apply to this insurance
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily Injury or property damage occurring after
(l) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of any act or omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured;
(c) to property damage to
(1) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) property used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured ,
4. Additional Definition When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, parts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL INS
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASIS, THE
' COMPANYS ITARTIT321 UNDFR THIS POLICY S14AII NOT BE REDUCED R HE FYTSTFNCF OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
Schedule
EFFECTIVE
4 -24 -78
Name of Person or Organiution
PRODUCER
Location of Covered Operations
(Addfllonal Insured)
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
_ _
—n
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, DIRECTOR
NEWPORT
CENTER BRANCH
OF PUBLIC VORKS, THEIR OFFICERS
LIBRARY
AND EMPLOYERS
Premium Bases
Rates
Advance Premium
Bodily Injury Liability _
_
Cost $ Tnr)
$ TRn Per $100 of cost
$ INCL --
Property Damage Liability
Cost $ TAI)
$_ 1j) per $100 of cost
$ INCI ,
Total Advance Premium
$
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured "), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1) operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the additional insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), W, 0) and (m), apply to this insurance
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily Injury or property damage occurring after
(l) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of any act or omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured;
(c) to property damage to
(1) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) property used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured ,
4. Additional Definition When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, parts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL INS
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASIS, THE
' COMPANYS ITARTIT321 UNDFR THIS POLICY S14AII NOT BE REDUCED R HE FYTSTFNCF OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
SUCH OTHER INSURANCE." INSURED
J RAY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. ET AL
EFFECTIVE
4 -24 -78
FIREMAN'S FIND INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
4ARC0 P. ANICH
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
_ _
—n
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
COUNTE sIGNA u1h OF AUTNORI i` NT
PRESIDENT 70 -X
103143 -1 -73
i
;;9
This endorsement modifies such inlrance as is afforded by, the provisions of the Allay relating to the following:
MPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE — MANUFACTURERS' AND CONTRACTORS' LIABILITY INSURANCE
I
ADDITIONAL INSURED (G116)
(Owners a Contractors)
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured "), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1) operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the additional insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), (i), (j) and (m), apply to this insurance.
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury or property damage occurring after
(1) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or -
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage prising out of any act or omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured:
(c) to property damage to
(l) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) property used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured.
4. Additional Definition. When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, parts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL IN>
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASIS, THE
AMOUNT OF THE COMPANY'S LIABILITY UNDER THIS POLICY SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY THE EXISTENCE OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
I SUCH OTHER INSURANCE."
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION
Schedafl) -T'
—
Name of Person or Organization
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
Location of Covered
s
Operation --.
(lldi ifional insured)
NATIONAL CORPORATION
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH,
DIRECTOR
BEACH, CA. /1v 4 =25 -78 /28 -04- 209 -336
NEWPORT CENTER
BRANCH
OF PUBLIC WORKS, THEIR
OFFICERS
LIBRARY
AND EMPLOYERS
PRESIDENT 70 -X
Premium Bases
Rates
Advance Premium
Bodily Injury Liability
Cost E
TBD
s TBD per $100 of crest
$ INCL
Property Damage Liability
Cost $
TBD
E TBD per $300 of cost
$ INCL -
Total Advance Premium
$
It is agreed that:
1. The "Persons Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured the person or organization named above (hereinafter called
"additional insured "), but only with respect to liability arising out of (1) operations performed for the additional insured by the named
insured at the location designated above or (2) acts or omissions of the additional insured in connection with his general supervision of
such operations.
2. None of the exclusions of the policy, except exclusions (a), (c), (f), (g), (i), (j) and (m), apply to this insurance.
3. Additional Exclusions This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury or property damage occurring after
(1) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured at the
site of the covered operations has been completed or -
(2) that portion of the named insured's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person
or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same
project;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage prising out of any act or omission of the additional insured or any of his employees, other than
general supervision of work performed for the additional insured by the named insured:
(c) to property damage to
(l) property owned or occupied by or rented to the additional insured,
(2) property used by the additional insured,
(3) property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or as to which the additional insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, or
(4) work performed for the additional insured by the named insured.
4. Additional Definition. When used in reference to this insurance, "work" includes materials, parts and equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith.
"THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS PRIMARY INSURANCE. IF THE ADDITIONAL IN>
SURED HAS OTHER INSURANCE WHICH IS APPLICABLE TO THE LOSS ON AN EXCESS OR CONTINGENT BASIS, THE
AMOUNT OF THE COMPANY'S LIABILITY UNDER THIS POLICY SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY THE EXISTENCE OF
POLICY NUMBER
SNA
LC 264 83 21
I SUCH OTHER INSURANCE."
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION
INSURED
CO., INC.,
ET AL
EFFECTIVE
4 -24 -78
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
MARCO P.
ANICH PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN
NATIONAL CORPORATION
NEWPORT
BEACH, CA. /1v 4 =25 -78 /28 -04- 209 -336
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
PRESIDENT 70 -X
105143 -1 -73
OD U�
ITEM 4. BUSINESS OF THE NAMED INB ED IS
A INSURING COMPANY ABOVE)
,
F
GAOBM MISSIONUT `DAM.
ITEM I- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS
(NUMBER, STREET. TOWN, COUNTY, STATE. ZIP CODE)
ACCOUNT NUMBER
POLICY LC 264 83 21
NUMBER
SNA GENERAL LIABILITY AUTOMOB P
GLASS
of !he. (_�C; - i
Pic"'t of
01 FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
DECLARATIONS 18 THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
US POLICY NUMBER POLICY PREFIX AND NUMBER URO
07 NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
15 AMERICAN AUTOMOBffZ:,a URANCE COMPANY
(SEE
10
ITEM 4. BUSINESS OF THE NAMED INB ED IS
A INSURING COMPANY ABOVE)
GENE
2 cortif.-P14
ITEM I- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS
(NUMBER, STREET. TOWN, COUNTY, STATE. ZIP CODE)
ITEM 5. LOCATIONS C -CftPFIE
POLICY LC 264 83 21
NUMBER
OR ltt*'Ete
th's none that P" - i
.,L.rl Io
of !he. (_�C; - i
Pic"'t of
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION CO. INC.
POILCY as of the cat2
R & W DEVELOPMENT CO., J. RAY, HAZEL RAY
(ENTER "SAME" IF S dE LOCATION AEWDRESS SHOWN IN
ITEM 1)
JAMES W. RAY, MIKE RAY, INDIVIDUALLY
_ITEM 6. INTEREST N#,MEP INBOARD IN SUCH
PREMISES
188 E. 17TH ST.
❑ OWNER
1
COSTA MESA, CA. 92627
DGENERAL LESSEE Fireman's
_P
ITEM 2. POLICY PERIOD
ITEM 7. PART 0 1,96
FROM 12-21-76 TO 12-21-79
12:01 A. M.. STANDARD TIME AT THE ADDRESS OF THE NAMED INSURED AS STATED HEREIN.
ITEM 3. THE NAMED INSURED IS
ITEM R. AUDIT PERIOD: ANNUAL. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
❑ ❑ 11 ❑
INDIVIDUAL: PARTNERSHIP: CORPORATION; JOINT VENTURE;
❑ OTHER
ITEM 9. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED IS ONLY WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS AND COVERAGES AS ARE IN-
DICATED By SPECIFIC PREMIUM CHARGE OR CHARGES. THE LIMIT OF THE COMPANY'S LIABILITY AGAINST EACH SUCH
COVERAGE SHALL BE AS STATED HEREIN. SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS OF THIS POLICY HAVING-REFERENCE THERETO.
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
ESTIMATED
PART
COVERAGES
PREMIUM
EACH PERSON
EACH
OCCURRENCE
AGGREGATE
COMPREHENSIVE A. BODILY INJURY LIABIUTY
xxxxxxx
S .000
•000
$
INCL
GENERALIL LITV B. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
xxxxxxx
000
000
$
INCL
COMPREHENSIVE C. BODILY INJURY LIABILITY
000
000
xxxxxxx
$
INCL
II
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY D. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
xxxxxxx
'000
xxxxxxx
$
INCL
INCL
AUTOMOBILE COMPREHENSIVE
$
AS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE OF COVERAGE PART
INCL
PHYSICAL DAMAGE COLLISION
w A�, PLR $5U0,0U0 UNL ADDITIONAL COVERAGE PART(S)
FORM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
100803
AUTOMOBILE MEDICAL PAYMENTS
INCL
100802
PROTECTION AGAINST UNINSURED MOTORISTS
INCL
105033
PREMISES MEDICAL PAYMENTS
INCL
100807
AUTOMOBILE PHYSICAL DAMAGE
INCL
ENDORSEMENTS (IDENTIFY BY FORM NUMBER)
105161
INCL
100903, 180017, 105160, 101054, 100956,
TOTAL ESTIMATED PREMIUM
S
ADVANCE PREMIUM 10.
S
INCL
DATE OF ISSUE
2-25-77/dr
COPIPRERENSIVE LIABnM POLICY5901-1-73
PRODUCER'S COPY
AUTOMOBILE— GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
TIOW,YEAR ENDORSE[ENT
J
It is agreed that su'Ha;jpEurance as is afforded by the policy applies subject to the tollowing provisions: .
1. The policy period slated in the declarations is comprised of three cQg, utive annual periods.
2. Computation and adjustment of earned premium shall be the end of each annual period
4.
3. II the premium for the three year period is not paid in advance, the premiums for each annuai period of this policy shall be com-
puted in accordance with the Company's rules, rates, rating plans, premiums and minimum premiums in effect on the inception date of
each annual period.
1
POLICY NUMBER
INSURED
EFFECTIVE
PDiEMAN•SP�p INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AM MICAlr'7NSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
..
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRESIDENT ]OX
180017 -4-74
T1 is agreed
Liability WR
This endorsement modifies such6rance as is afforded by the provisions of the joy relating to the following:
COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
BASIC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE — GARAGE INSURANCE
SINGLE LIMIT OF LIABEUTY CP -03 -24
rovisions of the policy captioned "LIMITS OF LIA ' relating to Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage
to read as follows:
I
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Regardless of the number of (1) insureds under this policy, (2) persons or organizations who sustain bodily injury or property damage,
(3) claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury or property damage or (4) automobiles to which this policy applies, the
Companys liability is limited as follcws:
Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability:
The limit of liability stated in the schedule of this endorsers eA!'Ns applicable to "each occurrence" is the total limit of the compmr '
bility for all damages because of bodily injury, including damages for care and loss of services, or property damage as a r
—one occurrence, provided that with respect to any one occurrence for which._notice of this policy is given in lieu of security or Abfa
policy is certified as proof of financial responsibility under the provist0 She Motor Vehicle Financial Responsibility Law of any state
or province such limit of liability shall be applied to provide the se tmrts required by such law for bodily injury liability and for
Pl .
property damage liability to the extent of the coverage required by such law, but the separate application of such limit shall not
increase the total limit of the Company's liability.
SCHEDULE
Coverages Limits of Liability
I Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability $ FJOO ,000 each occurrence
POLICY NUMBER SURED EFFECTIVE
�
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION COUNTERSIGNATURt,OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRESIDENT TO -x
100956 -73-74
This endorsement modifies suc urance as is afforded by,the provisions of thell&T relating to the following:
COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY IN ANCE" .' OMINERS' LANDLORD TENANTS' LIABILITY INSURANCE
COMPLETED OPERATIONS AND PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS' AND CONTRACTORS' LIABILITY INSURANCE
LIABILITY INSURANCE OWNERS' AND CONTRACTORS' PROTECTIVE LIABILITY
. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY INSURANCE INSURANCE .
SINGLE L24IT E{tj>aORSEMMT
Such insurance as is afforded by the policy applies subject to the following provisions:
1. The limit of the Company's liability for damages, including damages for care and loss of services, under all bodily injury liability
and property damage liability coverages, shall be a single limit of liability as stated herein:
EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE
s 500,000 s 500,000
2. All provisions in the policy captioned "Limits of Liability" containing reference to the Company's liability on account of bodily
injury liability or property damage liability are deleted.
3. The following provision is added to the policy:
Limits of Liability
Regardless of the number of (1) insureds under this policy, (2) persons or organizations who sustain bodily, injury or property damage,
(3) claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury or propertfdamage or (4) units of mobile equipment to which this policy
applies, the Company's liability is limited as follows:
The total liability of the Company for all damages under all bodily injury liability and property damage liability coverages of this
policy because of bodily injury or property damage sustained by one or more persons or organizations as a result of any one occurrence
shall not exceed the limit of liability shown above for "each occurrence."
Subject to Ithe above provision respecting "each occurrence,° the total liability of the Company for all damages arising out of the
products hazard and completed operations hazard shall not exceed the limits of liability stated above as "aggregate."
Subject to the above provision respecting "each occurrence:' the total liability of the Company for all damages because of all property
damage to which the policy applies
(i) arising out of premises or operations rated on a remuneration basis or contractors equipment rated on a receipts basis, includ-
ing liability assumed under any incidental contract relating to such premises or operations; or
(ii) arising out of and occurring in the course of operations, other than maintenance I or repairs at premises owned by or rented
to the named insured or structural alterations at such premises which do not involve changing the size of or moving buildings or
other structures, performed for the named insured by independent contractors and general supervision thereof by the named
.. insured including liability assumed under any incidental contract relating to such operations; or
(iii) included within the contractual liability properly damage coverage
shall not exceed the limit of liability stated above as "aggregate." Said aggregate limit of liability shall apply separately to (i), (if) and
(fit) and under each separately to each project away from premises owned by or rented to the named insured.
4. For the purpose of determining the limit of the Company's liability, all bodily injury and property damage arising out of con-
. tinuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general conditions shall be Considered as arising out of one occurrence.
S. With respect to any occurrence for which notice of this policy is given in lieu of security or when this policy is certified as proof of
financial responsibility for the future under the provisions of the motor vehicle financial responsibility law of any slate, province or
other territorial jurisdiction, the above stated limits of liability as respects each occurrence shall be applied" to provide the separate
limits of liability required by such law for bodily injury liability and property damage liability to the extent of the coverage required
by such low, but the separate application of such limits shall not increase the total limit of the Company's liability.
i
POLICY NUMBER I INSURED
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
P4 ENT 70.X
EFFECTIVE
1
I
"CONDITION 6, THER INSURANCE IS AMENDED AS
FOLLOWS:
IF THE INSURED HAS OTHER VALID AND COLLECTIBLE
INSURANCE AGAINST THE LOSS COVERED BY THIS
POLICY, THE INSURANCE EXTENDED BY THIS POLICY
SHALL BE EXCESS INSURANCE ONLY AND NOT PRIMARY
OR CONTRIBUTING."
POLICY NUMBER
INSURED
I EFFECTIVE
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
_ ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRESIDENT
180001 -1.85 SETS
COVERAGE PART - AUTOMOBILE MEDICAL PAYMENTS I
SCHEDULE
CP -00 -15
I. COVERAGE F— AUTOMOBILE MEDICAL PAYMENTS
The Company will pay all reasonable medical expense incurred within one year from the dale of the accident:
. - Division 1. to or for each person who sustains bodily injury, caused by accident, while occupying a designated automobile which is
being used by a person for whom bodily injury liability insurance is afforded under this policy with respect to such use;
Division 2 to or for each insured who sustains bodily injury, caused by accident, while occupying or, while a pedestrian, through
being struck by a highway vehicle.
Exclusions
This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury to any person or insured while employed or otherwise engaged in duties in connection with an automobile busi-
ness, if benefits therefor are in whole or in part either payable or required to be provided under any workmen's compensation law;
(b) to bodily injury due to war, whether or not declared, civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution, or to any act or condition incident
to any of the foregoing;
(c) under Division 1, to bodily injury to any employee of the `named insured arising out of and in the course of employment by the
named insured, but this exclusion does not apply to any such bodily injury arising out of and in the course of domestic employment by
the named insured unless benefits therefor are in whole or in part either payable or, required to be provided under any workmen's
compensation law; '
(d) under Division 2, to bodily injury sustained while occupying a highway vehicle owned by any insured, or furnished for the regular
use of any insured by any person or organization, other than the named insured.
11. PERSONS INSURED — DIVISION 2 Each of the following is an, insured under this insurance to the extent set forth below: -
(a) any person designated as insured in the schedule; -
(b) while residents of the same household as such designated person, his spouse and the relatives of either;
and if such designated person shall die, any person who was an insured at the time of such death shall continue to be an insured.
III. LIMIT OF LIABILITY -
Regardless of the number of (1) persons or organizations who are insureds under this policy, (2) persons who sustain bodily injury, (3)
claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury or (4) designated automobiles to .which.this policy applies, the limit of liability
for medical payments stated in the schedule as applicable to "each person" is the limit of the Company's ..liability for all expenses
incurred by or on behalf of each person who sustains bodily injury as the result of any one accident.
When more than one medical payments coverage afforded by this policy applies to the loss, the Company shall not be liable for more
than the amount of the highest applicable limit of liability.
IV. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS
The additional definitions applicable.to automobile bodily injury liability insurance also apply to this insurance; and when used in
reference to this insurance (including endorsements forming a part of the policy):
"designated automobile" means an automobile designated in the schedule and includes:
(a) an automobile not owned by the named insured while temporarily used as a substitute for an owned automobile designated in the
schedule when withdrawn from normal use for servicing or repair or because of its breakdown, loss or destruction; and
(b) a trailer designed for use with a private passenger automobile, if not being used for business purposes with another type automobile
and if not a home, office, store, display or passenger trailer;
(Continued on Reverse Side)
POLICY NUMBER
., INSURED
COVERAGE
FRIEMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMIT OF U AS I LITY
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
- ADVANCE PREMIUM
INCL
F-- AU}'OMOBILE MEDICAL PAYMENTS
I '..,
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
f
,000 EACH PERSON
f
DESIGNATED PERSON INSURED_„:+
TOTAL ADVANCE PREMIUM
f ll�l'L
DESIGNATION OF AUTOMOBILES-
DIVISION I
( 1)
ANY OWNED AUTOMOBILE
(2)
❑
ANY HIRED AUTOMOBILE
❑
(3)
ANY LICENSED OWNED PRIVATE PASSENGER AUTOMOBILE
(4)
❑
ANY AUTOMOBILE DESCRIBED IN THE SCHEDULE AND DESIGNATED
"M.P."
(5)
❑
ANY NON -OWNED AUTOMOBILE
(6)
❑
-.
I. COVERAGE F— AUTOMOBILE MEDICAL PAYMENTS
The Company will pay all reasonable medical expense incurred within one year from the dale of the accident:
. - Division 1. to or for each person who sustains bodily injury, caused by accident, while occupying a designated automobile which is
being used by a person for whom bodily injury liability insurance is afforded under this policy with respect to such use;
Division 2 to or for each insured who sustains bodily injury, caused by accident, while occupying or, while a pedestrian, through
being struck by a highway vehicle.
Exclusions
This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury to any person or insured while employed or otherwise engaged in duties in connection with an automobile busi-
ness, if benefits therefor are in whole or in part either payable or required to be provided under any workmen's compensation law;
(b) to bodily injury due to war, whether or not declared, civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution, or to any act or condition incident
to any of the foregoing;
(c) under Division 1, to bodily injury to any employee of the `named insured arising out of and in the course of employment by the
named insured, but this exclusion does not apply to any such bodily injury arising out of and in the course of domestic employment by
the named insured unless benefits therefor are in whole or in part either payable or, required to be provided under any workmen's
compensation law; '
(d) under Division 2, to bodily injury sustained while occupying a highway vehicle owned by any insured, or furnished for the regular
use of any insured by any person or organization, other than the named insured.
11. PERSONS INSURED — DIVISION 2 Each of the following is an, insured under this insurance to the extent set forth below: -
(a) any person designated as insured in the schedule; -
(b) while residents of the same household as such designated person, his spouse and the relatives of either;
and if such designated person shall die, any person who was an insured at the time of such death shall continue to be an insured.
III. LIMIT OF LIABILITY -
Regardless of the number of (1) persons or organizations who are insureds under this policy, (2) persons who sustain bodily injury, (3)
claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury or (4) designated automobiles to .which.this policy applies, the limit of liability
for medical payments stated in the schedule as applicable to "each person" is the limit of the Company's ..liability for all expenses
incurred by or on behalf of each person who sustains bodily injury as the result of any one accident.
When more than one medical payments coverage afforded by this policy applies to the loss, the Company shall not be liable for more
than the amount of the highest applicable limit of liability.
IV. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS
The additional definitions applicable.to automobile bodily injury liability insurance also apply to this insurance; and when used in
reference to this insurance (including endorsements forming a part of the policy):
"designated automobile" means an automobile designated in the schedule and includes:
(a) an automobile not owned by the named insured while temporarily used as a substitute for an owned automobile designated in the
schedule when withdrawn from normal use for servicing or repair or because of its breakdown, loss or destruction; and
(b) a trailer designed for use with a private passenger automobile, if not being used for business purposes with another type automobile
and if not a home, office, store, display or passenger trailer;
(Continued on Reverse Side)
POLICY NUMBER
., INSURED
EFFECTIVE
FRIEMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
-
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRESIDENT TO -X
100803 -8 -74
O6nlanop-sluamdDd lnnTOW G1!gomolny all of dlddD lou 520p uog!puop uognbolgng Gill
mxllpeoO no11D8a S io El?I'gnollddy-UDH 'O
dngod laylo d.m lapun pamsu[ all 01 algnl!anD aommsu! 990tedxe jDalpem, el;gom
olm 10 slueutdnd lnn!pam aj!gomolr•,a ojgpoajjoo pup pgDn I11110 dun Sano 90m131su! ssaoxa aq lrygs Z vo!s!e!Q lapun aouamsu! aql
'aouDmsut asaedze. joaq em ej!gomolnD 10 sluaetdad !nalpem al!gomomio algt
- loajloo pm p!lDn 10410 dun JOAO aommsui ssaoxe aq jpDgs I uo!s!nIQ lepun O.I=Msu! aqj 'epgomopm peumo'm of loadsal lujk jdaox3
eoimmsul sseol[•d 'g
•duDdmoo agl ;o 'lapunelay ldeoxe '10 uosled dun jo dl!P.gD!j
Io vo!ss!urpD m alnl!ysuoo jou llnys lapunalay luamdad dm(u! vans 10l lapunalaq ajgndnd lunonm all aonpal legs lueut Wd Bons pun
sen!nlas ell bvuapual uo!IDZ!un610 10 uoslad dm In uoslad pomjm aql dDd dnm dundmoo aql •amnbal dlgDUOSna1 dnm duDdmoO a41 sn
uayo sD pun uagm duDdmoO ay! dq pajoeles sm!o!sdgd dq uo!!nupunxe poisdgd of 1!mgns jln4s uoslad pam!u! eql 'splooal jo sa!doo
pm sliodei pooipam ucnlgo of dmdmoo aql algoue of uopnzllogjnD alnoaxe 'LUDdmoo all mo,4 jsmbal gona lalp 'llnys pm 'pai!nbai
IT qpo lapun 'm!nlo In Ioo1d uall ;.tn duadmoO aql of eA!6 IpDgs lingeq sit[ uo auoamos m uosled pam(ul eql algno!lonld sn uoos sy
. ugzlo to luemdnd pun ;—ad Wodea IDO"N 'y
SHOLUQHOO IVHOLUQQY 'IA
%wipiel dnnod In uo!lmyep ell
;o (Z) 10 (l) gdDl6Dmd ul paq!lnsap dlol!lral aqj ulgl!m po!1ad do!lod all 6u!mp mono go!gx sluep!o3n of 3luo sa!lddD aommsu! mij,
AROMTHM 1QOnM ADr[Od 'A
'moll buggb!ID 10 olu! buualue 10 uodn in u< smam , bmddnaao.
'sao!A1as pnlaun; pm 6cnsmu lnuo!ssa;omi 'jnl!dsoq 'anmtngmn dms
-saoau pm 'seo!nep o! }eglsoxd bu!pnlou! 'sao!nsas pluep pm dDt -x 'jDarbms 'lno!pam dmssaoau 10; sasuedxe smam ,esuedxe ryospem,•
'SOMMeld 10 anuap!sa1 D_ aD Olin 101 p9410001 011.4m aln!gan D (n)
10 'spDe11 -Sajm = 10 sjml uo palmado ela!gaw o (q)
'spDO1 o!Ignd uodn you el!ym 'apnot o!lgnd go djpod!ov!ad am 1oI pau6!sap luamd(nba laglo 10 m1nD11 addl mmI n (n)
mill laglo 1a1!D.q 10 ajo!gen lolom pmt D smam , eplges domgblq.
(eplS esseAgO moil penuquoO)
This endorsement modifies suc o UAANCE once an is afforded by the prgvisione of the relating to the following:
AUTOM PHYSICAL DAMAGE INS (Fleet AA tic)
AUTOMOBILE PHYSICAL DAMAGE INSURANCE (Non- Fleet)
AUTOMOBILE PHYSICAL DAMAGE INSURANCE (Dealers)
SOUND RECEIVING AND TRANSWTTING EQUIPMENT EXCLUDED (CP qo 37)
It is agreed that the following exclusion is added:
"This insurance does not apply to lose to any sound receiving or sound receiving and transmitting equipment designed for use as a citizen's
band radio, two way mobile radio or telephone, or scanning monitor receiver, including any accessories or antennas, unless permanently in-
stalled in the opening of the dash or console of the covered automobile normally used by the motor vehicle manufacturer for the installation of
a radio. This exclusion does not apply to loss to any of this equipment if installed in a covered automobile which is:
1. owned by a police or fire department or
2, equipped as an emergency vehicle and owned by a municipality, county, state or the federal government or by any political subdivision or
agency of any of these or
3. equipped as an emergency vehicle and owned by a volunteer fire department, volunteer rescue squad or volunteer ambulance corps opera-
tions."
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION -
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY 71_x PRESIDEW
n1nKA_11_99 -Z
GENERAL LIABILITY MOLT11COVER° T
Such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Comprehensive General Liability Insurance or Storekeeper's Liability Insurance is amended to
include the following additions and extensions of coverage:
1. PERSONAL INJURY AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILIT.y
PAGE
(A) The Company will pay on behalf of the insured all sums whfMsured shall become legally obligated to pay as damages because of
personal injury or advertising injury to which this insurance applies, s Rained by any person or organization and arising out of the conduct of
the named insured's business, within the policy territory, and the Company shall have the right and duty to defend any suit against the insured
seeking damages on account of such injury, even if any of the allegations of the suit are groundless, false or fraudulent, and may make such in-
vestigation and settlement of any claim or suit as it deems expedient, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any claim orjudgment or to
defend any suit after the applicable limit of the Company's liability has been exRM"ed by payment of judgments or settlements.
(B) This insurance does not apply:
(1) solely as respects advertising injury, to liability assumed by the insured under any contract or agreement;
(2) to personal injury or advertising injury arising out of the wilful violation of a penal statute or ordinance committed by or with the knowledge
or consent of the insured;
(3) to personal injury or advertising injury arising out of a publication or utterance of a libel or slander, or a publication or utterance in violation
of an individual's right of privacy, if the first injurious publication or utterance of the same or similar material by or on behalf of the named in-
sured was made prior to the effective date of insurance;
(4) to personal injury or advertising injury arising out of libel or.- slander or the publication or utterance of defamatory or disparaging material
concerning any person or organization or goods, products or serrs,or in violation of an individual's right of privacy, made by or at the direc-
tion of the Insured with knowledge of the falsity thereof; ,`�.,
(5) to personal injury or advertising injury arising out of the conduct of any partnership or joint venture of which the Insured is a partner or
member and which is not designated in the declarations of the policy as a named insured;
(6) to advertising injury arising out of (a) failure of performance of contract, but this exclusion does not apply to the unauthorized appropriation
of ideas based upon alleged breach of implied contract, or (b) infringement of trademark, service mark or trade name, other than titles or
slogans, by use thereof on or in connection with goods, products or services sold, offered for sale or advertised, or (c) incorrect description or
mistake in advertised price of goods, products or services sold, offered for sale or advertised:
17) with respect to advertising injury (a) to any insured in the business pfAdvertising, broadcasting, publishing or telecasting, or (b) to any in-
jury arising out of any act committed by the insured with actual malice€
(C) Limits of Liability
Regardless of the number of (1) insureds hereunder, (2) persons or organizations who sustain injury or damage, or (3) claims made or suits
brought on account of personal injury or advertising injury, the total limit of the Company's liability under this coverage for all damages shall
not exceed the limit of liability stated'in this endorsement as "aggregate ".
(D) Additional Definitions
"Advertising Injury" means injury arising out of an offense committed during the policy period occurring in the course of the named insured's
advertising activities, if such injury arises out of libel, slander, defamation, violation of right of privacy, piracy, unfair competition, or infringe-
ment of copyright, title or slogan.
"Personal Injury" means injury arising out of one or more of the following offenses committed during the policy period:
1. false arrest, detention, imprisonment, or malicious prosecution;
2. wrongful entry or eviction or other invasion of the right of private occupancy:
3. a publication or utterance (a) of a libel or slander or other defamatory or disparaging material, or (b) in violation of an individual's right of pri-
vacy; except publications or utterances in the course of or related to advertising, broadcasting, publishing or telecasting activities conducted
by or on behalf of the named insured shall not be deemed personal injury. .
(Continued on Reverse Side)
SCHEDULE
INSURED
PERSONAL INJURY AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY.
SNA
AGGREGATE LIMIT SHALL BE THE PER OCCURRENCE BODILY INJURY LIABILITY LIMIT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED HEREIN.
LIMIT OF LIABILITY $ AGGREGATE.
LC 264 83 21
LIMIT OF LIABILITY — PREMISES MEDICAL PAYMENTS COVERAGE: $1,000 EACH PERSON UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED HEREIN.
$ EACH PERSON.
MARCO P ANICH PRODUCER 28 -04 -209 -336
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
NEWPORT BEACH CA. jn 1 -19 -78
PREMIUMS
CLASSIFICATION
PREMIUM BASIS
BODILY
PROPERTY
CODE
INJURY
DAMAGE
48 -98901
26 THE GENERAL BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE PRE.
s INCL
sINCL
OTHERWISE DETERMINED.
OF THE GARAGE INSURANCE — HAZARD 1 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
It
s
% DAMAGE PREMIUM AS OTHERWISE DETERMINED,
OF THE GARAGE INSURANCE— HAZARD 2 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
s
s
Y. DAMAGE PREMIUM AS OTHERWISE DETERMINED.
MINIMUM PREMIUM $35.00
TOTAL PREMIUM
s INCL
[NUI. 70
POLICY NUMBER
INSURED
EFFECTIVE
SNA
LC 264 83 21
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION CO. INC., ET AL
12 -21 -77
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
MARCO P ANICH PRODUCER 28 -04 -209 -336
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
NEWPORT BEACH CA. jn 1 -19 -78
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
PRESIDENT 70 -x
'105201 -1 -77
PAGE..a
COVERAGE PART -UNINSURED MOTORISTS INSURANCE CP -00 -25
COVERAGE LIMITS OF LIABILITY ADVANCE PREMIUM
r 15 OOG EACH PERSON
U. UNINSURED MOTORISTS S ,GOO EACH ACCIDENT t INCL. 30
DESIGNATED INSURED' "-
DESCRIPTION OF INSURED HIGHWAY VEHICLES ICHECE APPROPRIATE BOX)
® ANY AUTOMOBILE OWNED BY THE NAMED INSURED
ElANY PRIVATE PASSENGER AUTOMOBILE OWNED BY THE NAMED INSURED
QANY HIGHWAY VEHICLE TO WHICH ARE ATTACHED DEALER'S LICENSE PLATES ISSUED.TO THE NAMED INSURED
OANY HIGHWAY VEHICLE DESIGNATED IN THE DECLARATIONS OF THE POLICY BY THE LETTERS "UM" AND A HIGHWAY VEHICLE OWNERSHIP OF WHICH IS
ACQUIRED DURING THE POLICY PERIOD BY THE NAMED INSURED AS A REPLACEMENT THEREFOR
0 ANY MOBILE EQUIPMENT OWNED OR LEASED BY AND REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE NAMED INSURED
In ANY NON OWNED AUTOMOBILES
UNINSURED MOTORISTS INSURANCE
L COVERAGE U— UNINSURED MOTORISTS
(Damages for Bodily Injury)
The Company will pay all sums which the insured or his legal representative shall be legally entitled to recover as damages from the
owner or operator of an uninsured highway vehicle because of bodily injury sustained by the insured, caused by accident and arising
out of the ownership, maintenance or use of such uninsured highway vehicle: provided, for the purposes of this coverage, determination
as to whether the insured or such representative is legally entitled to recover such damages, and it so the amount thereof, shall be
made by agreement between the insured or such representative and the Company or, if they fail to agree, by arbitration.
No judgment against any person or organization alleged to be legally responsible for the bodily injury shall be conclusive, as between the
insured and the Company, of the issues of liability of such person or organization or of the amount of damages to which the insured is
legally entitled unless such judgment is entered pursuant to an action prosecuted by the insured with the written consent Of the Company.
Exclusions
This insurance does not apply:
(a) to bodily injury to an insured with respect to which such insured, his legal representative or any person entitled to payment under
this insurance shall, without written consent of the Company, make any settlement with any person or organization who may be legally
liable therefor;
(b) to bodily injury to an insured while occupying a highway vehicle (other than an insured highway vehicle) owned by the named
insured, any designated insured or any relative resident in the same household as the named or designated insured, or through being
struck by such a vehicle, but this exclusion does not apply to the named insured or his relatives while occupying or it struck by a
highway vehicle owned by a designated insured or his relatives;
(c) so as to inure directly or indirectly to the benefit of any workmen's compensation or disability benefits carrier or any person Or
organization qualifying as a self - insurer under any workmen's compensation or disability benefits law or any similar law.
IL PERSONS INSURED
Each of the following is an insured under this insurance to the extent set forth below:
(a) the named insured and any designated insured and, while residents of the same household, the spouse and relatives of either;
(b) any other person while occupying an insured highway vehicle: and
(c) any person, with respect to damages he is entitled to recover because of bodily injury to which this insurance applies sustained by
an insured under (a) or (b) above.
The insurance applies separately with respect to each insured, except with respect to the limits of the Company's liability.
Ill. LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Regardless of the number of (1) persons or organizations who are insureds under this policy. (2) persons who sustain bodily injury. (3)
claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury, or (4) highway vehicles to which this policy applies,
(a) The limit of liability stated in the schedule as applicable to "each person" is the limit of the Company's liability for all damages
because of bodily injury sustained by one person as the result of any one accident and, subject to the above provision respecting 'each
person ", the limit of liability stated in the schedule as applicable to "each accident" is the total limit of the Company's liability for all
damages because of bodily injury sustained by two or more persons as the result of any one accident.
(b) Any amount payable under the terms of this insurance because of bodily injury sustained in an accident by a person who is an
insured under this coverage shall be reduced by (1) all sums paid on account of such bodily'injury by or on behalf of (i) the owner or operator
Of the uninsured highway vehicle and (ii) any other person or organization jointly or severally liable together with such owner or operator
for such bodily injury,
including all sums paid under the bodily injury liability coverage of the policy, and (2) the amount paid and the present value of all amounts
payable on account of such bodily injury under any workmen's compensation law, disability benefits law or any similar law.
(c) Any payment made under this insurance to or for any insured shall be applied in reduction of the amount of damages which Ire
may be entitled to recover from any person or organization who is an insured under the bodily injury liability coverage of the policy.
(d) The Company shall not be obligated to pay under this insurance that pmt of the damages which the insured may be entitled to
recover from the owner or operator of an uninsured highway vehicle which represents expenses for medical services paid or payable
under the medical payments coverage of the policy.
IV. POLICY PERIOD: TERRITORY
This insurance applies only to accidents which occur during the policy period and within the United States of America, its territories
or possessions, or Canada.
V. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS
When used in reference to this insurance (including endorsements forming a part of the policy):
"designated insured" means an individual named in the schedule under Designated Insured:
(Continued on Reverse Side)
POLICY NUMBER
INSURED
EFFECTIVE
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRESIDENT 70 -X
100802-74
40
1091011 (p) UO!s?A?p LiJ!M aounp== ut lapullala11 anp junowD dun And Uogdo sq In ADw Aundwoo agls papa da
Iuawdnd aql llonIM sabownp aLil Iadobal Ol pall!lua AITn6al uoslad n of JO luouldnd Lions antaoal 01 MDT Aq pazuotilnD uoslad D OJ (p)
9SIM191110 'asnodS 6UTAIAlilS sty 01 pasDGDep ail pemsm ail It (o)
aD 'Unjp=nf5 JO luamd sty o) Ioutw Dm4 pamsut aglt j! (n)
ajgDADd st aapunaaay anp junown ALLY
- 1=dwo0 eg1 Aq 990q ;0 1119wADd 'H
:UO!s!Aoid s}q) Aq pagsgqDlse Auodu;oo aqj pun uoslad Lions in suogDbtgO
pun sjgbu�agj amass o} aJDtldolddn aq Anm so sladnd pun sluawnllsut y0ns Aundwoo ay; 01 Iant(ap pun a)noexe lryys uoslad tans (a)
:gjTMaaagJ uollDaUU00 Ut ;? Aq patan0ut seal sdauaol)to puD s {s00
Gasuadxa 101 (IeAooa1 tons IO Ino posingw!al ail lings Aundwoo eyl 'Alanooei D 10 luane Gqj UT 'uoslad Lions JO amDU agl ul ualol ail OI
uopOto tons 'uopnznmblO 10 uoslad 1aLilo Lions moll safinwop m juamdad Lions lanonal o; alnudolddD In Amssaoau aq Anw SO UOIpD
n li
IJos 'AuDdoo' ail Aq palnub ?sap amjDluesaldal AuD g6noitp 'agnl 1(Dgs uosaad Lions 'Aundwoo a11J Aq buijlix u! pa;senbaa T! (p)
!SJIJbtJ Lions a0!pnfaad of ssol 1a11D butglou Op (JOLTS pun a.w0es of ladold si lanalnyo asnlmas uoosladi Lions (ao
:aounmsut s;yl Iapun apmw w?nT> 10 lOa(gnS aq1 am y0tgm s96muamp ayi I 4 .ID' .
uosaad 1ag10 Lions IsutD6D army IIDys all g0!gM AJGAODal 10 SI116u JID WDdmo0 ay1 IO Igauaq egl 101 Isnl ;apDwT sy laawAtod yOns yD?yMgO
asnmaq A;nIm Al!poq ayI JOI alcimuodsal ATID601 UopnZIUD61O an uosaad Auto isutDbD uosaad Lions In A19A00a1 To sJgbtl Aun 10 asioaaxa
ay} moll ijnsal Anw ;OyJ juawbpnf 10 juamallias Ann In speaooad eql of Juamdnd gons 10 )uaixa aqi o} pa(lque aq 1pgs Auodwo0 aqJ (D)
:eouDmsui sill, aapun uosaad AUD of juamADd )o Iuana eyJ uJ
•luemaaaby lsnay., -E)
aouDansut styj o; ;uDnsmd s1olDillgm ayJ Aq opum paDMD AuD Aq punoq aq of pun punoq IJasit 1ap!suoo 01 aalbn y>DU
AuDdmoO aqj pun uosaad gong 'loalagl uopolpsunf butnny lmoo AUD u! palalua ail Anw slojni ;tqm aql Aq palapuaa pIDMD agJ uodn luau1
-bpnf pun 'Aundwoo ay} pun pamsut Gill UGOMleq o1 poal6n
am vognljtgm ayI bury>npuoO in sunaw 9911;0 ssajun nOI ;DtDOSS}� poilnl$gay
uno!Iawy aqj jo salnl ail Lijim aDuopl000D m pal>nplio> aq Timis gOtgM 'uopD1I!gm Aq pap ;as eq j1Dgs aa16D IOU Op dundwOO 9111 pUD
uosaad Ions .gD!LiM uodn slallnul l0 1a ;JDm aq1 'laglta 10 puDwep U9))1JM uodn 'uay) 'aounmsul sit; Iapun 6u!Mo aq ADU1 tpt11M juaw
-And 10 ;unoum aLil of sn aal6D Ion op l0 •pamsut ay; of Amfui Appoq to asnn>aq aptyan ADMybty paansutun uo In lolDaado Jo 1auMO
atJJ moil sa6nump IanoDal of paTJpn9 AjjDbal si uosaad gons 1mgI 9al6n Lou op Aundwoo aqj pun aapunalaLi wmIo 6utsnm unsiadq uyD p
-oDumnsu! 191110 sons pun aounmsut still to AjgtgD ?I To sl!wq algDot(ddo ay) to wns ay; o) smaq lapunaJa11 AlgigDil
;o 1tw!j ay; ungl satlddD afM1GAOD still yo!yM OI ssol Ann In uoplodold 1aJDal6 D IoI ajgDiT WT-08'•{jnys Aundrloj'agJ pun'aouDlnsu?
lalilo gons pun aounmsut sty; In Ahl!gntl 10 sjiwtl elgno!lddn agl IO lagbty ail paaoxa O) IOU pameap aq IlDgs sabDUmp ail 'JUap
-tooD aq) o; alga >pddD pun will of algDIroAD aotmansut m}jw!s aaglo sDLi pamsut ail IT 'ydDabDmd butobalO) aqj Ut paptnoad so 1da>x3
'aouDansu! talll0 Lions To Ajq!gDij jo 11wil
ajgwgddn aqj speaoxa abnaanoD s!yl iol AplIcinil to ;jwil Gill gDniM Aq ;unowO ail ut AJuo Alddn uagl 11DLis wuDmsui sty; pun 'a0u0ansut
Amwpd SO aj>igaA Lions o} ajgnDjjddn pun paansut gons of atgnl?nAD GOUDJnSUi JDI!w!s 1aglO Aun 19AO aoUnansul ssa>xe so AJuo Alddo
llDgs aounmsut still •paansut pammu ail Aq paumo IOU al>lgaA ADMybty D BmAdnaDo a(tgm paansm un o; Amfut Appoq o) padsal yl!pA
•a>UDmsul 20100 3
aAUDJUasa1d91 TD6al sill 1O paansut ay) Aq Aundwoo
aqj of Ajolnipamm! papinmlol aq Timis uOnOD Inbal gong LiJ?M uoOOauu00 UT penlas ssaoold laglo to luroJdwoo pun suowwns ail )o
Ado> n 'luaptoon ay; ut panjonut aptgaA ADmgr)nj n jo asn ail Io) a(gtsuodsaJ Apn6a1 UOIIDZtUD610 In uoslad AUD IsutD6D Amfut AI!poq
1Oj uo!;on IDbal Assn ajnjjlsut I1nts ant;nluasaldal ID6a1 sty in paansut aqj 'tapunalaq ssol IO luawAod sa➢Dul Auodmo0 ail eaojaq 'j1
•U0!JD-j In59•110 a>yoN 'Q
'Junpualap A;md n sn uo!jnzwD610 ao uoslad Lions utol o} pamsut ayi altnbol Anm AuDdwOO atj 'AuDdmoo aqJ IsutD6D uogOD AuD u! puD
:Amfut Attpoq aqj 1ol a141suodsel A1lnbal aq 01 pabaljm uoyDzilmblo 10 uoslad Aun moll sabDwnp aGA00al o) )q6u sty anlasald of almnd
-Olddn jo AmssaDaU ail ADw sD u011DD tons an(Dj o} paansm ayi Gimbal Anul AundwoD aqt 'aounmsut sly{ aapun wiDID 10 omiou aajIV
•pamsut alp jo uoi)Daad000 puD a>uD)sissy '0
splooal jO saidoo pun slaodai polpaw u!Djgo of AuDdmoo all[
a19Dua of uogDzuoglnn ajnoaxe AundwOO agj moll Isanbal Kona uodn IIDys 'iolaiaLil ins o} pal ;qua suoslad m uosaad ay) 10 9AgDJUas
-aldal ID591 sty y ;nap sty jo Iuana ayI u! 10 'DAgOluasaldal Inbal sill A ;iondDOui sill 10 Juana 9111 Ut 10 all pun altnbal AjgnuosDal ADw
AllDdwoD all, sD Uallo SO pun UayM Aundwoo Gill Aq pajDalas sumo!sdgd Aq SCOIIDULUIDX9 IDotsAgd of JImgns IlDgs uoslad pamsut ayi
-wtDIO jo 40110u
6UTAla091 Jelin SADp gj UtgltM swlol gons ysnunj of paltnl OADq 11DITS AwdumD ayi ssa(un Aundwoo ayi Aq paysmanl swaol uodn apDw aq
IIDys wroT> 10 loved 'paltnbal aq AlgDuosnal ADw sD ua ;lo sD 'awDs ayI aquosgcts pun AuDdmoo ay) Aq pawau uoslad Aun Aq glDo
lapun suopDutwDxa of gwgns IIDys lapunaa9y w?Djo 6utxiDm uoslad Iagjo AlaAa pun pamsut ally Iapunaaay a)gDAod junown ay; lo
UOT1DIliwla}ap ail olul butlalua s1?n;ap latilo pun 'luamiDall 'saun(U! aq) 10 JUa)xa puD auuDu aq) 10 smInDgatod IJnj bwpnpui 'palmbal
li q}no lapua 'wimp jo 1oo1d UappM AundmOO ayi of anib Ijngs wrap buniDw uoslad laq)o jo pamsut aqj 'algDDgoold So uoos sy
•spodeg TD>!papit :UnD1D ;o paid 8
•pamsut Lions Aq prod uoglod pauanaun aql paansut pawau
ay1 of umjal Timis AuDdwoo aqJ 'ssaj J? ' Aundwoo aqj of ss9oxa ail And jjDgs pamsut pawau ail} 'prod wntwald aounApD ail sp9a0x9
pa;ndwo> snyl wntwald pauma ay} IT 'Aundwoo aqI Aq asn u! slonunw aqj gitm aDuDplooDD w pa)snlpn aq Ilnys wntwald ail puD
a6ungD AGO jo popad Aogod aqj 6manp Aundwoo aqi Al!}ou jmTjs pamsut pawDU ay; 'sa6uDgo pamsut paw Du ay; of panssi salnld asuao!l
S ieloap jo lagmnu ail 10 asnods 10 pamsut pawnu aql Aq paumo salatyaA AnMgbiq pamsut jo lagwnu ay; pouad Aogod ail 151113111) 11
wntwald 'y
SNOIAIQN00 •iyNOIdjQQy 1A
Bum5amj aLil 10 AUD )o Aoua6D
UD 10 JmuUU1aA06 gons AuD )O uois!ATpgns TDoililod n 104DIs D 'npnuDO'no!lamy 10 SaIDIS pallor) aLil Act paumo s! yotgm aptyan ADmgbtq
I= D (III) 'MDT IDjimis A IO MDT IaiImD lolom'MDJ AliJlq!SUodsal IDI>uDuy GJOigaA IO)Om AUD )O 6UIUDaw ay; Utg ;iM lalnSUI -11aS D Aq palnlado
Io paumo st g>tLiM aT>tyae Aamybtg n (q) 'aptyan Anmybtg pamsut nD (T) :apnput IOU (JOLTS , ap!i1aA ADMybty pamsutuq, weal ail Inq
:01DI140A una- puD -ltg D (q)
10 !JUGAJOSUt samooaq 10 s! 10 lapunalaq; e6Daanoo saivap awns ay; builpa Aundwoo aql Inq
juaptODD ayI jo awtl ail TO aigmgddn Aoijod aouDinsui jo puoq A;!jjgoij AanJU! Altpoq D st alai) yD![4 v of loadsal JjJ!M IO '910!yaA Lions
10 asn ail 1oj ajgisuodsal AIlDbai uotlnzumf5'O Io uoslad AuD of loadsal gljM JUap!00D aqj in awq ail ID atgDogddn A>tiod a >uO.UD I
in puoq Alti!gnp Alnlnl Attpoq ou 'pa6Dro6 Al1nd!ou id sT aptyan Anmgbig pamsut ail q>!tm ut BIDIS ail l0 MDT AIII gtsuodsal ID!ounutj
ail Aq pagt >ads s ;unomD ail lsnal In w 'st alagl q>igM 10 asn 10 aounualumw 'diysaaumo ay; 01 padsal yitm aptyaA Anmybty D (n)
sunaw _013140A Anmgbiy pamsmun
'DpounC) jo aoutnold D pun 'salnlg paijun ay) 10 uolssassod l0 Alopllal D 'Digwnloo IO pulsiQ ayI sapnl>ut elals
:w01; 6ugg5tJD 10 olut 6utaa)ua jo uodn 10 ui suDaw , butAdn Do•0
fpJogasnoq awms aq) 10 juap!saI Auo 10 pamsut
pawau ayI jo asn anln6al aql 1Ol pags!ulnT aptyan D 'anogD (o) pun (q) sgdw6Dandgns aapun (At) 10 :pamsut palDublsep 10 pawau ayI
so ployasnog awns ay; to ;uapisal Aun to pamsut palnubisap Auo •pamsut pawDU ayi Aq paumo aptyaA D 'OADgo (>) pun (q) Sgdoabtomd
-qns Iapun (it!) ! Iaumo aqj to uotss!mlad ail; Inogpm pasn 6u!aq ajjgM aptyaA D (ti) 'Aogod sty; ui paquosap pun palDpap ApoDgpads
s! asn gons salon '9>UD1LaAUOD A1a,u ond n SO pasn GJUJM aloigaA D (1) :apnpu! Jou Jrogs „aptyan ADMybty paansut•• Waal ail Inq 10
'pjotiasnotl emus aql jo luap!sal D 11 1Gglta in asnods ayI Aq jo paansut pa /Dubtsap 10 pawau aqj Aq palDiado buiaq aj!gA (a)
'uotpnl ;sap Jo ssol '6uto!Alas 'Itndal 'umoprDalq SIT In asnDDaq asn IDMIOU woe)
uMnipylm uagm 'anogD (D) LjdDabDiodgns ut peq?aDsep SD aptgaA ADmgbiy pamsut uD 101 ajn ;! ;sgns D sD pasn 1.1uol0dwal ajt11M (q)
'sa!jddD Aogod ayJ 1O abD19A0D A1!j!gntl Amfut Attpoq aqj goitim of aptyaA ADmgbtq pamsut uD so ajnpatios ayI ut paquosap (D)
:aIaTIIaA ADMgbtg D SUDain , aptyan ADMybty paansut••
quapi>on ay; To awp aqj In butAdnano
sDM pamsut Gql LJO?gM aj>ILiaA aqJ uotpadsui loj ajgnj!DAD saxnw antlDluasaldal JD6a( sty to paansut ay; '{sanbal s,.tuodumD ayI In (0)
pun 'loalag; lloddns ut spnj aql ypo) buillas puD 'a(gnwGjawsnun sr Ajquapt asogm suoslad
to uoslad D 1suID6D sabDwnp 101 ;uapto>n Lions jo Inn bu?stm uogoD jo sasnD> to asnDO n soy aAilDluasaldal jDbaj sill 10 pamsm
aqj IDy1 ylDO Iapun )UawaID ;S D laljnaaayj sAnp OF utglim Aundwoo Gill y ;?m palm yy aADq (IDiIS puD 'sa(DUIGA Io1O IO Iauo!ss!mmOo
aqj o; 10 1aDijjo jntotpnf to a>Dad 'aDtlod D of small qZ utgj!M IuappDD ail paliodal aADy IJDgs jjnyaq Sill uo auoamos ao pamsut ail (q)
:aloigaA ADMybig gons 10 IGUMO 10 Ioinaado ail IaLiga lO AJiluapt ayI paUiOpODSn aq IODUDO alayj (D)
:paplAwd 'luaplDDD ay; jo awq Gill In butAdn>oo st pamsut Gill g0IgM aptgaA n lipm in pamsut ayI yJ!M
aloigaA gDns To IaDjuoD jnotsAyd jo ;no butstm pamsut un o} Amfu! Appoq sasnm yotgM aptgaA Aamybtq D sunaw. , aptgaA uni- puD -ltg„
:sastwald In aouap!saI n sD asn LOT palnool aj!yM ajot11aA D (a)
10 'spnal ;- Ia(mm0 10 sODI GO paJDladO aptyan D (q)
'spnol Dpgnd uodn IOU ajjgM 'spDoa ogqnd go Aliodioutad asn act pau6tsap ivawdinba Jell 10 10 JOJDDa; adAJ Muni D (D)
unyl 1GgjO Ia!toal aO aptyan 1Ojow pun, n suoam , aptgaA ADmgbtq,•
(apes esaangO wo.q panuguoO) _
1
COVERAGE PART - AUTOMOBRAE' PHYSI AL - DAMAGE
(FLEET :AUTOMATIC)
.. ,. I xtC'HEDULE
ITEM 1. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED IS ONLY WITH RES ipOf1TCH OF THE FOLLOWING'COVERAGES AB -ARE- INDICATED BY SPECIFIC PREMIUM
CHARGE OR CHARGES AND, UNDER EACH SUCH 'APPLIES ONLY TO SUCH COVERED ALLTOMOBLLEE --' AS ARW49TT "jA39$ PYY JENTRY-
HEREIN, OF ONE OR MORE OF THE DESIGNATING NU R THAT PURPOSE APPEARING IN ITEM 4. THE LIMIT OF THE COMPAMS• - ry
AGAINST EACH SUCH COVERAGE SHALL BE AS STA DESIGNATEO'HEREIN. SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS'OP THIS I=
. - REFERENCE THERETO. - -- •' °'-
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
LIMIT OF LIABILITY —EACH COVERED AUTOt4013ILE
COVERAGES
COVERED
ADVANCE
PREMIUM
IF ACTUAL CASH VALUE.(ALY)
- 10 STATED'' AMOUNT, °'
OTHERWISE ENTER "S".
AUTOMOBILES
ENTER:
ENT#.§L
MEANING 'AS SEPARATELY;'
..A'.. AND DEOVRCIeLE
(AMOUNT ANWSECUCTIBLE
STATED IN ITEM 2.(C)
1
ACV
S 5D '-
S s =�: �(�
S
'INCL
COMPREHENSIVE
—
.�_'-
$
$
s
$
---ACV—
s200/10(
COLLISION
INCL
FIRE, LIGHTNING OR
S
TRANSPORTATION
f
S
THEFT
WINDSTORM, HAIL,
"
EARTHQUAKE OR
i'
EXPLOSION
-
'✓Ee .
i
COMBINED ADDITIONAL
-
TOWING
S 25 MR EACH DISABLEMENT - ..
5
ENDORSEMENTS ATTACHED: - - - - - I ADYwNCE lREMmM FOR ENDonsomomrs
TOTCAL`ADVANCE PREMIUI* 'S
MAXIMUM ALL COVERED
D(N• ALL. 15QR00b° 150,000.
:EKED AUTOMOBILE 'S' -- "ta.j AT ANY ON1110ICATIIOW $ A UTOMOBILES - S
TO BE SUBMITTED: -
❑RECORDS
MONTHLY El QUARTERLY El SEMI-ANNUALLY -
I MONT ❑ QUART6LY -' ❑'SEMIANNUALLY ' ❑ ANNUALLY
ITEM 2. COVERED AUTOMOBILES.O.S OF EFFECTIVE DATE OF.THIS INSURANCE
(A) DESCRIPTION: PURPOSES OF USE — IF e B – PLEASURIZ AND BUSINESS: C – COMMERCIAL)
AUTO
YEAR MODEL: TRADE NAME: BODY TYPE– CAPACITY (TRUCK LUA.O:4 ALL0HAGE. BUS SEATING):
PRINCIPALLY GARAGED IN- -
PURPOSE
CLASSIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION (U. SERIAL (S), MOTOR (M) NO.: CYUNDERSANO,): MODEL
". (TOWN, STATE) -
OF DES
:.
AS PER ATTACHED SCHEDULE
3.
(B ) FACTS
RESPECTING
PURCHASE
A�
LIST
ACTUAL
PURCH D, RATING
N(N)
ANY LOSS UNDER COVERAGES OTHER THAN TOWING IS PAYABLE AS INTEREST MAY APPEAR TO
PRICE
CAST
MO. t YEAR' SYMBOL
- THE NAMED INSUREO,AND THE LOSS PAYEE NAMED BELOW:
-
AS PER
ATTACHED SCHEDULE
2.
-
3.
..
(C) LIMIT
OF LIABILITY
(IF NOT STATED IN ITEM tY NET RATES'
ADVANCE PREMIUM;
LIMIT OF LIABILII V EACH cov.R.
DESCRIBED IN (A) ABOVE AND
A.1410MILe
COVERED FOR:
ADVANCE PREMIUM
AUTO
COVERASMOTHERrNMOKUSON-
I . COLLISION - NET -
COMPRE-
-
FIRE. UBRNIM
--
'w N,MIA..NNL
COMBINED
--
TOWING
ENTER:
AMT. OR "A" a
DED.KJE
ENTER: RATES
'•Acv a DEBIx . -
HENSIVE
COLLISION
-
DR TANRDI.
TATDN
THEFT
EARnIWAAE Orz
EVLDNON -
ADDITIONAL
_
1.
$
$ -
f
S -
s -
$
i
AS P
I ATT CHED CHEDU
2.
$
$
$
$
$
s
3.
"ACV" = ACTUAL CASH VALUE TOTALS
s INCL.
s INCL
s
$
$
s
$
ITEM 3. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO BAI LMENT LEASE. CONDITIONAL SALE, PURCHASE AG REEMENT. MORTGAGE OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE. THE NAMED INSURED IS
- THE SOLE OWNER OF EVERY COVERED AUTOMOBILE DESIGNATED IN ITEM 1 AS COVERED UNDER THIS INSURANCE. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN:
ITEM 4. E%PLANATION OF ENTRIES IN ITEM 1 FOR DESIGNATING THE COVERED AUTOMOBILES TO WHICH THIS INSURANCE APPUM UNOER'GCH COVERAGE AFFORDED:
I –ALL COVERED AUTOMOBILES _ WHEN SO ENTERED IN ADDITION TO NUMERALS 1. 2, 3 OR 4:
2 =ALL REGISTERED COVERED AUTOMOBILES - B= EXCLUDING VEHICLES LEASED, TO THE NAMED INSURED
3 =ALL COVERED AUTOMOBILES OF THE PRIVATE PASSENGER TYPE T = EXCLUDING UNDER COLLISION COVERAGE, ANY VEHICLE NOT
4 =ALL COVERED AUTOMOBILES OF THE COMMERCIAL TYPE
5 =THE COVERED AUTOMOBILES DESCRIBED IN ITEM 2 (INCLUDING NEWLY HAVING AN ACTUAL CASH VALUE OF AT LEAST $
ACQUIRED VEHICLES, SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) -
OF THE "COVERED AUTOMOBILE" DEFINITION)
'y
i
L COVERAGE AGREEMENTS - -
The Company will pay for low to covered automobiles under:. -
COMPREHENSIVE COVERAGE —from any cause .except collision: but, for the purpose of this coverage, breakage of glass and loss -
caused -by missiles, falling objects, fire, theft or larceny, windstorm; hail, earthquake, explosion,, riot or civil commotion, malicious mis-
chief or vandalism, water, flood, or colliding with a bird or animal, shall not be deemed loss caused by collision: _
COLLISION COVERAGE — caused by collision; - - -
FIRE, LIGHTNING OR TRANSPORTATION COVERAGE— caused by (a) fire or lightning, ' (b) Smoke or smudge due to a sudden,' untisual
and. faulty operation of any fixed heating equipment 'serving the premises in which the covered automobile is located, or (c) the strand=
ing, sinking, burning, collision or derailment of any conveyance in or upon which the covered` automobile is being transported;.,
THEFT' COVERAGE— caused by theft or larceny; .
WINDSTORM, HAIL EARTHQUAKE OR EXPLOSION COVERAGE — caused by windstorm, hail, earthquake or explosion;
COMBINED 'ADDITIONAL COVERAGE— caused by (a) windstorm, ..hail, earthquake or explosion, (b)- riot or civil commotion, (c) the
forced..landing or falling of ariy aircraft or its parts or equipment, (d) malicious mischief or vandalism, (e) .flood or rising waters, or (f)
external "discharge or leakage of water;
provided that, with respect to each covered automobile, (i) under -,the Comprehensive coveragB ,(except as to lose from any of the causes
described in the Fire, Lightning or Transportation coverage) and under, the Collision' c 0, such payment Shall be only for the
amount of each loss in excess of the deductible mnount,' if any, stated. in the schedulo-,ca- QJplicable thereto; (ii) under the .Combined
Additional coverage, $25 shall -be', deducted from the amount of each; lose caused by malicious: mischief or vandalism..
The Company will pay under: - - -
TOWING COVERAGE —for towing.and labor costs necessitated by the disablement of Covered . automobiles, provided the labor is per..
formed at the place.of disablement.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
In addition, to the applicable limits of liability, �fhe Company will: -- - -
(a) with 'respect to such transportation insurance as is afforded herein, pay general average and salvage charges for which the named' -
insured becomes legally liable;
(b) reimburse the named insured, in the event of a theft covered by. this insurance of an entire covered aotomoKe of the private passion.
ger type (not Used as a public or livery conveyance and not, at time of theft, being. held for sale by an automobile dealer), for expense
incurred for the rental of a substitute fm' such covered .autompbile, during the period commencing 48 Hours after such theft has been
.... (Continued Dr. Reverse Side) - - -
POLICY NUMBER
- INSURED .. .. ..
EFFECTIVE
FDIEMANS FUND INSURANCE` COMPANY
PRODUCER
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAI•, SURETY CORPORATION
ASSOCIATED 'INDEMNITY CORPORATION
`- couAlreITBIGNAru RE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT"
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
• ' :Y.". 'selninis gons of MJOJ .
uo0 01 papvawD Agalay am pansst.st a0unmsm still utaaayM ajvls ay; to seltyals agjgtj A jo?Ilvoo m am gotgm aounmsui still {o swlay
alnlDIS 91 pauuoltwo eouamstg ;o gtpiej
'any Sol aajmq largo io 10tamo Atm jo lgavaq aqj op ;gjoamput 10 Alloamp smut IlDys aounmsut still to su0isteoad Sill ;o auoN
.. .. ea1tDH a} Blue$ ON
aovnmsul a1411oalloo Pun PIRA aaglo say
pameut pawau aril cuigm lsumbn gaol. Alm pj,;dldda jou MIS OOUOmsm sty; ' alnpagos aril ut pagtaosap IOU pun Poilad ADilod aqj buimp
pamnbon Almau altgomolna paaaeoo Avn o; p7BLtpa7tl{lm '1 AOa Og 'papieotd, fagot yons jsutDbD ODUDinsni 914i100TIOD PUTS pgnA IID l0 Ajtliq
-nil f° 11 .1 ol4DotlddD JDtol aqj of smaq alnpagos aril nt Pala ;s A{?I14atil {° 1t1}t olgnotlddn aril ungj ssol runs to 1lotlaodold lalna.rb n ml
..aounansm still aapun algD?l aq IOU IlDgs Arri dwoO Sill 'antmmsut still Aq palaeoa soot D lsum6n aounmsut aayjo sDq pornow pow
au ay},76
e>tiamsmj 26*0
Bill ff nsm still ut papv old sn passtwla;ap st Seal {0 ltmo»m aril pun palg si gaol jo 1oo1d 1B1jn s.inp pg }flan 1ou aDUDmstn still To Swaai
Bill Rn gjiM antmtldwoa lin{ uaaq aeny IlDgs. amni 'otaaayl luapeoead notllPuoo D ED 'ssalun Atmdwo0 Bill lsumbn ail jmga uoyoD ON
AundwoO jstnaBV notj>V
.. ,'lnsmlddb bl butlolea.lon dam Aq Bill . silt jo.AvD panrom annq of Play ail 1 °u pnys Atindwo� lily
r' .jn i •amdwn pun insmiddn Brij To
sasuadxa *40' agj Almnba mail }lays Pun aastnldciD uasogo.sjt' A:nd yona finals Aundwoj, aril pun peanut pawau ally •gaol I° lunoum
Bill autwaalap pnys omJ dun }o buijiam m pmmD uV :andmti,pqpt�� of saouaaa}lip magT Jrr ns lings gea6D o bujjjDJ pun Osol jo junotu1)
Bill pun anlnA 1}sno IDn1OD aq; AlajDmdas alnjs TIDgs slOSTISI ntI Bgy j elidaj3n :pajsaaa)ut�-'rp pun 1$aladn 00 D 10alas JJDys slasiDlddD
agj Pun ss9 j,jA to ld jaljn IS Ina y3DG llDgs SuDdutoC) gill pun pamstn permit Sill juaea yons ul soot aril jo lDsTOiddrS nn punwap
'pBlg
si seat jd jootd Salim SADp 09 u?a0 ?M ADw laglia 'ssol jo junoutn aril 01 SO ea1bD o; IiDj Amdwoo aril pun paansm pawnu agj ll
Insilliddif
•ad Traj o0, aril of luawu ill jo l on ail Ida 11 aaajj lnq
'anlnn pasmlddD so paaa6D aril in Alaadosd allots do pabDmnp agj 10 Imd Aun so ltn a1(pj (D)
to 'paonldaa os st AlSadoad agj ao pind os si gggoj,a�
aiolaq awry Xm In '010"4 abqump jamllnsal Aun.ml luauiAnd Qj1M •pame t pe ®u aril 61 Apladoad rlalo ;s At1n asiladxa sli jn aa'
10 'Alaadold ualojs lo paBnwnp Bill aomldaa ao i _dea.(a)
:ADM 10 'Aatiout m ssol pros loj ADd Anw AuDdluoo aril 'aDU1)msui still Aq Po19AOD osol AUD 011-0 100 i qm
MOT xij' jdJdwdna .
_ •ODtmmssst still m paptAoad A1lnogtoods sp until aaglo asuadxa Aun mout 10 Alaadold ualojs jo Alaeooel Sol
pmmal Alm ADd 10 sa13o 'uoilDbilgo Aim atmnsm jugwKDd Alm a$Dr Al}mlunjOA 'jEOD umo Bill in ldeoxa 'IOU Iryys pemem pawau Brij jnq
'sas9aUi!A To aorropuayjD al41 6uiutDlgo
pun a0uaptAa 6utet6 pun bwxuas, u? lsisgro pun slntA pun sbmmay puGIID pngs pun fsailddD aounmsut still goigM of joadsal gjlM ssol jo
asmoaq palnsua pawn aril of algnrl aq Anur otiM uoilmninblo ao uosaad Am jsutDbD AJluwaput 10 vognquirroo I° 4g6ia Ain butoiolua
Ut pun sling l0 JDaipaoO aril taf.'sjuowallpas 6ui11Dw ut Istsm irygs.';sanbai sAmdwoo agj uodn 'pun Aund.uoZ) agj gjjM SjDjed000 (p)'
'tilno lBpuy pplJDunlmxa of 1 ?mgng'•pun Ajladoad ,pe6nump agj liquix a lings 'jsenbei s AUnduroo ay1 uodn 'pun air bad AjgnuomaS Anut
An1)dwo� rii sb uot;awlojvt yons bmpninul pun wmj inns ut saoT j o. ;o0ad iSOMS 9iq 'ssol ioljn sADP 16 natillM 'XuDdwoD Sill TpIA alt} (D)
r 't, ., nnn Jc . :aDilod til.ol
.'AuaOml lti :plagl
In Juana aril in'09 ptm sluabb plaziaot}lnn SIT jo Am 10 AuDdmoj 4ayj.6j- BlgD0ljDDad ED Boos so loalayl aotlou ant6 (q)
:lsanbai sAuDdwoC) aqj 1D paamoui paw IOU ail) (qs
uoiloajoid yons 6uipiolln ut palmnul sasuadxa ajgDuosDal 'aounansui still aapun eTgDlaeooaa ail jou pnys 1oa1o1d of amlml spamsmt
pemna ay; of amp 96amnp ao ssol aay;mj d1ID prm •goal Bill of satlddn aounmsut. slip jou ao SagjayM •altgowolm. paaaeo> agj jnalold (D)
. :Iings peansut pa ®u Bill ssol {o juaea aril uI
SSQ j jo Juana m set{nQ s,paattsaj pamaN
auo0ipuo0`lnuotI.PPD 6ulA ollol agj of lnatgns aq osID Iings aormmsut stl}y suogDm139CI PUTS UOTjDIj90UDp„ ' „JUBwu61ssV„
! ', sablIDi}�„ ', uoilnboagng„ ' „I1pnV pun voiloodsul„ wntutald., ldaoxa aounmsut still of Alddu (IDys Aoilod Bill To suoiliprlo'J Bill jo auoN
SNOISIQNOO 'A
asn ssautsng puD_xHl}1p (a lrjsDa,Irl; {jjuq,.lf sugaua „e amanq plM emsaeld„
.sasod s visnq >ay ptm� ll ={ lam old 'IDuosied aoj asn
lnuocsDOOO buipnl0ut 'suoiIDMIDOP Bill m paints sD pamstn petaau aqj jo not}ndnono ssautsnq Sill m AllndlDUpd asn sunaw „lnnaawwo>
asn jo sasodmd„ of m
:adAj tiobDM ioimjs lo' labuasmd 31Detad Bill 10 alotgaA 1010M punt IaayM -$ n sunaw addj 1aBaaesad elaecad
. :abDump 10 ssol TDluaptODD••Pun Joomp snoauc , ssOl_
'AOilod aril jo land n bmwloj jtaawasiopue Aq asiMSagpo palDls Allnot }toads ssalun •pemsut pawnu Sill jo
aanlj }o anijnnaxa so 1au}md lnnptntptm AuD }o llama Sill ut palalsi6ar ao Aq paumo S10igaA D apnjoui jou saop ,a ,gomojnm pelaeo >., Inq
'alnp Alaettap yons 6utmollol 5Aa15�ig {im!d2ndiFo�Jyj'1albu pamsn pemaa aril
(a) pug •sapgomo {na palaeoa lID of sagddn aOUDmsut still AlanRaP SIT l0 alnp -agj jo sD So •aligomolm paiaeo> paq}losep D saoDldej
11 (1) :IDg1 'Saeam011 'pap?Aoid potlad Aogod agj buimp pamotg patum Sill Aq poll Almau si alotyan yons tpalDU6isap os ;ou IT (4)
10 'aBm7gDxa ao .itndaa sli Sol ao pamsm pawnu
Sill Aq padoldwe 1oJDlado nD ED laglia jda0xa astral gons to wml aq1 buimp ajo!TIGA gDns asn of laumo 10 lossal a41 {o lgbt1 •im but
- 3?giyold Alssaldxa juamoozED tm aapun MOA auo until ssal jou to Bile{ D Sol paansm pawnu agj oil pascal (n) so 'pamsut pemnn Sill Aq
j paumo (i) sr pun sailddn a0ammsUl still gnirim of eltgowolm paaaeoo D sn 'OS Maagjo 10 uoydtansep Ac[ 'alnpagDs ay; ut palnuBtsap (D)
aaglia si gDtgm '(sloallO IDUOslad 10 jamddD bu}.maM 'sagoa butpnlom Wu 1nq) opaaagj patioD {m
ApuauTSwlad ;uawdmba lay ;o pun ynawdmba s1! bmpnlom '1alm.t;iwas So aalinl{ 'alolyaA lojow LD1 a sunaw altgomoynn pelaeo„
'Alaettap alnsalogM 14a!jWOJa iC�, pesil'alSPi}'8A 00111aa66s6d elaeud palalln
tm (n) 10 'sasodmd ssautsnq 1aglo aoj to astprrogolam to sp0ob to A1aAT19P 10 uoilDplodsunaj aqI Sol pasn 'slejuSi4 r as pun siallDSj '9101
-opal adAl- llonal bmpnlntxl 'adAl Alaettap }auDd 10 rmpas 'ssaldxa 'dn -:ioid 'Mona; Sql jo olDigaA aO1ow P=l D (1) SUDaw QC14 lanlemmo>
�jOm :aRgoamim peaaeoa
gons I° jasdn (ii) 10 'payODjm st 11 IJDTyM of aloigeA D gjtx: ao 10afgo lay {onTS riitM apgowojna paaaeoo n jo uolsition (i) sunaw uojstl! ° >„
'slaj.ronb baler io bvidools m ,paddinba prm opgawolnn poze.ioo D uodn palunow aq of paubisap Apoq n sunam ,Apoq aadwn>
:(Aoilod alit jo ymd n buivuoj sluaulosiropua bulpnlSllt) aounmsut still of aDuaaajal ril pasn ua1jjA
SNOIZHQI33a TVNOIMaCV 'Al
.01610gI algnDJlddo so utalagl palnjs sasodmd agj 1oj pasn pun pautnlutDUx s? 'alnpagos Bill u}
pagtaOSap attgouwj= peaaso> p IT 'pun loalayl s;1od uaamleq pollodsunm buiaq s} 10 bpnun� ao 'suoissassod to sauo;paal SIT 'D3119mV
;o samyg pajtu() aril u.gjjA si Opgowolm pelaeo> aqj ol}yM 'polled Aoilod Sill 6uianp smDDo goiym ssoj 01 Aluo sallddD aounmsut styli
3SII 30 93SOdHnd 'AHOl MJ. :QOIH3d AX16d 'III
•1101110001 au° Alm (n) pun opgomojna paaaeoo auo Am (1) bmloadsal SUOlsieold aeogD Bill 01 j0a(gns
'olalayt elgDogddD ,Ajtltg1)ll jo Muni wnwlxDw agl sD alnpagos Bill m palDls 'Am 11 'lunorim aql •saTtgowojna paaeeo> try of ED (q)
:epgowotnn POIGA03 Ono Aun 6uij3adsal svo?steoad aeogD aq; of Toalgns 'ojalagl algDo
-ilddn „Al ?I1gD ?I {° 3!r!I wnwimw, aril so ainpayos aqj ui palDls 'Awe IT 'IvnowD agl 'UOTIDOOT auo Ann In saltgou:olnn paiaeo> 111) 01 sn (D)
:PBaDxa you I}Dys smDOo ssol yorgM IS, Ino 6itureddny albuts n of alg1)jngT.mjD Alloaatp ssoj IID 301 Aj1119D ?I s Aundmo0 Bill jo 1 ?•li rot °3 lily
aTtgowolnn palaeoa auo LUD 01 algDOliddro /lgigntT l0
11.11 1IInwtxnm„ a111 ED ajnpayos Bill ut paints 'Aim It 'junonin agj paooxa jaaea Ann in joil pnys ISUOjSleoad BnogD 914 1 oil Inafgns 'pun
' anjDA gsDo
m1130 P Aq pSODIdaS dsoi jji& 'Ili m pawaap ail 'ainpay0s agj ca pagiaOSap you pun potlad A011od Sall buimp paatnbon Aj.nau epgom
OOI SS paaaeoo a of joadsal yllM 'iryys IT jtmo� palDls D sD POSSOIcixa si A;iP4Dil jo Bull yons IT lna(j papteold •eTtgowojna pelaeo> yons
i ssoj agj aoj paplo{� abnlaeoo agj aapun , allg0wolm paaaeoo gDDa„ :ol algo0yddn sn atnpogos agj in palDls A11114D11 to Rwil aqt (°)
ao Woilmoaldep loi mTt
-on pap tijj 'AjTIDnb pun pull Sall }o SSg;o TVTi loalayl Iand 10 opgomolm paaxeon yons eoDldaa ao mndai of IsoD uagl pinSM 11 jngM (q)
ao asol
jo.aunl
in 'land yons ;o anlnn tisDO Innlon agj loalayl' Troa D o1 st ssoj agl ji 10 'altgOM0jm paaaeo> g>ns jo anjDA IISDO mnjOD Bill (D)
:sjunown 6u?M°pol aril Io Isnal aril paaaxa IOU nDgs opgomolm palaeoa ano Lon of 5901 101 1,j1jjgD11 s Aundmoo agj }o jiwil lily
'UaATap -PUtm Jou 10 layjatl*
'jaals so ieous 'tliDl wog} 6tnllitsai scot og•sabDraeon InuotltppV pactgmoj pun UOtsoldx3 ao a3Innbgl.m3 TDH 'wlolspmAk Brij aapun (1)
'malag papaolro asutaayjo sr abntinalq yons o1, }padsaa gjtM aDiminsul IT. ssD1b 10 Bbnrjnatq o; 'abDIOA00 votsylop, agj aapun (y)
.•aouDactwnoue aayjo lo' a6Dbjsow "ITTOMS6S6D .-asngomd 'albs 1pixoijtl'Tuoo 'asnal luawpDq n aapun attgowojnn palaeoa D jo ssoisun (q)
ITT uosaad Alm Aq uoijamas 10 Iuawalzzagwa 'uotslaerroo of anp aBrump 10 ssoj 01 'sabnaaeo0 liagY prm eeisuayaldwoo Sill aapun (b)
loalayl
pintru uotsuajxa ao of pit as dim jo uojjdanria Sill ao pouad Anljod aryl }o uojdgSUT aril in poumo snm Apoq zedumD gons IT pa6.mgn i1Saq sbq
wntwaad ou gotyM ao} plro alnpagos aril ut pamubisop IOU pun ajtgowolaa paaaeoo D 7411M asn aoj paubtsep Apoq aadmmo D of SOOT of (1)
- 'pumas to uotyonpoadaa pun butpa000l ao 'mllonpoidor 'butplooa.i aqj aoj paubisap luawnllsui to aoieap Alm yj1M
asn aoJ umipaw aayjo ao >stp paooaa 'anM 'adnl Am (n) :aTtgomolm paaaeaD agj ut pallDjsut Allwunwlad st Juawnalsui so aoieap yons
ssaltm ptmos {o uog0npo1dal Pam buiplo0al so 'not;onpoldal .'buipjooai aril loj paubisap jugmnajsui 10 SOteap Arm (
!nntw t) 01 ssol o} (a)
o; Tnapmu uoi ;poO to m o} so 'u i t i6aaoj ay o Am
i tt"tolsi i IDItnlO pamoap
jou to aaglaym 'mM (t) o; amp ssol of (p)
' aounmsm sail
Aq pamnon st l {Sill m abal>mp yons Aq pasnno ssoT •a¢gatmolm palaeoa aqj 61 sD 'Piro ualojs ao lostropunn 10 jatynslw snorollnw Aq
'oil .I Aq pabDa®p (n) ao 'aouDmsm girl Aq paaaeoo ssoT aayjo sa asnm auras agj wog} pun qgn. ;taaploutoo aq ssol m ssalun 'saall 01 (o)
'aotmmsut still �lq paaaeoo ssoT laylo ;o llnsai Sill si a6attmp yons ssalun
'amllnj ao atmopalDalq innialoela ao Inattmilaaw (al) 10 'BulzsaJg (t?) a° '.m9T pun 10— (t) :04 POUT
uon pun amp si ynitiM abaump oT (q)
ut pagtlOSap pt:alnpagos aqj
m pamloap Aiinpgloods st asn gons ssapm'antmdaeuoD AISAtI 10 0ilgnd.n sa. pasn aliyM aTtgomolna .palaeoa Aun oT (D)
,:AlddD jota; saOP aotmmsm styli
.. suotsnl>x3
' olalayl algnotIddD suolsinold elgtTonpop
Aun PUTS A311jaA I. {° s1iw11 sjD pm sit SaTtgomoinn peaeso> allmdes aq of ploti aq 11Dgs olaiagl payDDJJD s.ialpSmiuras So sialmlj Slow 10
auo ptID aloayae lojow ptml a pm •aTtgoma ;na paaaeoo yona of Alalcaodas salddn Sbnaaeoo' RODa aapun Papao} }n st so aounmsui yons
auo Arm ao Saoxa ou o s uawasm wiaa yons 'gay{ yons auo Ann o1 sn ' n a '11)101 OOM -U ADP
1 Oil P 1 I[ 4 j 4 2 Q ?ggRE, y1.1aJsADd Aunduro0 Sill 10 asn of paumjaa :l
si altgomolna palaeoa yons uayM pal d.�nt,Iod ,ay}: jo-1 uotjDatdxa to ssalplpbaY `"6Yiejbmtictay�ptmaoeja.etiT puD Araoiiwoo Sill 01 palaodaa
aim- ... __ -: . -e- •^'•f^vs' (epiS esaaeg0 Moal panmtuoo)
0
0
N
I
i
w .r 0 t0 ODV 01LnAWN
m
3
n)aoy
)o;zm
o m
m p2 m
wN.+O lO 00 V 0% Ln AW N.+
3
"1
< -mwz
3
>Orrw
Zm-C
t0 lD i0 tD t0 �O 10 to kO to 10 10 l0
V,Cn V 01 V V 01 V V V V V V
0
o
r
C)-,>m
cn A A Cn O V A W N 0)�+ A A
m
mfpmz
tz m
$
f
><r,
Zm ;m
000xvmmm .0 oa
z m
p
0:0>
yy9
n
z=ZZZZZZZZZZZZ
O< r n n n nGO 7C .'D
�a
OmOT
O D n
m'r
m y
nnnC')nnnnnnnnnC-)
rrr�rrrrrrrrrr_r
n v Q2 ;o r-
`' 1 N << Z 4 V
a y
M,
zmm
a z
Z
c
-
Oyy�
cm
02
ZOm
MToi
A V�-•m Om;o -i 09,E
n r -i
m3
0y2m
C 7% I rNn N r Z
, m
y,
mIrm
mm <C
02Z
mo
cozo
r m
R1
O
p
nm
>0
m�ym
w«
G Z 0
m
Z
Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z z Z Z
3
rNr
'
r
<T
m
mnm
mAAF
y�4
rrrrrrrrrrrrrr
m�.
wy�y
<C[
NOpZ
.r ,m
3
9
A
mr >,
o <Om
m m y
n N. A O .+ C. D A A -♦ .'
T�< 3
wob
ay3y
z
y
....<...
... .�.. .. .. .y
o
- -mo°
V'
zzzzzzzzzaazzz
N 0 r I. N 01 0 Cl CO V1
m�
ww >n
W m oo.+Ln N0 n 0101 W
°rZ
N V gNA.+00100)COA
2r
`
woo
CO
rrrrrrrrrrrrrr-
N (71 � cn N
r
ni <o n
>00
Zm
ymi
Co
yymw m
0020
Z>v
rnw> C
r < >z r
<Z
y,N m
a0
m>CO O
<i,
C
00
mz -y T
0Z
a °Nm D
_Oz
3mc C
y
wmmT _1
tumor O
:n
ya r 3
-i
ZF<
r>
.y
Z
.1 .... .... ...........y .y .y ..
Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z
no
2
Oyma r
p
mmo
nnnnnnnn
Z
nn C-1 C)nn
3
'W
nmy0 U)
<aw<
r
r r r r r r r r r r r r r
V
>00M Z
aa-
<�ma 0
mm
iIaN n
N
CI
nr
0
mD
Q
<i
pOF
0
0 a
_
ay
..
zzzzzzzzzzzzzz
.. .. r. .. .. .. .. ...... .. H..
r
MOa D
n z
Om
nnn
Cl) rl Cl) nnnnnnnn
0 mica_
rn
yy
rrrrrrrrrrrrrr
W W W O1 O
m
e
mowy
Ow
y y
m0
mTyo
O OOO 0
A 0 W A V V W 01n
2
a
y<mw
'00,
0 O
0
a
z
mD
04
m
xmy'_'
T
;
0
0
m
0yom
Z
m<mm
2or-
M
z
)
0000000000000
m
C
z
c
myyi
3
000
>I,m
H z
m
m
w
K to
°
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CD
O O O O O O O O O O O O
y
O
y
i
i
0
r mw2a
a< 0
m
T
9 Y
� ,Tmm
wavy
y
0 n
m m
v
I y
s rmc3
i
3mra
9 C)
o0
o i
r >OTy
O
i
° ymim
rm
D C=mo
O 3
n >go
n2
z a
p
m
Om
<a
Zw
<m
CS
3A
A
in
S
O
Z
Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z
O N
nnnnnnnnnnAAnn
me
rrrrrrrrrrrrrr
�n
0
0
F_
2
m
9
m
T
T
a
m
m
m
w
y
p
<
m
m
2
y
2
O O_ O N
n p
A A A A
r 3
wD
wa
w
m
2
y
u
3
3
m
a
m
a
w
Z
n
0
0000
n0
2
0 0 0 Co
f
>
wy
>
T
wa
C
a
<
m
0
m
0
c
o
Ta
>
C
m
a
Zy
Om
r
m
y
,p
w
2
0
aT
a
zN
N
I°
m
p
om
2n
0
n3
M
8m
2
y
> 9
1-.
.o 'D ko MD ko iD 40 'D �o
10 t010 io 101010100m<
80M
00 Co Co 00 00 Co 00 00 00.:
2,
Z>
0CD CD C 00
00000(5 000
�mm
wa
w .r 0 t0 ODV 01LnAWN
m
3
n)aoy
)o;zm
m p2 m
I -a <-
< -mwz
3
>Orrw
Zm-C
t0 lD i0 tD t0 �O 10 to kO to 10 10 l0
V,Cn V 01 V V 01 V V V V V V
0
o
r
C)-,>m
cn A A Cn O V A W N 0)�+ A A
m
mfpmz
mC7mn0333r n
Cr
n<
><r,
Zm ;m
000xvmmm .0 oa
X
0:0>
- � v � m r*m ;o ;j ;o r �
0>
nm>T
O< r n n n nGO 7C .'D
Na
OmOT
O D n
m'r
m y
rys0
n v Q2 ;o r-
`' 1 N << Z 4 V
a y
M,
C -i K
0
-
Oyy�
An0 D- 0
m -0 cn 3 v 2 E
cm
02
ZOm
MToi
A V�-•m Om;o -i 09,E
n r -i
m3
0y2m
C 7% I rNn N r Z
, m
y,
mIrm
mm <C
W r 11
mo
cozo
r m
R1
O
p
nm
>0
m�ym
w«
D<
ramp
rNr
1y
<
r
<T
m
mnm
mAAF
wy�y
NOpZ
.r ,m
3
N r -n �--' A O N N A .r O
A
mr >,
o <Om
m m y
n N. A O .+ C. D A A -♦ .'
r 0
tu
-♦rn0N C1Wm004nVAm
m
ay3y
DtD CD mOAn.�ANNn
y
m
(n W D m N V Z
m
- -mo°
DA- 400rW(n<0O.rNWCn
om
23n0
N 0 r I. N 01 0 Cl CO V1
Z)
ww >n
W m oo.+Ln N0 n 0101 W
°rZ
N V gNA.+00100)COA
2r
`
.+ A 4 0%0A W 00 �0
O O
CO
myV, Yn
N (71 � cn N
m a
ni <o n
Cn
Zm
ymi
Co
yymw m
0020
rnw> C
r < >z r
y,N m
D
m>CO O
<i,
00
mz -y T
;F
a °Nm D
_Oz
3mc C
wmo
irm
wmmT _1
tumor O
ymn
mF;
ya r 3
-i
ZF<
r>
Imop
mmyf
9m02 _
°mz
Oyma r
01
mmo
Eimn m
<w
a ay
ai>
nmy0 U)
<aw<
imam D
onm
>00M Z
aa-
<�ma 0
< >Z
iIaN n
nr
0
mD
Q
<i
pOF
arena
-mm <
_
ay
m
a -lien A
>i
MOa D
Om
2Tr-
0 mica_
rn
ymmn
W W W O1 O
mowy
Ow
N N N O O
m0
mTyo
O OOO 0
A 0 W A V V W 01n
y
oZ"
y<mw
'00,
0
Co m m
2_
N 01 A 01 Cn .+ V 01 V N 01 A A
mD
04
m
xmy'_'
Cm
9_im
acme
m
0yom
Z
m<mm
2or-
cn C cn cn cn cn cn v1 cn cn (n cn to
n
)
0000000000000
j2D3
n
myyi
< 0>
nzM
000
>I,m
.+.+N.+NNNNNNNNN
o
= Ca00
y
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CD
O O O O O O O O O O O O
ammo
ml
O
_
i
r mw2a
a< 0
m mm=m
� ,Tmm
wavy
y
< imni
>imm
v
I y
s rmc3
i
3mra
<
w mien
m in Ow
r >OTy
i
° ymim
"
D C=mo
n >go
m
n"
ro
Zw
<m
CS
3A
A
in
S
This endorsement modifies such insurance as is afforded by the provisions of the policy relating to the following:
UNINSURED MOTORISTS INSURANCE
CALIFORNIA AMENDMENT CP -04 -51
that
1. Exclusion (c) is amended to read as follows:
(c) so as to inure directly or indirectly to the benefit of any workmen's compensation or disability benefits carrier or any person or or-
ganization qualifying as a self- insurer under any workmen's compensation, disability benefits law or any similar law or directly to the
benefit of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof.
2. Subsections (b), (c) and (d) of the provision entitled "Limits of Liability' are replaced by the following:
(b) Any loss payable under the terms of this insurance to or for any person shall be reduced by:
(1) the amount paid and the present value of all amounts payable to him under any workmen's compensation law, exclusive of non-
occupational disability benefits;
(2) the amount the insured is entitled to : ecover from any other person insured under the bodily injury liability coverage of the policy; and
(3) all sums paid by or on behalf of the owner or operator of the uninsured highway vehicle and any other person or organization
jointly or severally liable together with such owner or operator for bodily injury to an insured.
(c) The Company shall not be obligated to pay under this insurance that part of the damages which the insured may be entitled to
recover from the owner or operator of an uninsured highway vehicle which represents expenses for medical services paid or payable
under the Automobile Medical Payments Coverage of the policy.
3. Paragraph (a) of the definition of 'uninsured highway vehicle" is amended to read as follows:
(a) a highway vehicle with respect to the ownership, maintenance or use of which there is, in at least the amounts specified by the
financial responsibility law of the state in which the insured highway vehicle is principally garaged, no bodily injury liability bond or
insurance policy applicable at the time of the accident with respect to any person or organization legally responsible for the use of
suck, vehicle, or with respect to which there is a bodily injury liability bond or insurance policy applicable at the time of the accident
but the company writing the same denies coverage thereunder or refuses to admit coverage thereunder except conditionally or with
reservation or such company is or becomes insolvent; or
4. The Condition entitled "Other Insurance" is replaced by the following:
Other Insurance
With respect to bodily injury to any insured occupying a highway vehicle (other than a highway vehicle which is owned by the
named insured) to which the bodily injury liability coverage of the policy applies, the insurance hereunder shall not apply if the
owner of such vehicle has insurance similar to that provided for herein.
Subject to the preceding paragraph, if the insured has other similar insurance available to him, any damages, including damages for
care and loss of services because of bodily injury shall be deemed not to exceed the higher of the applicable limits of the respective
coverages and such damages including damages for care and loss of services because of bodily injury shall be pro -rated between
such coverages in such proportion as each coverage bears to the total of such limits.
5. The Condition entitled "Arbitration" is amended to read as follows:
Arbitration. If any person making claim hereunder and the Company do not agree that such person is legally entitled to recover dam-
ages from the owner or operator of an uninsured highway vehicle because of bodily injury to the insured, or do not agree as to the
amount of payment which may be owing under this insurance, then, upon written demand of either, the matter or matters upon which
such person and the Company do not agree shall be settled by a single neutral arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by
the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Such person and the Company each agree to consider itself bound
and to be bound by any award made by the arbitrator pursuant to this insurance.
6. The Condition entitled "Action Against Company" is amended to read as follows:
Action Against Company. No action shall lie against the Company unless, as a condition precedent thereto, the insured or his legal
representative has fully complied with all the terms of this policy nor unless within one year from the date of accident:
(a) suit for bodily injury has been filed against the uninsured motorist in a court of competent jurisdiction, or
(b) agreement as to the amount due under this coverage has been concluded, or
(c) the insured or his legal representative has formally instituted arbitration proceedings.
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY 71 x PRESIDENT
1 VU903 —B -74
COMPREHENSIVE LIABIiY POLICY
FIREMAN'S
FUND
INSURANCE
COMPANIES
MAIL ADDRESS
SAN FRANCISCO
CALIFORNIA
OI REMAN'S FUND
WWCE CCMPPNY SAN FRAM C UFORWA
1 E AMERICAN
INSURANCE COMPANY PARSIPPANY, NEW JERSEY
07 NATIONAL SURETY
CCPPOMnCN CHICAGO. ILLINOIS
13 ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY
CuR^ PCPAnCN SAN FRANOSCO. CALIFORNIA
15 AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE
INSURANCE COMPANY CREVE COEUR. MISSOURI
THE COMPANY DESIGNATED ON THE DECLARATIONS PAGE
(A Stock Insurance Company, herein called the Company)
In consideration of the payment of the premium, in reliance upon the statements in the declarations made a part hereof and subject to
all of the terms of this policy, agrees with the named insured as follows:
PART I. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
I. COVERAGE A— BODILY INIURY LIABILITY
COVERAGE B— PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
The Company will pay on behalf of the insured all sums which
the insured shall become legally obligated to pay as damages
because of
Coverage A. bodily injury or
Coverage B. property damage
to which this insurance applies, caused by an occurrence, and
the Company shall have the right and duty to defend any suit
against the insured seeking damages on account of such bodily
injury or property damage, even If any of the allegations of the
suit are groundless, false or fraudulent, and may make such in-
vestigation and settlement of any claim or suit as it deems expe-
dient, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any claim
or judgment or to defend any suit after the applicable limit of the
Company's liability has been exhausted by payment of judgments
or settlements.
Exclusions
This insurance does not apply:
(a) to liability assumed by the insured under any contract or
agreement except an incidental contract; but this exclusion does
not apply to a warranty of fitness or quality of the named in-
sured's products or a warranty that work performed by or on
behalf of the named insured will be done in a workmanlike
manner;
(b) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the owner-
ship, maintenance, operation, use, loading or unloading of
(1) any automobile or aircraft owned or operated by or rented or
loaned to any insured, or
(2) any other automobile or aircraft operated by any person in
the course of his employment by any insured;
but this exclusion does not apply to the parking of an automobile
on premises owned by, rented to or controlled by the named
insured or the ways immediately adjoining, if such automobile
is not owned by or rented or loaned to any inured;
(c) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of (1) the
ownership, maintenance, operation, use, loading or unloading of
any mobile equipment while being used in any pre - arranged or
organized racing, speed or demolition contest or in any stunting
activity or in practice or preparation for any such contest or
activity or (2) the operation or use of any snowmobile or trailer
designed for use therewith;
(d) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of and in the
course of the transportation of mobile equipment by an automo-
bile owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured;
PAGE ONE
(REV)
(e) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the owner-
ship, maintenance, operation, use, loading or unloading of
(1) any watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to
any insured, or
(2) any other watercraft operated by any person in the course
of his employment by any insured;
but this exclusion does not apply to watercraft while ashore
on premises owned by, rented to or controlled by the named
insured;
(f) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the dis-
charge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot,
fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste
materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or
upon land, the atmosphere or any water course or body of water;
but this exclusion does not apply if such discharge, dispersal,
release or escape is sudden and accidental;
(g) to bodily injury or property damage due to war, whether or
not declared, civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution or to
any act or condition incident to any of the foregoing, with
respect to
(1) liability assumed by the insured under an incidental con-
tract, or
(2) expenses for first aid under the Supplementary Payments
provision;
(h) to bodily injury or property damage for which the inured or
his indemnitee may be held liable
(1) as a person or organization engaged in the business of
manufacturing, distributing, selling or serving alcoholic bever-
ages, or
(2) if not so engaged, as an owner or lessor of premises used
for such purposes,
if such liability is imposed
(i) by, or because of the violation of, any statute, ordinance or
regulation pertaining to the sale, gift, distribution or use of any
alcoholic beverage, or
(if) by reason of the selling, serving or giving of any alcoholic
beverage to a minor or to a person under the influence of alcohol
or which causes or contributes to the intoxication of any person;
but part (ii) of this exclusion does not apply with respect to
liability of the insured or his indemnitee as an owner or lessor
described in (2) above;
(f) to any obligation for which the insured or any carrier as his
insurer may be held liable under any workmen's compensation,
unemployment compensation or disability benefits law, or under
any similar law;
(Exclusions, Continued on Page Two)
5901 -1.73
• (QW41 abed uo panequ03)
•paansm pevmu aqj
o; palue, in Aq paumo saslwa,d MOJT ADMD loafold Bane of
joadsal tlltm 1,191DJndes '(Z) ptm (1) sgdna6Dmd s as un un
anoga (E) Pon (Z) '(1) sgdn16a.mdgns ul pagvasep ebaa®p
Apedoad 9111 01 A19IDindas AjddD 11D4, ljwg alabaab6a yons
-aedo peleldwoo 941 mgpM papnlDul abamnp Apedo:dgjjn palm
pw=11 slonpoad ayi uUMM papnlOU! eba ®p Aliedoad 11D (g)
'SamtDnlls saglo'o s6uiplmq 6UTA0111 Jo 10 azjs
ayI 6UI5 TJD OAlonut IOU op gOtLm sastwald vans 7o suo!1n1a11D
1Dinpnlls So pamsw pawau ayi 01 pajuaJ'o Aq paumo sestmaad
TO sltrdal 10 aounualumw To Ino buisi.m aba ®p Apedoad
apnpm Tots saop (Z) Ldo16omdgns s!q1 Inq 'suo!1D'ado yang
of bm1Dla' paalvoa Inluepwm Atm Iapun pawnssn s! A1!Ijgnjj
ga14m Jot ebDwnp Apadoad guns AuD b¢jpnput'pemsm pavmu
atTj Aq )oalayl UOts!Aladns pjauab pun slol0n.yuoo luapvadap
-u! Aq pamsw pawnu 9141 IOJ paw,ollad suo!1DSado To asmon
aqj ut bmllnoDo pun To ;no bumm ebnwap Alaxdoad IIn (Z)
p9pn10111 ebn ®p Apedoad but
Moj n (ZdDjBnJadgns v1 n I l q 'suolniodo so Bast
-weld y Ons o 1 buj nlal palluoo
IDWOPIOw dun Iapun pawnssn si
AIIptIml ya19m 101 ebDwnp Apadold bu!pnloui 'sisnq sldtaDal D uo
Palo, luatudmba s SD10DIJU00 10 SI SDq UOUD.sauowes n uo palm
guogD19dO So sasiwald 10 jno buis!m abawap Apedoad pD (1)
a;nbalbbn
sD s"OgDmpap ayi In patois Aliljgn!f ebnwap Apedoad , 10 1imjl ayi
paaaxa lots jjDgs molaq sgdDJbnmdgns palagwnu ayi To Auo uj
pacTuDsep pun sailddD OBO10A03 sty; gajtlm 01 ebamnp Apedoad
119 To asnmaq sa6nuJDp IT, 101 dundwoO alp To Ajjj!gn!j folol
a41 eouennoao gaDa„ 6utloadsa' UOTSTAold anogD ayi 01 IoafgnS
eaueaano0o yaDa., 01 algmyddD sD suognmloap
941 u1 palnls AjMgDij abawap Apadold To pun aqj paa0xa lots
lryys aouaaanODO auo Auv To ;jnsa' ayi sn suotlnzjuDblo Jo suos
-led Glow Io auo Aq petimIsns ebamvp Apadold IID 10 asnmaq
sabntmJp Iln Sol AundmoO atll To Algigril Tolo1 991 —H e62519no0
elDbalbbr so suognmlaap ayi ut
pa1D1s Altjjgntl A-[ Appoq IO ljwg 9111 paaaxa jots ljngs pmzny
epnpoad aqj u!glim papnpul Aanfw Appoq ITO (Z) pun plDzny
mopwado pajeldwoo aqj ui4l!m papnpui Amfm Appoq 1(n (1)
TO asnmaq sabousnp Tip 101 Aundwoc) ayi 10 AjyigDq Injol ay;
eoueam000 gaDa, bugoadsal UOIsTAo'd anogn ayi of To 0(q
•aovapn0oo
Lana„ 01 atgDOgddn so suognmlaap ayi u! palnls A1!I!gD4
Aanfw AI!poq 10 jiwq ati1 paaaxa too t1ngs 0ovalmo00 auo Aun
10 llosal ayt so 91101ilad aloes 10 auo Aq pautnlsns Amfm Appoq
To asnDaaq 'saDjnlas To ssol jour Dion 101 sa6nwnp butpnpul
'sabnump 1(0 'oj AvDdwoO aqj To A1111gn1l Trial ayj, — y a61329A.0
:S -Ojjoj
so pajiwTi St AtytgDTI s Aundutoo aqj 'ebDwnp Apedoad lo Amfu,
AI!poq 10 tunooDD uo lgbno,q slins So aptom sw!DI0 (E) 10 •abawap
Apedoad so Amfm Appoq umjsns oym SUOiIDZIUD6J0 Io suos'ad
(Z) 'AOgod ST4; Iapun spaansm (1) To Jagmnu ayI to ssalpmbay
XMIMM AO SIIINPI 'III
'pamsm pawnu D so ADTTod sly; ul palOU61sap
IOU sl 113jgm pun J,qM,,, Io Iau ;md a si pamsw ayI gDiym To
amluaA lino(so diyslaulmd Aun 10 ionpuoo ayi 10 Ino bvlsTm ebn
-wDp Alaedold Jo Amfm Appoq of dlddD jots saop aounmsul sigj
'(u) ydD'bnlDdgns ui paqul sap uoslad
AvD 10 'adoldwa ayi 'o pamsm pawnu ayi Aq pa!dnDDo 'o To
95mg0 ul '01 palua' 'Aq paumo A;ladold of abawDp Alaadoad (Z)
so 'IUawAoldwa sly 10 asmoa ayi UT
painful uoslad yons To aaAoldwa Molia) Aun of Aanfw A1Tpoq (1)
:ot joadsa' qim (a) ydDlbDlnd slgj
Iapun paansu, on aq 11nt!s uoyDzluDblo Io uoslad oU 1D14j papiAo'd
:uo1IDz1uD6JO Jo uoslad gans of 'vsDq
ssaoxa Jo AmwT'd 0 uo 19y11a 'a14DpnAO eouolnsul ajg1jDa!joD pun
p!pn Jayjo ou s! a'agl It Ajuo Inc[ 'uoijn'ado yons Jot alq!suods
-a1 Allobal UO!jn21UD6JO Io uoslad Aun pun paansm pawou ayj
10 awOu ay; ul palelsl6aJ luawd!nba yons Auo paansw pawDu
941 To UOISSTw'ad ayi tilt- bupn'ado ajl4m uoslad 'aglo AuD (li)
Pun'luawAojdwa sly To asmoa ayj ul juawd!nba
yons Auo 6ugD'ado a1Tgm pamsw pawnu ayI jo aadoltlwa on (T)
'M01 U0II0JIS16ai aj DiyaA 'olow Aun
Japun p01019!6a' luamdmbe allgow 10 'AD .v 45iq oijgnd n uodn
uopow000l 10 asodmd ayi Jot 'voliolado aqj of joadsal tjj!M (a)
pun :pemsm pawnu
ayi !Ol JabDunw a;Dlsa Ines sn 6uipD a114M u011DziUD610 Jo
(pemem pawnu ay; TO aaAoldwa un ungl Jaq;o) uoslad Aun (p)
•
OMJ 3nvd
'yaps sn sagnp siq To adws ayi u!gym bu!lm aptIm )oalayl Iap(oy
-BOOS 10 sotoalip 7901110 aA!in0ax0 Auo pun pa}DUbMT) 0s uo4Dz
- !UD6Jo 9111 'amluaA jutof Jo ditIs'au;Jnd 'jonp!AJPUI uD UD41 Iaglo
So suoitDmjoap aqj Ut pa;rublsap sl pamsw pawau aqj I! (o)
:yons sD Ajyigoij sly of joadsal
yjjm Ajuo Inq joasaal Iagwaw so saujmd Auo pun pajnubisap
os amluaA julof so duys'aujmd ayj 'amluaA ju!of Jo ditIslaujmd
D so suoilDmpap ayI U1 pajnublsap st paansw pawau ayi p (q)
:ssamsnq D
gans To IOnpuoD ayI of joadsal gjtm pamsul pawnu ay 10 asnods
ayi pun 'IOjalldold ajos ayj sl ay yonjM To ssauisng n To pnpuoo
alp oI joadsal gjjM Aluo jnq pajnu6!sap os uoslad ayj 'pnpinipaj
un so SUOIIDmpap ayj ui pajDVbtsap s! pa,nsui pawnu aqj 1i (D)
:mojaq yj1oT jas juajxa
aqj of &OUDmsu1 sjyj Iapun pamsur uD st butmollol ayI In g3n3
Q3}IfISNI SNOSH3d 'II
'u lalayi AOua;Dgap So IDafap pajoadsns Jo UMOU4 Auo To
asnmaq asn wolf So IaVDUI ayI 111011 u- Dlpygm 01D Apadold lo
Z,om, 'sjanpo'd gans It pDd D w,oj liom so spnpold yons yolgM TO
Ailado'd AuD To so pamsm pawnu aqj Sol so Aq pala(dwoo 1j,oM
Jo spnpoad s,pamsm pawau ayI To asn To ssol so 'luawaoDIdal
'SiDdai 'uoijoadsta 'IDMDIP4TiM aqj Sol paw!DjO sa6Dump OI (d)
aogoautsoD u! Payslulnj juawd mba so slmd 's(DlSajnw To Ina
Jo '1oalaq; uoy'od AuD ,o Jj1om aqj 10 1no bu!stm painsm pawau
ayI To Tpgaq uo Jo Aq paw,oped J1JO- of abawap Apadold of (o)
:slonpold yons 10 ISnd AUD 10 slonpo'd yons To jno
bu!s!m spnpoad s,peansut pawnu aqj of ebnwap Apadoad o1 (u)
:pamsm un ungj JayTO uoitnz
- pin6Jo So uoslad Aun Aq asn of Ind uaaq anry silom Jo slDnpold
yons JaIIr pamsm pawnu ayj To )IDyaq uo 10 Aq pamlol'ad Jpom
Jo spnpoad e,pamsm pawnu ayj To uo!pnlisap so of Amfu!
jDD!sdyd 1nluap!aan pun vappns aqj wol; builfnsal Aj'adold
ajgl6unj Iaylo To asn 10 ssol of Alddo lots saop uoisnpxa slgl jnq
:pamsw pawDu ayi Aq pajuasol
-dal so pajuDJmm Ap(!gwnp So ssaulil 'Aj!jDnb 'a0uowlojjed To
)anal aq; jeauJ of pamsw pawnu ayj To pnyaq uo So Aq pawloj
Dad JI'om Jo spnpoad s,pamsm pawnu ayj 10 am1!D1 e4i (Z)
Io 'Juawaa,6n Jo jOD11um Aun To Pam= pawDu
ayj 10 Tjn49q uo 10 Aq a0unwlojaad TO J1onj Jo u! ADlap n (j)
wol) bupinsaJ paAoljsep 'o pamfU! AJjD0?SA4d
uaaq lots sDq goigM Ajladold e(q!6uDj To asn To ssol o; (w)
'joalayj IJOd luv'o sastwa,d gans 10 jno bmsuD pemem
pawau aqj Aq potDuailD sasiwald of ebnwap Apadoad of (()
:pamsu! pawnu ayj Aq paljosluoo 10 of peivas'Aq paumo sasiwald
In 101DAa)a uD 10 asn aqj To 1no 6mstlD (9101DAe1e of uogj Jayjo)
abawap Apadoad of jaadsaJ qy- dlddn jots saop uoisnloxe s!yj
To (e) pod pun ivawaaJ6D gMljap!s uajlu- D Japun Aly!goij of
jaadsaJ yj!M AjddD jots op uolsnl0xa s!yj To (£) pun (Z) simd jnq
tjo'juoD InoisAgd bu!sla,axa asodmd AuD Joj $I pamem ayi LptgM
of M 10 pamsm atit TO Iolluoa So APOisnO 'a'DD ayi u! A1Jadold (E)
Jo 'paansw ayj Aq pasn Al'adold (Z)
'paansm ay; of Paula' So Ag paldnDao 10 peumo Alaado,d (t)
of abawap Apedoad of (q)
g0naluoa Inluap!DUT on Japun pamsm ayI Act pawnssD AgligDy of
A1ddo IOU saop uolsnpxa sl41 Inq :Amlu! dons !o jno 6u!sim sabD
-urop 10 asnDaaq JatilouD A)!uw apu! of pamsu! aqj To uogn6Lgo
AuD of ,o pamsu! aqj Aq juawAoidwa s!y To asmoa aqj u! pun
To ino bwstm pamsm ayi To aaAoldwa Aun o1 Amfw Ali
poq o1 (f)
(alp aped well panuqu03'911W13)(3)
0 (Continued
Coverages A and B —For the purpose of determining the limit of
the Company's liability, all bodily injury and property damage
arising out of continuous or repeated exposure to substantially
the same general conditions shall be considered as arising out
from Page Two) •
of one occurrence.
IV. POLICY TERRITORY
This insurance applies only to bodily injury or property damage
which occurs within the policy territory.
PART II. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
I. COVERAGE C— BODILY INJURY LIABILITY
COVERAGE D— PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
The Company will pay on behalf of the insured all sums which
the insured shall become legally obligated to pay as damages
because of
Coverage C. bodily injury or
Coverage D. property damage
to which this insurance applies, caused by an occurrence and
arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use, including load-
ing and unloading, of any automobile, and the Company shall
have the right and duty to defend any suit against the insured
seeking damages on account of such bodily injury or property
damage, even if any of the allegations of the suit we groundless,
false or fraudulent, and may make such investigation and settle-
ment of any claim or suit as it deems expedient, but the Company
shall not be obligated to pay any claim or judgment or to defend
any suit after the applicable limit of the Company's liability has
been exhausted by payment of judgments or settlements.
Exclusions
This insurance does not apply:
(a) to liability assumed by the insured under any contract or
agreement;
(b) to any obligation for which the insured or any carrier as his
insurer may be held liable under any workmen's compensation,
unemployment compensation or disability benefits law, or under
any similar law;
(c) to bodily injury to any employee of the insured arising out
of and in the course of his employment by the insured or to any
obligation of the insured to indemnify another because of dam-
ages arising out of such injury; but this exclusion does not apply
to any such injury arising out of and in the course of domestic
employment by the insured unless benefits therefor are in whole
or in part either payable or required to be provided under any
workmen's compensation law;
(d) to property damage to
(1) property owned or being transported by the insured, or
(2) property rented to or in the care, custody or control of the
insured, or as to which the insured is for any purpose exercising
physical control, other than properly damage to a residence or
private garage by a private passenger automobile covered by
this insurance;
(e) to bodily injury or property damage due to war, whether or
not declared, civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution or to
any act or condition incident to any of the foregoing, with respect
to expenses for first aid under the Supplementary Payments
provision;
(f) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the dis-
charge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot,
lumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste
materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or
upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water;
but this exclusion does not apply if such discharge, dispersal,
release or escape is sudden and accidental.
II. PERSONS INSURED
Each of the following is an insured under this insurance to the
extent set forth below:
(a) the named insured:
(b) any partner or executive officer thereof, but with respect to
a non -owned automobile only while such automobile is being
used in the business of the named insured;
(c) any other person while using an owned automobile or a
hired automobile with the permission of the named insured, pro-
vided his actual operation or (if he is not operating) his other
actual use thereof is within the scope of such permission, but
with respect to bodily injury or property damage arising out of
the loading or unloading thereof, such other person shall be an
insured only if he is
(1) a lessee or borrower of the automobile, or
(2) an employee of the named insured or of such lessee or
borrower;
(d) any other person or organization but only with respect to his
or its liability because of acts or omissions of an insured under
(a), (b) or (c) above.
None of the following is an insured:
(i) any person while engaged in the business of his employer
with respect to bodily injury to any fellow employee of such
person injured in the course of his employment;
(ii) the owner or lessee (of whom the named insured is a sub-
lessee) of a hived automobile or the owner of a non -owned auto-
mobile, or any agent or employee of any such owner or lessee;
(iii) an executive officer with respect to an automobile owned by
him or by a member of his household;
(iv) any person or organization, other than the named insured,
with respect to:
(1) a motor vehicle while used with any trailer owned or hired
by such person or organization and not covered by like insurance
in the Company (except a trailer designed for use with a private
passenger automobile and not being used for business purposes
with another type motor vehicle), or
(2) a trailer while used with any motor vehicle owned or hired
by such person or organization and not covered by like insurance
in the Company;
(v) any person while employed in or otherwise engaged in duties
in connection with an automobile business, other than an auto-
mobile business operated by the named insured.
This insurance does not apply to bodily injury or properly dam-
age arising out of (i) a non -owned automobile used in the con-
duct of any partnership or joint venture of which the insured is a
partner or member and which is not designated in this policy as
a named insured, or (2) if the named insured is a partnership,
an automobile owned by or registered in the name of a partner
thereof.
III. LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Regardless of the number of (1) insureds under this policy, (2)
persons or organizations who sustain bodily injury or property
damage, (3) claims made or suits brought on account of bodily
injury or property damage or (4) automobiles to which this policy
applies, the Company's liability is limited as follows:
Coverage C —The limit of bodily injury liability stated in the
declarations as applicable to "each person" is the limit of the
Company's liability for all damages, including damages for care
and loss of services, because of bodily injury sustained by one
person as the result of any one occurrence; but subject to the
above provision respecting "each person ", the total liability of
the Company for all damages because of bodily injury sustained
by two or more persons as the result of any one occurrence shall
not exceed the limit of bodily injury liability stated in the
declarations as applicable to "each occurrence".
Coverage D —The total liability of the Company for all damages
because of all property damage sustained by one or more per-
sons or organizations as the result of any one occurrence shall not
exceed the limit of property damage liability stated in the dec-
larations as applicable to "each occurrence'.
Coverages C and D —For the purpose of determining the limit of
the Company's liability, all bodily injury and property damage
arising out of continuous or repeated exposure to substantially
the same general conditions shall be considered as arising out of
one occurrence.
IV. POLICY TERRITORY
This insurance applies only to bodily injury or property damage
which occurs within the territory described in paragraph (1) or
(2) of the definition of policy territory.
V. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS
When used in reference to this insurance (including endorsements
forming a part of the policy):
"automobile business" means the business or occupation of sell-
ing, repairing, servicing, storing or parking automobiles;
"hired automobile " means an automobile not owned by the
named insured which is used under contract in behalf of, or
loaned to, the named insured, provided such automobile is not
owned by or registered in the name of (a) a partner or executive
officer of the named insured or (b) an employee or agent of the
named insured who is granted an operating allowance of any
sort for the use of such automobile;
"non -owned automobile" means an automobile which is neither
an owned automobile nor a hived automobile;
"owned automobile " means an automobile owned by the named
insured;
"private passenger automobile " means a four wheel private pas-
senger or station wagon type automobile:
"trailer " includes semi - trailer but does not include mobile
equipment.
VL ADDITIONAL CONDITION
Excess Insurance —Hived and Non -Owned Automobiles
With respect to a hired automobile or a non -owned automobile,
this insurance shall be excess insurance over any other valid and
collectible insurance available to the insured.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
The Company will pay, in addition to the applicable limit of
liability:
(a) all expenses incurred by the Company, all costs taxed against
the insured in any suit defended by the Company and all interest
on the entire amount of any judgment therein which accrues after
entry of the judgment and before the Company has paid or ten-
dered or deposited in court that part of the judgment which does
not exceed the limit of the Company's liability thereon;
(b) premiums on appeal bonds required in any such suit, pre-
miums on bonds to release attachments in any such suit for an
amount not in excess of the applicable limit of liability of this
policy, and the cost of bail bonds required of the insured because
of accident or traffic law violation arising out of the use of any
vehicle to which this policy applies, not to exceed $250 per bail
bond, but the Company shall have no obligation to apply for or
lurnish any such bonds;
(c) expenses incurred by the insured for first aid to others of the
time of an accident, for bodily injury to which this policy applies;
(d) reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at the Com-
pany's request in assisting the Company in the investigation or
defense of any claim or suit, including actual loss of earnings
not to exceed $25 per day.
DEFINITIONS
When used in this policy (including endorsements forming a part
hereof):
"automobile " means a land motor vehicle, trailer or semitrailer
designed for travel on public roads (including any machinery or
apparatus attached thereto), but does not include mobile
equipment;
"bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sus-
tained by any person which occurs during the policy period,
including death at any time resulting therefrom;
"completed operations hazard " includes bodily injury and prop-
erty damage arising out of operations or reliance upon a repre-
sentation or warranty made at any time with respect thereto, but
only if the bodily injury or property damage occurs after such
operations have been completed or abandoned and occurs away
from premises owned by or rented to the named insured. "Opera-
tions" include materials, parts or equipment furnished in connec-
tion therewith. Operations shall be deemed completed at the
earliest of the following times:
(1) when all operations to be performed by or on behalf of the
named insured under the contract have been completed,
(2) when all operations to be performed by or on behalf of the
named insured at the site of the operations have been completed, or
(3) when the portion of the work out of which the injury or dam-
age arises has been put to its intended use by any person or
organization other than another contractor or subcontractor en-
gaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the
same project.
Operations which may require further service or maintenance
work, or correction, repair or replacement because of any defect
or deficiency, but which are otherwise complete, shall he deemed
completed.
The completed operations hazard does not include bodily injury
or property damage arising out of
(a) operations in connection with the transportation of properly,
unless the bodily injury or properly damage arises out of a con-
dition in or on a vehicle created by the loading or unloading
thereof,
PAGE THREE (Definitions, Continued on Page Four)
'polled Aoilod all bu!anp eaualmaDo uD Aq pasnDn
st asn jo ssol Lions paplAold padol;sep 10 painful ApDOtsAyd
"aq IOU soil yDIgM Alladoad algtbUol 10 asn is ssol (Z) is
'moljolatil 6uujnsaj awry Also ID joajalj asn fo ssol all butpnput
'polled ADgod all 6uunp sm000 ynilM Apadoad alg16uny 10
uogOmisap 10 01 Amfut potsAyd (1) slmam ,ebnwap Apadoad••
'slaylo OT
pags?nbwlal uaaq snq spnpoid yDns jo uoissassod jnaisAyd Jolla
pun pamsm pawnu ay; 01 payuat to Aq paux.o selemaid moll
IDMD smDDO ebnwap Alaadoid 10 Amfu! Appoq ail It Iluo }nil
'03atagl jcadsad gjlM awu Alm 1D apnm •AlnatlzM 10 uotynjuasaidai
D uodn anungal do s;onpoad spamw s pawnu ay; jo jno butslm
ebnwap Apadoad pun Aanlu! dlipoq sapnlnut „panznq slonpoid••
'Ajolpla; Lions utgl!M ly6notq M sabD
-amp Lions lof ltns 1DU!6t10 all paptAOjd 'GAO gn (1) gdnabnmd w
paquDsap Aloluial all u!gpI uoudwnsuoo do asn jol plus mM
g0u4m ;Dnpoid D jo Inn butslm abnwnp Apadoad do Ainim Ali
poq
In asnnnaq sa6Dwnp o{ joadsaj gllm place. atjj m ala4 -A un (e)
10 'uognu ao aims 'A1lunOo laylo Aun wall 10 of uo!}nllodsunal
10 JeADJI In asmoD all ul mono IOU slop abnwnp Apadoad is
Ainfw Appoq ail papuold 'rinds 1!D to stamm IDuounUlalut (Z)
10 'DpDUD'J
10'suo!ssessod m sauoludal sl! 'noua,eV 10 sajujS pa;lufl ay; (l)
:sunam ,Amj!id9j ADtlod••
:pamsu! ay; jo jutodpuals
ay1 m011 p9pualut aou papodxa tailtau abaUwp Aliedold 10
Aan(u! Ali
poq Lit s}lnsal yD!14M 'SUCTITUOD o; emsodxa pained
-81 to snonuiluoD butpnput ';uapl= uD sunaw ,eauaam000,•
'plus IOU Inq slaylo jo asn tof painool is of palual lautnluoo
Lions uny{ la14;o Alladodd Aun 10 Gullies. 6mpuaA n epnjoui
IOU IjDys spnpoAd s,peznsm pawau,• inc( '(apty9A D .UDq; 191410)
loajayi aawniuon Aun butpnput 'awnu sly lepun bu!pD11 sjagjo
Aq 10 pamsu! pawau aq; Aq pajnqujs!p 10 palpunl 'plos 'pawl
_0Djnunw spnpold to spoob suDam slanpoid s,pemem paumv,
'Ao!jod slgl 10 SuouD.mpap 9141 To -1 mail
ut pauanu 11011=usblo 1D uoslad ayj sunaw „paansu! pawau„
!juawdwbe butDtnjas jjaM pun uotlnloldxa loo!sAldOab pun
quamd!nba 5utvnap butpl!nq pun buipjeM '6utADids butpnpu!
'siolDaauab pun sdmnd 'slossaldwoD -iio 'luawdinba nodal do [toil
- onnsuoo pnoi 1aLijo pun sialici 'siadulos 'saapnl6 '(adAl jtsunil-u!
-x!w ayy Until 10LII0) slaxlm a;anndoo 'Sllljp Pull sia661p 'siaplool
'slanoys 'Slums 10MOd :ajOtgaA Lions of payDDlm Allueunwjad
10 to }md jDj6alvt on bu!wlol sad Al 6utmojjoj aql jo luawd!nbe
o3 Ai?pgom buipjol1D Is asodind ajos all ml pau!Djumm 10 paubts
-ap (1,) jo 'spend Dilgnd 13o Allndtawld asn jol pa161sap (E) 10
'6ulato(pn Alalo!pawwt sAnA, ay; 6Utpnlnu! 'pamsul pawnu ag; of
pa;uaj 10 Aq paumo saslmald Uo Ajanlsnp ce asn 1ol pautn{uLDul
(y) 10 'UOpDllMb@J GIOlyaA blow of jnafgns IOU (1) 'palladoid
-flan IOU 10 laglall- '(ojalayl paumllo snlnmddn In Aiau!go
-n. Jun 6Utpnjsut) alOjyaA punt D sunaw „juawdinbe al?gow„
'Anj!gDil s/undmo0 ay} jo s1.11 all o; padsal yl!M IdaDxa
'jybncjq st Iles do apDm S! minis molts IowDbD pamsun gona of
AlalDmdas sailddn papao ;;n GOUnmsut ayy 'abDlGAO0 aDUnmsu1
algDDilddis all jo uotstnmd ,•pamsul suoslad„ all m pamsu!
un in butAfnDnb uollnztuD6m 10 uoslad Alm sunaw „pamsu!••
' ;Uawaat6D anuDUajUjDUU lojaeala (g) to 'luawael60
llanllapis (y) 'A1tlndiolunw agj 101 31jam LijLM uotpauuoo ut ;deDxa
'anuDutplo jndpiunw Aq pannbad Appndiomnm D Aj?umaput of but
- vD;japun (E) 'pnollInl D o; luasnipn 10 no suoilnjado uoggowap
10 uognnnsuOD gljM uollOauuoo Lit IdaOxa 'juamaalfm luamasne
(Z) 'sastwadd to asnal (1) ualjllM AUD sunaw „IDDa1UGa ln;Uappm,•
'laal moj 6utpaanxa low
lybiai juaw;lodmoo D buiADLI pUD A;tadold butJlmo joj AjaA!s
-njoxa pasn jajmMgmnp D to Apadoad bULA110J 101 Alanisnlaxa
pasn 10A@AUOD paunDUt uD 10 'SUOgDjadO u0g!jowap 10 uogonils
-UOD 'UOuDjayjn u! pasn Isioq IDtaajnw 10 p014 D 10 'sjjoM 6uiplmq
of pal(Dnljo 1OU ji 10 laMod jnO!UOgDaw InOL[im 11 6utpling D
ap!slno wjol;Dld n jnognM Istoq n do '}slog binotndas el!gomo;nn
uD apnlaul low slop inq .'Alaup4onm pun luawd!nba 1am.od 'AnM
-uni 'ADmiusis 'ADM ;slog '1jDgs 'wloj;nld 'me Aun butpnput laoiayi
saounilddD 11D pun 'aDlA1as ul IOU 10 daLjjetl . 'sbulpunj m small
{oauuoo of antnap bullaenol 10 61HIM014 Aun sunaw ,aolDSele•,
' suounlado
palaldwoo butpnput„ sagtoads IDnuDm s AuDdmoo 9141 ul 10
Antjod aql Lit palres uounD91ssnp aqj gou1M 1of suounlado (D)
10 'sloua ;nm pasnun m
pauopuogn in ;uawdtnba pallolsutun 'slool jo aouals!xa all (q)
(esigj sled woe{ panuiluoa 'su0p!Uga0)
0 V13tla3S @nod '
N•153Nd
3`JVd
,Atmdwo0 ay{ jo lua6n pazuolinn Ajnp D Aq abnd suouompap ay{ lso paubnsla;unoo uaaq sDy It ssaoin Ausdmo0 aql uodn bu?pu?q ail
IOU Timis autos ay; inq 'Amyajnag pun luan?seld sjt Aq pau6ts ag
o{ Aoilod 51141 pasnnD sDy ANVdY100 GLij '303H3HM SS3N.LIM HI
aDuDmsut still of bu?lDlat sjua6n ml
In IUD m Aundmoo ay1 pun ;laswnl uaaM;aq buustxa sluemeajba
10 pamsu! ay} 10 AOUanlosul to koldni3juDS '9A?laluasaldaa lnbal
'Appq
11D satpogwa Ioilod s!Lij ;Dl; pun suopnivasaldal lions jo llnn
sty io paansw all Aq papnaldwt aq Aundmo0 aql Ilnls aou
-nil s,pamsul a14; autwlalap of pamsu! aq1 Isu!DbD uoilDio Aun o;
ay; uodn anusyaJ uu pans! st Aoilod sty{ yngj 'suouD{uasaadad pun
J}md D so Auodwo0 ay} umi o} Aoijod sty} iapun ;9611 Iua army
LUD aA
sluawaalbD Sul am suognmlDap aq; uI sjuama ;DTs ay1 1Dy1 saalbn
lings uognnunbdo so Uosjad o[,! 'Ja9od still Aq paploff.1 u!
paansw pawau aLi1 'ID!1od still 10 anvn;dannD AS •suo?lnaapaQ Z1
atil fo jua;xo oil of ADgod sty; tapun 1anODaj 01 pall?1va ail 191TD
'uounilaounD ;o uoutpuoo D low
-alayl IIDgs juawaaibn uall ?1M i0 luawbpnf lions pampas sDy oyM
sl mntmald paumaun 10 lopua; do omwlDd inq 'anusajja sawooaq
10alan1 ant}nglasajdaj lo6al ayj 10 uognztunblo to uoslad AUV
uollallaOttnd jal {o algDouoDid sn uoos SD 10 pawafle sl UognllaD
Aundwo0 alit pun
-too awll aql 1D laylia apDw ail ADw }uawjsnfpD wmwald 'Dial
old pajndwoD aq jlDys wmwald pauma 'sjaDuno, Aundwo0 ay;
limminjo ayy 'paansu! ay} I° luameeibn uajiuM Aq do IDul IDnmie
jf
ampaooad pun ajgD; alnl {joys Ammoysro aqj Li;LM aounpmooD us
daljn pamsw au} jsuinbD juaw6pnf Aq daelte poulmjalop 1,11Dwl
uaaq aADy jings And of uojjD6tjgo s,pamsm ay; 10 lunoma agj
p9yndmon ail ljngs wntwald pawna 'slaDUnD pamsm pawau ay} ;I
'butjlnw of {ua;nntnba ail jIDLis Aundmo0 all Aq do
ulun low ' ADtlod Mql 10 smial ay{ fo Ills qj!M eounndwoD ljnj uaaq
'olajanj
pamsw pawnu
aqj Aq taelta anuou Imilll.m yDns 10 A1antla(I potlad ADtlod alil
aADy pegs a1a1i1 luapaDatd UoujpUOD D sn 'Ssalun Aund
jo pua out awooaq jpys aDgou aqj ui parols uol;D!leoulso 10 moq
-woo agl jSU_D6D all Ilsys uollDo onl •AUadwoo lsu!n6y uo?py •g
oD ON by xro to
puD 9mp ang0ajja all 10 Japuauns in awl; R14.L "an!IOU jo lootd
D- fO amµ all ;D pro 04
Ic
sD aDgou jo bu'I illssal; Fla ail
luaistfuO ail john pions
illy jof until tai }o asuadxa AUo Snout vo!lnbggo Aun awnssn
'luawADd
i j
Ilnys uoI{D11aovnD yDns taijnajayI sAnp ual uDLi{ ssaj you uayM
Until
Aun Gnaw AI!mlunjcA ' ;soo uMo stn ;n ;dooxa ';ou Ijnls
�sassau
6utlDys aDgou uayjljm 'IDtlod still u! tnAoys ssalppn a9j in pamsu}
alnsu? a M o @nun ua n a BUIUM o uD aOI1a tea
P aqj 1! ; p Il gl 3q p p.
ewnu a o bud taw A ALmdmo a A a aouno a Anm
P ill 1 1' q 0 y{ q P Il q
butA!b pun butanoaS ut iSI55D pun SIDI11 pun sbUt.maq pu911D
Aoilod slLiyangsalja ail lingo uounianunD ay; 1alpOjayl UatiM
6UIjD
llnys pamsw aqy pull 'ADgod sigl dapun paplollu st anunmsut
yntyM o; ;Dadsat abDLUDp jo Aanfut asnnnaq
{s aJi{OU lla1 ;[1M AUDdwO'J ay; Ol 6ULjmw Aq 10 s}ua6n paz[
- toglnD sit jo Aun 10 Aundwoo all o; joeiayi januajlns Aq pamsw
y}tM jo pamsu?
@e{ O; algDil ail ADM OLiM UOL {DZilln510 10 UDSSad AllD 3sUiD6D
pawnu ay; Aq pollaounD aq Anw Aoijod sing •UOUDIl83UD3 •11
A11=0put to ucuuua?nuoO in lLjb?j Aun 6uwiojua ui pun sins jo
lonpuos ay; u; 'sivawal;;as 6mr�om w {sissn 'jsanbal sAundwo0
'joatagl polled
atil uodn 'pun Jundwo0 ay{ ylm alDiadooll lions pamsm ayy (D)
IDnums anjlnOasuOD gona of Alaromdas Alddn Ijnis ejnbaab6D sD
,
ADtlod still ut pajals Aitjlgatl s;iundwo0 ay; 10 ;lino Aun smGA
lDluasajdal
amstLi
aalll ;o pound D jol pansst st Aoilod still fl •ADtlod maA elegy •Ul
10 will Jq pantaDai ssa3oid iaq ;o jo suowwns 'aouou
-
aminlvaS@Jdaj lcbal all; jo uOgDoggnnb
punwap u1 Aa Avndmc0 ael OT pmMaoj Ila;D!pamwt lings paansui
aq1 'pamsu? aqi ISU!D6D yy6nolq SL Imo Jo apnm SI wtntD ff (q)
Tl
pun luawluioddrd ayy lgun Aluo }nil 'pamsu? ms 'joaaayy Apolsno
Amlodmal ladoad bmnsy uoslad ail; o; 'pamsu? pawnu aql fo
Apadoltl ayy of yoadsal tijlM (Z) pun 'yDns sn saiinp sty jo adoos
aU13
Dtd
s9 uoos sn sjuabD pazuoilnn sit jo AuD 10 Aundmoo ail} of
all ldup1m buum aj!eM Aluo inq •pamsu? pawau ayy so aAunude
amsw Ou} 1O to Ao UOAi6 a n s 'sassau iM a o jDAD o pun
P f 4 ti 9 1. I4 I. 1 P
-aid@! D6a s, amsw? awnU a o A ddn D s A O od st A
1 1 P P 1 1 ij 9 I 93 9
flit aqi ;0 sassalppn pvn sawsi ay} pun 'foajay; sanun
'awl
papmffD SI gJUn1n 'o pamsw
yJnS �a.s jl
Timis aqj 'pt Aa
_AD
_AD pua amid agl o} ;nadsal lDlgo
ill ?M IIOijDwloj Ui a19ouiDigo
A a,DUom-j OsID A
aj st ndmoo
-MOy 1t 'uoalay paslopua st }uasuoD slit lgun .iundm00 ay; pu!q
si
IOU Ilnys ADgod still lapun lsalalut fo juawu6issV -luawub!ssy •s
our amsw a i ua I O
l P o 1 I P ; luapnfns uj (n)
-jnd buaic lnoD asgoU vapuM 'a0uaaanaDO un 10 Juana ay1 ul (n)
'IDtlod Mqj to }md D wtoj of pansst ;uem
•;!nS ao wrnlo •ooldannaoo jo lUan3 9111 w sa!ln(I s,pamsul •y
- asdopua Aq ldaoxa 'pabungD 1O pamnM aq ADgod stgj jo smdal
'LidDjfmmd wql ut pautDju0D luamaalbo aqj ao; ;daDxa
a14; 11Dgs 'on ' ADtlod sly; 10 sm101 aLil Japun ;14bu Aus 6uuJa2sD
AJyod sty; ;o smial aql japan GrDud o; pa1nb!lgo uaaq army low
moll 1,vndmo0 aql dolsa is ADijod Sle; jo jmd Iue ui abungO
pjncM u gOujM Wlsam00 aqj Aq apDw juawADd Aim 10; Jund
D 10 1aAInM D ;Jajja IOU jlDtjS uoslad Jayjo Alm Aq is IuebD
-moo ael asl gtdwal O; saGiED pamsw ayy 'MDj yDns Aq pannb
Iua Iq passessod abpalmctux do juabn Jun of aotjoN sabuvgo •g
-at AlutgDtj fo MILMI pUn abnlOA03 aql jo ;ualxe all of Mnl Lions
s ;tjbu yDns ampnfald o; ssol aa;ln 6wyjou op hogs
10 SUDIMAOld au1 ej!, AldmoD 11DLis A;gtgsy abnwnp Apadoad
paansu? ayy 's;gbu yDns alnoGS 01 ImaSaOOU sl asla Jana;DyM
is; is AlgtoD;l dmfut Al?poq iof Ao!jod s!ql Aq papjol ;n st sn
op pua siadnd pun sluawnlISUt lanyap pun a}noaxa ljnys pamsu?
aouclnsul yens 'Mel 41ligtsuodsai IDtounin; aplgaA robin AUD fo
ayy pun uognziunbdo Jo uoslad IUD }sutnbD lOjalaq} A1anOD3t
SUOjstnoid ay; japun am;nl ati; 1oj Aul!g!suodsai IDIDUDlig jo jooad
10 sjgbu s,pamsm ay; nn o; painbojgns aq jlcgs Aundmo0 ayy
SD payglaD s! IDtlod siq} liagM •s-vj Aill!gtsuodsaH iniDunu!3 •E
ADtlod styli tapun }uawADd AUD 10 ;ulna ay} Ul mo?lnboagns .A
aouDinsui sty; jo aaulow jsafans ay} of ajDjaj Aagy sD m; sn ' ADgod
'ssol Lions IsUtnba antminsm
sty} ;o uounmmial }null atil Ja ;jn smaJ oall l u!tjli,A puD joatagl
alg9nailaD puD pgDA lin Is Jjntglsij jo uuUj algnogddD jD}ol aqj
suotsuajxe pun polled ADgod aql bullnp awg Aun in spjOOaj pun
of smaq ssol Lions joj ADgod sly} dapun Jyljtgny ;o jtwll algnD
sriooq s,pamsm pawnu a141 ppnD pun outmnxa IDm Aundwo0 ayy
-!jddie oqj uny; ssol Lions jo uoulodold jolnajb D jol ajgn!l aq jot:
'uognin6al do ajnl
lings Aundwop ael 'samLis jDnba Aq u0iinquluoo dot aplAcid IOU
'Awj Auld sjjM aounjdmoD Lit am 10 'jnjyyjnay 10 ales am stroll
slop aDuninsui jaq;o lions to AUD ;j 'si!uny Aq uo?ingvjuoo (q)
-niado do i.podoid guns Ictil juDimm do autwlalap o{ 'slaylo 10
'p!ad w ssol aLl; jo }unown jlnj ay; 10 ljnj ui Itm9 sp pied
pamsu! pawnu ay; Is iljauaq aql 101 10 ;o jiayaq no 'butgDliepun
snq jainsw Lions Lisa@ pion ssol agj jo junown bututnMal ay; 10
un a ;n ;gsuos 11Dis coajayi ;today Aun sou foalayl butKDm all
samys IDnba ajnqulucD oil anuiluoo ua141 siamsut buiummal ael
jou suogoadsui axnw o} )ibu s,Aundwop ay; ietiReli 'awu Ion ID
prod os IOU ssol p junown Aun o; ;oadsai gjjj pun 'ptnd St ssol
suotlniado pun .{ ;iadcad s,pamsut pawau aqy yDedsut o; palnbggo
Rill jo lunomn 11nj alp is ADgod auo Aun tapun Appgn!l In Irmil
IOU inq pautmiad eq 1IDgs Aundwo0 ayy •ppny pua Uotloadsul .Z
ajgm!jddD ;saMoj ayy slDnba iamsut gDoa jo aines ail; }gun awes
'i0anp
lobe ma salnquluoD jamsui gona jt ajgDJDd ail pinoM until sscl
Anw AuDdmoO eql so polled Amjod ay; buunp sawg guns in
Lions jo uoujododd jajnal6 D mj ajgn9 ail IOU Iloilo Wnd=3 an;
pun polled Aoijod og} fo pua @Lil in Aundwo0 atij o} spiosal yDns
'samys lDnba Aq tiounglnuoD joj SeP!AOtd aDuDmsut ejggoaljoD
10 saidoD puas l}oys pun 'noun }ndmoo wniwaad top Amssaaau st
puD pnDA iaq }o guns jo jjn f1 -saings lunb3 Aq uollnquluoo (n)
m uoj;owlclu: yDns jo splooaj LanluiDm Ila9s pamsw pawau ayy
:MOlaq Uots!Aojd uognq
'pamsu! pawnu ay} Aq prod tmumd paumaun ail pamsu? pawau
-u;UoD ajgnDyddD aip uI pa{n}s logl until ssoj atjl is uo!ljodold
ay; o} um1a1 hags AuDdmoO ay; 'pind Alsnotnaid wntwald ay;
lainal6 n del Io!jod s!ij tapun algDij aq lou ilDtis JuDdwoO
until ssaj s! polled ADgod ael jof mntmaid pauma In ;oj all ji 'elgD
all 'luabu141100 to SSGDxa 'I1Dwijd tailagM 'sisDq amps all no
-ADd pun anp awooaq jjnis 'pamsu! pawau ayy o; joadal; aouou
ssol agl of Ajddn anunmsut laylo pun anunmsut s?q} ti;oq uayM
uodn 'pan polled yens mj pa ;ndmos ail lions wnimaid pauma all
souamsut jayjo Lions 10 aDuajslxe eqj Aq peonpaa ail ;on lines
potlad ltpnn ay; m suolDimloop ag; U! pa ;Dub!sap (po!jad Aoilod
Japod still tapun AliocID11 s IuDdwo.0 ay; ;o }unown a141 's!tnq
aej 10 pua all yllm 6ullDullmal joaiagl lmd do) polled Liana 10
;uabutjuOD 10 ssODxa uD us ssol ay} of elgDo9ddD ail o; pajois
asolo agl IV 'polled Aonod ay; 10 pua all ;D anp mmmaad pauma
M yolyM anunmsut Jatj;o sell pamsu[ ag1 pun Ajowud M anus
ay{ ;o lunomn aqj o; pa }!polo ail 11Dgs Liolum Aluo mnimaad lisod
-msu! still uayM aouomsui taLim jo anuas9n 0141 uodn yua6uuuoD
-ap It St MnlM@Jd anvnnpD,, sn Aonod still u! pajDu6!sap wmwald
10 10 ssaOxe uI Alddn o} palols uayM ydeoxa 'aouDmsm I,=
-ud s! ADgod sly; Aq paplopD aDuDmsut ayy -aouomsul 19410'9
u!alay paplo;ID
aounmsut agl of algDogddrs swntmald unwmim pun swntm
'lepunajag suounb!lgo Ill
-aid 'sunjd 6uuvj 'sa}Di 'salnl s Aundwo0 atil Li{tM aounpl000D
jo Juo To Ausduio0 all 9Aapai low }lays arolSe s,pamstn and ;o
ul palndmoD ail llogs ADgod siel m; swniwaid IIV 'wn!weld 'I
SNOULKIN0O
'polled Aoilod all bu!anp eaualmaDo uD Aq pasnDn
st asn jo ssol Lions paplAold padol;sep 10 painful ApDOtsAyd
"aq IOU soil yDIgM Alladoad algtbUol 10 asn is ssol (Z) is
'moljolatil 6uujnsaj awry Also ID joajalj asn fo ssol all butpnput
'polled ADgod all 6uunp sm000 ynilM Apadoad alg16uny 10
uogOmisap 10 01 Amfut potsAyd (1) slmam ,ebnwap Apadoad••
'slaylo OT
pags?nbwlal uaaq snq spnpoid yDns jo uoissassod jnaisAyd Jolla
pun pamsm pawnu ay; 01 payuat to Aq paux.o selemaid moll
IDMD smDDO ebnwap Alaadoid 10 Amfu! Appoq ail It Iluo }nil
'03atagl jcadsad gjlM awu Alm 1D apnm •AlnatlzM 10 uotynjuasaidai
D uodn anungal do s;onpoad spamw s pawnu ay; jo jno butslm
ebnwap Apadoad pun Aanlu! dlipoq sapnlnut „panznq slonpoid••
'Ajolpla; Lions utgl!M ly6notq M sabD
-amp Lions lof ltns 1DU!6t10 all paptAOjd 'GAO gn (1) gdnabnmd w
paquDsap Aloluial all u!gpI uoudwnsuoo do asn jol plus mM
g0u4m ;Dnpoid D jo Inn butslm abnwnp Apadoad do Ainim Ali
poq
In asnnnaq sa6Dwnp o{ joadsaj gllm place. atjj m ala4 -A un (e)
10 'uognu ao aims 'A1lunOo laylo Aun wall 10 of uo!}nllodsunal
10 JeADJI In asmoD all ul mono IOU slop abnwnp Apadoad is
Ainfw Appoq ail papuold 'rinds 1!D to stamm IDuounUlalut (Z)
10 'DpDUD'J
10'suo!ssessod m sauoludal sl! 'noua,eV 10 sajujS pa;lufl ay; (l)
:sunam ,Amj!id9j ADtlod••
:pamsu! ay; jo jutodpuals
ay1 m011 p9pualut aou papodxa tailtau abaUwp Aliedold 10
Aan(u! Ali
poq Lit s}lnsal yD!14M 'SUCTITUOD o; emsodxa pained
-81 to snonuiluoD butpnput ';uapl= uD sunaw ,eauaam000,•
'plus IOU Inq slaylo jo asn tof painool is of palual lautnluoo
Lions uny{ la14;o Alladodd Aun 10 Gullies. 6mpuaA n epnjoui
IOU IjDys spnpoAd s,peznsm pawau,• inc( '(apty9A D .UDq; 191410)
loajayi aawniuon Aun butpnput 'awnu sly lepun bu!pD11 sjagjo
Aq 10 pamsu! pawau aq; Aq pajnqujs!p 10 palpunl 'plos 'pawl
_0Djnunw spnpold to spoob suDam slanpoid s,pemem paumv,
'Ao!jod slgl 10 SuouD.mpap 9141 To -1 mail
ut pauanu 11011=usblo 1D uoslad ayj sunaw „paansu! pawau„
!juawdwbe butDtnjas jjaM pun uotlnloldxa loo!sAldOab pun
quamd!nba 5utvnap butpl!nq pun buipjeM '6utADids butpnpu!
'siolDaauab pun sdmnd 'slossaldwoD -iio 'luawdinba nodal do [toil
- onnsuoo pnoi 1aLijo pun sialici 'siadulos 'saapnl6 '(adAl jtsunil-u!
-x!w ayy Until 10LII0) slaxlm a;anndoo 'Sllljp Pull sia661p 'siaplool
'slanoys 'Slums 10MOd :ajOtgaA Lions of payDDlm Allueunwjad
10 to }md jDj6alvt on bu!wlol sad Al 6utmojjoj aql jo luawd!nbe
o3 Ai?pgom buipjol1D Is asodind ajos all ml pau!Djumm 10 paubts
-ap (1,) jo 'spend Dilgnd 13o Allndtawld asn jol pa161sap (E) 10
'6ulato(pn Alalo!pawwt sAnA, ay; 6Utpnlnu! 'pamsul pawnu ag; of
pa;uaj 10 Aq paumo saslmald Uo Ajanlsnp ce asn 1ol pautn{uLDul
(y) 10 'UOpDllMb@J GIOlyaA blow of jnafgns IOU (1) 'palladoid
-flan IOU 10 laglall- '(ojalayl paumllo snlnmddn In Aiau!go
-n. Jun 6Utpnjsut) alOjyaA punt D sunaw „juawdinbe al?gow„
'Anj!gDil s/undmo0 ay} jo s1.11 all o; padsal yl!M IdaDxa
'jybncjq st Iles do apDm S! minis molts IowDbD pamsun gona of
AlalDmdas sailddn papao ;;n GOUnmsut ayy 'abDlGAO0 aDUnmsu1
algDDilddis all jo uotstnmd ,•pamsul suoslad„ all m pamsu!
un in butAfnDnb uollnztuD6m 10 uoslad Alm sunaw „pamsu!••
' ;Uawaat6D anuDUajUjDUU lojaeala (g) to 'luawael60
llanllapis (y) 'A1tlndiolunw agj 101 31jam LijLM uotpauuoo ut ;deDxa
'anuDutplo jndpiunw Aq pannbad Appndiomnm D Aj?umaput of but
- vD;japun (E) 'pnollInl D o; luasnipn 10 no suoilnjado uoggowap
10 uognnnsuOD gljM uollOauuoo Lit IdaOxa 'juamaalfm luamasne
(Z) 'sastwadd to asnal (1) ualjllM AUD sunaw „IDDa1UGa ln;Uappm,•
'laal moj 6utpaanxa low
lybiai juaw;lodmoo D buiADLI pUD A;tadold butJlmo joj AjaA!s
-njoxa pasn jajmMgmnp D to Apadoad bULA110J 101 Alanisnlaxa
pasn 10A@AUOD paunDUt uD 10 'SUOgDjadO u0g!jowap 10 uogonils
-UOD 'UOuDjayjn u! pasn Isioq IDtaajnw 10 p014 D 10 'sjjoM 6uiplmq
of pal(Dnljo 1OU ji 10 laMod jnO!UOgDaw InOL[im 11 6utpling D
ap!slno wjol;Dld n jnognM Istoq n do '}slog binotndas el!gomo;nn
uD apnlaul low slop inq .'Alaup4onm pun luawd!nba 1am.od 'AnM
-uni 'ADmiusis 'ADM ;slog '1jDgs 'wloj;nld 'me Aun butpnput laoiayi
saounilddD 11D pun 'aDlA1as ul IOU 10 daLjjetl . 'sbulpunj m small
{oauuoo of antnap bullaenol 10 61HIM014 Aun sunaw ,aolDSele•,
' suounlado
palaldwoo butpnput„ sagtoads IDnuDm s AuDdmoo 9141 ul 10
Antjod aql Lit palres uounD91ssnp aqj gou1M 1of suounlado (D)
10 'sloua ;nm pasnun m
pauopuogn in ;uawdtnba pallolsutun 'slool jo aouals!xa all (q)
(esigj sled woe{ panuiluoa 'su0p!Uga0)
•0
J. RAY
�.. Construction Co.
April 10, 1978
00
License No. 8 -1 126426 (714) 642 -4210
188 East 17th Street, Costa Mesa, California 92627
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Blvd.,
Newport Beach, Calif. 92663
ATTN: Kenneth L. Perry
Assistant City Engineer
HE: Change of listed subcontractor
For Newport Center Branch Library
Dear Sir:
Due to a clerical error, we listed the second low bidder in lieu of the
actual low bidder for Heat, Vent and Air Conditioning.
Therefore, we would like to correct this error and list Air Conditioning
System of La Habra, California as the subcontractor of record and remove
Campbell Heating & Air Conditioning as the listed subcontractor. We have
informed Cambell Heating & Air Conditioning of our intention. They have
agreed to release us from our obligation to their company.
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please feel free to call
us.
CC: Gary Campbell, Campbell Ifeating & Venting
Air Conditioning Systems
ItBC/eb
Very truly yours,
J. S7'RjJCT C ANY
Itonald K. Chambers, Project Mgr.
E
_ FU'Jli.
� CIS f OF
BEACHZ� Ci;liF.
0• 00
TO: CITY COUNCIL
FROM: Public Works Department
April 24, 1978
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO. H -12
SUBJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY (CONTRACT NO. 1861)
RECOMMENDATION:
Approve the substitution of Air Conditioning Systems, Inc., La Habra,
for Campbell Heating & Air Conditioning, Anaheim, as the subcontractor of record
for heating, ventilating and air conditioning on the subject contract.
DISCUSSION:
Attached is a letter from J. Ray Construction Co., the general con-
tractor for construction of the Newport: Center Branch Library. The letter
requests substitution of a subcontractor of record.
Section 2 -3.1 of the standard specifications provides that the con-
tractor (J. Ray Construction Co.) must have the written consent of the City
Council to substitute a subcontractor for the one designated in the original
bid.
Recommendation for approval is based on the fact that Campbell Heating
& Air Conditioning was listed in error on the bid documents. Campbell is in
agreement with the substitution. In contracts of this type, the City looks to
the general contractor to complete the work according to the specifications,
and the substitution of a subcontractor will not alter the performance or bond
guarantee requirements.
oseph T Devlin
ublic rks Director
JKLP:jd
Att.
-z.
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
PUBLIC WOkKS DEPARTMENT
CONSTRUCTION OF
NEWPORT CENTER --BRANCH I - I b R, A R Y
CONTRA l ""). 1861
PROPOSAL
To tt,L lilonorallbpc City Council
City Gf Newport Reach
3300 Vest Neop-irt r'sou;pvard
Newport Beach, California 1)26:3
Gentlemen:
The undersigned dt';claros that hp has careful :examined 101, location,
L . , - I
of th �i r op G s c d o r that h e h 3 S i.\ -' '�' ; np d j� 1; '1 ri S and
S p c c f-1 c a t i o n s t I'l c S p C c i Provisions, the S r d. S 1. c U a
0 6,�! cd� rc: r, n
-o. v i o n s , th!- t a n da ru Sp ec i c (� t i ()n s , a n d h e
has d t h , Not i c c , I t ) , " - ; l . i ng B i ( ; s ; a n d h r e b y agr:re t c f u r n i s h a I I
lab•)r, trateria I equipment, traprpor"ation and 'z c r i c e s to CO all
t I t e requi red tc (.omfil;*e Conl'ract NO. J)61. i r .%l "iCt c Un r nl ,E'
w i (i ..i n 1. i f 1('G a a, N o. B - J C 1 7
S 11 e p t S uhia z p e c i l l i c a t i o n s , the S p e c i a l Prr)viSint;t, the S n d r
Speci " li�,j ions., and the Standard Drawings; and that he w i I 'I take I
f u l l payment For the wcrk, the following price::; for each i "_;m; of w o V.
complete i n pi ac e, to wit:
y I T,l.;, 0 E S C IN' Y P I i Ul
U N I T PRICL 0 R 7 TT FN 1 r 'WORD'--
I Lump Sum Const•-uc4 I.."'brary Building
and all otlizr virrk not s oec--
ified as Pi',-r. of Bid lte;� lict.
2: EGG
/77i/ 00 h
Dol)ars
and
Cents
PROPOSAL - 1
3-16-78
ITEM QUANTITY _ff—D E —Sr —TFT ION TOTAL
NO. AND UNIT UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE
2 lump Sum C ruction the asphalt
paveC,parking lots and,drives,
concrete paving, concrete curbs,
concrete gutters, specially
formed concrete, and exterior
the pavers.
Dollars
and
--ZL/10-1--cents $ ? %' 0 0 a - --
TOTAL 14N) PRICE WRITTEN LIJ WORDS:
Doll a -rs 6- 3 7 0 z% o.
and
CE'JTS TOTAL Ir - 'ID
April 3, 1978 J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
------------------ ?--I"
D AJ E -b" i d d,� r s rp, p
CO1jl'RACTOR'S LICENSE f40. 126426
T T-A i4�t u r
COHITRACTOR'S ADDRESS 188 East 17th Street, Costa Mesa fornia - 92627
TLLF-PHDNE NO.(714) 642-4210
I
PROPOSAL - 2
3-16-78
Page 2
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work,
as indicated in this Proposal, times the unit price::as submitted by the bidder. In case
of a discrepancy between words and figure4r-ne. shall prevail. In case of an error
in the extension of a unit price, the cor ension shall be calculated and the bids
will be computed as indicated above and c on the basis of the corrected totals.
The estimated quantities of work indicated in this Proposal are.approximate only,
being given solely as a basis.for comparison of bids.
The undersigned has checked carefully all of the above figures and understands that
the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the under-
signed in making up this bid.
The undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract
with necessary bonds within ten (10) days, not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal
Holidays, after having received notice that the contract is ready for signature, the
proceeds of check. or bond accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City
of Newport Beach.
Licensed in accordance with the Statutes of the State of California providing for
the registration of Contractors, License No. 126426 Classification B Supplemental A
Accompanying this proposal is Bid Bond for 10% of bid
,'
or
in an amount not less than 10 percent of the total bid price.
• The undersigned is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which
require every employer to be insured against liability for workmen's compensation or to
undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to
comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.
(714 ) 642 -4210
Phone Number
April 3, 1978
N5
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
Type of Organization organized under the ,laws
OtodbobjWk Corporation,
of the State of California
List below names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager if a corporation,
and names of all co- partners if a co- partnership:
James D. Ray, President
James W. Ray, Vice President
Michael D. Ray, Treasurer
•
Page 3
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The undersigned certifies that he has usef the sub -bids of the following
listed contractors in making up his bid j-id that the subcontractors listed
will be used for the work for which theq'bid, subject to the approval of the
City Engineer, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
specifications. No change may be made in these subcontractors except upon
the prior approval of the Engineer.
Item of Work
Subcontractor
Address
1, Earthwork'
2, Asphalt Paving i �✓V�i,�G
.. n
3, Irrigation /` %i'%iPv.'
4, Lands
5, Reinforcing Steel /'
6. Masnnry
7, Structural Steel
i
g, Millwork /rC�G f k't'vt I1 LVa/� �L1
g, Insulation Bldg.
10. Roofing
11. Sheet Metal
12, Glass & Glaz
CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE
v
J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
Bidder s Name
� L� u
J es h4y ce tfesi ent
Corporation
Type of Organization
(Individual, Co- partnership or Corp.)
188 East 17th Street
Costa Mesa, Calif.
Address
License No: 126426
ITEM OF WORK
SUBCONTRACTOR
13 Lath & Plaster �2 RC/ /S,. Qom/
14 Drywall f E. v g %'n ri✓r �l
15 Resilient Flooring
ADDRESS
17 Acoustical Integrated Ceiling - ^
.:.
18 Plumbing 11-lee �,
lg Automatic Fire Sprinkler e5' -k— V '
20 Beat,Vent & Air Conditioning
21 Electrical
22
23
26
27'
Bond #7100606 � •
Page 4
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we, J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY as Principal,
and THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY , as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the.City of Newport Beach, California, in the sum of Ten
percent of the amount Dollars ($ 10% of bid), lawful money of the United
States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING.OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the proposal of the above bounden principal for the construction of
Newport Center Brach Library, Newport Beach. Calif.
in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and if the
above bounden principal shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construc-
tion and shall execute and deliver the two (2) bonds described in the "Notice Inviting
Bids" within ten ,(10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal Holidays) from
the date of the mailing of a notice to the above bounden principal by and from said City
of Newport Beach that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall
become null and void; otherwise it be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount
specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 29th day of
March , 19 78 .
Corporate Seal (If Corporation)
(Attach acknowled ement of
Attorney -in -Fact
\_,_ -, . i__�
By
Title
—THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Marco P. Anich, Attorney -in -fact
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Surety
arco Anich, Attorney -in -faces
�
r¥
k§
k
)
J
A
.
\\
\}
}
} \}
4<
e •.
p
!�
Cc:
!
§\
_
$o
u
! «
� 7 ƒ
;
\
Q
} /0
/ ;
(
ci
k
?k
4
_-
/
k ®
§
/
■,m' 2\ i
!
w §»
|3z2a:-
00
§2 \ }z
2 §�
^ »\
\
,
utl
/}
_
Q%
\}
-• a,z
\
\
\ }
\
| s
\k!
Page 5
NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The bidders, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time of
filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths say, that neither they nor any of
them, have in any way, directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agree-
ment with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has paid or is to pay to such
bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has given or is to give to such other
bidder or public officer anything of value whatever, or such affiant or affiants or
either of them has not directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agree-
ment with any other bidder or bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free
competition in the letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no
bid has been accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository,
the Bylaws, Rules or Regulations of which prohibit or prevent the contractor from
considering any bid from any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed
through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman from
bidding to any contractor who does not use. the facilities of or-accept bids from or
through such bid depository; that no inducement or any form or character other than
that which appears upon the face of the bid will be suggested, offered, paid, or
delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the acceptance of the said bid or
awarding of the contract, nor has this bidder any agreement or understanding of any
kind whatsoever, with any person whomsoever to pay, deliver to, or share with any
• other person in any way or manner, any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by
this bid.
nexn. m. Mmnumnnxnmenn .xxnrnnnlmlmmwxux�xximuwm J. RAY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
6 OrMCIAL SEAL
PATRICIA I(IMMEL 188 E. 17th Street
NOTARY PUBLIC CALIFORNIA
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN
ORANGE COUNTY Costa Mesa, California 92627
My Commission Expires Dec. 8, 1981 3
wl�wi. uwouxxaxmnmxn.xxwexmmxn.xxmxnuwuunrxmni W
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this 3/ s'day of WA4.e 4 ,
797' .
Pty commission expires:
9X/
•
License No. 126426
Ja a w. Ra is esident
11
[1
L_J
• •
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Tile undersigned submits herewith a statement of his financial responsibility
or agrees to submit a statement within 24 hours after the bid opening if he
is the apparent low bidder.
Page 6
sident i
I
•
I
Page 7
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of the work of similar character to
that proposed herein which he has performed and successfully completed.
Year
Completed For Whom Performed (Detail) Person to Contact Telephone No.
Several
Bank of America Continental Service Co.
(213)
683 -3507
Several
United California Bank Corporate facilities
(213)
614 -4886
Several
Security Pacific Natl. Bank. Construction Dept.
(213)
613 -6211
1974
Citizens Bank of Costa Mesa Paige Simpson
(714)
979 -4200
1976
Capistrano Unified school Dist.
(714)
493 -8800
1976
Saddleback Unified School Dist..
(714)
586 -1234
1972
Santa Ana Unified School Dist.
(714)
558 -5576
1974
Newport Mesa Unified School Dist.
(714)
556 -3264
•
1975
Chapman College
(714)
633 -8821
i
1952
Balboa Branch Library for City of Newport Beach.
(714)
640 -2171
•
igne
11
•
0
ADDENDUM ND. 1
To Project Manual and Drawings
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - Contract No. 1861
City of Newport Beach,Ca.
March 16, 1978
William Blurock & Partners, Architects
The following revisions shall supplement the original drawings and
specifications and become a part of the Contract Documents.
Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signature in
the space
provided on the last page of this addendum and include a copy with
their Bid
Proposal submittal.
BIDDING PROCEDURES ANr CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
i. Pr'OpOSaI Form
Delete existing proposal form and insert new attached proposal
form.
2. !ecial Prov_isiur_s
Page 10, Article C, second paragraph, add the following:
Supersedeas Decision'No. CA78 -5004, published January 27, 1978
in
43 FR 3844; and Modification No. 1, published February 24, 1978
in
43 FR 7876.
SPFCIFICATIGNS
3. Section 02206 - Farthwork and Site Grading
Page 02200 -1, par. 1.7, delete sub- paragraphsa.1,2,3 in their entirety.
4. Section 02220 - Structure Excavation and Backfill.
Page 02220 -1, Par. 1.7, delete sub - paragraphs a.1,2 3 in their
entirety.
5. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry
Page 04220 - 1
Delete par. 1.1a.
Delete par. 1.4 in its entirety.
6. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware
Page 08710 - 4 and 08710 - 5
Hdwe @1 and ,95
Change "Monitor strike" to "Magnetic Strike MS731 x MS730.
Addendum No. 1
page 1 of 3
Addendum No. 1
page 2 of 3'
6.
Section 08710 - Finish Hardware (Continued)
•
Hdwe #2
Change "Door 12" to "Door 6 ".
Hdwe f2, #6 and #7
Changc " Monitor strike" to "Magnetic strike MS731 ".
Hdwe #1 and #2
Add 6 switches 901 (1 /exterior 1 /interior)
Page 08710 - 8
Hdwe #18
Delete "Lockset ", add "Panic 55NL 105"
Hdwe #20
Change door horn to "1900 w24 x 8929 ta:in projector 24V D.C."
Delete "Key Switch 907 ".
Desk console to read" 6 zone, CA -PDA 2110 system consisting of:
1 -CA221
i -RA25A rack assembly
1 -PM312
3 -MM505
•
1 -CM 460 control switch module.
Note: Place console on check -out counter.
Security System
First par: Add Dear #6. Change "Monitor" to "Magnetic ".
Second par: Change Door 12 to Door 6:
Third par: Delete.
7.
Section 09900 - Painting
Page 09900 - 5, par. 3.4 a., add new sub -par. 5 as follows:
5. Concrete
1st Coat: #18 Fpoprime
2nd Coat: #1300 Stuc -o -life 100% acrylic.
B.
Section 10000 - Miscellaneous Specialties
Page 10000 -1, par. 2.2 add:
"Provide 8" high metal letters.
Page 10000 - 2, par. 2.4 Delete "and seals "..
9.
Section 1550 - Automatic Fire Sprinkler System
•
Page 1550 -3
Delete par. 1.13 in its entirety.
Addendum No. 1
page 2 of 3'
f
William Blurock & Partners
eip,t.,,of Addendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged
Janes W. BavC V
•
April 3, 1878
Date
Addendum No. 1
page 3 of 3
10.
Section 16100 - Electrical
Page 16100 - 31, par. M., delete the last sentence.
DRAWINGS
11.
Sheet C -1
This drawing issued for reference only, not for construction.
12.
Sheet AS -1 - Site Plan
Delete all references to "2 -1,2 inch A.C. Paviric ". Provide asphalt paving
as follows:
Parking areas: 2" surface course over 4" base course.
Drive areas: 3" surface course over 6" base course.
13.
Sheet A -1, Floor Plan
Provide plastic occupancy signs for the following rooms, reading as
follows:
Room No. 101: Maximum Occupancy 150.
Room No. 125: Maximum Occupancy 123.
Room 101, Main Control Desk
Delete references to Sheet #12.01
Refer to Addendum Drawing AD -1.
14.
Sheets 12.01 and 12.02
•
Delete in their entirety and insert new sheet AD -1.
ATTACHMENTS
PROPOSAL FORM
Drawing AD -1 Main Control desk
Drawing AD -2 Revision of Parking Lot Entrance
Drawing SRI -I Revisions to Details 9, 9A and 10, Sheet S -2.
f
William Blurock & Partners
eip,t.,,of Addendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged
Janes W. BavC V
•
April 3, 1878
Date
Addendum No. 1
page 3 of 3
DRAWINGS
6. Sheet 8.02 (Door Schedule)
At Door #10 - Frame: Material and finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
i
At Door #13 - Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door #14 Head Detail: Change from A/8.50 to B/8.53.
At Door 014 Jamb Details: Change from H/8.50 and G/8.50 to B/8.53 and
• 8/8.53
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page I of 2
• •
ADDENDUM NO. 2
•
To Project Manual and Drawings
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - Contract No. 1861
City of Newport Beach, California
March 29, 1978
William Blurock & Partners, M chitects
The following revisions shall supplement the original drawings and specifications
and become a part of the Contract Documents.
CLARIFICATION - BID ITEM NO. 2
1. Construction of asphalt paved parking lots includes striping.
2. Construction of concrete paving includes concrete bike rack with
galvanized steel bike lock hoops.
3. Construction of concrete paving DOES NOT include concrete retaining
walls at loading ramp.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Section 06190 - Truss Joists
Insert new attached Section 06190.
S. Section 15800 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
•
Paragraph 52: Delete all reference to "ceiling mounted ".
Paragraph 52B: Change to read "floor mounted unit with horizontal
air inlet and vertical discharge.
Paragraph 521: Delete in its entirety, and substitute the following:
Mount unit on Model AC fiberglass isolators as manufactured
by Consolidate Kenetics.
Add new paragraph 52Q as follows:
Insulate return and supply connection piping inside building from
the head pump loop to the boiler only. Insulations shall conform
to the requirements of Plumbing par. 2.13 and par. 3.11.
DRAWINGS
6. Sheet 8.02 (Door Schedule)
At Door #10 - Frame: Material and finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
i
At Door #13 - Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "H.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door #14 Head Detail: Change from A/8.50 to B/8.53.
At Door 014 Jamb Details: Change from H/8.50 and G/8.50 to B/8.53 and
• 8/8.53
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page I of 2
Sheet 8.024ontinued) • '
A At Door #15 Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
• to "N.M. - P.S.G. ".
At Door #17 Frame: Material and Finish. Change from "aluminum anodized"
to "N.M. - P.S.G."
7. Sheet 8.53 Detail B:
Note 6 -3/4" Dr. #16 add "and Dr. #14 ".
8. Sheet #E -1
Mercury vapor post top luminaire, fixture type "h" shall have a
white finish on luminaire and post in lieu of bronze finish as
indicated in fixture schedule.
9. Sheet E -2
Furnish, install and connect one (1) additional fixture type "A"
in Meeting Room #125 to be located by Architect on job site.
Furnish, install and connect one (1) additional fixture type "C"
in Technical Services Room #105, to be located by Architect on job
site.
Delete intrusion alarm system as indicated on plans.
Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. (Circuit #B -32) from Panel "B" to desk console
at check -out desk. Provide 4 #12 -2/4 "C from console at check -out
desk to magnetic switches at Doors #2 and #6. Provide 6 #12 -1 "C.
• from console at check -out desk to magnetic switches at Door #,1.
Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. from console at check -out desk to magnetic
switches at Doors #5, #7 and #8. Provide 2 #12- 3/4 "C. from console
at check -out desk to horn located on roof. Coordinal all alarm
system outlet locations, conduit routing, etc. with Architect prior
to electrical rough -in.
ATTACHMENTS
Section 06190 - Truss Joists
Drawing AD- 3- Reflective Plenium Detail
•
'W liam Blurock & Partners �—
Receipe o ddendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged
.April 3, 1978
gna u e Date
James W. Ra
NEWPORT CENTER BRANCH LIBRARY - ADDENDUM NO. 2
City of Newport Beach Page 2 of 2
y
o
My
s
00
co
v
0
0
N N
x
n O
n
J
0
00
O
d
N
A��
Z C
3> ^� .
T
rq Cl) -1
C3 q
Enz
En Z
L�
sz
N
N
C
X
3
J
i
F4 A
L�
sz
N
N
C
X
3
J
i
rn
rs
�nl�llllllllllll�l��ll�l�l�
INll�l�lllullllllllllllllll
nnnm�uemunmm�n�
�IIIIIIIIIN�IIIIIIII�IIIIJI-11,II�
IIIIINI
AAIINIIIIIIIIII�
�
IIIIIIIIl�IIII�II
�
IYY��Ilull911�
�nu�i�m
nnnnmm�
Illlllllflll�llll�ll
�nnunNmi
rn
rs
N
S
n
n
-f
n
w
N
aN
N ;19
m
0
N
C
3
I�II�I���IIIIA�IIII��I�
nAnunmiomnmmmi�
�I�IINIIIIIIIII�IIIE��II�II
n�nommu■mtenu�
ININII��III�NY�I
■IDIIIIIIIIIIIIAIIIIBpAIII
�IYINYIIII011111��1111
uu�IlNllllll�
-
N
aN
N ;19
m
0
N
C
3